Newcomers Guide for Personnel Assigned to NATO MLO Belgrade Is Authored and Maintained by the Personnel of MLO

December 2017

NATO MILITARY LIAISON NEWCOMERS OFFICE 5 BIRČANINOVA STREET GUIDE 11 000 BELGRADE

Serbia January 2018

NATO MLO BELGRADE Birčaninova 5 – Serbian MoD building Tel: +381 11 362 86 70 Fax: 00381 11 334 70 34

ARRIVALS GUIDE FOR NATO PERSONNEL

The Newcomers guide for Personnel assigned to NATO MLO Belgrade is authored and maintained by the personnel of MLO. The objective of this guide is to assist new MLO members and their families during the relocation process and after arrival, by giving an overview of the procedures upon arrival and some basic information about the city and the office, to help you get started. The Arrivals and Staff Guide is not intended to provide a complete analysis of the subjects and was not written by legal experts. It is assembled through daily practice. The information is believed accurate as of the date of this guide, but is subject to change. Please suggest any sort of corrections and ammendments to this Guide.

We look forward to meeting you!

NATO MLO Belgrade welcomes you!

A word from our Chief:

Welcome to the NATO Military Liaison Office in Belgrade. I hope that you find your stay in Belgrade rewarding and enjoyable and this Guide useful. You are now a member of NATO MLO BE and it is my job to support you throughout your time here. Arriving at any new job can be a daunting experience. Inevitably, there are a few administration and organization hoops to jump through in your first month or so and we will help you through these. Even once your arrivals procedure is over living in an unfamiliar international environment can also be a little confusing so we will help you settle in.

WELCOME TO SERBIA AND TO THE NATO MLO BELGRADE!

You are about to embark on a new adventure. We trust this will be a positive experience for you and your family, if they are following you here. Before arriving in Serbia you may have done some research and prepared yourself for what you may expect upon arrival. Depending on our background, we all have different expectations about a new place.

Most of us experience a variety of emotions as we prepare to live, work, and execute family matters in a foreign environment. We may feel: excited, foreign; a little fearful; a little sad and homesick, or even a little frustrated by the lack of communication due to language difficulties. Whatever you feel when you first arrive it's important to remember to manage your expectations by keeping a positive attitude and embracing your new lifestyle. The more open and receptive you are, the more you will learn about your new surroundings and the different practices, which will likely result in a quicker integration into your community.

Some practices you will enjoy and adopt, others you will leave behind and move on. Our experiences in a new environment often depend on how we integrate and accept these new and different cultural norms. Although not formally, we are all ambassadors for our nations.

ARRIVALS AND STAFF GUIDE FOR NATO PERSONNEL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WELCOME ...... 3

1. ORGANIZATION AND LOCATION OF NATO MLO BELGRADE ...... 7 NATO MLO BELGRADE CONTACT: ...... 7 KEY SUPPORT PERSONNEL WITHIN THE MLO: ...... 8 OTHER SUPPORT RESOURCES ...... 8 BELGRADE CITY EMERGENCY INFORMATION ...... 8 EMERGENCY INFORMATION – MLO AND MOD ...... 8 NON-EMERGENCY INFORMATION ...... 8 2. RESIDENCE, PASSPORT, VISA AND TRAVEL INFORMATION ...... 9 VISAS AND TRAVEL DOCUMENTS REQUIREMENT - GENERALLY ...... 9 CHECK-IN ...... 10 RESIDENCE ...... 10 YOUR DIPLOMATIC/SERVICE ID FOR SERBIA ...... 10 KFOR HQ ID CARD ...... 10 RESIDENCE PERMIT FOR DEPENDENTS ...... 10 GUESTS FROM ABROAD ...... 11 IMPORTING GOODS FOR PERSONAL USE ...... 11 PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES ...... 11 3. TRAVEL FROM AND TO SERBIA ...... 11 FLYING TO SERBIA ...... 11 DRIVING TO BELGRADE, SERBIA ...... 12 ARRIVING TO SERBIA BY TRAIN ...... 14 ARRIVING TO SERBIA BY BUS ...... 15 DOOR-TO-DOOR SHUTTLE BUS/VAN ...... 15 IMMUNIZATION RECORDS AND REQUIREMENTS FOR COMING TO SERBIA ...... 15 BRINGING PETS IN AND OUT OF SERBIA ...... 15 FIREARMS ...... 15 4. ACCOMODATION ...... 16 TEMPORARY ACCOMMODATIONS ...... 16 FINDING A HOME IN THE LOCAL AREA AND YOUR LEASE AGREEMENT ...... 16 YOUR BILLS ...... 18 INTERNET & CABLE TV...... 19 5. MOBILE TELEPHONES...... 19 MOBILE TELEPHONE CONTRACT ...... 19 DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MOBILE TELEPHONE COMPANIES ...... 19 DEPOSITS AND DISCOUNTS ...... 20 6. HEALTHCARE FOR INTERNATIONAL MILITARY PERSONNEL ...... 20

VMA ...... 20 PRIVATE HEALTH CARE ...... 20 ADDITIONAL PRIVATE INSURANCE...... 20 PHARMACIES ...... 20 7. BELGRADE – THE CITY INFORMATION ...... 21 USEFUL PHRASES ...... 22 SECURITY ...... 24 IDENTITY THEFT AND SCAMS ...... 24 WEATHER ...... 24 SENDING MAIL TO AND FROM SERBIA ...... 26 8. MONEY/BANKING/FINANCES ...... 26 GENERAL INFORMATION ...... 26 DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS ...... 27 CARRYING CASH ...... 29 EXCHANGE OF MONEY/WIRE TRANSFER/CARRYING OF CASH...... 29 TIPPING ...... 29 9. EDUCATION SYSTEM/SCHOOL OPTIONS: ...... 29 PUBLIC SCHOOLS ...... 29 INTERNATIONAL SCHOOLS ...... 29 STANDARDS/CODES OF STUDENT CONDUCT ...... 29 UNIVERSITY-LEVEL EDUCATION (POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION) ...... 29 10. TRANSPORTATION IN BELGRADE ...... 29 PUBLIC TRANSPORT ...... 29 TAXI ...... 31 PARKING ...... 31 11. DRIVING IN SERBIA ...... 32 RENTING A VEHICLE ...... 32 PURCHASING A VEHICLE ...... 33 VEHICLE IMPORTS AND REGISTRATION ...... 33 INSURANCE ...... 33 TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS ...... 33 ACCESS TO LOCAL MILITARY INSTALLATIONS ...... 33 DRIVING LICENCES ...... 34 GENERAL DRIVING INFORMATION ...... 34 SPEEDING AND RECKLESS DRIVING...... 34 WHAT TO DO IF STOPPED OR ARRESTED BY LAW ENFORCEMENT ...... 35 LOCAL TOLLS ...... 35 12. SHOPPING ...... 35 FOOD SHOPPING ...... 35 ORGANIC: ...... 35 DELIVERY: ...... 35 CLOTHES ...... 35 HOUSEHOLD ...... 36 13. RECREATION AND FREE TIME ...... 36 SPORTS ...... 36 SWIMMING ...... 36

TENNIS ...... 37 HORSEBACK RIDING ...... 37 SKIING ...... 37 RESTAURANTS POPULAR WITH MLO MEMBERS: ...... 37 WEEKENDS: ...... 37 EVENTS: ...... 37 MORALE, WELFARE AND RECREATION FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES ...... 38 CYCLING ...... 38 FISHING AND HUNTING IN SERBIA ...... 38 CHURCHES OTHER THAN SERBIAN ORTHODOX ...... 39 14. LOCAL CUSTOMS ...... 40 16. CHECK LISTS ...... 42 1. SUGGESTED PRE-ARRIVAL CHECKLIST ...... 42 2. SUGGESTED POST-ARRIVAL CHECK-LIST ...... 43 3. UPON ARRIVAL AT NATO MLO Belgrade ...... 43 USEFUL LINKS ...... 44 II) LIST OF ANNEXES: ...... 44

1. ORGANIZATION AND LOCATION OF NATO MLO BELGRADE

The NATO Military Liaison Office (MLO) Belgrade is under the JFC Naples chain of Command and according to the Terms of Reference, the Chief of MLO is responsible to the JFC Naples Commander, as per NATO MLO ToR. The office is located in Belgrade, Serbia, 5 Birčaninova Street, the premises of the Serbian Military Defense, the so called D-Tower. NATO MLO webpage: https://www.jfcnaples.nato.int/mlo_belgrade, contains basic information on the activities and mission of the office.

NATO MLO BELGRADE CONTACT:

POSITION LAND LINE VPN MOBILE EMAIL

SENIOR ADVISOR +381(0)11/3628680 681 8680 +381(0)65 6286701 mlo_senior_advisor@mlo-belgrade,nato.int

ADMIN & DISBURSING +381(0)11/3628674 681 8674 +381(0)65 6286704 [email protected] NCO MEDIA ADVISOR / +381(0)11/3628671 683 8671 +381(0)65 6286702 [email protected] PAO

KEY SUPPORT PERSONNEL WITHIN THE MLO: Upon your arrival you will conduct your in-processing with the ADMIN, and you will be given a working station and an account by the COMSEC. You will receive the forms that you need to fill for the Serbian authorities. We are available to assist you and your family members on any other matters. Upon arrival and in addition to the administrative support, you will need to learn as much as possible about your position in MLO from your predecessor and colleagues from your cell, during the handover-takeover period. Your sponsor will be your predecessor and your mentor will be the Chief of office, or the Deputy Chief.

OTHER SUPPORT RESOURCES Other than the MLO, you might refer to your Embassy, or your General Staff for assistance.

BELGRADE CITY EMERGENCY INFORMATION

Police 192 Fire Brigade 193 Ambulance 194 Military Ambulance 1976 Information Centre 1985 AMSS, Help on Road + 381 (0) 11 / 1987 Military Police 19860 numbers where area code is not indicated are not available from aborad and need the 011 prefix when calling from a Serbian cell phone

EMERGENCY INFORMATION – MLO AND MOD MLO Chief (+381) (0) 65 6286700 MLO Admin/Disbursing (+381) (0) 65 6286704 Military Police 19860 MoD building duty officer (+381) (0) 11 3203072

NON-EMERGENCY INFORMATION The Diplomatic Clinic - Military Medical Academy 17 Crnotravska Street Call direct (+381 11) 3608 553 Call to be transferred (+381 11) 2661 122

MEDIGROUP

Milutina Milankovica 3 (+381) (0) 11 4040100

Faculty of Veterinary Medicine http://www.vet.bg.ac.rs/en Bulevar oslobođenja 18 (+381) (0) 11 3615 436 / 3611 809 Working hours 09.00-14.00 and 16.00-20.00

Vračar Police Station 14Radoslava Grujića (+381) (0) 11 3440 643

Savski Venac Police station 35 Savska 11000 Beograd (+381) (0) 11 3618 744

Parking Servis 31 Takovska (+381) (0) 11 3035 400

Exact time – 192 Sending telegrams - 1961 International phone directory - 19860 Wake up calls - 19811 Miscellaneous information – 19812 These numbers are not available from foreign numbers

2. RESIDENCE, PASSPORT, VISA AND TRAVEL INFORMATION Your privileges, immunities and status during your stay in Serbia as a NATO MLO member are defined and regulated by the Exchange of Letter (EoL), the founding document of the office and the Protocol Guidelines (Annex - 3).

VISAS AND TRAVEL DOCUMENTS REQUIREMENT - GENERALLY Normally MLO personnel are citizens of countries that do not require a visa to enter Serbia, as Serbia has a visa free regime with European countries since 2009. Regular/tourist travellers from EU countries can enter Serbia with their national IDs since 2010. However, you must bring your service passport because you need it for your inprocessing, detailed below. Our advice is that you also bring your marriage certificate, if your spouse will be registering for residence, because you might need this for her/his diplomatic ID. As for other countries, in 2009 Serbia signed visa-free agreement with Russia, as well as with Israel. In 2010 visa regime was abolished with Turkey and Kazakhstan in 2010, and Ukraine in 2011. Japan abolished visas for Serbian citizens in May 2011, and Serbia and Albania mutually abolished visas the same year. In 2013 agreement on visa-free travel with Brazil came into force, in 2014 with Mongolia and in 2015 agreement with Moldova. In 2016 Malaysia abolished visas for Serbian citizens for a maximum stay of 30 days, as did Indonesia.

CHECK-IN Once you have your travel dates your predecessor will inform the office, for your entry into the building to be arranged. The Serbian MFA will be notified of your arrival by means of a Note Verbale from JFC Naples, via the Serbian mission in Brussels (and with MLO in cc), on which basis, and after MLO submits your application, you will receive the document that will be your official ID during your stay here.

RESIDENCE Upon your arrival your in-processing formalities will be done, for which you must have your service passport. You will receive your diplomatic or service ID issued by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs (MFA), which will be your valid document and your residence permit, granting you a diplomatic status, meaning, for example, that you can register your car with diplomatic license plates.

YOUR DIPLOMATIC/SERVICE ID FOR SERBIA Upon your arrival you will be asked to fill the forms that we provide you (Annex 4 and 5), but also available in a format that you can fill electronically) and provide the photos. After you have done that the admin will apply for your temporary residence/ the diplomatic/service ID issued by the MFA and your pass for the MoD building, for which you need to provide your CV, photos, passport copies, original passport, and your marriage certificate when applying for your spouse. See the check-list (Annex 6). Your MoD pass might take up to one month, during which time you will have a paper confirming that the request has been submitted and you will need to show that paper to the guards on entry. As for your MFA ID, though you do not need to go there personally, you do need to be present in Serbia for this procedure to be initiated, because the MFA will ask your original passport, which they will return in a few days. Your MFA ID can also take from a week to a month, depending on their work load.

KFOR HQ ID CARD This is done in KFOR HQ in Pristina, about 5 hours’ drive from Belgrade, where you need to arrive well within their working hours, which means a very early start from Belgrade. Your MFA ID is valid for a year and your MoD pass indefinitely. Upon your departure both will be returned to the Serbian authorities, while your KFOR ID will be returned to the KFOR HQ ID office.

RESIDENCE PERMIT FOR DEPENDENTS Your family members, namely your spouse and any unmarried children up to the age of 26 staying with you during your mission in Serbia need to undergo the same procedure of registering with the Serbian authorities to obtain the residence permit – i.e. the diplomatic/service ID. This will also give them a diplomatic status, except if they are “nationals of, or permanently resident in, the Republic of Serbia”. Older children, who are not eligible to get the diplomatic/service ID as dependents, can get registered with the police, at the “white book”.

GUESTS FROM ABROAD Except your family members residing in Serbia, your landlord will need to register any guests who are not Serbian residents and are staying at your address at the local police station within 24 hours of their arrival. If your guests are staying at a hotel, the hotel will take care of that. The Law on Foreigners (Annex 7) states that “A foreigner who does not need a visa or a travel document to enter the Republic of Serbia may stay in the country for a maximum period of 90 days, within a timeframe of six months starting from the day of the first entry.” In addition, according to this law, “Place of temporary residence, for the purposes of this Law, shall be the settlement in which a foreigner granted a stay in the Republic of Serbia intends to stay for longer than 24 hours. Legal and natural persons providing accommodation services to foreigners for a fee, as well as persons receiving visits from foreigners, are obliged to notify the competent authority of the foreigners’ stay within 24 hours of the provision of service to the foreigner or of the moment of foreigner’s arrival for a visit, as appropriate.”

IMPORTING GOODS FOR PERSONAL USE According to the EoL, Article 12, MLO staff other than permanent residents can import goods for personal use and for the use of the members of their household without restrictions and import taxes. Prior to the goods arriving we need to have the all the information on the shipment, such as make, number of parcels and items in the parcel, as well as the receipt. The MFA will then approve this request and when the goods arrive to the customs, we can collect them, customs-free, from the shipping company (DHL or other). Allow at least a week for this process.

PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES Members of MLO are exempt from taxes, as per Protocol Guidelines (cited Annex 3) and the Vienna Convention. You are also exempt from the VAT during your stay here. For this purpose you can use the LDPDV (for personal use) and SNPDV (for office use) forms that the ADMIN will provide. Alongside these you will need the accompanying documentation, which is: your diplomatic/service ID, and copy of the 2 MFA documents granting the privilege – the confirmation about the registration and the tax identification number of our mission (PiB), and the letter confirming extension of the tax exemption agreement, that we receive annually. Please be aware that not all service providers are in the VAT system, and that normally you will use this privilege for larger purchases.

3. TRAVEL FROM AND TO SERBIA MLO members arrive by regular flights, their own cars or busses. The main functional civilian airport in Serbia is Nikola Tesla, Belgrade and since recently Niš Constantine the Great Airport, located 4 km northwest of the town Niš.

FLYING TO SERBIA Belgrade Airport Nikola Tesla is located about 18 kilometres from the city centre, and the ride can take anything between 15 and 45 minutes depending on the traffic. You will find that

flights from and to Serbia are not very cheap and low cost airlines are hardly present. The national airline is Air Serbia https://www.airserbia.com/en. MLO staff often use services of a local travel agent who has proven to be quite efficient. You can book your flights by phone to +381 (0) 11 / 26 22 618, or email [email protected] – just tell them where you want to go and when and they will give you a few options to choose from. They speak English and one of them, Andjelka, speaks Italian as well. If you have nobody to pick you up, you can book your airport transfer via GSM or WatsApp with http://taxi.in.rs/en/rates/ up to 2-3 hours before your arrival. Public bus lines – 72 and A1 connect Airport and the city. Avoid taking just any taxi vehicle from the airport or the train station for risk of being overcharged.

Niš Constantine the Great Airport has been offering a growing number of flights since 2015 and in particular the low cost airlines such as to Zürich, Berlin, Bratislava, Stockholm–Skavsta, Dortmund, Eindhoven and Memmingen.

AIRLINE BAGGAGE ALLOWANCE Hand baggage regulations are, as always, up to the airline. For example in Air Serbia, currently, the maximum size of your hand luggage is 40×20×55cm, with up to 8kg weight for economy class, and that plus another smaller bag, 35×20×50cm and up to 4 kg for business class. As for the check-in baggage normally it is 1x23kg bag for economy and 2x32kg for business. In addition, you are allowed to have a baby stroller, wheelchair and a walking stick. Certain items cannot be carried in your baggage or their transport is possible under special conditions, such as liquids, which can go in the hand luggage only if bottles are up to 100ml and medications for which you need to have a prescription. For more details and full list of restricted items see https://www.airserbia.com/en-RS/list-of-prohibited-items-in-baggage. As in all airlines, these regulations are subject to changes and you must always check what is written on your ticket and confirm it via call centre closer to the day.

DRIVING TO BELGRADE, SERBIA DISTANCE FROM MAJOR CITIES IN THE REGION/EUROPE TO BELGRADE:

 Rome - 1276 km  Athens – 1108 km  Ljubljana – 534 km  Zagreb – 395 km  Budapest – 395 km  Vienna - 616 km

THE FOLLOWING EUROPEAN ROUTES PASS THROUGH SERBIA:

E65: Rožaje, Montenegro – Tutin – Kosovska Mitrovica – Priština – Elez Han – Skopje.

E70: Slavonski Brod, Croatia – Šid – Belgrade – Vršac – Timișoara, Romania. Section from Belgrade to border with Croatia is built to motorway standards.

E75: Szeged, Hungary – Subotica – Novi Sad – Beška Bridge – Belgrade – Niš – Leskovac – Grdelica – Vranje – Preševo – Kumanovo, FYROM1. Section from Grdelica to border with Hungary is built to motorway standards.

E80: Rožaje, Montenegro – Peć – Priština – Prokuplje – Niš Niška Banja – Pirot – Dimitrovgrad – Sofia, Bulgaria. Section from E75 near Niš to Niška Banja is built to motorway standards.

E662: Subotica – Sombor – Bezdan – Osijek, Croatia.

E761: Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina – Užice – Čačak – Kraljevo – Kruševac – Pojate – Paraćin – Zaječar. Section between Pojate and Paraćin is built to motorway standards and co- signed with E75.

E763: Belgrade – Čačak – Nova Varoš – Bijelo Polje, Montenegro.

E771: Drobeta-Turnu Severin, Romania – Zaječar – Niš.

As the Serbian word for motorway is "autoput", the road designations are A1, A2, A3 and A4. For a better idea see the map below.

Motorway Road Route Road length length

Border of Hungary near Horgoš - Novi Sad - Belgrade - Niš - Vranje A1 584 km 539 km - Border of Macedonia near Preševo

Belgrade - Obrenovac - Lajkovac - Ljig - Gornji Milanovac - Preljina A2 132 km 12 km (intersection with state highway A5) - Čačak – Požega

Border of Croatia near Batrovci - Belgrade (intersection with state A3 96 km 96 km highway A1)

Niš (intersection with state highway A1) - Pirot - Dimitrovgrad - A4 109 km 19 km Border of Bulgaria near Gradinje

Preljina (intersection with state highway A2) - Kraljevo - Kruševac - A5 112 km - Pojate (intersection with state highway A1)

Total: 1,038 km 666 km

1 NOTE: Turkey recognizes the Republic of Macedonia with its constitutional name

BORDER CROSSINGS

Serbia has a number of official road border crossings with neighboring countries. During the summer months, New Year and Christmas holidays, as well as Easter, major border crossings (Horgoš and Kelebija to Hungary, Batrovci to Croatia and Preševo to FYROM) can be severely congested incurring over 4 hour waits. You can check traffic reports on the Serbian Automotive Association's web site http://www.amss.org.rs/ and plan to use an alternative, minor crossings accordingly.

ARRIVING TO SERBIA BY TRAIN Belgrade train station (Glavina Železnička Stanica) is centrally located and very close to the MLO, in the bottom of Nemanjina Street. Mind that trains in Serbia are not the fast kind and

they make a lot of stops, so if you are considering this mode of transport your trip will take longer than by bus. Trains timetable: http://www.srbvoz.rs/eng/timetable.html. As it the case with airport, do not take a taxi at the train station. The taxis waiting there are known to have charged unreasonable amounts.

ARRIVING TO SERBIA BY BUS The main bus station is adjoined to the railway station and therefore, again, avoid taking taxi off the street. For the busses timetable see http://www.bas.rs/basweb_eng/redvoznje.aspx?lng=en.

DOOR-TO-DOOR SHUTTLE BUS/VAN There is another interesting option for a number of destinations in the region: Hungary, Croatia, Austria, Italy, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Montenegro and Greece. This van will pick you up from your home and drive you directly to the address where you are going. Be aware that this way, depending on the number of passengers, your pick-up and drop off address, you trip might take longer. Also you will only have an approximate time of departure until the day before. If you feel you can be flexible and that this way you can save time and money for a ride to and from a bus station/airport this might be a good option for you. Their phone numbers are: 011 3287 412, 064 802 66 80; Viber +381 64 802 6685

IMMUNIZATION RECORDS AND REQUIREMENTS FOR COMING TO SERBIA According to the Institute of Public health of Serbia Dr Milan Jovanovic Batut, Serbia does not require visitors from European countries to get any additional immunization for entering or residing in Serbia. However, there have been cases, recently, of people coming to this Institute, asking to be vaccinated against typhoid upon their arrival in Serbia, having been recommended to do so back home, the institute staff says.

BRINGING PETS IN AND OUT OF SERBIA If you want to bring a pet into Serbia or you acquire one here and want to take it home, please refer to the MFA website because regulations vary depending on your country of origin http://www.mfa.gov.rs/en/consular-affairs/entry-serbia/travel-with-a-pet . Be aware that not all apartment owners will want a tenant with a pet.

FIREARMS MLO members normally do not need to carry firearms into Serbia. During the visits of VIPs escorted by close protection teams this is arranged though the Serbian authorities. If you are a recreational hunter Acquisition, “possession and carrying of firearms shall be approved on the condition of reciprocity. The reciprocity must be clearly confirmed in each Verbal Note requesting acquisition, possession or carrying of firearms and ammunition”. If you need any more detail on this we can inquire with the Ministry of the Interior for you.

4. ACCOMODATION

TEMPORARY ACCOMMODATIONS We can recommend a hotel depending upon your preferences, i.e. budget, pet-friendly, proximity to MLO/downtown/river/park. MLO members have so far stayed in the following hotels: http://www.hotelrex-belgrade.com/rs http://www.argohotelbelgrade.com/ - pet friendly

FINDING A HOME IN THE LOCAL AREA AND YOUR LEASE AGREEMENT

MLO is situated in the Savski Venac municipality/area, so most MLO members settle in Savski Venac, or the neighboring Vračar area, to be within a 15-20 minute walk distance from work and avoid having to drive daily with the busy traffic and no allotted parking for all MLO members. This is particularly important for those positions in charge of security, who might be called in emergencies. However, if you have school aged children coming to live with you, you might want to consider Senjak or Dedinje area, which is where most of the international schools are (see the list in Annex - 8). In this case you will not be within the walking distance from work. (see the map in Annex 9) The vicinity of MLO (Stari Grad) and Vračar area are considered downtown and while walking to work is much more convenient than any other option, be aware that living in this area, indoor parking is an important amenity, since, besides not being allowed to park service cars in the street, you will also find that it is quite difficult to find a parking spot in this area. A lot of the newcomers will take their predecessor’s apartment, but if you need help finding one, there are a lot of agencies that can help you. The agencies will either charge a certain percentage of the rent or a full month’s rent for their services of escorting or taking you around the city to look at properties. The first agency listed below is the one that we found the most efficient but you are welcome to try others, and some are listed below. These may be good to start with:

 http://www.symbolproperties.com/ This agency’s service is charged 50% of the monthly rent. The agents will come and drive you to all the properties. You can look through their web site, or contact them and tell them what you are looking for. The agent will drive you to each of the properties that you want to view.  www.jll.rs

This agency charges 1 monthly rent to the lessee. The way they work is you send them an email with your requirements, and their agent will escort you, and provide transportation for property viewing.  www.bestrealestate.rs. The agency charges “about” 1 or half of the monthly rent, depending on the price. They are also willing to collect and drive you to the venue.

Once you have decided, you will sign a simple lease agreement, which you will have no trouble understanding, see the sample Agreement provided (Annex 10). Before you sign the Lease Agreement/Contract, make sure that your understanding of “fully furnished” is the same as that of the agency/landlord. Therefore make sure that the apartment contains the small items/accessories that you want it to contain, and that you do not plan on bringing from your home, or buying, such as:

- Cutlery, kitchen utensils - Bed linen - Electrical devices - Towels - Iron/ironing board - Vacuum cleaner

Also, make sure you check in the presence of your landlord and/or the agent whether all the items in the apartment work properly. In addition, check all the items against the list of items in the apartment, which your landlord will probably have. This is the list that your landlord will be using at the end of your lease, to make sure none of the items were removed, so it is good to check it prior to moving, to make sure they were there in the first place. Also make sure to clarify with your landlord, before signing your contract, about the internet options available, i.e. whether the property has ADSL/Cable/WIFI. Most properties will have them, and you are advised not to enter any contracts until these services are fully functioning.

Heating systems in your home Most homes in Belgrade are heated, apartments in apartment buildings almost all centrally, and you probably want to make sure you have air conditioner for hot summer days. The central heating will be included into your “unified” utility bill (from a public enterprise

INFOSTAN) which ranges between 50 and 150 EUR depending on the size of your house, the district, as well as the season and whether you can regulate your heating, i.e. switch it off when you are travelling. The INFOSTAN bill also contains the usual maintenance such as trash disposal, elevators and chimneys, water, etc. If your flat is centrally heated your INFOSTAN bill will contain that as well. In newer centrally heated apartments you have the possibility to regulate the temperature and turn it down, which might save you some money on the heating (i.e. the INFOSTAN bill) while some of the older apartments do not have (functioning) regulators, in which case you pay flat rate. Houses normally have gas, or electricity, which you can regulate, obviously. Another alternative is gas. Though gas is said to be the cheapest, which may be temporary and was not always the case, only a few districts of Belgrade have the infrastructure that enables this option, and these are Palilula, Čukarica and Voždovac. MLO members do not usually populate these areas. Small number of house owners opted for electric furnaces for heating.

YOUR BILLS Your standard household bills (utilities, electricity, Internet, etc.) may be paid at any post office or bank. Take a copy of your bill, showing the amount and payment instructions, go to the teller and she/he will enter it in the computer and then you will go to the cashier (the desk that says uplata-isplata in Serbian). Be sure to get your receipt to prove your payment in case of any disagreement with the vendor. The bills are fairly straightforward but they are in Serbian, so if you do have some questions do not hesitate to bring them to the office and we will clarify. MLO staff usually do that at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs post office, just across the street, which is very close and convenient, but has slightly shorter working hours – 07.30-14.30. Apart from the INFORSTAN bill, mentioned earlier, you will receive separate bills for electricity, Internet and cable TV. The last two can sometimes be on one bill, depending on the type/package of service you choose. You can expect your average monthly bills for utilities (INFOSTAN), electricity and internet to amount to between 100 and 200 EUR depending mainly on the size of your home and the heating system.

INTERNET & CABLE TV As mentioned above, your landlord / the house owner will normally take care of your internet and cable TV service and you very much need to clarify with him/her what the options are before entering any contracts. There are several internet providers and depending on your area you might have one or more options. ADSL and cable internet are both available, at a decent speed.

5. MOBILE TELEPHONES By all means before coming to Serbia, check the call rates with your own phone operator: for calling Serbia, or calling home from Serbia. Beware of the very high roaming prices! Both when using your phone that you brought from back home in Serbia, as well as if you are going on leave and taking your Serbian phone with you. It is advisable that you activate a “travel package” before going abroad to reduce roaming costs, i.e. by paying a fixed amount you get a certain number of text messages and calls free of charge. However, still do deactivate the “mobile data” on your Serbian phone, and keep it off throughout your stay aboard, to avoid unreasonably high phone bills, which can be up to hundreds of euros if you fail to do this.

You will be getting a duty phone for duty purposes, and if you feel you need to get a private one as well, you have 3 operators to choose from. https://www.telenor.rs/en/Consumer/ https://www.mts.rs/eng http://www.vipmobile.rs/home.8.html They all have an option that you can activate that allows you to make international phone calls to countries listed (in other words, not all international calls) on their website at a much lower rate.

MOBILE TELEPHONE CONTRACT You can have a prepaid or a post-paid contract. Post-paid contracts generally pay off better, but this all depends on your needs. It is possible to sign a contract for an indefinite period of time, i.e. one that you can terminate whenever you want. For a post-paid number you need to sign a contract with a provider, by going to one of their shops, or having it delivered to you via courier. For a pre-paid number you can get a SIM card and top-up at any newspaper stand.

DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MOBILE TELEPHONE COMPANIES Your diplomatic/service ID as a proof that you are living and working in Serbia, is enough for you to get a post-paid contract. For a pre-paid number you do not need anything.

DEPOSITS AND DISCOUNTS Phone companies do not require a deposit. If you are signing a contract for a fixed term or 12, 18 or 24 months, various discounts are available, whereas, with an “open” contract you do not get perks such as discounts on your monthly bill, or a device from your operator.

6. HEALTHCARE FOR INTERNATIONAL MILITARY PERSONNEL VMA VMA (the Military Medical Academy) has a diplomatic clinic, where you can schedule an appointment. For emergency the VMA has its own ambulance service (the number is listed on top of this document, under EMERGENCY NUMBERS). In case of most MLO members, once there, you will be charged and it is up to your national health insurance coverage. Please be aware that the VMA does not have paediatric specialists, except for common ailments, so for anything other than common cold and flu, you need to take your children to use the private hospitals (see the non-emergency information), or one of the two major paediatric institutions.

PRIVATE HEALTH CARE Most private hospitals and health care institutions are now a part of the network called MEDIGROUP http://bolnica.medigroup.rs/?lang=en. MEDIGROUP includes all specialties and clinics are spread throughout the city. This depends on your own health insurance plan, but in most cases MLO members have to bear their own expenses if they choose to visit a private doctor. ADDITIONAL PRIVATE INSURANCE is available as well, if you want to have more options and be pretty much fully covered for private medical centres in Belgrade as well. See a sample offer in Annex 11.

PHARMACIES Pharmacists are generally helpful and often speak English. They can sell many medicines over the counter without prescription, and will happily suggest a suitable product for minor ailments. Most pharmacies that you see are privately owned. State pharmacies are fewer, but are sometimes the only places to get certain prescribed medicines.

NON-STOP/24-7 Pharmacies:

 Sveti Sava Pharmacy – 2 Nemanjina Street  Prvi Maj Pharmacy – 9 Kralja Milana  Laurus 4 – Katanićeva 16  Laurus 6 - Beogradska 14

BETTER SUPPLIED PHARMACIES WHERE YOU MIGHT BE ABLE TO FIND STULL NOT EASILY AVAILABLE:

 Apoteka IGOR – 10 Resavska street, working hours: 09.00-20.00 on working days and 09.00-15.00 on Saturdays  Apoteka PASTER, 14 Pasterova street, working hours: 07.00-20.00 week days, 08.00- 15.00 Saturdays

7. BELGRADE – THE CITY INFORMATION Belgrade code 011 Serbia country code +381

When dialing from abroad i.e. using the country code, you omit the 0 before the Belgrade city code, and same goes for the 0 at the beginning of any mobile phone numbers.

Belgrade is the capital of Serbia, is in the Central European Time (CET) zone: GMT+1 hour (in winter) GMT + 2 during daylight saving time. The clocks change at the end of March and at the end of October. Serbian is the official language. Formerly Serbo-Croatian, it is a Slavic language, very similar to Bosnian, Croatian and Montenegrin, i.e. people from these countries understand each other without any difficulties. Since 2006, Cyrillic has been the official alphabet used, but both the Cyrillic and Latin alphabets are used. The best Belgrade city map to use for Serbia is Plan Plus https://www.planplus.rs/ when Google Maps does not help. You might find it difficult to find understand the street names, since they can be in Cyrillic, but you will learn to recognize the words fairly soon. The online maps have most of the streets in Cyrillic as well, while the neighboring street can be written in Roman alphabet. The grid below shows all the Cyrillic characters and their corresponding, usual Roman characters. This will help you. It is much easier than you imagine, promise.

USEFUL PHRASES

English Srpski

Welcome Dobrodošli! Hello Zdravo

Hello (on the phone) Molim, da?

How are you? Kako si? Informal / Kako ste? formal Dobra Sam, halva. A ti? - Informal Reply to 'How are you?' Dobro sam, hvala. Kako ste Vi? - formal Long time no see/speak Dugo se nismo videli / čuli

What's your name? Kako se zoveš/ zovete?

My name is ... Zovem se

Where are you from? Odakle si? (Informal) /Odakle ste? (formal)

I'm from ... Ja sam iz ...

Pleased to meet you Drago mi je Good morning Dobro jutro

Good afternoon Dobar dan

Good evening Dobro veče

Good night Laku noć Doviđenja - formal Vidimo se kasniјe! - See you later! Goodbye Vidimo se uskoro! - See you soon! Vidimo se sutra! - See you tomorrow!

Good luck Srećno Cheers! Good Health! Živeo! / Živeli! (Here is to life!”)

Have a nice day Prijatan dan želim

Bon appetite / Enjoy your meal Prijatno!

Have a good journey Srećan put!

Yes Da

No Ne

Maybe Možda

I don't know Ne znam

I understand Razumem

I don't understand Ne razumem Da li govorite engleski? /Da li govoriš

Do you speak English? engleski? Do you speak Serbian? Da li govoriš srpski? / Da li govorite srpski? Yes, a little Da, pomalo govorim srpski (reply to 'Do you speak ...?') How do you say ... in Serbian? Kako se na srpskom ... kaže? Izvinite!

Excuse me Oprostite!

How much is this? Koliko ovo košta? Žao mi je

Sorry Oprostite

Please Molim vas/te

Thank you Hvala (ti/vam) (lepo/mnogo) Reply to thank you Molim

Where's the toilet? Gde je toalet? This gentleman will pay for Ovaj gospodin će sve platiti everything

This lady will pay for everything Ova dama će sve platiti

Would you like to dance with me? Želite li da plešete sa mnom?

I miss you Nedostaješ mi

I love you Volim te

Get well soon Ozdravi što pre!

Leave me alone! Ostavi me na miru!

Help! Upomoć!

Fire! Požar!

Stop! Stani!

Call the police! Pozovite policiju! Hristos se rodi (meaning “Christ is born”) Christmas and New Year Vaistinu se rodi (meaning “indeed”) greetings Srećna Nova Godina - Happy New Year Hristos vaskrse - Christ resurrected

Easter greetings Vaistina vaskrse – indeed

Birthday greetings Srećan rođendan

Preparing for your assignment in Belgrade by learning some Serbian beforehand is guaranteed to make your life a lot easier: http://www.srpskijezik.edu.rs/index.php?id=2320&jzk=en

SECURITY Belgrade is a large city, so take all normal, sensible precautions. By and large, Belgrade is a safe city. Most areas are safe to walk around freely, even at night. However, it is wise not to become complacent. There is some risk from pickpockets, especially on public transport. Burglaries and thefts do occur occasionally, so ensure you carry out normal precautions. Be careful if attending football or basketball games where local rivalries can flare up.

IDENTITY THEFT AND SCAMS This is not a major topic in Serbia, however, there have been cases, so take good care of your identity documents as you would otherwise. Keep your credit card and other ID safe and report promptly as soon as you notice it is missing. Keep other personal information such as bank account numbers, social security numbers, passwords, etc. private; never supply personal account information by e-mail (financial institutions, including credit card companies, never request your personal account information or PINs by e-mail); review your bank account and credit card statements; Use anti-virus software; if you receive ‘spam' e-mail requesting that you provide data, money, or contact details do NOT respond to the sender.

WEATHER Belgrade area has continental climate with four seasons, and summers can be very hot. Summer temperatures can be as high as 40, and winters often well below zero. Do bring good winter footwear to Serbia, because the sidewalks in Belgrade can be quite slippery in the winter, especially in the street where MLO is located. The sidewalks, just like roads, are poorer quality than those around Europe. There is no inclement weather or extreme weather conditions, except occasional storm or hale which can, at its worst, damage your car. You might experience high temperatures in July and August. Over the course of a year, the temperature typically varies from -3°C to 28°C and is rarely below -10°C or above 34°C. The warm season lasts from May 26 to September 16 with an average daily high temperature above 23°C. The hottest day of the year is August 10, with an

average high of 28°C and low of 17°C. The cold season lasts November to March, with an average daily high temperature below 8°C. The coldest day of the year is January 10, with an average low of -3°C and high of 4°C. The chart below should give you an idea of typical weather in Belgrade throughout seasons. The daily average low (blue) and high (red) temperature with percentile bands (inner band from 25th to 75th percentile, outer band from 10th to 90th percentile).

Mosquitoes can be a severe problem in the summer months, starting as early as April or even March depending on the neighbourhood. The aerial spraying in the summer is of little help. The substance used for aerial spraying is eco-friendly and there have been no reported side effects amongst the population. However, it is probably advisable to keep children and pets in whilst they are spraying and for the night afterwards.

The most effective product against mosquitos available on the market in Belgrade is, for many people, RAID plug-in mosquito repellent and tablets, which you can get in most shops – “during the summer season”. You might want to put some aside over winter in case the mosquitos season starts earlier.

Ticks appear in grassy and bushy areas from early spring and, as sometimes they can carry disease, it is worth considering inoculation against tick borne encephalitis.

SENDING MAIL TO AND FROM SERBIA The price for having mail sent or posted from Serbia will depend on the origin of the package, weight and the estimated price. Please be aware that anything larger than a letter might be subject to duties which can often double the price, for example when you are shopping online. Also be aware that as this is outside the EU the fees might be higher. To send a letter or a package from Serbia you can use the Regular Post, by taking your letter, or package to the local post office. The closest post office to the MLO is the one at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, mentioned above in the section about your bills. If you opt for “recorded delivery” you will be able to track your letter. Another option, faster and a bit more expensive is the Post Express service. You can do this by taking your letter/package to the post office, or by ordering a courier who comes to collect your item within 4 hours, at no extra cost. The price for sending packages up to 30kg is RSD150 for 0,5kg for former Yugoslav republics, and RSD200 for the rest of Europe. If the package contents have to be checked by the customs, this is charged RSD40 for up to 2kg and RSD100 for heavier parcels. Finally there is DHL, as the most expensive and fastest option. http://www.dhl.rs/en.html

8. MONEY/BANKING/FINANCES

GENERAL INFORMATION The local currency is Serbian dinar (RSD) and shops are strictly prohibited from taking foreign currency.

The RSD exchange rate varies around 120 RSD for a Euro. However, people who trust you and do not use the fiscal cash register (your landlord, some taxi drivers and service provider) might be willing to take EUR, or even prefer it. There are plenty of ATM machines in and around Belgrade. Travellers’ cheques cannot be cashed in major banks since last year. Cards widely acceptable in Belgrade are VISA, VISA Electron, MasterCard, Eurocard, Maestro, and Diners Club. Note that a comma is used in place of a decimal point when expressing prices. For example, 1000,00 RSD is 1000 RSD The cash machines here will only give you the local currency, Serbian Dinars (RSD) and if you are withdrawing money from a non-dinar account abroad there will be a conversion, or double conversion, plus any bank fees. In most cases your having an account with what you believe is the same bank back home will not reduce the cost of using the ATM . The only exception is Intesa, which belongs to a regional group, allowing privileged rates for withdrawing money in countries belonging to the same group, which is most of the regional countries. See more details on http://www.bancaintesa.rs/retail-banking/payment-cards/visa/visa-inspire.1144.html.

DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS You can open a bank account in Serbia, once you get your residence permit, i.e. your diplomatic ID, but only a few MLO members do, since it may or may not be worth it depending on how long you are in Belgrade for, your and also on your arrangements for receiving your salary. With the bank account/current account, you can also have a debit card, however, as a foreigner in Serbia you will not be able to receive a credit card, like the one you have at home, but, depending on the bank, and provided you receive your income to your Serbian bank account, you might be able to get a so called “100% deposit” scheme. Fees:

RSD operations Opening current account and RSD *RSD 400 per month savings account - »Intesa Magnifica« current account Statement from current account One statement a month - no fee, each subsequent RSD 50.00 a month Transfer/payment by Intesa Min RSD 60,00; 0,8% of amount; max RSD Magnifica current account owner – 5,000 RESIDENT only *Fee for maintaining Intesa Hit / Intesa Magnifica current account is charged in full, only if there was any financial transaction within the month, regardless of the available funds.

FX operations Opening and maintaining FX No fee savings deposit Deposit of FX cash to FX savings No fee account

For FX cash withdrawal ** No fee LORO INCOM to account fx Up to EUR 100 No fee account From EUR 100,01 up Min. RSD 0,30% to EUR 10.000 300 Over EUR 10.000 0,20% Max RSD 40.000

For withdrawal or transfer, at the 0,4% owner's request*** *If client wants that the remittance is effected in the currency that he/she does not have at his FX savings deposit (conversion for nostro remittance is carried out according to purchase exchange rate of the BIB exchange list). ** If client wants that withdraw effective FX banknotes in the currency that he/she does not have at his FX savings deposit, and Bank cannot perform it (conversion is performed applying mid exchange rate of the NBS exchange list) *** If client wants that the payment off is effected in the currency that he/she does not have at his FX savings, or coverts FX within FX savings deposit from one currency to another (conversion is performed according to purchase exchange rate of the BIB exchange list) **** Amounts of RSD paying-out transactions, exceeding RSD 600.000 are to be announced to the branch at least 24 hours in advance ***** Amounts of effective FX paying-out transactions exceeding counter value of RSD 600.000, are to be announced to the branch at least 24 hours in advance.

Remittances RSD Nostro remittances ordered by RSD 1.000 non-residents on the account opened with the Bank. NON RESIDENT RSD Nostro remittances ordered by Min RSD 100,00; 0,8% of amount; max non-residents on the account RSD 50,000 opened with some other domestic bank NON RESIDENT Nostro – transfer from fx account Min 1.000 RSD 0,7% max 40.000 RSD Nostro remittances in Euro with option OUR for actual foreign bank expenses Up to € 5.000,00 RSD 1.150 From € 5.000,01 to € 12.500,00 RSD 1.500 From € 12.500,01 to € 50.000,00 RSD 2.300 From € 50.000,01 RSD 4.000 Nostro remittance in other currencies with option OUR for RSD 1.800 actual foreign bank expenses

CARRYING CASH There is practically no limitation as to how much money in cash you can carry into Serbia. The current limit is 10.000 EUR for regular travellers. According to the MFA the same rule applies for diplomats.

EXCHANGE OF MONEY/WIRE TRANSFER/CARRYING OF CASH Exchange Offices have the best conversion rates, better than banks. Avoid exchanging money at the airport or a hotel front desk because the rates are less favourable. International money transfers are quite expensive, as opposed to transfers between EU countries. They depend on the bank that you are sending the money from. For example, transfers from Serbia, via Raiffeisen bank, are charged between 12 and 20 EUR, plus 0,08% of the whole amount. Western Union also operates in Serbia, and the rates are about 10% of the sum you are sending. http://www.transfernovca.rs/en/sending-money-from-serbia.html.

TIPPING It is customary in Serbia to leave tips to the waiter, hairdresser, taxi driver, around 5-10% depending on the bill.

9. EDUCATION SYSTEM/SCHOOL OPTIONS: PUBLIC SCHOOLS Unless if your child speaks Serbian and you want him/her to go to a Serbian school, we assume you will opt for one of the International schools, in English, German or French. INTERNATIONAL SCHOOLS The grid in the cited Annex 8 provided by the Serbian Ministry of Education and Science in July 2016, lists all the accredited schools in Belgrade, with the date and Act of the accreditation. STANDARDS/CODES OF STUDENT CONDUCT This will vary from school to school that you choose. All the schools are the western style secular education. UNIVERSITY-LEVEL EDUCATION (POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION) There are about 100 university level study programmes available to foreign students in Serbia. Try searching on http://www.studyinserbia.rs/ for your desired field.

10. TRANSPORTATION IN BELGRADE Public transportation is functional in Serbia. Some areas are better covered than others. Parking however, can be a bit difficult, in the downtown area, as well as the centre of New Belgrade. PUBLIC TRANSPORT Belgrade has a relatively well covered public transportation network, including busses, trams, and trolley busses. The tickets are available on board, but they are more expensive and we

advise getting BUSPLUS bus ticket. The BUSPLUS ticket can be personalized or non- personalized. The non-personalized one you can get at any newspaper stand, where you also top it up, for a certain amount of money. Then you validate it on the bus. Once validated you can ride for 90 minutes, even with the change of busses. You need to keep your plastic, non-personalized BUS PLUS card charged. If you prefer a personalized one, which will have your picture on it, you can get it from the BUSPLUS office, one of the locations below. This way you can get a monthly ticket for around 30EUR, for unlimited rides. This pays off if you take public transport every day twice or more.

PERSONALIZED NON-PERSONALIZED GETTING YOUR CARD VALIDATED

 Masarikova 5  TC Jugocentar, Palmira Toljatija 7  Skender begova 47  TC Trg republike  Deligradska 10

Buses, trolleys and tramways operate from 04:30 – 23.30 at intervals of 3-20 min. Night Lines operate at far longer intervals and with longer intervals and slightly modified bus numbers. For a detailed map of public transportation in Belgrade see Annex 12 and 12a for night lines, or the following link: https://www.eway.rs/en/cities/beograd/routes.

METRO There is a limited Metro with just one line at present. The line connects Pančevački Most station with Novi Beograd station in 16 minutes travel time. The line has 5 stations - Pančevački Most, Vukov Spomenik, Karađorđev park, Beograd Centar and Novi Beograd.

Trains run every 30 minutes; every 15 minutes during rush hour. An extension of this line to Zemun and Batajnica and also a new line from Resnik is planned.

TAXI The price for driving inside the wider city area should not be more than 900 dinars. The average ride around city center costs around 400 dinars. Taxi drivers are not allowed to charge for luggage put in the trunk. Taxi from the airport to the city cost from 1400 to 6000 dinars depending upon the zone of transportation. City is divided in six zones and price is fixed for each of them. The first zone includes New Belgrade and Zemun, while the second zone, which is the most important for the tourists encompasses wider city centre area with many hotels, hostels and apartments. One way ride within the first zone costs 1400 dinars, while the ride in the second zone costs 1800 dinars. Taxi ride in other zones (third to sixth) costs 2,200, 3000, 4500 or 6000 dinars. Price Start 170 dinars During the day 1 kilometre - 65 dinars During the night (22h - 06h), on Sundays and public holidays 1 kilometre - 85 dinars

Major taxi associations: LUX Taxi Phone: +381 (0) 11 / 30 33 123 Cell: +381 (0) 65 30 33 123

PINK Taxi Phone: 1-9803 Cell: +381 (0) 65 48 89 977 Parking

PARKING

On-street parking, “in the zones” is charged Monday to Friday, 0800-2100 and Saturdays 0800-1400. As in most countries the reserved parking spots (for the handicapped, for a specific user, etc.) are marked yellow.

In the red zone, consider the narrowest city centre, you can stay for up to one hour, and you pay parking by sending your full license plate number to 9111, yellow zone you can stay up to two hours and you can pay by sending the same SMS to 9112, and 9113 for the third zone, where maximum stay is 3 hours.

You need to enter the license plate number correctly – with all numbers and the letters in capitals, otherwise the Parking Service officer patrolling the street will not be able to see that you paid, and will issue a fine that Parking Servis will not be prepared to waive.

Please note that to pay parking via SMS you need to have a local number. If you are a resident in one of the downtown parking zones, as you probably will be, you will have the right to a monthly ticket for around 4 euros a month – if the car is registered to your name and if you can show the proof of address – i.e. the white paper that you receive from your landlord/police. More information on: http://parking-servis.co.rs/eng/ If your vehicle gets towed away for improper parking, you can locate it through this link: http://parking-servis.co.rs/eng/towing-vehicle/gde-mi-je-pauk-odneo-auto/.

11. DRIVING IN SERBIA

RENTING A VEHICLE So far MLO members have had good experience with SIXT car rent agency. http://rs.sixt.com/php/reservation?language=en_GB. You can rent a car for 12 EUR, a SMART, or up to 65 EUR a day for any larger car. The offer includes everything except the fuel, and an additional charge of 10 EUR for driving abroad. The deposit is 600 EUR. The insurance includes: “Personal accident protection, theft protection, collision damage waiver with excess. In case of damage/theft, police report is mandatory, otherwise, the client is responsible for total amount of the damage/theft”. See the full offer in Annex 13.

PURCHASING A VEHICLE As with all other items, if you are purchasing a new vehicle from an official dealership, you can get it tax free. Used vehicle sellers are not in the VAT system. You can often get a good bargain from diplomats leaving the mission and selling their private cars.

VEHICLE IMPORTS AND REGISTRATION For MLO members and other diplomats to import a private vehicle and register it with diplomatic registration plates we must provide some documents and carry procedures with the local authorities. Please be aware that you may only register one car to your name. See the full Checklist for vehicle registration and import (Annex 14). As per the protocol guidelines, this “privilege may be used only once during the appointment of the applicant. One application refers to one car only. The vehicle acquired in this manner cannot be older than six years.” Also bear in mind that “diplomatic staff and their spouses are entitled to one motor vehicle each registered on their name. Members of the administrative and technical staff (i.e. service ID bearers) are entitled to register one motor vehicle on their name, while their spouses are not entitled to this privilege.” (cited Annex 3)

INSURANCE MLO vehicles are insured with Wiener http://en.wiener.co.rs/For-retail/Motor-vehicle- Insurance and so are a few private vehicles. If you are coming to Serbia with your own vehicle, check with your insurance provider beforehand whether they cover Serbia and the Balkans, or you need to get an extension.

TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS According to the protocol guidelines “In the case of an involvement in a traffic accident resulting in bodily injuries, death or heavy damage, persons driving vehicles with registration plates marked with “A” prefix, must stop the vehicle, call the police and wait at the scene of the accident for the arrival of police officers to conduct a traffic accident investigation.” 192 is the number for the police, who then send out a traffic police officer. They are usually very fast. You can also use the European form if the guilty party is willing to take the responsibility for the accident. MLO duty cars do not have kasko insurance.

ACCESS TO LOCAL MILITARY INSTALLATIONS MLO has only 6 parking slots on the car park belonging to the Ministry of Defense, where our office is based. The Ministry is not likely to grant any more spots any time soon. So parking spot is not guaranteed, but only upon agreement among MLO staff and Chief’s decision on priority. As for duty visits to the Serbian Armed Forces facilities you will be normally taking duty cars, of which we inform the MoD ahead of the event.

DRIVING LICENCES MLO members use their driving licenses from back home, throughout their entire stay in Serbia, although normally replacement of a foreign driving license for a driving license of the Republic of Serbia is required six months from the date of their entry in the Republic of Serbia. (Article 178 of the Law on Safety of Road Transport ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia, Nos. 41/2009, 53/2010 and 101/2011). However, MLO is exempt from having to do this, due to security reasons. You therefore do not have to worry about changing your driving licence while in Serbia.

GENERAL DRIVING INFORMATION According to the Diplomatic Guidelines: “Members of diplomatic missions, consular posts or offices of international governmental organizations in the Republic of Serbia, and members of their family households, are obliged to fully respect the provisions of the Law on Safety of Road Transport ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia", No. 41/2009 of 2 June 2009), which is in keeping with Article 41 of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations. Pursuant to Article 41 of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations or other international treaties and bilateral agreements, it is the duty of the members of the staff of diplomatic missions, consular posts or offices of international governmental organizations to respect the laws and regulations of the receiving State, the rules on safety of all participants in traffic included. Bearing in mind that traffic infringements (including speeding, parking or other violations) endanger the safety not only of the person committing the violation but of other participants in traffic as well, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs cannot accept the mission's call upon diplomatic and official immunity, i.e. call that infringements occurred in the course of the performance of official duties. Consequently, submission of traffic and parking violation tickets including the towing for wrongly parked vehicle or issuance of an additional fine for public parking is not considered as a violation of immunities and the Diplomatic Protocol does not intervene with relevant authorities to seek the cancellation of traffic violation charges. Having in mind the aforementioned, it is the duty of the owners of the vehicles with diplomatic registration plates to pay for all the charges made thereof”.

The best source for all relating to the roads, traffic and driving in Serbia is the Automobile and Motorcycle Association in Serbia http://www.amss.org.rs/.

SPEEDING AND RECKLESS DRIVING The general speed limit is 50 km/h within inhabited places i.e. around the city and 120 km/h on motorways. But always look at the signs. You can see more detail in the The Law on Road Traffic Safety, The Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia, № 41/09, 53/10 available online in English (Annex 15).

USE OF MOBILE PHONE WHILE DRIVING Using a mobile phone while driving is not a good idea to begin with. It is illegal in Serbia as in many countries, incurring a fine of RSD 10 000. We suggest that you buy a headset for this

purpose. Of course being a diplomat the police will not stop you unless if you are absolutely pushing it, but if you are “guilty” or cause an accident you will be fined.

CONSUMPTION OF ALCOHOL/DRIVING UNDER THE INFLUENCE The blood alcohol limits 0.20 mg/ml.

WHAT TO DO IF STOPPED OR ARRESTED BY LAW ENFORCEMENT The only thing to do in this situation is to stop and show your ID. You must always carry a picture ID with you in Serbia.

LOCAL TOLLS We as an office are not exempt from the local tolls. If you are on a duty trip, you will bring the receipt for any tolls that you paid in Serbia and it will be reimbursed by the Admin/Disbursing. You can see the rates on http://www.tolls.eu/serbia

12. SHOPPING

FOOD SHOPPING

There are a lot of supermarkets, green markets and local shops. Seasonal fruit and vegetables are generally of better quality and cheaper at the green markets. Some of the main outdoor green markets are:

 Kalenić Pijaca, Maksima Gorkog street, Vračar  Banjicka Pijaca, 10/1 Crnotravska street, Vozdovac  Senjak Market, Koste Glavinića street  Pijaca Skadarlija (Bajlonijeva), 55 Džordža Vašingtona street  Pijaca Zeleni venac, Zeleni venac bb street

ORGANIC: You can find a modest but nice selection of certified organic products, local and imported, at a shop called Just Organic, 5 Kursulina Street.

DELIVERY: There is an increasing number of producers and distributors that will deliver fresh organic food to your door. http://www.ambrelaorganic.com/index.php/home http://www.organicbgdelivery.com/en/ For ready meals try http://www.donesi.com/beograd/en/

CLOTHES Apart from the small shops scattered all round the city, Belgrade has a few main shopping streets and malls, located in New Belgrade, across the river Sava from MLO and the area where you are most likely to settle.

1. Terazije square and Knez Mihajlova – the pedestrian/shopping street 2. Bulevar Kralja Aleksandra – along the whole street. Starting from the corner with Resavska and work your way down the left hand side of that street, from around number 20, to about 200

http://www.usceshoppingcenter.com/en/home http://www.mercator.rs/ http://www.deltacity.rs/

HOUSEHOLD For household accessories, you best bet for finding all in one place is the Home Center. One store is located in the Ušće Shopping mall, mentioned earlier, and the other close to Sajam, and Ada Ciganlija, 12 Bulevar Vojvode Mišića, which is closer, though not necessarily more easily reachable, from MLO.

13. RECREATION AND FREE TIME There is much to do in Belgrade and the area, whether you are looking for sporting activities, live music or a good meal. MLO does not have any library or gym use granted, nor do we have time in the day allocated for this, so it will be up to you to make your arrangements.

SPORTS Some of the gyms used by MLO members, or other facilities nearby: http://www.metropolpalace.com/sr/spa_centar http://www.gymandfitness.rs/ http://www.muscleplanetgym.rs/ https://www.24hourfitness.com/ - this one works 24 hours a day

SWIMMING Belgrade has a number of olympic size swimming pools, and some have adjoined spa centres with sauna/steam rooms and gyms. Here are the “best” ones:

- Tašmajdan, 71 Beogradska 06:00-08:30; 12:00-14:00; 16:00-18:00; on working days; 09:00-11:00; 12:00-14:00; 18:00-20:00 on weekends - Milan Gale Muškatirović sports center, aka 25 May sports center - Tadeuša Košćuška 63; working hours (subject to change) 06.30.09.00;15.00-18.30; 22.15-23.30 on working days, except Wednesday which is 06.00-21.00; 13.00-15-00; 20.00-23.00 on weekends, plus Saturday 07.00-09.00

TENNIS You can try Novak Đokovic’s own tennis courts, nicely located on the Danube river, and well maintained. The address is Tadeuša Košćuška 63a. Number for reservations: +381 (0) 11 / 3282 930

There is a number of other tennis clubs, such as Banjica Tennis club at, Crnotravska 4, number for reservations: + 381 (0) 11 / 4067 473

HORSEBACK RIDING Belgrade Racecourse is very nicely located in a very green area and apart from the horseback riding offers a number of other facilities. http://www.hipodrombeograd.rs/o-nama.php

SKIING Serbia’s main skiing resort is Kopaonik, about 4 hours’ drive South from Belgrade and the season is roughly December to March. http://www.eng.infokop.net/

RESTAURANTS POPULAR WITH MLO MEMBERS: http://terminalgastrobar.rs/frontpage/ http://www.malafabrikaukusa.com/ http://www.restoranamici.rs/

WEEKENDS: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kalemegdan_Park https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Knez_Mihailova_Street https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Skadarlija http://www.adaciganlija.rs/ http://belgrademyway.com/zemun-quay/ http://www.mij.rs/en.html http://belgrademyway.com/belgrade-underground-tour/ http://house.mikser.rs/en/

EVENTS: You can search for events in Belgrade as well as the region on http://www.eventim.rs/en/

If you want to take a trip out of town, you can start with:

- Fruška Gora mountain, lovely nature and historical sights, monasteries http://www.thetravelclub.org/destinations/44-vojvodina/451-fruska-gora - Vinca, ancient archaeological site and a hydro power plant close to te Romanian border http://belgrademyway.com/vinca-archaeological-site/

Above we gave a few suggestions that visitors and newcomers typically find interesting. If you want to do some further research, you may find some more information on the sites below: http://www.belgradian.com/to-do/ http://belgradecat.com/category/true-belgrade/

MORALE, WELFARE AND RECREATION FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES NATO MLO Belgrade has no MWA activities.

CYCLING Cycling is regulated by the Law on Road Traffic Safety (cited Annex - 15). You will find that Belgrade has less bicycle lanes that in most countries, and according to this law “if there is not a road or a lane specifically intended for bicycle riding in the area, the bicycles may be ridden on the roadway within the width of no more than one meter from the right hand side of the roadway”. The law does not mention that you have to wear a helmet, but it is certainly better that you do. When moving at night or reduced visibility conditions “a bicycle shall have one white light switched on in the front and a red light in the rear”. Children under the age of 12 are normally not to ride a bicycle on a public road. According to Euro.Velo.com the only long distance cycling route so far designated in Serbia is the Danube Cycle Route going over 665 km from the Hungarian border near the town of Apatin to the Bulgarian border near the town of Negotin. However, MLO has no means to verify this. As for Belgrade itself, although cycling is one of the best and most popular forms of recreation among Belgradians lately, we can't say that Belgrade is very suitable for cyclists. You are recommended to avoid cycling in the city center and on Belgrade roads since drivers in Belgrade don't have understanding towards cyclists. New Belgrade has wider streets and more bicycle lanes and safety of cyclists is on a much higher level. You cannot take your bicycle into a public transport vehicle or BG Voz and transport yourself to another part of the city where bicycle trails are available. In addition, when riding inside a bicycle path, often you will be disturbed by pedestrians who regularly use them and don't pay much attention to cyclists. If you do like to occasionally go for a cycling tour, your best bet is to start from the riverbank by 25 Maj sports and recreational center and cycle your way to Ada Ciganlija, as this is a well famous cycling tour. http://belgradecat.com/cycling-tour-ada-25-maj/

FISHING AND HUNTING IN SERBIA A person can engage in recreational fishing based on their recreational fishing permit/license. The permit for recreational fishing for the calendar year (annual permit), for one day (daily

permit), or for several (up to seven) days (multi-day permit) is issued by the user. For details see http://www.srbijasume.rs/ribarstvoe.html. Serbia has good haunting grounds. For details on recreational hunting see http://www.ekolss.com/index_en.htm

CHURCHES OTHER THAN SERBIAN ORTHODOX

Roman Catholic Christ the King Church (Crkva Krista Kralja) Krunska 23. Father Andrej, Sr. Ines. Tel: +381 (0) 11 / 323 4846, mobile: +381 (0) 63 359 326

St Peter’s Church Makedonska 23, Tel: +381 (0) 11 - 303 0815 / 303 0814

Protestant St Mary’s Church 23 Višegradska, 1st Floor

Baptist Slobodanke Savić 33

Holy Trinity Pentecostal Church Simina 8

The Redeemed Christian Church of God (RCCG) Block 70a, Omladinskih Brigada 65v (near Delta City in New Belgrade).

Franciscan Church Strosmajerova 6, Zemun Russian Orthodox

Crkva Svete Trojice, Takovska 4 Jewish Synagogue, Marsala Birjuzova 19

Muslim Bajrakli Mosque Gospodar Jevremova 11

14. LOCAL CUSTOMS The first thing to be aware of is that the Orthodox Church Calendar is using the “old” i.e. Julian calendar, unlike the Roman Catholic, Protestant, and other Cristian churches that use the “new”, Gregorian one. So, while the country operates on the globally accepted Gregorian calendar, important church holidays, e.g. Christmas use the Julian calendar and this event occurs therefore two weeks after the Gregorian. This is often shown in print as both dates (i.e. St. Nicholas, Dec 6/Dec19; Christmas Day, Dec 25/Jan 7; New Year’s Day Jan 1/Jan 14). The date of Easter is also determined differently, although it can coincide in with the Catholic/Protestant one, the Orthodox celebration is usually between 1 to 7 weeks afterwards.

Instead of Merry Christmas, Serbians will say Hristos se Rodi (which translates into The Christ was Born). The reply is Vaistinu se Rodi (which translates into He was indeed). This greeting is used on the Christmas Day, not ahead of it, as is customary in the West.

For Easter, instead of Happy Easter, Serbians will say Hristos Vaskrse (meaning The Crist Resurrected), and the reply, similar as for Christmas, Vaistinu Vaskrse (He Resurrected Indeed).

PUBLIC HOLIDAYS IN SERBIA: Jan 1&2 - New Year's Day National holiday – non working Jan 7 - Christmas Day National holiday, Orthodox – non working Feb 15&16 - Monday Statehood Day of the Republic of Serbia May 1&2 - Labour holiday Nov 11 - Armistice Day The Good Friday and Easter Monday are non-working days in Serbia as well *according to the Serbian law, if a public holiday lands on a Sunday, the next working day is non-working.

MLO non-working holidays are decided on every year, based on the Serbian non-working days and international holidays.

Flowers - When buying flowers remember to take an odd number of flowers when visiting or to give to any living being, but an even number of flowers if going to a funeral or to the cemetery.

Slava - A Slava is the celebration of a saint’s day and is one, if not the most important, festivity for every family. People are given a days’ holiday from work for their Slava. When going to a Slava one usually gives flowers to the hostess and a bottle of alcohol to the host. You will either be invited for a specific time (i.e. either lunch or dinner) or told to come whenever you would like. Scheduling business/mission dinners on such days should be avoided. Adage: one

half of Belgrade celebrates St. Nicholas (19 December), the other half goes to it. Another mass Slava is St George’s Day on 6 May.

Greetings - People kiss three times on the cheek when they haven’t seen each other for a while. Everyday friends usually kiss once.

(Business) Lunch - Lunch is rarely at noon, usually it will be around 2 or 3 p.m.

Eating Habits - Rather heavy meals featuring large amounts of meat. Vegetarianism is a rarity but most restaurants serve salads.

Coffee - Coffee is taken anytime over tea. No tea drinking culture exists and, consequently, cafes will usually only serve herbal teas such as camomile, linden, mint, rose hip. Adage: “only drink tea when ill.” Many Serbians drink Turkish coffee at home, so when visiting a home, you can expect it to be served. Restaurants and cafes serve espresso drinks and Nescafe. Tea is also available – the word for all tea is “chai” not to be confused with the “chai” flavour.

Paying the Bill - It is often the case that one person pays for all and it is always the case that whoever did the inviting to lunch/drinks picks up the bill. The bill will Not usually brought to you until you ask for it. Non-smoking – Smoking is cheap and widespread in Serbia. Smoking is now illegal in public places and this law is being increasingly adhered to. However it is still allowed in most restaurants and it seldom happens that people ask for permission to smoke in one’s company – they usually just light up. Serbian Orthodox Religion Almost all Serbians are Orthodox Christians. Serbian Orthodox Church (SOC) is self-governed under its Patriarch. There are some differences between the Orthodox Church and Churches in the western world, which are worth noting.

Fasting This practice is worth keeping in mind if you invite Orthodox Christians to eat with you. There are four periods within the year when adherents do not eat meat, dairy products, eggs, chocolate or food prepared with margarine. These periods of fasting are: The Christmas fasting period called Bozićni post lasts for six weeks leading up to the Orthodox Christmas; The Easter fast, Veliki post starts seven weeks before Easter. Easter Sunday, unlike Christmas, is dependent upon the church calendar therefore has no fixed date; The third fasting period is called Petrov post. As per Easter, St. Peter’s Day is dependent upon the church calendar and therefore is not a fixed date; The fourth fasting period is Veliko Gospoinski post. This fast lasts from 13 to 27 August, leading up to 28 August and the holy day marking the death of the Virgin Mary.

16. CHECK LISTS

1. SUGGESTED PRE-ARRIVAL CHECKLIST Below is a list that you might find helpful, or redundant. Our attention was to remind you of a few things that need to be in order prior to your arrival. 1. Orders  Receive from national authorities 2. First contact with MLO  Predecessor  Embassy of your country 3. Suggested resources for New Arrivals  Arrivals and Staff Guide with annexes  Healthcare Information from your own host nation 4. Documentation  Check validity dates of all passports  Marriage certificate  Arrange / cancel insurance  Forward any documents to MLO prior to your arrival to slightly speed up the procedures (i.e. copy of your passport, CV, filled forms that you will be sent)  Get any travel documents and immunization for your pets 5. Suggested check-list for your household back home  Arrange to sell/rent home  Arrange to disconnect utilities  Arrange to ship, store or sell vehicle  Arrange for pets to travel 6. Household  Commence housing search using resources in this Guide, or ask your predecessor  Select the area depending on your needs, mainly on whether you have school aged children (see cited Annex 9 with locations of international schools in Belgrade)  Arrange internet connection upon arrival  Conduct move-in inspection 7. Children / Education  Notify current school of your child's departure  Contact the new school  Obtain student records/transcript  Understand the options for foreign and international schools in Serbia 9. Medical / Dental  Obtain immunization records  Obtain medical and dental records 10. Departure

 Arrange flights (including pets, if applicable)/travel  Arrange temporary accommodation  Arrange to be met at the airport

2. SUGGESTED POST-ARRIVAL CHECK-LIST If some of the bullets are a repetition from the previous list, this is because depending on your situation you might get to some of it prior and some after your arrival.

1. Arrival  Move into temporary accommodations  Acquire local maps  Purchase a local SIM card for your mobile phone (you will be given a duty phone on your predecessor’s departure (avoid using your phone from back home because roaming is very expensive with Serbia) 3. Household  Home search  Once located, sign your lease agreement and arrange for the household items and internet connection  Research the crime statistics in the neighbourhood  If you have school-aged children, and you haven’t decided on the schools, do it now  Study and sign your lease agreement 4. Finding a Home and Understanding Your Lease Agreement  View properties  Study the lease agreement carefully  Conduct the Move-in inspection  Arrange to have utilities connected  Arrange the household goods and appliances i.e. delivery of your own and make an inventory of what your apartment contains  If you are living downtown and have no inside garage arrange on-street parking for your vehicle in the neighbourhood 5. Children / Education  Locate and visit the schools you plan to send your child to  Determine proximity of school to residence  Complete school enrolment formalities  Ensure immunizations/vaccines are current

3. UPON ARRIVAL AT NATO MLO Belgrade  TO DO STATUS  Contact sponsor to specify the time and make sure your building access is arranged  Visit MLO Chief  HoTo  Check the status of the NOTA VERBALE on your arrival, which is

 Documentation/Paperwork that will be issued upon your arrival o Building pass o Residence permit ID for you and any family members (diplomatic or service) - Once you receive your residence documents establish a bank account, if you wish to do so  Provide any documents to such as: o Orders o Passport o birth and marriage certificate o security clearance (check with NLR/PNLR) o 5 passport sized photos o Your vehicle information in order to be able to use the diplomatic gas station  Complete any forms that you haven’t already for your procedure

USEFUL LINKS http://www.jfcnaples.nato.int/mlo_belgrade http://www.jfcnaples.nato.int/ http://jfcnaples.nato.int/kfor http://www.nato.int/ http://www.mod.gov.rs/index.php http://www.vs.rs/index.php http://www.mfa.gov.rs/en/ http://www.inyourpocket.com/belgrade

II) LIST OF ANNEXES:

ANNEX 3 – PROTOCOL GUIDELINES FOR MEMBERS OF DIPLOMATIC MISSIONS ANNEX 4 - MINISTRY OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS ID FORM ANNEX 5 - MINISTRY OF DEFENSE ACCESS TO THE BUILDING FORM ANNEX 6 - CHECK LIST FOR THE YOUR ID AND MOD ENTRY PASS ANNEX 7 - LAW ON FOREIGNERS ANNEX 8 – LIST OF INTERNATIONAL SCHOOLS RECOGNIZED BY THE SERBIAN MINISTRY OF EDUCATION ANNEX 9 – MAP WITH LOCATIONS OF INTERNATIONAL SCHOOLS ANNEX 10 – TYPICAL LEASE AGREEMENT ANNEX 11 – HEALTH INSURANCE OFFER ANNEX 12&12a – PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION MAPS ANNEX 13 – VEHICLE RENT OFFER ANNEX 14 – CHECKLIST FOR REGISTERING A VEHICLE ANNEX 15 - LAW ON ROAD SAFETY

Updated – 20 April 2016

REPUBLIC OF SERBIA MINISTRY OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS

PROTOCOL GUIDELINES

FOR MEMBERS OF FOREIGN DIPLOMATIC MISSIONS, CONSULAR POSTS AND OFFICES OF INTERNATIONAL GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS

Belgrade, July 2015 2

Welcome to the Republic of Serbia!

This guidebook has been issued with the intention of providing to the members of foreign diplomatic missions and consular posts in the Republic of Serbia basic information about their privileges and immunities observed by the Republic of Serbia in accordance with the provisions of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations and the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations, with respect for the principle of reciprocity and relevant laws and regulations of the Republic of Serbia.

Privileges and immunities are also granted to the offices of international governmental organizations and to the members of their international staff, subject to the provisions of relevant bilateral agreements on privileges and immunities of the status of international governmental organizations resident offices in the Republic of Serbia.

Privileges and immunities are guaranteed in order to ensure normal functioning of foreign diplomatic missions, consular posts and offices of international governmental organizations and members of their international staff. In the same time, members of foreign diplomatic missions, consular posts and offices of international governmental organizations are expected to observe the laws and regulations of the Republic of Serbia as a receiving State.

Diplomatic Protocol

3 TABLE OF CONTENTS

PREMISES OF THE MISSION ...... 6 Opening of foreign diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization...... 6 Purchase and lease of property...... 7 Procedure to obtain approval...... 7 Fiscal Exemption from Purchase or Lease Taxation on Immovable Property...... 7 Taxes related to Purchase of Immovable Property...... 8 Property Lease ...... 9 Inviolability and security of the mission premises ...... 9 (Temporary) Closure of diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization...... 9

HEAD OF MISSION...... 10 Agrément...... 10 Arrival of the Head of Mission...... 10 Presentation of True Copies of the Credentials...... 10 Call on the Dean of the Diplomatic Corps ...... 11 Presentation of the Credentials...... 11 Dress code ...... 13 Order of Precedence...... 13 Courtesy Calls on Dignitaries...... 13 Wreath Laying Ceremony ...... 13 Absence of the Head of Mission – Appointment of a Chargé d’Affaires a.i...... 13 Final departure of the head of mission...... 14

NON-RESIDENT HEADS OF MISSION ...... 14 Initial Visit - Arrival ...... 14 Presentation of the Credentials...... 15 Courtesy Calls...... 16 Working Visits...... 16 Final Departure...... 16

VISITS OF FOREIGN STATE DIGNITARIES...... 16 State and Official Visits to the Republic of Serbia...... 16 Private Visits and Transit ...... 16 Carrying of Firearms by Foreign Security Officers...... 16 Carrying of Communication Equipment by Foreign Security Officers...... 17 Greeting and Seeing off Visiting High-Ranking Foreign Dignitaries ...... 17

DEFENCE ATTACHE...... 18

MEMBERS OF MISSION ...... 18 Member of the Diplomatic Staff...... 18 Member of the Administrative and Technical Staff ...... 19 Family Members...... 19 Member of the Service Staff...... 19 4 Private servant of the diplomatic agent...... 19 Members of the Office of International Governmental Organization...... 20 Locally Engaged Staff...... 20 Notification of Appointment ...... 20 Initial Visa ...... 21 Non-resident member of diplomatic mission ...... 22 Registration of the new members of the mission...... 22 Issue of Identity Card...... 23 Identity Card Extension...... 24 Identity Card Replacement...... 24 Issue of Duplicate Identity Card...... 25 Termination of duty ...... 25 Private gainful occupation...... 25 Health Care...... 26

PRIVILEGES...... 26 Persons authorized to sign application forms (franchise) ...... 27

CUSTOMS-FREE IMPORT/EXPORT OF DUTIABLE GOODS ...... 27 Import Tax Exemption ...... 27 Restrictions on customs-free import of dutiable goods...... 28 Application for customs-free import of dutiable goods...... 29 Export Procedure ...... 29 Donations and humanitarian aid ...... 30

DUTY-FREE IMPORT AND EXPORT OF MOTOR VEHICLES ...... 30 Application procedure for duty-free import of motor vehicles ...... 30 “Temporary import”...... 30 Export and sale of a motor vehicle ...... 31

PURCHASE OF HEATING OIL AND FUEL EXEMPT FROM DUTY AND IMPORT TAXES.32 Heating oil ...... 32 Petrol and diesel fuel...... 32 Customs-free fuel import application procedure...... 33 Duty-free purchase of fuel on a local market ...... 33

ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES AND CIGARETTES ...... 33

TAXES ...... 34 Value added tax-free (VAT) purchases...... 34 Certificate on reciprocity or certificate on tax exemption provided by international treaty or bilateral agreement...... 35 Procedure to claim direct tax exemption for the purchase of goods and services rendered for official use by foreign mission...... 35 Procedure to claim direct tax exemption for the purchase of goods and services rendered for personal use by staff of foreign mission...... 36 VAT refund ...... 37

5 EXCISE DUTIES...... 38

PRIVILEGES OF CONSULAR POSTS HEADED BY HONORARY CONSULAR OFFICERS .39

REGISTRATION OF MOTOR VEHICLES AND REGISTRATION PLATES ...... 40 Registration of motor vehicles...... 40 Replacement of a foreign driving license...... 41 Return of traffic license and registration plates...... 42 Compulsory insurance...... 42

TRAFFIC...... 42 Traffic violations...... 42 Traffic accidents ...... 43 Allocation of parking space for the mission official vehicles ...... 43 Towing of illegally parked vehicles ...... 44

ACQUISITION, POSSESSION AND CARRYING OF FIREARMS ...... 44 Acquisition of firearms...... 44 Possession of firearms...... 45 Carrying of firearms...... 45 Loss of the firearms license or license to carry firearms...... 45 Return of the firearms license or license to carry firearms ...... 46 Prohibitions and limitations...... 46

COMMUNICATIONS ...... 46 Operation of radio-frequencies...... 46

SECURITY CONTROL OF AIR TRAVELLERS...... 47 Diplomatic couriers and diplomatic bags...... 47 Access to airport restricted areas and border control areas...... 48 Loss of the pass...... 48 Return of the pass...... 49

DIPLOMATIC AND PRECEDENCE LIST...... 49

RECEIPT AND DISPATCH OF MAIL...... 49

PUBLIC AND OTHER HOLIDAYS IN THE REPUBLIC OF SERBIA...... 49 6 PREMISES OF THE MISSION

The term “premises of the mission” in the Republic of Serbia refers to the buildings or parts of buildings and land ancillary thereto which are used for the official purposes of the foreign diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization, irrespective of ownership.

The premises of the mission are inviolable. Authorities of the Republic of Serbia may enter the premises only with the explicit consent or written request of the head of the mission. The mission premises, their furnishings and other objects thereon and its means of transport are immune from search, requisition, attachment or execution. Inviolable is the residence of the head of the mission, as well as the premises where diplomatic agents are accommodated.

It is a duty of the Republic of Serbia to take all appropriate steps to protect the premises of the mission against any intrusion or damage, and to prevent any disturbance of the peace of the mission or impairment of its dignity.

Opening of foreign diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization

The Law on Foreign Relations (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia” No. 116/2007, No. 126/2007 and 41/2009) provides for that, upon a request of a foreign State and consequent recommendation of the Minister of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia, the Government of the Republic of Serbia shall decide on granting a consent for the opening of a mission of a foreign State or international organization in the Republic of Serbia, including the opening of separate offices of the mission in localities other than those in which the mission itself is established, if such request has been presented (Article 25 of the Law).

Upon the decision of the Government of the Republic of Serbia to grant consent for the opening of a foreign diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization in the Republic of Serbia, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of a sending State, or the headquarters of international governmental organization, informs the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia by a verbal note of the opening date of the mission, post or organization and of the appointment of its head.

Diplomatic mission or consular post shall be registered with the Diplomatic Protocol on the basis of its verbal note which should provide all relevant information and contacts (address, telephone and fax numbers, e-mail address, working hours, diplomatic staff, etc).

Office of international governmental organization enjoying privileges and immunities in the Republic of Serbia, shall be registered with the Diplomatic Protocol upon entry into force of a bilateral Agreement concluded between the Government of the Republic of Serbia and the respective international governmental organization on the status of the office of the organization and its international staff in the Republic of Serbia. The office of international governmental organization is requested to notify the Diplomatic Protocol by a verbal note of its opening date and to provide relevant contact information.

Diplomatic missions, consular posts and offices of international governmental organizations are obliged to notify regularly the Diplomatic Protocol about any change pertaining to their functioning.

7 Purchase and lease of property

According to Article 83 of the Law on the Principal Property and Legal Relations (“Official Gazette of the SFRY”, Nos. 6/80, 36/90 and “Official Gazette of the FRY”, No. 29/96), foreign States, as well as organizations and specialized United Nations agencies, may, upon prior consent of the competent legal authorities of the Republic of Serbia, purchase buildings and apartments, including the land for their construction, to be used for the official purposes of their missions and the residence of the head of mission.

Offices of international governmental organizations may purchase or lease premises for their official use or for the use of their international staff if such provision is envisaged by a bilateral agreement on the office status.

Foreign missions may lease buildings or apartments for their official premises or for accommodation of the members of their staff. Leasing will not be conditional either on reciprocity or on the provisions of an agreement.

Under the authorization of the Directorate for the Real Estate of the Republic of Serbia, “DIPOS” a.d. (officially the Diplomatic Housing Enterprise at Serdar Jola Street No.17, Belgrade, telephone: 3670-470) is responsible for the management of the immovable properties owned by the Republic of Serbia. Diplomatic missions, consular posts and offices of international governmental organizations may contact “DIPOS” a.d. directly and get information of available business premises and accommodation, as well as of the conditions for their leasing and maintenance.

Procedure to obtain approval

Interested State may send, through its mission in the Republic of Serbia, a Note to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia with a request to get approval to purchase property, subject to reciprocity, for the official use of its diplomatic mission or consular post in the Republic of Serbia.

The Note of the diplomatic mission or consular post will be forwarded to the Ministry of Justice (Sector for Normative and International and Legal Affairs – Department for International Legal Assistance, Nemanjina Street No.22-26, Belgrade). Upon the receipt of its reply, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs will communicate the same, through diplomatic channels, to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the sending State.

In the case of the construction of the premises, foreign diplomatic missions or consular posts are recommended, according to Articles 62 and 107 of the Law on Planning and Construction (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia” Nos. 47/03 and 34/06) to hire a firm or any other legal entity enlisted in a respective Registry of entities authorized for the elaboration of urban plans and technical documentation thereof. They are also advised to verify whether employees of such company or legal entity have got necessary qualification and license, as well as professional experience in the elaboration of technical documentation for such type of project. Foreign missions are expected to conclude a contract with the local company specifying details of their contractual duties and obligations. The said Law also specifies the procedure for the construction of a new building and enlists the documentation required to be submitted.

Fiscal Exemption from Purchase or Lease Taxation on Immovable Property

Under the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations (Article 23) (“Official Gazette of the SFRY”, amendment No. 2/64) the sending State and the head of its mission are exempted in the Republic of Serbia from all national, regional or municipal dues and taxes in respect of the 8 premises of the mission, whether owned or leased, other than such as represent payment for specific services rendered. The exemption from taxation referred to in the mentioned Article will not apply to such dues and taxes payable under the law of the receiving State by persons contracting with the sending State or with the head of the mission.

Article 31, paragraph 1, item 2 of the Property Tax Law (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia”, Nos. 26/01, 45/02-US, 80/02, 80/02-dr.zakon, 135/04, 61/07, 5/09, 101/10, 24/11, 78/11, 57/12-US and 47/13) provides for that no taxes on transfer of absolute rights shall be paid, conditional on reciprocity, to the transfer of title of immovable property of diplomatic missions or consular posts of foreign States in the Republic of Serbia.

Property tax is paid neither to the property rights as provided for by an international treaty concluded by the Republic of Serbia on the exemption from property tax payment (Article 12, paragraph 1, item 12 of the Law). Offices of international governmental organizations may enjoy this privilege under the condition that such exemption has been envisaged by the provisions of a bilateral agreement on the status of the office of international governmental organization in the Republic of Serbia.

Taxes related to Purchase of Immovable Property

Pursuant to the provision of Article 23, paragraph 1, item 1, related to Article 24a, paragraph 1 of the Property Tax Law (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia” Nos. 26/01 and 57/12-US, hereinafter the Law), the transfer tax on absolute rights shall be paid on transfer against compensation of property rights to real estate exempted from the value added tax (VAT) payment, in accordance with the VAT Law.

Article 25, paragraph 1 of the Law provides for that the payer of tax on the transfer of absolute rights shall be the seller or transferor of the rights as referred to in Article 23, paragraph 1, items 1, 2 and 4 of the Law.

When transfer against compensation of the property right to a residential (newly built) building and the land occupying that building, is not subject to VAT payment under the Sale Contract, but to the absolute rights transfer tax, a foreign diplomatic mission or consular post purchasing that immovable property is not liable for paying the said tax, but subsidiary guarantor for such tax payment. Seller of the immovable properties is liable, in the capacity of a taxpayer, to submit tax declaration and to pay tax thereof.

Subsidiary guarantor is a second rank debtor, which means that respective Embassy (to which the property right has been transferred, and which is not liable by the contract for tax payment) shall be liable for the payment of such tax only if competent Tax Office fails to collect the tax from the seller either by means of regular or forced collection.

If the Embassy, under the Sale Contract of a residential building or a land ancillary thereto, accepts an obligation to pay tax on the basis of transfer of absolute rights (which implies only the case when transfer of property right on specific residential building and land is not subject to VAT payment), the Embassy shall be recognized as a joint guarantor for the tax payment on the basis of tax on transfer of absolute rights.

Joint guarantor is the debtor of the same rank as taxpayer, which means that Tax Office may, upon its own choice, ask the buyer to pay the tax without any previous attempt to collect the same from the seller.

9 Property Lease

Foreign diplomatic mission or consular post is not liable to property tax in respect to the building or a part of the building leased for the official purpose of its mission or post, residence of the head of the mission or post, including the residence of the members of its international staff. In this case payer of the tax on property is the owner of the leased property.

Inviolability and security of the mission premises

Foreign diplomatic missions or consular posts enjoy inviolability in the Republic of Serbia in accordance with the provisions of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations and the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations. Offices of international governmental organizations will be inviolable in the Republic of Serbia if such obligation has been prescribed by the provisions of a bilateral agreement on the status of the office to be opened.

Republic of Serbia, as a receiving State, attaches special attention to the protection of foreign missions and undertakes appropriate security steps and actions against intrusion and inflicted damage.

Foreign missions seeking additional security measures may address the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs by a Verbal Note asking its assistance with the matter. Their request will be promptly forwarded to the Ministry of Internal Affairs of the Republic of Serbia for further consideration and determination of the level of security measures to be taken.

It is the right and obligation of foreign missions to apply their own appropriate measures, by observing the law and regulations of the Republic of Serbia, for the protection of their premises, including the residence of the head of the mission. It is also advisable to get an insurance policy for the property concerned. Foreign missions may hire, if they deem it necessary, a company which will provide private security measures on commercial terms.

In the case of emergency and imminent danger affecting diplomatic missions, consular posts or offices of international governmental organizations and members of their international staff, the following services may be contacted by phone 24 hours a day:

Police - 192 Fire & Rescue Service - 193 Emergency Medical Service - 194

Missions may also contact directly the Department for Security Protection of Certain Persons and Facilities at the Ministry of Internal Affairs of the Republic of Serbia at telephone number 3616 509.

(Temporary) Closure of diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization

Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the sending State or headquarters of international governmental organization is obliged to inform the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia by a verbal note of the (temporary) closure of its mission or office in the Republic of Serbia, and to provide the name of its diplomatic mission or office which will continue representing its interests in the Republic of Serbia on non-residential basis.

Foreign mission which is to be (temporary) closed has to notify the Diplomatic Protocol of the last date of its operation. Furthermore, it is obliged to send a notification of the final departure of 10 all members of its staff and to return their identity (ID) cards, including the ID cards of the members of their family forming part of their household.

Foreign mission which is to be (temporary) closed has to cover all outstanding public utility expenses. It is also expected to return documents and registration plates of the official vehicles registered to the mission.

Foreign mission will be considered closed in the case of absence of registered international member of the staff.

HEAD OF MISSION

Agrément

Under Article 4 of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations, the sending State must make certain that the agrément of the receiving State has been given for the person it proposes to accredit as head of the mission to that State.

Request for agrément for the new head of the diplomatic mission of a sending State in the Republic of Serbia should be submitted, together with his/her Curriculum Vitae, to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia.

Such request may be made, through diplomatic channels, in any of the traditional ways, whether in the form of a Verbal Note of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the sending State to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia, or a letter of the Minister of Foreign Affairs of the sending State to the Minister of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia.

Request for agrément for the new head of the diplomatic mission representing the sending State in the Republic of Serbia on non-residential basis, should be submitted either through the diplomatic mission of the Republic of Serbia in the sending State, or through the diplomatic mission of the Republic of Serbia in the State of permanent residence of the new head of the mission.

Arrival of the Head of Mission

When arriving to Belgrade to take up his/her duties in the Republic of Serbia, the head of mission-designate shall be welcomed at the airport during working hours by a representative of the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

If requested by the mission, the Diplomatic Protocol shall make arrangements for the members of the diplomatic mission coming to welcome the head of mission-designate, to use the VIP Lounge at the “Nikola Tesla” Airport at the time and date indicated in the request.

If the head of mission-designate arrives to the Republic of Serbia by car, the Chief or Deputy Chief of the Diplomatic Protocol shall pay a courtesy call on him at his residence or at the diplomatic mission on the same day or on the first working day after the arrival, as agreed upon with the diplomatic mission.

Presentation of True Copies of the Credentials

True copies of the Letters of Credence and the Letters of Recall are presented to the Chief of Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia, or, in his absence, to his Deputy. 11

The head of mission-designate who has presented true copies of his credentials, may perform limited official acts in the period pending the presentation of the original Letters of Credence to the President of the Republic of Serbia. During that period, the head of mission-designate may make appointments for calls on the officials at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia and on diplomatic corps.

Call on the Dean of the Diplomatic Corps

It is customary for the head of mission-designate to pay a courtesy call on the Dean of the Diplomatic Corps before the presentation of original Letters of Credence.

Presentation of the Credentials

The Chief of Diplomatic Protocol shall inform the head of mission-designate of the date and time of the ceremony of the presentation of his/her Letters of Credence and of the Letters of Recall to the President of the Republic of Serbia.

Prior to the ceremony of the presentation of the Letters of Credence and of Recall to the President of the Republic of Serbia, respective diplomatic mission is obliged to submit on time to the Diplomatic Protocol: information of the language to be used during the conversation with the President of the Republic of Serbia, a list of no more than five names of the members of the diplomatic mission who will accompany the head of mission-designate at the ceremony (including his/her spouse), a car pennant (flag) and musical score of his country’s national anthem for each musical instrument involved.

On the date and time set for the occasion, the Chief of the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, or his Deputy, shall arrive by an official car at the residence or office of the head of mission-designate.

The head of mission-designate occupying the seat of honour in the official car and accompanied by the Chief or Deputy Chief of Diplomatic Protocol proceeds to the Serbia Palace where the ceremony of the presentation of the credentials to the President of the Republic of Serbia will take place. The official car will fly two pennants of the Republic of Serbia.

The members of the diplomatic mission escorting the head of mission-designate to the ceremony use the cars of their mission.

The official car stops outside the Serbia Palace at Mihajla Pupina Boulevard No. 2 at Novi Beograd.

The head of mission-designate steps out of the car on the red carpet and stands in front of the Guard of Honour of the Serbian Armed Forces which is lined up on his right hand-side.

Military band strikes a march.

The head of mission-designate, followed by the Chief or Deputy Chief of Diplomatic Protocol, proceeds along the red carpet towards the Guard of Honour of the Serbian Armed Forces and stops in front of the flag of the Republic of Serbia and honours it by a slight bow.

Accompanying members of the diplomatic mission walk about two meters behind the head of mission-designate taking his left hand-side.

12 The head of mission-designate then proceeds along the red carpet to the end of the front line of the Guard of Honour and turns around facing the Commander of the Guard of Honour to receive his salute. The head of mission-designate acknowledges the salute by a slight bow.

At the Serbia Palace main entrance, the head of mission-designate is welcomed by the Chief of Protocol of the President of the Republic of Serbia.

The head of mission-designate, accompanied by the Chief of Protocol of the President of the Republic of Serbia and the Chief of Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, enters a Reception Hall followed by the accompanying members of the diplomatic mission.

President of the Republic of Serbia stands in the middle of the Reception Hall. As a rule, Minister of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia or representative of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Chief of Cabinet to the President of the Republic of Serbia and the President’s Foreign Policy Advisor are also present at the Reception Hall.

The head of mission-designate and members of his suite advance and stop at the proper distance and greet the President by a slight bow. The suite of the head of mission-designate stands behind him/her in the order of precedence from left to right.

The Chief of Protocol of the President of the Republic of Serbia will announce the head of mission-designate to the President by loudly pronouncing his/her full name and the name of the country he/she is representing.

Having been introduced, the head of mission-designate addresses the President with the following words:

“I have the honour to present to you, Mr. President, the Letters of Credence by which His Excellency (name of the President/Sovereign), President/King of (name of the country), has accredited me as Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of (name of the country) to the Republic of Serbia”.

After that, the head of mission-designate walks up to the President and presents his Letters of Credence and the Letters of Recall of his predecessor (without shaking hands with the President). Members of the suite of the head of mission-designate remain at their places during the entire ceremony of the credentials presentation.

Upon receiving the Letters of Credence and Letters of Recall, the President welcomes the head of the diplomatic mission and they shake hands while being photographed. Then the President introduces the head of the mission to the officials of the Republic of Serbia attending the ceremony. The head of mission introduces members of his suite to the President and the attending officials of the Republic of Serbia.

When the introductions are over, the President invites the head of mission to a drawing room for an informal conversation.

In the meantime, the members of the suite are entertained by two Chiefs or Deputy Chiefs of Protocol.

When the audience with the President is over, the head of mission bids farewell to the President and the attending officials of the Republic of Serbia, and leaves the Serbia Palace escorted by the Chief of Protocol of the President of the Republic of Serbia and the Chief of the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

On his way out of the Serbia Palace, the military band plays the national anthem of the head of mission’s country. 13

When the playing of the national anthem is over, the head of mission faces the Guard of Honour, which is this time lined up on his right side.

Then the head of mission honours the flag by a slight bow and proceeds to the end of the line-up of the Guard of Honour where he turns around and faces the Commander of the Guard of Hounour, receives his salute and, in turn, acknowledges it by a slight bow indicating that the ceremony is over.

The head of mission turns around, enters the official car in the company of the Chief of the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and leaves for his residence or office. This time the official car flies both the pennant (national flag) of the head of mission’s country and the pennant of the Republic of Serbia.

Dress code

For the ceremony, the head of mission and members of his diplomatic suite should be dressed either in a dark suit, national costume of the sending State or diplomatic uniform, upon the choice of the head of diplomatic mission.

Order of Precedence

Ambassadors Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary take up their functions upon presentation of their credentials to the President of the Republic of Serbia.

The order of the presentation of credentials to the President of the Republic of Serbia is determined by the date and time of the arrival of the heads of diplomatic mission to the Republic of Serbia.

Courtesy Calls on Dignitaries

Upon the presentation of the credentials, the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, at the request of the respective mission, shall make appointments for the new head of mission to pay a courtesy call on the officials of the Republic of Serbia (Prime Minister, Deputy Prime Ministers, Ministers, etc.), and on the officials of the City of Belgrade and others.

Wreath Laying Ceremony

During his/her term of office, the head of mission may, if he/she wishes so, lay a wreath at the Tomb of Unknown Soldier on the Mount of Avala. The diplomatic mission should determine with the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs the date and time for the wreath laying ceremony.

Heads of mission of certain countries may also lay wreaths at the special cemeteries and memorials honouring their countrymen who fought in World War One and World War Two.

Absence of the Head of Mission – Appointment of a Chargé d’Affaires a.i.

The head of mission may authorize a member of the diplomatic staff of the mission to act, in his absence, as a Chargé d’Affaires ad interim. Notification to that effect should be made by the mission in advance by a Verbal Note to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia, as envisaged by Article 19 of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations. The 14 Verbal Note should provide the name and rank of the Chargé d’Affaires a.i. and the period during which he will act in that capacity.

In the case of absence or inability of the head of mission to appoint Chargé d’Affaires a.i, or in the case when the acting Chargé d’Affaires a.i. is to be replaced by a new one, the appointment to that effect should be made by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the sending State which shall notify the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia thereof by its Verbal Note.

In the case when no member of the diplomatic staff of the mission is present in the receiving State, a member of the administrative and technical staff may, with the consent of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia, be designated by the sending State to be in charge of the current administrative affairs of the mission or the post.

Final departure of the head of mission

The Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs should be notified in advance by a Verbal Note of the date when the functions of the head of mission come to an end, as well as of the appointment of the Chargé d’Affaires a.i.

When the impending final departure of the head of mission is notified, the Diplomatic Protocol will, at the request of the head of mission concerned, seek and arrange a farewell call of the head of mission on the officials of the Republic of Serbia (President of the Republic of Serbia, Speaker of the National Assembly, Prime Minister and other ministers).

The heads of missions are free to arrange directly their own farewell calls on other officials of the Republic of Serbia (secretaries of State, assistants to the ministers, etc).

If final departure is scheduled by plane, the head of mission will be seen off and bid farewell by the Chief of the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, or his Deputy, at the “Nikola Tesla” airport. At the request of the diplomatic mission, Diplomatic Protocol may book a VIP Lounge at the airport for that occasion.

NON-RESIDENT HEADS OF MISSION

Initial Visit - Arrival

Arrangements for greeting an incoming, non-resident head of mission-designate at the “Nikola Tesla” airport in Belgrade are the same as the one envisaged for the resident head of mission.

The Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs is obliged to provide transportation for the non-resident head of mission-designate from the airport to the hotel where he/she will stay while being in the Republic of Serbia, as well as for the ceremony of the presentation of the credentials including the courtesy calls of the non-resident head of mission-designate.

In the case that non-resident head of mission-designate arrives to the Republic of Serbia by car, he will be greeted by the Chief of Diplomatic Protocol, or his Deputy, at the hotel.

Non-resident head of mission-designate is expected to arrive to Belgrade at least one working day before the date scheduled for the presentation of the credentials to the President of the Republic of Serbia.

No formal farewell shall be arranged for the departure of the non-resident head of mission from the Republic of Serbia after the presentation of credentials.

15 Presentation of the Credentials

Non-resident head of mission-designate is obliged to preliminary present the Letters of Credence and of Recall to the Embassy of the Republic of Serbia in the country where they are both accredited on residential basis.

The presentation of the originals of the Letters of Credence to the President of the Republic of Serbia by a non-resident Head of Mission-designate shall be organized on a set date for a group of Heads of Mission-designate

The Heads of Mission-designate, accompanied by representatives of the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, arrive in front of Serbia Palace. They, then proceed, one by one, along the red carpet towards the Guards of Honour. After the review of the Guard of Honour of the Serbian Armed Forces, they are accompanied to the Lounge for the presentation of the Letters of Credence, lined-up, with their suites standing behind them.

After the President of the Republic of Serbia has entered the Lounge, the Chief of Protocol of the President presents the non-resident Head of Mission-designate who then addresses the President with the following words:

After that, the non-resident Head of Mission-designate walks up to the President and presents his Letters of Credence. They shake hands while being photographed. The non-resident Head of Mission then walks back to where he stood earlier.

Upon receiving the Letters of Credence from all non-resident Heads of Mission, the President of the Republic of Serbia delivers a brief speech. Then the President invites each non-resident Head of Mission to a drawing room where a five-minute informal conversation follows.

In the meantime, the Chief of Protocol of the President of the Republic of Serbia invites other non-resident Heads of Mission and members of their suite to a cocktail.

When the audience with the President is over, the non-resident Head of Mission bids farewell to the President and leaves Serbia Palace escorted by the Chief of Protocol of the President and the Chief of the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

When the non-resident Head of Mission leaves the Serbia Palace, the military band will play the national anthem of his/her country.

Upon the ending of the national anthem, the non-resident Head of Mission reviews the Guard of Honour, which is only this time lined up on the other side of the red carpet.

The non-resident Head of Mission, then honours the flag by a light bow and proceeds to the end of the line-up where he turns around and faces the Commander of the Guard of Honour, receives his salute and, in turn, acknowledges it by a light bow.

The ceremony is over.

16 Courtesy Calls

Following the call of non-resident head of mission-designate on the Chief of the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, or his Deputy, and the presentation of true copies of the credentials, the Diplomatic Protocol shall organize a programme of courtesy calls on other officials at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs during his stay in the Republic of Serbia.

At the request of the non-resident head of mission, Diplomatic Protocol will also make every effort to organize, time permitting, courtesy calls on other dignitaries and officials of the Republic of Serbia.

Working Visits

When non-resident head of mission, during his term of office, comes to the Republic of Serbia on a working visit, programme of visit shall be prepared by the respective Department of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia.

Final Departure

Appointments for the farewell calls of the non-resident head of diplomatic mission are arranged in the same way as those organized for the initial visit for the presentation of the credentials.

VISITS OF FOREIGN STATE DIGNITARIES

State and Official Visits to the Republic of Serbia

Protocol of the President of the Republic of Serbia, Protocol of the National Assembly of the Republic of Serbia, Protocol of the Government of the Republic of Serbia, the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Protocol of the Ministry of the Interior and Protocol of the Ministry of Defence of the Republic of Serbia are responsible for the organization and realization of the visits by heads of State or Government, speakers and members of Parliaments, ministers of foreign affairs, of the interior, of defence, and other ministers who are coming as guests of the respective authorities of the Republic of Serbia.

The mentioned protocol departments coordinate their activities and prepare the programme of visits in cooperation with the diplomatic mission of the sending State, with the official host of the Republic of Serbia and other relevant ministries.

Private Visits and Transit

When a high-ranking foreign dignitary of any of the above listed institutions visits the Republic of Serbia, either privately or in transit, the relevant Protocol department in charge will offer appropriate courtesy assistance, on the basis of the previous notification thereof by the diplomatic mission or consular post of the respective country.

Carrying of Firearms by Foreign Security Officers

The Government of the Republic of Serbia pays special attention to fulfilling its international obligations and responsibilities in respect of the protection and safety of internationally protected persons. For that reason, the competent authorities of the Republic of Serbia apply appropriate security measures according to international standards (close physical protection, appropriate 17 transport, accommodation, etc) for all internationally protected persons against whom a possible security threat might arise while staying in the Republic of Serbia.

All requests to bring firearms into the Republic of Serbia by foreign security officers and to obtain the permission to carry firearms on their assignment while accompanying internationally protected persons, should be made by a Verbal Note submitted to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia not later than ten working days before the visit.

The Verbal Note should provide the following information:

- reasons for which the permission is requested; - period for which the permission is requested; - name of the person who will carry weapons; - type, number and validity of passport of the person who will carry weapons; - model, type, serial number of the weapon and the number of bullets.

Usually permission is requested for one piece of firearms (pistol or revolver) per security officer or bodyguard and for one additional magazine with bullets.

The Law on Firearms and Ammunition (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia”, Nos. 9/92, 44/98 and 39/2003) envisages no reciprocity with respect to the permission to be granted. However, the practice of reciprocity shall be taken into account during the request consideration.

Permission for bringing firearms into the Republic of Serbia shall be granted only for the firearms listed in the Law on Firearms and Ammunition (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia” Nos. 9/92, 44/98 and 39/2003). Article 5 of the Law provides for the ban on sale, acquisition, possession, carrying, repair and alternation of firearms with devices such as silencers, telescopic sights with light beam or with devices for electronic light enhancement or infra red device, as well as of fragmentation and gas weaponry, cold weapons and devices not manufactured and adapted as firearms. Furthermore, under the Law there is also a ban on acquisition, possession and carrying of semi-automatic and combination of long barreled firearms except hunting ones, as well as acquisition, possession and carrying of semi-automatic and combination of short-barreled firearms and special firearms unless otherwise prescribed by the Law.

Carrying of Communication Equipment by Foreign Security Officers

Permission to bring into the Republic of Serbia portable radio equipment for foreign security officers and bodyguards should be requested in advance for the proposed frequencies. A request providing full details of the equipment must be submitted to the competent authorities of the Republic of Serbia through the Ministry of Foreign Affairs ten days before the visit.

Greeting and Seeing off Visiting High-Ranking Foreign Dignitaries

Head of diplomatic mission accredited to the Republic of Serbia may greet and bid farewell to high-ranking officials of his/her country at the “Nikola Tesla” airport, whether they are coming to an official or private visit, or being in transit.

All necessary arrangements for the official visits of high-ranking foreign officials are made by a representative of the respective diplomatic mission in cooperation with the relevant protocol service.

If the head or designated accredited representative of the respective diplomatic mission wishes to have an access to an aircraft to greet high-ranking dignitaries, a request thereof should be 18 submitted to the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs at least 24 hours before the scheduled landing of the aircraft, so that all necessary permissions could be obtained on time.

Such request should specify the name and title of the arriving foreign dignitary, the names and designations of all accompanying persons, flight details, including the flight number and the estimated time of arrival.

Only two members of the diplomatic mission may be allowed entry into the restricted area of the airport. Other members of the mission may be present at the VIP Lounge.

Upon landing, the foreign dignitaries and members of their party will be taken to the VIP Lounge where they will complete necessary border entry formalities.

The procedure for seeing off foreign dignitaries to the aircraft on their departure is similar to the one on arrival.

In the case of a private visit of foreign high-ranking officials, the diplomatic mission of the country concerned shall arrange well in advance appropriate courtesy measures with the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia.

DEFENCE ATTACHE

Under Article 7 of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations, appointment of a Defence Attaché is subject to the prior approval (consentment) of the appropriate authorities of the Republic of Serbia. In some cases, approval is to be granted, conditional on reciprocity, to Assistant Defence Attaché, as well.

Notification of the first and last name, rank and class, including a brief Curriculum Vitae of the appointed Defence Attaché should be included in the request.

Defence Attachés and other members of military offices of the missions may establish and maintain contacts, in respect of the area of their activities, with the Foreign Liaison Section of the Department for International Military Cooperation of the Ministry of Defence of the Republic of Serbia.

MEMBERS OF MISSION

Member of the Diplomatic Staff

Member of the diplomatic staff is considered a person performing diplomatic function and having diplomatic rank of: Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary, Apostolic Nuncio, Ambassador, Minister Plenipotentiary, Minister, Minister-Counsellor, First Counsellor, Second Counsellor, Counsellor, First Secretary, Second Secretary, Third Secretary and Attaché. Members of the mission not having one of the above mentioned diplomatic ranks shall be considered as members of the administrative and technical staff, irrespective of the fact that they possess diplomatic passport issued by the sending State.

Persons who are nationals of, or permanently resident in the Republic of Serbia cannot enjoy the status of a member of the diplomatic staff.

19 Member of the Administrative and Technical Staff

Member of the administrative and technical staff is employed in the administrative and technical service of the mission, and may be holder either of diplomatic or service passport.

Members of the administrative and technical staff are the members of the mission and executive partners of international organizations employed in administrative and technical service.

Persons who are nationals of, or permanently resident in, the Republic of Serbia cannot enjoy the status of a member of the administrative and technical staff.

Family Members

Family members are a spouse and unmarried children (up to 26 years of age), as well as the parents of a holder of a diplomatic or an official ID or of his spouse, forming part of the same household.

The family members shall be notified to the Republic of Serbia in the same way as the newly appointed member of the staff. If initial visa is required for the members of the staff of the mission of the sending State, it has to be obtained for their family members, as well.

Persons who are nationals of, or permanently resident in, the Republic of Serbia cannot enjoy the status of a family member.

Member of the Service Staff

Member of the service staff is the mission member appointed by the sending State and in domestic service of the mission. Member of the service staff must have a service passport of the sending Sate.

Private servant of the diplomatic agent

Private servant is a persons in domestic service of diplomatic agent.

Private servants in the employ of the member of the diplomatic mission may also be nationals of a third State under condition that they have been properly notified and that they have been issued appropriate initial visa by the diplomatic mission or consular post of the Republic of Serbia.

Head of the diplomatic mission may employ two private servants, while diplomatic agent may employ one.

Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs may ask the Employment Contract of the private servants to be submitted for verification.

Upon the ending of the engagement of private servants in the employ of a diplomatic agent, or upon termination of functions of a diplomatic agent with the mission in the Republic of Serbia, private servants are obliged to leave the territory of the Republic of Serbia.

Private servants who have ended their engagement with the household of one diplomatic agent and left the Republic of Serbia, are eligible to be hired by a new diplomatic agent for domestic employment in the Republic of Serbia. However, this new employment must be notified in the same way as the previous one following the above described procedure. 20

Members of the Office of International Governmental Organization

Member of the staff of the office of international governmental organization is a foreign national appointed by the headquarters of international governmental organization according to the provisions of a ratified bilateral agreement concerning the opening of the office of the respective international governmental organization in the Republic of Serbia. Notification of the arrival of a new member of the office of international governmental organization and family members forming part of a household should be made by a Verbal Note of the headquarters of the international governmental organization concerned.

The status of the family members of the household of the appointed member of the international governmental organization is regulated in the same way as the status of the family members of the household of the member of the diplomatic mission or consular post.

Nationals of the Republic of Serbia and foreign nationals with permanent residence in the Republic of Serbia cannot be notified as members of the staff of the office of international governmental organization.

Locally Engaged Staff

Members of the locally engaged staff are the staff members of the mission who have been employed by the diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization on the basis of Employment Contract.

Members of the locally engaged staff of the diplomatic mission or the office of the international governmental organization may be either the nationals of the Republic of Serbia or foreign nationals whose stay in the Republic of Serbia has been approved under the Law on Foreigners.

Members the locally engaged staff enjoy no privileges or immunities in the Republic of Serbia.

Notification of Appointment

Notification of the appointment of a new member of the diplomatic mission and family members forming part of his household, is necessary in the case when the initial visa requirement is not provided for by a bilateral Agreement ratified between the Republic of Serbia and the sending State, but the requirement of preliminary notification.

The Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the sending State shall send the notification of the appointment of a new member of the diplomatic mission and of his family members, 30 days before their arrival to the Republic of Serbia, by a Verbal Note thereof to the diplomatic mission of the Republic of Serbia in the sending State or to the diplomatic mission of the Republic of Serbia accredited to the sending State on non-residential basis.

The Verbal Note notifying the appointment of a new member of the diplomatic mission should provide the following information:

- first and last name of the new member of the mission; - position and title to be occupied in the diplomatic mission according to the categories recognized by international conventions and practice, or signed bilateral agreements; - first and last name of the member of the mission to be replaced; - date, place and state of birth; 21 - citizenship; - type of passport (diplomatic, service, special, laissez-passer), its number and date of validity which must exceed for 6 months the last date of the appointment of the member of the diplomatic mission in the Republic of Serbia; - first and last name of the family members forming part of the household of the member of the mission, their relationship to the principal applicant, their date and place of birth, type and number of their passports; - expected duration of the term of office of the new member of the diplomatic mission in the Republic of Serbia; - expected date of arrival and assumption of duties of a new member of the mission.

Notification of the appointment of a new member of the office of international governmental organization and of his family members is made by the headquarters of international governmental organization to the Embassy of the Republic of Serbia in the country where the respective governmental organization has its seat. Notification should follow identical procedure and provide the same information as those applicable to the member of the diplomatic mission, unless it has been provided for otherwise by an Agreement on the status of the office of international governmental organization to be opened in the Republic of Serbia.

As of 1 October 2015, notification of appointment is required for the nationals of the following countries: Albania, Argentina, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Denmark, Egypt (for holders of diplomatic passports), Finland, Guinea, Hungary, Japan, Kazakhstan, Kuwait, Laos, Macedonia, Mexico, Moldova, Mongolia, Montenegro, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Sweden, Turkey, Ukraine, United Arab Emirates, Uruguay and Venezuela.

Initial Visa

Initial visa request for a new member of the diplomatic mission and for his family members is to be submitted by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the sending State to the diplomatic mission or consular post of the Republic of Serbia in the sending State, or to the diplomatic mission or consular post of the Republic of Serbia accredited to the sending State on non-residential basis.

Initial visa request in the form of a Verbal Note should provide the following information:

- first and last name of the new member of the diplomatic mission; - date and place of birth; - position and title to be occupied in the diplomatic mission; - first and last name of the member of the mission to be replaced; - passport information (type, number, issue and validity date) of the applicant; - expected duration of the applicant’s term of office; - expected date of arrival and assumption of duties; - first and last name of the family members forming part of the household of the new member of the mission, their relationship to the principal applicant and their passport details.

As of 1 October 2015, initial visas are to be obtained for the nationals of the following countries: Afghanistan, Algiers, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Botswana, Bolivia, Brunei Darussalam, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cape Verde, Cambodia, Cameroon, Canada, Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Columbia, Comoros, Democratic Republic of Congo, Republic of Congo, Costa Rica, Cote 22 d’Ivoire, Croatia, Cuba, Czech Republic, Djibouti, Dominica, Dominican Republic, East Timor, Egypt (for the holders of service and special passports), Ecuador, Equatorial Guinea, El Salvador, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, France, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Grenada, Guyana, Guatemala, Guinea-Bissau, Haiti, Holly See, Honduras, Iceland, Indonesia, Iraq, Iran, Ireland, Italy, Jamaica, Jordan, Kenya, Democratic People’s Republic of Korea, Republic of Korea, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Libya, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, Mali, Malta, Mauritius, Mauritania, Morocco, Monaco, Mozambique, Myanmar, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Netherlands, Niger, Nigeria, Nicaragua, Norway, New Zealand, Oman, Pakistan, Palestine, Panama, Papa New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Qatar, Rwanda, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Senegal, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Solomon Islands, Somalia, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Suriname, Swaziland, Switzerland, Syria, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Great Britain, USA, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Yemen, Zambia and Zimbabwe.

Initial visa is also required for the holders of passport issued by the Organization of United Nations.

Nationals of the Belgium, China, India, Israel, Russian Federation, Tunis and Vietnam who are holders of diplomatic or service passport of the sending States and who are appointed to assume their duties in the diplomatic mission or consular post in the Republic of Serbia, require neither initial visa nor notification of their appointment as provided for by the provisions of the bilateral agreement ratified by the respective sending State and the Republic of Serbia.

Non-resident member of diplomatic mission

When the seat of a diplomatic mission or consular post of the sending State is in a third State, notification of the appointment of the non-resident member of the mission is made under the same procedure as the one applied for the resident member of the mission.

Non-resident member of the mission and family members forming part of household are not entitled to Identity Cards.

Upon a specific request of a non-resident mission, courtesy Identity Card may be issued only to the head of the respective mission.

Registration of the new members of the mission

Diplomatic missions, consular posts and offices of international governmental organizations are expected to notify the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia immediately, or within five days, of the arrival of a new member of the staff.

The request for the registration of a new member of the staff and of family members forming part of household should be submitted by a Verbal Note which will provide the following information:

- first and last name of the new member of the mission; - position and title to be occupied in the diplomatic mission according to international conventions or relevant bilateral agreement; - date of arrival and assumption of duties; - first and last name of the member of the mission to be replaced; 23 - expected duration of the applicant’s term of office in the mission; - first and last name of the family members forming part of the household of the member of the mission including their relationship to the principal applicant.

The following documents should be submitted attached to the Verbal Note:

- two copies of the Application Forms provided by the Diplomatic Protocol which are signed by the applicant and verified by the stamp of the diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international organization; - passport of the member of the staff of the mission whose details have been specified in the Notification of arrival and which has been presented upon entry into the Republic of Serbia; - passports of the family members of a member of the staff of the mission whose details have been specified in the Notification of their arrival and which they have presented upon their entry into the Republic of Serbia; - three photographs of size 30mmx25mm each, taken within the last six months.

The validity of the Identity Card may be minimum 6 months, and maximum 3 years. Validity of the Identity Card cannot exceed the period of the passport validity.

In the case that the period of stay of a new member of the mission is shorter than 6 months, the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia will issue no Identity Card to the applicant. However, it will press a stamp in the passport granting an approval of temporary stay to a new member of the staff in the Republic of Serbia.

Issue of Identity Card

Special Identity Cards (Diplomatic, Consular or Service ID Cards) are issued on the basis of the Law on Foreigners (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia” No. 97/2008), and according to the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations and the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations, as well as to other international conventions and bilateral agreements on the status of the offices of international governmental organizations opened in the Republic of Serbia. The Identity Card is a document providing information about the status of a member of the diplomatic mission, consular post or international governmental organization in the Republic of Serbia, including the accorded privileges and immunities.

Diplomatic Identity Card is issued to a diplomatic agent of diplomatic mission or consular post, with specified diplomatic rank.

Diplomatic Identity Card may be issued to a member of the office of international governmental organization if such provision has been envisaged by a bilateral agreement on the status of the members of the international governmental organization.

Consular Identity Card may be issued to a consular officer. One of the following consular ranks may be specified in the Consular Identity Card: Consul-General, Consul and Vice-Consul.

Service Identity Card may be issued to a member of administrative and technical staff of a diplomatic mission, consulate general and consulate, as well as of an international governmental organization office if such provision has been envisaged by a bilateral agreement on the status of the members of the international governmental organization.

24 Identity Card may be issued to an honorary consular officer. Consular employees employed at a consular post headed by an honorary consular officer are not entitled either to privileges or immunities in the Republic of Serbia.

Members of the staff of the office of international governmental organization and their family members forming part of their household may be issued Special Identity Cards if such provision has been envisaged by a bilateral agreement on the status of the international governmental organization in the Republic of Serbia. One of the following categories may be specified in a Special Identity Card: head of the office, member of the staff of the office, member of the administrative and technical staff of the office of the international governmental organization.

Information about the nature and character of the functions which members of diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization perform in the Republic of Serbia may be included into the Diplomatic List in addition to their ranks, but not into their Identity Cards.

One of the following titles may be specified in the Service Identity Card issued to the members of the staff of the executive partners of the international governmental organization: head of executive partner, member of the staff of the executive partner, member of administrative and technical staff, followed by the name of the relevant organization (executive partner) and international governmental organization of the partner concerned.

Identity Card Extension

Upon expiration of the validity of the Identity Card of a mission member or of а family member, the diplomatic mission, consular post or office of the international governmental organization should, if needed, apply for its extension by a Verbal Note addressed to the Diplomatic Protocol, with attached:

- two photographs of size 30mmx25mm each, taken within the last six months. - expired Identity Card.

Application for Identity Card extension should be submitted within 30 days prior to its expiration date.

Identity Card Replacement

Replacement of Identity Cards is done in the following cases:

- if the title or rank of its holder has been changed; - if the face features of its holder have been changed; - if it cannot be used due to its wear or tear.

Request for the Identity Card replacement should be submitted to the Diplomatic Protocol by a Verbal Note accompanied by the following documents:

- two stamped Identity Card Application Forms filled out and signed by the applicant; - three photographs of size 30mmx25mm each, taken within the last six months, with printed full name of the applicant on the back; - Identity Card to be replaced.

25 In the case that some new information has been entered in the passport of a mission member or of family member, and in the case that a new passport has been issued, the following documents should be submitted in addition to the above mentioned ones:

- applicant’s passport; - new signed and stamped Application Form with the latest information.

Issue of Duplicate Identity Card

Duplicate Identity Card is issued in the case of loss of the original one. The holder of the Identity Card is obliged to report its loss immediately to the nearest police station.

The procedure to apply for a duplicate Identity Card is the same as the one for the original. The following documents should be submitted with the Application Form:

- police report on the Identity Card loss; - certificate issued by the “Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia” at Kralja Milutina Street No. 27, Belgrade, confirming that the lost (or stolen) Identity Card has been declared null and void; - two photographs of size 30mmx25mm each, taken within the last six months.

Termination of duty

Diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization is obliged to inform the Diplomatic Protocol immediately by a Verbal Note when the functions of a member of the mission have come to an end and to specify the last date of tour of duty.

Submitted obligatorily with the Verbal Note to that effect should be all documents issued to the member of the mission and to family members, as well as to private servants (ID Cards, airport passes, firearms license, permit to carry firearms, etc).

New member of the staff of the mission will be issued Identity Card only if the Diplomatic Protocol has been duly notified of the termination of the functions of the predecessor.

Private gainful occupation

A member of diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization, including the members of family forming part of household, may not carry on for personal profit any professional or commercial activity in the Republic of Serbia.

However, a member of the family forming part of the household of the member of the staff of diplomatic mission or consular post may carry on a private gainful occupation only if such option has been provided for by a bilateral agreement concluded between the Republic of Serbia and the sending State.

Diplomatic mission or consular post is obliged to inform the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs by a Verbal Note of the intention of a member of the family forming part of the household of the member of the mission or post to gain employment in the Republic of Serbia, and to request a permission of the competent authorities of the Republic of Serbia for each specific professional occupation thereof.

26 Diplomatic Protocol shall communicate to the relevant diplomatic mission or consular post the information of the concerned authority which has granted approval to the family member forming part of the household of the member of the diplomatic mission or consular post, to be employed in the Republic of Serbia.

Legal status of the family member pertaining employment in the Republic of Serbia shall be in accordance with relevant domestic employment laws and regulations of the receiving State.

Members of the family of a member of diplomatic mission or consular post cannot be exempted from immunity in regard to the rights and obligations pertaining to their employment.

Health Care

Member of the staff of the diplomatic mission or consular post and their family members who are not nationals of, or permanently resident in, the Republic of Serbia are entitled to medical service free of charge, on the conditions envisaged by the provisions of relevant international conventions, or a health-care bilateral agreement concluded between the Republic of Serbia and the respective sending State.

Members of the office of international governmental organization and their family members are entitled to health care on the basis of a bilateral agreement concluded between the Republic of Serbia and the organization they represent.

Health care service includes the following: medical exams and treatment in health institutions or at home, medical assistance or any other care including those during pregnancy and after childbirth, drugs and medical supplies, as well as dental service.

Health care provided on the basis of bilateral agreements does not include the following: treatment in rehabilitation centers, psychiatric hospitals, oncology and radiological institutes, tuberculosis hospitals and natural spas.

Members of the diplomatic mission or consular post accredited in Belgrade and members of their family may use the health care service at the “Savski Venac” Medical Center at Pasterova Street, No.1. Dental service is provided by the “Vračar” Institute at Kneginje Zorke Street, No. 15.

PRIVILEGES

Diplomatic missions and consular posts of the sending State and members of their international staff, who have been duly registered with the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, shall be entitled, on the basis of reciprocity, to privileges in the Republic of Serbia to be exercised through the Diplomatic Protocol.

Under the provisions of a ratified bilateral agreement regulating the status of the office of international governmental organization in the Republic of Serbia, such office and members of its international staff, who have been duly registered with the Diplomatic Protocol, shall be entitled to privileges in the Republic of Serbia to be exercised through the Diplomatic Protocol.

In view of the fact that the purpose of the privileges is not to benefit individuals, but to ensure the efficient performance of the functions of diplomatic mission, consular post or the office of international governmental organization and of their international staff, certain conditions, prescribed by Serbian laws and regulations, have to be met concerning the import of goods into, 27 and their purchase in the Republic of Serbia exempt from duty, tax or excise. Quantities of these goods should be reasonable, i.e. to serve the purpose of meeting the official needs of the mission and the private needs of the members of its staff.

Members of the staff of the diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international organization who are nationals of, or permanent resident in, the Republic of Serbia are not entitled to the above mentioned privileges.

Persons authorized to sign application forms (franchise)

All application forms (franchise) submitted to the Diplomatic Protocol of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs for duty-free import or purchase of goods must be signed by the head of the diplomatic mission or consular post and certified by its stamp.

All application forms of the office of international governmental organization submitted to the Diplomatic Protocol for duty-free import or purchase of goods in accordance with the provisions of a bilateral agreement on the status of the international governmental organization concluded between the Republic of Serbia and the international governmental organization concerned, must be signed by the head of the office and certified by its stamp.

In the absence of the head of the diplomatic mission or consular post, application forms must be signed by a person notified to the Diplomatic Protocol as Chargé d’Affaires a.i. whose signature and initials specimen have been duly deposited with the Diplomatic Protocol.

Diplomatic missions and consular posts are obliged to regularly inform the Diplomatic Protocol by a Verbal Note of any change in respect to the person authorized to sign diplomatic correspondence, and to submit, attached to the Verbal Note, a specimen of the signature and initials of the head of the diplomatic mission or consular post, as well as the signature and initials of Chargé d’Affaires a.i, including a specimen of the mission’s seal.

CUSTOMS-FREE IMPORT/EXPORT OF DUTIABLE GOODS

Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia shall ensure that diplomatic missions, consular posts and offices of international governmental organizations, and their international staff who are duly registered with the Diplomatic Protocol, may enjoy their privileges in respect to customs-free import or export of dutiable goods.

Diplomatic Protocol shall monitor closely the quantity of goods imported exempt from tax, duty or excise. When it is deemed that such import is in excess of reasonable requirements for an official or personal use of the diplomatic missions or consular posts, and of their international staff, Diplomatic Protocol shall seek an explanation from the missions concerned before deciding whether approval will be granted or not.

Import Tax Exemption

Republic of Serbia, as the receiving State, shall, in accordance with its laws and regulations, approve import of, and grant exemption from, all customs duties, taxes and related charges other than charges for storage, cartage and similar services.

Article 215 of the Customs Law (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia” No.18/2010 of 26 March 2010) provides for customs duties exemption for: 28

- diplomatic missions or consular posts accredited to the Republic of Serbia, for goods intended for their official use; - heads of diplomatic missions or consular posts and the members of their families forming part of their household, for goods intended for their personal use; and - international governmental organizations, for goods intended for their official use.

The same Article also provides for customs duties exemption, on the basis of the provisions of international agreements, for:

- diplomatic agents of the diplomatic missions and members of their families forming part of their household, for goods intended for their personal use; - members of the staff of diplomatic missions or consular posts, for their household effects.

This privilege may be conditional on reciprocity in the case that the sending State fails to provide the same privilege to the diplomatic mission or consular post of the Republic of Serbia on its territory.

Office of international governmental organization and members of its international staff registered with the Diplomatic Protocol may enjoy the privilege of custom-free import if such option has been provided for by a bilateral agreement ratified between the Republic of Serbia and the respective international organization.

Goods imported duty-free may not be sold or given away to another person for their use before being declared and cleared through the Customs.

In the Republic of Serbia duty-free import is granted,

1. on the basis of the reciprocity, to:

- diplomatic agents and consular officers of diplomatic mission or consular post accredited to the Republic of Serbia and members of their families forming part of their household who have been duly registered with the Diplomatic Protocol, for goods intended for their personal use;

- administrative and technical staff for household effects imported within first 12 months from the date of their registration with the Diplomatic Protocol and their Identity Card processing.

2. on the basis of a bilateral agreement, to:

- members of diplomatic, administrative and technical staff of office of international governmental organization and their family members (spouse and children up to 26 years of age forming part of their household in the Republic of Serbia, under conditions that they are not nationals of, or residents in, the Republic of Serbia).

Restrictions on customs-free import of dutiable goods

Under Article 220 of the Customs Law of the Republic of Serbia, goods imported duty-free, may not be transferred to another person or given for use to another person or otherwise used, other than for the purposes for which they were relieved from import duties, prior to the payment of 29 such import duties, before the expiry of a three-year period from the day when they were released for free circulation. Such goods may not be pledged, lent or used as a security for satisfaction of another obligation.

In the case when customs authorities authorize that the goods may be intended for different use, the level of import duties is determined in accordance with the condition of goods and with regulations in force at the time when the request for the payment of import duties has been submitted.

When the goods are disposed of contrary to the provision of paragraph 1 of the mentioned Article, import duty shall be calculated in accordance with the condition of goods and in accordance with the regulations in force at the time when the decision on collection of import duties has been made.

Application for customs-free import of dutiable goods

Diplomatic mission (or consular post) is obliged to apply for duty-free import of dutiable goods by submitting to the Diplomatic Protocol an appropriate Application Form (franchise). All boxes and columns in the Application Form must be properly filled out and printed following the instruction on the back of the form.

All Application Forms must be singed by the head of diplomatic mission (or consular post) and bear the official stamp of the diplomatic mission (or consular post).

All Application Forms are to be handed over to the desk of the Diplomatic Protocol at Kneza Miloša Street No. 26.

The following information should be entered into appropriate columns of the Application Form, indicating:

- whether the goods are imported or exported; - whether the imported/exported goods are intended for the official use of the mission or for the personal use of the member of its staff; - full name of the diplomatic mission if the goods are imported for the official use of the mission; - full name and rank of the member of the diplomatic mission and number of diplomatic, consular or service Identity Card, if the goods are imported/exported for personal use.

One Application Form (franchise) may not specify intended import/export for more than one person at a time.

If the personal or household effects of a member of the staff of the diplomatic mission are imported, four (4) copies of the printed list of the effects into Serbian language, signed by the head of the mission or authorized person and stamped by the seal of the mission, are to be attached to the Application Form itself.

Export Procedure

Customs-free export procedure is pretty much the same as the one for the customs-free import of goods. The only difference is that the word “import” is crossed out on the Application Form, while the word “export” is underlined.

30 If the personal or household effects of a member of the staff of the diplomatic mission are exported, four (4) copies of the printed list of the effects into Serbian language, singed by the head of the mission or authorized person and stamped by the seal of the mission, are to be attached to the Application Form.

Special Remark

If the personal or household effects of the members of the diplomatic mission intended for export include items of domestic or foreign origin which are likely to be under special protection and ban from being exported (antiquities, paintings, books, carpets and other artifacts), the diplomatic mission is obliged to provide to the Diplomatic Protocol and the relevant Customs authorities, a certificate, attached to the Export Application Form, which has been issued by the Ministry of Culture of the Republic of Serbia stating that the export of those effects has been approved.

Donations and Humanitarian Aid

Diplomatic missions, consular posts or offices of international governmental organizations are not entitled to apply for customs-free import of goods for donations or humanitarian aid through Application Form (franchise).

Procedure for the import of goods for that purpose has been regulated by the Law on Donations and Humanitarian Relief (“Official Gazette of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia”, Nos. 53/2001, 61/2001 and by its Amendment No. 36/2006, and “Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia”, No. 101/2005 – dr. zakon).

DUTY-FREE IMPORT AND EXPORT OF MOTOR VEHICLES

Application procedure for duty-free import of motor vehicles

Foreign missions may apply for a duty-free import of motor vehicles on the Application Form of the Diplomatic Protocol (franchise) used for duty-free import of other goods. In addition to the data concerning the mission and the applicant of this privilege, the Application should contain the data concerning the imported vehicle: make and type of the vehicle, year of manufacture, model, engine and chassis numbers, engine power and color.

The privilege to import duty-free a vehicle to the Republic of Serbia is extended to:

- Diplomatic mission and consular post for official purposes; - Office of international governmental organizations for official purposes, in accordance with the provisions of a bilateral agreement on the office status; - Member of the diplomatic staff of the mission, duly registered with the Diplomatic Protocol; - Family member of the diplomatic agent, duly registered with the Diplomatic Protocol; - Member of the administrative and technical staff of the mission within one year of registration with the Diplomatic Protocol.

“Temporary import”

Member of the administrative and technical staff, who has not used the privilege to import duty- free a vehicle within one year of registration with the Diplomatic Protocol, may import a motor 31 vehicle on a "temporary import" basis, provided a written statement by the Embassy (by a Verbal Note) that the duty-free imported vehicle shall be exported from the Republic of Serbia, or that it shall be customs cleared in the Republic of Serbia upon termination of appointment of the person who imported the vehicle duty-free. This privilege may be used only once.

In order to qualify for a temporary duty-free vehicle import, diplomatic missions are obliged to submit to the Diplomatic Protocol the following documents:

1. Verbal Note specifying:

- First and last name, rank and title of the member of the mission applying for temporary duty-free import of a vehicle - Data on the vehicle (make, type, new or used vehicle) and the manner it has been purchased (sale and name of previous owner) - A guarantee that the imported vehicle shall be exported or customs cleared upon termination of appointment of the applicant - A guarantee that the applicant has not already used the privilege of duty-free import of motor vehicle - A statement of the diplomatic mission that it shall pay all dues in case the applicant fails to act in keeping with his application commitments, and

2. Duly filled-out Application Form (franchise) signed by the head of the diplomatic mission with the official mission or post stamp affixed.

This privilege may be used only once during the appointment of the applicant. One application refers to one car only. The vehicle acquired in this manner cannot be older than six years.

Export and sale of a motor vehicle

Diplomatic missions and registered members of their staff may export a duty-free imported/purchased motor vehicle. Application is to be submitted on the Application Form (franchise).

Before its export, the Central Customs Office, that has granted the temporary import of the vehicle, should be notified first that the imported vehicle has been unregistered, by submitting an appropriate Application Form (franchise) of the Diplomatic Protocol, in which the word "import" is crossed and the word "export" underlined.

Vehicles imported duty-free by diplomatic missions and their staff may be sold without payment of customs duty or other import dues and taxes three years after the date of the import.

Vehicles may be transferred between eligible persons without payment of customs duty and VAT on the condition that: - Diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization transfers the vehicle to another mission enjoying the same status; - Member of the diplomatic or administrative and technical staff transfers the vehicle to another person, registered with the Diplomatic Protocol, who is entitled to a duty-free import of a motor vehicle. 32 Before the transfer of a motor vehicle imported free of customs duty and other dues to another person enjoying the same privilege, it must be unregistered with the relevant Customs Office who has originally registered such vehicle.

In exceptional cases, a vehicle may be disposed of or sold in the Republic of Serbia before the expiry of the three-year period, if its owner has completed his/her appointment in the Republic of Serbia or if the vehicle is in such a condition that it does not pay to have it repaired (damage over 25 percent of its commercial value) provided his owner has paid all duties and charges and notified the relevant customs authorities.

PURCHASE OF HEATING OIL AND FUEL EXEMPT FROM DUTY AND IMPORT TAXES

Heating oil

Diplomatic missions, consular posts and members of their international staff, duly registered with the Diplomatic Protocol, are entitled to import in the Republic of Serbia, exempt from duty and import taxes, heating oil in reasonable quantities, on condition of reciprocity.

Offices of international governmental organizations and members of their international staff, duly registered with the Diplomatic Protocol, are entitled to import, exempt from duty and import taxes, heating oil in accordance with the provisions of a bilateral agreement between the Republic of Serbia and the international organization concerned.

The request for a customs-free import of heating oil should be submitted to the Diplomatic Protocol for verification in a form of a verbal note together with supporting documents (pro forma invoice, order form, etc.) and the Application Form (franchise).

Petrol and diesel fuel

Diplomatic missions and consular posts in the Republic of Serbia and members of their international staff, on condition of reciprocity, and offices of international governmental organizations, on condition of the provisions of a bilateral agreement on the office status, are entitled in the Republic of Serbia to a customs-free import and/or VAT-free or excise-free purchase of limited quantities of fuel on the local market. Application for such import or purchase is made on the Application Form (franchise).

The right to these privileges shall be granted at the beginning of each trimester in accordance to the below listed quotas, only for the motor vehicles that have been properly registered with the competent authority of the Republic of Serbia:

FOREIGN DIPLOMATIC MISSIONS

Official vehicle of the head of diplomatic mission (A-001) 1.500 litres Official vehicle of the mission 900 litres Private vehicle of the member of the diplomatic staff 900 litres Private vehicle of the spouse of the member of the diplomatic staff 300 litres Private vehicle of the member of the administrative and technical staff 600 litres

33 FOREIGN CONSULAR POSTS

Official vehicle of the head of the consular post (A-001) 900 litres Official vehicle of the consular post 900 litres Private vehicle of the consular officer 900 litres Private vehicle of the spouse of the consular officer 300 litres Private vehicle of the member of the administrative and technical staff 600 litres

Customs-free fuel import application procedure

Foreign missions are obliged to submit requests for duty-free import of fuel at the beginning of each trimester not failing to specify the period they are applying for. Enclosed with the Verbal Note the following documents are to be submitted:

1. An Application Form (franchise) of the Diplomatic Protocol in quadruple, typed, specifying the total quantity of fuel according to the type (super, lead-free and diesel) of fuel the mission is importing for the ongoing trimester.

2. A list of vehicles on a Diplomatic Protocol Form specifying the requested details: - First and last name of the vehicle's owner and his title and rank - Make of the vehicle - Registration plates - Type and quantity of fuel for each vehicle.

Duty-free purchase of fuel on a local market

Foreign missions are entitled to duty-free fuel by purchasing it on the local market on the basis of a list of motor vehicles submitted on the Diplomatic Protocol Form. The list should be previously verified by the Diplomatic Protocol.

All requests for the acquisition of fuel should be signed by the head of the mission with the official mission or post stamp affixed.

ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES AND CIGARETTES

Foreign missions and their international staff, duly registered with the Diplomatic Protocol, are entitled to a customs-free import of spirits and cigarettes on the following annual quotas:

- Heads of diplomatic missions and military attaches – up to 360 bottles of hard liquors and 100.000 cigarettes, - Members of the diplomatic and career consular staff – up to 240 bottles of hard liquors and 80.000 cigarettes.

For increased official purposes of the missions in the case of visits of official delegations, receptions on national day celebrations, etc., upon separately explained requests (by a Verbal Note) by the head of mission, additional quantities of alcoholic drinks and cigarettes may be approved.

Import of wine, beer and other alcoholic beverages (up to 25% of alcohol) is not limited by quotas, but it is understood that they will be imported in reasonable quantities. 34 TAXES

In accordance with the provisions of international conventions, the sending State and the head of its mission in the Republic of Serbia shall be exempt from all national, regional or municipal dues and taxes in respect of the premises of the mission, whether owned or leased. Members of a diplomatic mission shall be exempt from all dues and taxes personal or real, national, regional or municipal, other than such as represent dues and taxes for private income coming from the Republic of Serbia and payment for specific services rendered.

In accordance with the provisions of international conventions, the Law on Property Tax envisages that, on condition of reciprocity, no taxes shall be paid on immovable property of diplomatic missions and consular posts.

As for taxes on the sale of immovable property, in accordance with the above Law, diplomatic missions and consular posts are exempt from this tax, on condition of reciprocity, only in the case when they, as sellers, transfer the ownership right of the immovable property. The provisions of this Law envisage that fiscal exemptions to which diplomatic missions and consular posts are entitled "shall not apply to such dues and taxes payable under the law of the receiving State by persons contracting with the sending State of the head of mission".

According to the Law on the Principles of the Tax System, all staff of missions and private servants shall be exempt from all taxes on private income earned working for diplomatic missions and consular posts or for offices of international governmental organizations, on condition that they are not citizens of, or residents in, the Republic of Serbia.

Value added tax-free (VAT) purchases

Diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization is entitled to value added tax-free (VAT) purchases provided a certificate from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs confirming reciprocity, or a certificate from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs that, under an international treaty or bilateral agreement, tax exemption is provided for the purchase of goods and services rendered and the import of goods.

Value added tax-free (VAT) purchases in the Republic of Serbia are conferred to:

1. For official use:

- Diplomatic mission and consular post, with the exception of consular post headed by honorary consular officer, - Office of international governmental organization or office of its executive partner, if so provided under a bilateral agreement.

2. For personal use:

- Diplomatic agent and family members forming part of а household, who is neither citizen of, nor resident in, the Republic of Serbia; - Consular officer and family members forming part of а household, who is neither citizen of, nor resident in, the Republic of Serbia, with the exception of honorary consular officerс; - Member of the administrative and technical staff of diplomatic mission and consular post, with the exception of the member of the staff of consular post headed by consular honorary officer; 35 - Member of the staff of the office of international governmental organization and members of family forming part of а household, if so provided under a bilateral agreement; - Member of the administrative and technical staff of the office of international governmental organization offices, if so provided under a bilateral agreement.

Certificate on reciprocity or certificate on tax exemption provided by international treaty or bilateral agreement

At the beginning of each calendar year, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Serbia shall provide a principal certificate to each diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization and to the members of their international staff for a value added tax-free (VAT) purchase.

This certificate is issued to a foreign diplomatic mission and consular post on condition of reciprocity.

The certificate is issued to offices of international governmental organizations and to their executive partners offices (at the request of the relevant partner of the international organization), in accordance with the provisions of a bilateral agreement on the office status.

These certificates are provided for the purchase and import of goods and services rendered, in particular for:

- the official use of the mission and - the personal use of the staff of mission (document for the personal use of the staff is issued jointly for all persons entitled to purchase of goods and services and for import of goods exempt from VAT).

Each principal certificate should be provided with a separate number and contain quantitative restrictions, if any such exist under reciprocity or provisions of an international treaty. The missions shall keep the originals until they exchange them for a new one at the beginning of a new calendar year at the Diplomatic Protocol. Duplicate of certificate shall not be issued.

Foreign mission shall submit directly to the Tax Administration Head Office (3-5, Save Maškovića Street, Belgrade) an up-to-date list of persons entitled to VAT exemption and refund. The list should contain the signature of the head of mission and the official mission stamp affixed.

Procedure to claim direct tax exemption for the purchase of goods and services rendered for official use by foreign mission

Holders of this right may be directly entitled to tax exemption for the purchase of goods and services rendered for official use if they submit to the VAT payer (supplier of goods or provider of services), or to the relevant customs authority the following documents:

- photocopy of the principal certificate; - original copy of the official order for the purchase of goods and services rendered or the import of goods free of VAT, which is issued by the authorized person of the VAT holder on the VAT Official Use Form.

Prior to issuing the first official order, the authorized representative of the VAT holder provides 36 to the Tax Administration Head Office the data on the persons authorized to issue orders along with their signatures deposited with the document, as well as information on any changes concerning persons having this authority within 15 days from the date these changes have been made.

The authorized person of the VAT holder shall issue an official order on VAT Official Use Form in three copies, not filling the information in the table and those from sections marked as footnotes 1 and 2.

The VAT payer (supplier of goods or provider of services) or the relevant customs authority will fill out the marked sections of the official order (VAT Official Use Form), namely:

- VAT payer (supplier of goods or provider of services) fills out the data from the table and those from the sections marked as footnotes 1 and 2; - relevant customs authority fills out the data from the table and those from sections marked as footnote 1.

The VAT payer (supplier of goods or provider of services), or the relevant customs authority shall keep two copies of the official order (VAT Official Use Form) and shall return the third copy to the VAT holder.

Procedure to claim direct tax exemption for the purchase of goods and services rendered for personal use by staff of foreign mission

Holders of this right may be directly entitled to tax exemption for the purchase of goods and services rendered for personal use if they submit to the VAT payer (supplier of goods or provider of services), or to the relevant customs authority the following documents:

- photocopy of the principal certificate; - original copy of the official order for the purchase of goods and services rendered or the import of goods free of VAT for the personal use of the holders of this right, which is issued by the authorized person of the VAT holder on the VAT Personal Use Form.

Prior to issuing the first order, the authorized representative of the VAT holder provides to the Tax Administration Head Office the data on the persons authorized to issue orders along with their signatures deposited with the document, as well as information on any changes concerning persons having this authority within 15 days from the date these changes have been made. It is not required to provide the list to the Diplomatic Protocol.

The authorized person of the VAT holder shall issue an order on VAT Personal Use Form in three copies, not filling the information in the table and those from sections marked as footnotes 1 and 2.

The VAT payer (supplier of goods or provider of services) or the relevant customs authority shall fill out the marked sections of the order (VAT Personal Use Form):

37 The VAT payer (supplier of goods or provider of services), or the relevant customs authority shall keep two copies of the order (VAT Personal Use Form) and shall return the third copy to the VAT holder who issued the order (diplomatic mission, consular post or office international governmental organization).

VAT refund

In the case the VAT holders, irrespective of whether they purchased goods or obtained services for official or personal use, choose to purchase goods or obtain services by not using entitlement to direct tax exemption, they shall be eligible for the refund of the VAT paid upon receipt of the invoice from the supplier of goods or provider of services, i.e. upon payment of the VAT from the import of these items.

VAT holders shall submit their applications for VAT refund to the Tax Administration Head Office on REF 5 Form – Application for VAT refund by diplomatic mission/consular post or office of international governmental organization.

VAT refund application for each holder of this right shall be signed, stamped and issued by the person authorized to issue official and personal order forms for the purchase of goods and services free of VAT (VAT Official Use and VAT Personal Use Forms);

VAT refund applications shall be submitted by the holders of the right within 30 days from the expiration of the calendar three months in which the goods and services have been provided in the Republic of Serbia or in which the goods have been imported into the Republic of Serbia;

With the application for the refund, VAT holders shall submit to the Tax Administration Head Office the following documents:

- originals and copies of the receipts paid for the goods purchased and services rendered in the Republic of Serbia, issued to the name of the VAT holder; - originals and copies of the documents on the goods imported into the Republic of Serbia.

The Tax Administration Head Office shall verify whether conditions have been fulfilled for a VAT refund and shall certify the original receipts and documents on the goods imported into the Republic of Serbia.

After verifying whether the conditions for VAT refund have been met, the Tax Administration Head Office shall provide a decision in writing within 15 days from the date of the submission of the application.

The Tax Administration Head Office shall send to the VAT holder both the written decision and the certified original receipts and documents on the goods imported into the Republic of Serbia.

All receipts and invoices for the purchase of goods and services rendered that are submitted by VAT holders claiming VAT refund shall be sent to the Tax Administration Head Office with the application for a refund and must be paid and issued to the name of the VAT holder (name of diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization, or of their staff).

If cash register receipts are issued for the purchase of goods or services rendered to the holder of the right, the supplier of goods or the provider of services shall write on the back of the receipt 38 the number of the principal certificate, the name of the mission, the first and last name of the VAT holder, and shall sign it and affix a stamp thereof.

Forms may be downloaded from the web site of the Tax Administration of the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Serbia at www.poreskauprava.gov.rs.

EXCISE DUTIES

Manufacturers or importers are entitled to excise duty exemption on excisable goods purchased by diplomatic mission, consular post or office international governmental organization (hereinafter: final users) as follows:

1. for official use:

- diplomatic mission or consular post in the Republic of Serbia, with the exception of consular post headed by honorary consular officer, - office of international governmental organization.

2. for personal use:

- diplomatic agent and family members forming part of household; - consular officer and family members forming part of household, with the exception of honorary consular officer; - members of the administrative and technical staff of diplomatic mission or consular post; - members of the staff of the office of international governmental organization and their family members forming part of their household, who are neither citizens of, nor resident in, the Republic of Serbia; - members of the administrative and technical staff of the office of international governmental organization and their family members forming part of their household, who are neither citizens of, nor resident in, the Republic of Serbia.

As for the sale of excisable goods for the official use of diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization, the manufacturers or importers of such goods may be eligible for exemption of excise duties if they submit the following documents:

- photocopy of certificate on reciprocity or certificate on excise duty exemption provided for by an international treaty, issued by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs (hereinafter: principal certificate). - original copy of the official order for the purchase or the import of goods free of excise duties, which is issued by the authorized person of the final user.

The official order is issued on the Official Order for the purchase or import of duty-exempt excisable goods in three copies. The taxpayer shall keep two copies of the Official Order and shall return the third copy to the final user of goods.

Prior to issuing the first official order, the authorized representative of the final user (head of mission) shall provide to the Tax Administration Head Office (3-5, Save Maškovica Street, Belgrade), the data on the persons authorized to issue orders along with their signatures deposited with the document, as well as information on any changes concerning persons having this authority within 15 days from the date these changes have been made. 39

Manufacturers or importers may claim duty-exemption on purchase of excisable goods for the private use of members of diplomatic mission, consular post or office and international governmental organization and their family members provided they submit the following documents:

- photocopy of the principal certificate, - original copy of the official order for the purchase or the import of duty-exempt excisable goods, for the personal use of the final user, which is issued by the authorized person of the final user, whose signature is deposited with the Tax Administration Head Office.

The official order is issued in three copies. The taxpayer shall keep two copies of the official order and shall return the third copy to the final user. The authorized person of the final user (head of mission) shall provide to the Tax Administration Head Office a list with the names of persons entitled to purchase excise-duty exempt goods, within 15 days from the date these changes have been made.

As for the purchase of goods without the levied excise by the importer of excisable goods, when importing such goods the final user (diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization) shall submit to the Customs authority a photocopy of the principal certificate and two copies of the Official Order for the purchase or import of goods without payment of excise duty (SNA) or the Personal Order for the purchase or import of goods without payment of excise duty for the personal use by the final user (LNA), a copy of which is returned to the final user.

Forms may be downloaded from the web site of the Tax Administration of the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Serbia at www.poreskauprava.gov.rs.

For all questions related to regulations in force concerning VAT and excise duties, diplomatic missions, consular posts or office of international governmental organizations may contact directly the Tax Administration Head Office (3-5, Save Maškovica Street, Belgrade) by phone at 3950-556.

PRIVILEGES OF CONSULAR POSTS HEADED BY HONORARY CONSULAR OFFICERS

Consular posts headed by honorary consular officers enjoy in the Republic of Serbia privileges and immunities in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations ("Official Gazette of SFRY – International treaties and other agreements", No. 5/66).

In accordance with Article 62 of the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations, consular posts headed by honorary consular officers shall be permitted entry of, and granted exemption from customs duties, taxes, and related charges other than charges for storage on the following articles, provided that they are for the official use of a consular post headed by an honorary consular officer: coats-of-arms, flags, signboards, seals and stamps, books, official printed matter, office furniture, office stationary and similar articles supplied by or at the instance of the sending State to the consular post.

Consular posts headed by honorary consular officers are not exempted from VAT and excise duties. 40 REGISTRATION OF MOTOR VEHICLES AND REGISTRATION PLATES

Registration of motor vehicles owned by foreign diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organization or by their international staff, as well issuance of registration plates are governed by the provisions of the Rules on the registration of motor vehicles and trailers ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia", Nos. 69/2010, 101/2010, 53/2011, 22/2012 and 121/2012), adopted in accordance with Article 268 of the Law on Safety of Road Transport ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia", Nos. 41/2009, 53/2010 and 101/2011).

Applications for registration of motor vehicles and the replacement of a foreign driving license are submitted directly to the police authority in accordance with the seat of the diplomatic mission. In Belgrade, diplomatic missions shall apply directly to the Belgrade City Police Administration, Vehicle Registration and Licensing Section, 12a, Ljermontova Street. Applications must be duly signed by the head of diplomatic mission.

Nationals of the Republic of Serbia and foreign nationals with permanent residence in the Republic of Serbia are not entitled to privileges and immunities, including the privilege to be issued registration plates intended to diplomatic missions, consular posts or offices of international governmental organizations and to their international staff.

Registration of motor vehicles

The number of official motor vehicles owned by diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organisation is not established in advance. It is assumed that diplomatic missions shall have a reasonable number of motor vehicles according to the official needs of the mission.

Members of the diplomatic staff and their spouses are entitled to one motor vehicle each registered on their name.

Members of the administrative and technical staff are entitled to register one motor vehicle on their name, while their spouses are not entitled to this privilege.

Article 5 of the Rules sets that, when applying for registration, diplomatic missions should submit the following documents:

- Certificate on the vehicle's roadworthiness with technical data of the vehicle issued by the manufacturer or by licensed vehicles catalogues issued and verified by companies authorized to check the vehicle's roadworthiness, as well as a certificate that the vehicle passed the roadworthiness test, in the case it was individually manufactured or modified, valid for the Republic of Serbia. This certificate must not be older than 30 days; - Compulsory third-party insurance policy for the vehicle; - Receipts that all dues and taxes for the vehicle have been paid; - Receipts that all registration fees have been paid, specifying the registration plates or the chassis number in the case it's a first-time registration; - Evidence of ownership, i.e. of the vehicle's origin, in the case it's a first-time registration. In the case of transfer of ownership, an evidence of ownership as well as a document specifying the origin of the vehicle's motor provided it has been subsequently installed in the vehicle. And an evidence of the legal grounds to use the vehicle; - Evidence of the identity of the vehicle's owner (a valid diplomatic, consular or service identification card issued by the Diplomatic Protocol). 41

Article 37 of the Rules stipulates that official vehicles belonging to diplomatic mission and consular post and official vehicles belonging to office of international governmental organisation entitled to diplomatic status in the Republic of Serbia and to the members of their international staff, are issued special registration plates with the "A" prefix. In addition to "A" plates, missions are also issued oval plates designating the diplomatic status of the person the vehicle is registered to or the person using the vehicle, as follows:

"CMD" – vehicle of the head of diplomatic mission, "CD" – vehicle of the member of diplomatic staff, and "CC" – vehicle of the consular officer.

Consular post headed by honorary consul officer is entitled in the Republic of Serbia to register one official motor vehicle belonging to the sending State. This vehicle shall be issued registration plates with an "A" prefix along with a special oval plate with "CC" designation.

Vehicles belonging to the members of the administrative and technical staff of a diplomatic mission or consular post shall be issued registration plates with an "A" prefix but no special oval plate.

When applying for registration of vehicle into the Register of motor vehicles, the diplomatic missions are required to specify the status of the person the vehicle belongs to or the vehicle's operator (head of diplomatic mission, diplomatic agent or consular officer).

When applying for registration of their own motor vehicles, diplomatic agents and members of the administrative and technical staff shall pay only the actual costs for registration plates, traffic license, vehicle registration sticker and the additional oval plate.

Renewal of registration is done each year, in keeping with a renewal notice provided by the Diplomatic Protocol to all diplomatic missions at the end of each year, for the following calendar year.

Replacement of a foreign driving license

Replacement of a foreign driving license for a driving license of the Republic of Serbia is governed by Article 178 of the Law on Safety of Road Transport ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia, Nos. 41/2009,53/2010 and 101/2011). This article stipulates that a foreign driving license entitles the members of the foreign missions in the Republic of Serbia to operate a vehicle for six months from the date of their entry in the Republic of Serbia to assume their assignments. In order to operate their motor vehicles after the six-month period, the staff of missions is obliged to replace the driving license for a driving license of the Republic of Serbia. The Rules on driving licenses ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia", No. 73/10) govern the conditions required to replace a foreign driving license.

The application shall contain the following documents:

- Valid foreign driving license; - Serbian translation of the foreign driving license, certified by an authorized legal interpreter or by the stamp of the diplomatic mission; - Passport; - Diplomatic or service identity card; - For administrative and technical staff, a medical report that is not older than six months, 42 certifying that applicants are eligible to operate motor vehicles. For the diplomatic staff only a statement saying that the diplomatic agent does not have a condition that might impair his driving faculties, translated in Serbian and affixed with the mission stamp; - Valid document stating what vehicles the applicant may operate (in the case that the foreign driving license does not state the category or type of vehicles or if it expired); - Receipts for: a) Fees for the making of the driving license b) Fees for the issuance of the driving license and c) National administrative taxes (members of diplomatic staff are exempted from national administrative taxes).

Enclosed with the application may be one printed photograph, size 50mmx50mm that shows the true likeness of the applicant's face, which has not been retouched nor made in photo booths. The photograph should not be older than six months.

A foreign driving license shall not be replaced if it is provisional, probationary or other or if the license to be replaced is invalid, annulled, withdrawn or cancelled by the issuing authority.

Foreign driving licenses of the staff of diplomatic missions and consular posts, other foreign missions and offices of international governmental organizations in the Republic of Serbia, except for honorary consuls, on the basis of which the relevant authority has issued the driving license shall be submitted to the Ministry of Interior of the Republic of Serbia – Belgrade City Police Administration, Vehicle Registration and Licensing Section, 12a, Ljermontova Street.

Return of traffic license and registration plates

For every disposed vehicle (exported, sold in the Republic of Serbia or other), diplomatic missions shall return the traffic license and registration plates to the relevant Police Authority – Vehicle Registration and Licensing Section.

Compulsory insurance

Acquisition of third-party insurance is compulsory and forms a part of the motor vehicle registration process. It is strongly recommended that all motor vehicles purchased under privilege carry comprehensive insurance cover (theft, damage, etc.) to the market value of the vehicle in the Republic of Serbia.

TRAFFIC

Members of diplomatic missions, consular posts or offices of international governmental organizations in the Republic of Serbia, and members of their family households, are obliged to fully respect the provisions of the Law on Safety of Road Transport ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia", No. 41/2009 of 2 June 2009), which is in keeping with Article 41 of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations.

Traffic violations

Pursuant to Article 41 of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations or other international treaties and bilateral agreements, it is the duty of the members of the staff of diplomatic missions, consular posts or offices of international governmental organizations to respect the laws and regulations of the receiving State, the rules on safety of all participants in traffic included. 43 Bearing in mind that traffic infringements (including speeding, parking or other violations) endanger the safety not only of the person committing the violation but of other participants in traffic as well, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs cannot accept the mission's call upon diplomatic and official immunity, i.e. call that infringements occurred in the course of the performance of official duties.

Consequently, submission of traffic and parking violation tickets including the towing for wrongly parked vehicle or issuance of an additional fine for public parking is not considered as a violation of immunities and the Diplomatic Protocol does not intervene with relevant authorities to seek the cancellation of traffic violation charges.

Having in mind the aforementioned, it is the duty of the owners of the vehicles with diplomatic registration plates to pay for all the charges made thereof.

Traffic accidents

In the case of an involvement in a traffic accident resulting in bodily injuries, death or heavy damage, persons driving vehicles with registration plates marked with “A” prefix, must stop the vehicle, call the police and wait at the scene of the accident for the arrival of police officers to conduct a traffic accident investigation.

Allocation of parking space for the mission official vehicles

Under the provisions of the Law on General Administrative Procedure, Law on Safety of Road Transport and Decision on Public Parking Space in Belgrade, the Belgrade City Secretariat for Traffic, at the request of diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organisation, may allocate, where feasible, parking spaces, marked by horizontal and vertical signalization, for a certain number of official vehicles necessary for the functioning of the mission (vehicles with diplomatic plates).

Diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organisation shall make applications to the Diplomatic Protocol by a Verbal Note signed by the head of mission/office of the international governmental organisation.

Applications by diplomatic missions and consular posts shall be considered on condition of reciprocity, while applications by offices of international governmental organizations on condition of provisions of a bilateral agreement on the office status.

The parking space shall be allocated outside the building housing the diplomatic mission, or, if not feasible, in another appropriate place.

On its decision, Belgrade City Secretariat for Traffic shall issue a certificate which shall be submitted to the relevant mission, consular posts of office of international governmental organisation through the Diplomatic Protocol.

Allocated parking spaces may be used only for the parking of the vehicles of the mission. Vehicles parked on the allocated parking space must have an appropriate sticker placed on a visible spot. Stickers are available at the premises of "Parking servis Beograd" Company, at 22, Starine Novaka Street, Belgrade.

Following the initial decision on the allocation of parking spaces, diplomatic mission, consular post or office of international governmental organisation shall apply, at the beginning of each 44 calendar year, for the renewal of the reservation of parking spaces under the same procedure.

The Decision on public parking lots in Belgrade prohibits that fences or similar obstacles be placed on allocated parking spaces.

Towing of illegally parked vehicles

According to the Law on Safety of Road Transport, the Ministry of Interior of the Republic of Serbia is authorized to conduct traffic control and act accordingly issuing official orders that vehicles parked on unauthorized places (public areas, sidewalks, green areas and other traffic areas) be towed away (including vehicles that don't have the appropriate parking stickers), which implies traffic violation. Such orders may also be issued by an officer of municipal public services inspection.

The "Parking servis Beograd" shall tow away illegally parked vehicles to an appropriate towing impound yard and the impound fee shall be paid by the owner of the illegally parked vehicle.

ACQUISITION, POSSESSION AND CARRYING OF FIREARMS

Acquisition, possession and carrying of firearms, including hunting firearms and firearms for personal protection, is regulated by the provisions of the Law on Firearms and Ammunition ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia" Nos. 9/92, 44/98 and 39/2003) and other by-laws: Regulation specifying conditions and modalities to store and keep firearms and ammunition ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia" No. 1/99), Regulation specifying the conditions to carry out and the modalities to conduct the program for handling firearms ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia" Nos. 1/99 and 30/2000), as well as Regulation on application forms, approval forms, firearms licenses and other documents and registers envisaged by the Law on Firearms and Ammunition ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia" No. 1/99).

Acquisition, possession and carrying of firearms shall be approved on the condition of reciprocity. The reciprocity must be clearly confirmed in each Verbal Note requesting acquisition, possession or carrying of firearms and ammunition.

Acquisition of firearms

Acquisition of firearms may be done either by importing or buying them on the local market with a licensed firearms dealer.

One may import to the Republic of Serbia only firearms that can be purchased, possessed and carried in the Republic of Serbia according to the Law on Firearms and Ammunition.

Foreign missions shall submit their firearms-related applications (import or acquisition locally with a licensed firearms dealer) in the form of a Verbal Note to the Diplomatic Protocol. The Note should contain:

1. Data on the owner: - First and last name - Diplomatic title or function in the diplomatic mission or consular post - Date, place and country of birth - Number of diplomatic passport and its expiration date - Number of diplomatic identity card and its expiration date 45 2. Data on the firearm: make, brand, caliber and serial number. 3. Certificate on reciprocity with the sending State as regards the import, or purchase, possession and carrying of firearms.

Enclosed with the note should be a duly completed Application Form for the acquisition, possession and carrying of firearms, signed by the head of the mission and with the official mission or post stamp affixed.

In addition to the completed application form for acquisition of firearms, the applicant is required also to submit a permit for firearms handling. Should the law of the applicant’s country lay down that the owner of the firearm is to hold such permit, the Ministry of Interior of the Republic of Serbia shall accept its original with an enclosed translation into Serbian language, certified by the mission. In the case that the applicant does not hold such a permit, the member of the mission shall contact one of the licensed centers in the Republic of Serbia that will provide appropriate training for firearms handling, upon the completion of which the permit will be issued.

Foreign defense attaches and security officers in diplomatic missions and consular posts are exempted from firearms training.

The application for the acquisition of ammunition shall be submitted to the Diplomatic Protocol on the same application form by marking the appropriate section. The purchase of ammunition shall be granted only to the members of the diplomatic staff that possess a registered firearm and the quantity shall not exceed 60 (sixty) rounds per year for a firearm with rifled barrels.

Possession of firearms

Diplomatic missions shall submit to the Diplomatic Protocol a Verbal Note requesting the issuance of a firearms license. Enclosed with the note should be a duly completed Application Form for the acquisition, possession and carrying of firearms, signed by the head of the diplomatic mission and affixed with the mission stamp.

Carrying of firearms

To carry a firearm outside the premises of a diplomatic mission or consular post, a license to carry firearms for personal safety is required.

A license to carry firearms is issued in exceptional cases provided there exist justified reasons for the protection of the applicant's personal safety.

The application for the issuance of a license to carry firearms shall be submitted to the Diplomatic Protocol with a Verbal Note. Enclosed with the note shall be the duly completed application form for the possession of firearms, a photocopy of the diplomatic passport, a photocopy of the diplomatic identity card and a photocopy of the firearms license.

Loss of the firearms license or license to carry firearms

In the case the firearms license or the license to carry firearms is lost, diplomatic missions shall be obliged to inform thereof the nearest police authority and the Diplomatic Protocol with a Verbal Note. Enclosed with the note shall be a certificate stating that the firearms license or license to carry firearms has been declared null and void in the "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia". 46

Return of the firearms license or license to carry firearms

It is the duty of missions to have the firearms licenses or licenses to carry firearms returned to the Diplomatic Protocol immediately upon the termination of appointment of the member of the mission.

Prohibitions and limitations

Article 5 of the Law on Firearms and Ammunition prohibits sale, acquisition, possession, carrying, repair and alteration of firearms with devices such as silencers, telescopic sights with light beam or with devices for electronic light enhancement or infrared device, fragmentation and gas weaponry, cold weapons and devices not manufactured or adapted to be firearms.

In addition to firearms listed in paragraph 1, Article 5 of the Law, private persons are also prohibited to acquire, possess and carry semi-automatic and combination long barreled firearms with the exception of hunting firearms, as well as to acquire, possess and carry automatic long- barreled firearms, automatic and combination short-barreled firearms and special firearms, unless otherwise prescribed by the Law.

Carrying of firearms for personal safety without a license is prohibited.

Carrying of hunting, sports and special firearms outside hunting grounds, firing ranges or other specific facilities is prohibited.

COMMUNICATIONS

Operation of radio-frequencies

Article 87 of the Law on electronic communications ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia", No. 44/2010) stipulates that diplomatic missions or consular posts may use radio- frequencies, on condition of reciprocity, provided an individual permit issued upon the request of the mission by the Regulatory Agency for Electronic Communication and Postal Services (RATEL) of the Republic of Serbia.

Diplomatic missions or consular posts shall send their applications for the issuance of a license to use radio-frequencies to the Diplomatic Protocol with a Verbal Note. Enclosed with the note shall be the Application Form for the issuance of individual licenses for the use of radio- frequencies by diplomatic missions or consular posts. The Application Form may be downloaded at the website of the Regulatory Agency for Electronic Communication and Postal Services at www.ratel.rs. The Application Form must be signed by the head of the mission and affixed with the official mission stamp.

The request for the issuance of a radio station license shall specify the data on the radio station, such as location and purpose, type of the radio station, technical data on radio stations, antenna specifications, etc.

The fees and terms of radio-frequency use from this Article shall be determined on the principle of reciprocity, following the opinion of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and in accordance with international agreements.

47 The right to use radio-frequencies granted to a diplomatic mission or consular post cannot be ceded, leased or in any other way transferred to a third person.

The diplomatic mission or consular post shall get the license to use radio-frequencies prior to importing into or acquiring radio stations in the Republic of Serbia and to show the license to the appropriate border authorities when crossing the state border, i.e. to the provider of acquired items. The same regime applies to satellite telephone stations.

SECURITY CONTROL OF AIR TRAVELLERS

In keeping with international treaties and general practice, the relevant authorities of the Republic of Serbia shall conduct a control of all passengers including diplomatic agents and their personal luggage. The only exception is the diplomatic bag bearing a visible external labeling and seal.

Passengers and luggage are subject to control by electronic devices or by simple search before boarding the aircraft.

Flight companies are obliged to carry out the luggage check including the luggage of diplomatic agents. These security checks do not breach provisions of international treaties.

Like every other person, the diplomatic agent may refuse to have his luggage checked by security personnel. In that case, the flight company has the right to refuse to transport this person.

Diplomatic couriers and diplomatic bags

According to the provisions of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations, the diplomatic bag, as a consignment of goods of special significance, is accorded in the Republic of Serbia special treatment in handling and storing it. According to the relevant laws and instructions, all consignments, including the diplomatic bag, are to be recorded and declared to the Customs on a special form prescribed for these purposes.

The accompanied or unaccompanied diplomatic bag shall bear visible external labeling (seal or leaden seal, the sender's name and the consignee's address), and the diplomatic courier is to be provided with an official document, courier's letter, indicating his status and the number of packages constituting the diplomatic bag.

On arrival, a diplomatic courier is being awaited in the customs control area, and on departure he is escorted until the customs control desk.

If the diplomatic bag is taken possession of from the safe boxes of a commercial aircraft or if it is dispatched in them, or taken possession of from the diplomatic courier or the captain of a commercial aircraft unable to leave the aircraft, or if the diplomatic bag is delivered to the captain, authorized representatives of the diplomatic mission, escorted by a relevant airport service officer, may be allowed access to the aircraft.

In the cases when the accompanied or unaccompanied diplomatic bag is bulky or of excessive weight, the diplomatic mission is to contact directly the officer of the "Nikola Tesla" Airport Services Department, in order to see what kind of assistance will be required as well as the number of airport workers necessary to handle the bag. The diplomatic missions are expected to 48 pay for these services and to sign appropriate invoices.

If the diplomatic bag is suspected of containing items that cannot be described as "items necessary to conduct all official business by the Mission", as required by the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations, the Customs may ask that it be sent back or opened for inspection.

The non-diplomatic items shall be subject to customs formalities right there on the spot or in the customs warehouse, as appropriate. A faster procedure will be applied to exempt them from duties and charges on the basis of the list of pertaining items and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs Application Form (franchise for the import or export of these items).

Access to airport restricted areas and border control areas

In accordance with international conventions on international civil aviation and laws of the Republic of Serbia, access to airport restricted areas and border control areas may be approved only by the Ministry of Interior. The access regime at the border crossing "Surčin-Beograd" at "Nikola Tesla" Airport is regulated by full or temporary passes in accordance with the provisions of the Law on the Protection of the State Border ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia", No. 97/2008).

Passes are granted on the condition of reciprocity in keeping with the size of the mission and the official needs of the mission. A diplomatic mission is entitled to a limited number of passes granted to the mission international staff to access the restricted airport areas in order to conduct official duties (meeting and seeing off state delegations, diplomatic couriers, and diplomatic bags).

Ambassadors extraordinary and plenipotentiary accredited to the Republic of Serbia and their spouses may enter the restricted airport area simply by showing their ID cards.

Other staff members of a diplomatic mission, holders of diplomatic or service identity cards issued by the Diplomatic Protocol, may enter the restricted areas only with a full or temporary (daily) pass.

Members of the mission’s local staff who are citizens of the Republic of Serbia or foreigners with permanent residence in the Republic of Serbia, are not entitled to be granted a pass to restricted airport areas.

Diplomatic missions or consular posts shall apply to the Diplomatic Protocol for the issuance of full and temporary pass with a Verbal Note. Enclosed with the note should be submitted the following documents:

- two application forms, dully filled-out, signed by the applicant and the head of the mission and affixed with the mission stamp; - two photos size 30mmx40mm, taken not later than six months prior to their submission; - photocopy of diplomatic/service identity card, and - photocopy of diplomatic/service passport.

Loss of the pass

In the case the full pass is lost or stolen, the diplomatic mission must immediately report the loss to the competent border authorities at the airport and to the Diplomatic Protocol with a Verbal Note. Enclosed with the note shall be a certificate stating that the lost pass has been declared null 49 and void in the "Official Gazette".

Return of the pass

The diplomatic mission must return the full pass to the Diplomatic Protocol immediately upon the termination of its member tour of duty.

DIPLOMATIC AND PRECEDENCE LIST

An up-to-date version of the Diplomatic and Precedence List is available at the official web site of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs at www.mfa.rs.

The Diplomatic Protocol updates and publishes the Diplomatic List regularly once a year.

RECEIPT AND DISPATCH OF MAIL

Foreign missions may leave and collect their mail intended for the Diplomatic Protocol at the Desk of the Diplomatic Protocol at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 26, Kneza Miloša Street each working day from 09.00-12.00 a.m.

As concerns mail for other departments of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, diplomatic missions and offices of international governmental organizations may leave their mail at the Mail Dispatch Desk of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs or collect it in their respective boxes at the Ministry, at 24, Kneza Miloša Street, every working day from 8.00-15.00.

In the case missions need to deliver mail marked as "very urgent" out of working hours or during weekends or public holidays, they may do so through the Out-of-Hours Department of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs at 24, Kneza Miloša Street. Prior to coming to the Ministry, the mission is requested to notify such deliveries by phone to 3616-333.

PUBLIC AND OTHER HOLIDAYS IN THE REPUBLIC OF SERBIA

Public and other holidays in the Republic of Serbia are regulated by the provisions of the Law on Amendments of the Law on Public and Other Holidays in the Republic of Serbia ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia", Nos. 43/2001, 101/2007 and 92/2011).

Public holidays:

Sretenje - Statehood Day, 15 & 16 February New Year's Day, 1& 2 January Labour Day, 1& 2 May Armistice Day, 11 November

Religious holidays:

Christmas Day, 7 January Easter, Good Friday and Easter Monday

Public holidays – observance: 50

Saint Sava Day, 27 January Holocaust Remembrance Day, 22 April Victory Day – 9 May Vidovdan- Kosovo Battle Remembrance Day, 28 June National World War II Victims Remembrance Day, 21 October

The Law stipulates that, if a public holiday falls on Sunday, the holiday is postponed for the next working day.

The Law stipulates that employed citizens of the Republic of Serbia are entitled not to work on the following religious holidays:

1. Christian Orthodox – first day of Slava - patron saint of the family; 2. Catholics and members of other Christian religious communities – first day of Christmas and Easter holidays-Good Friday and Easter Monday; 3. Members of Muslim community – first day of the Ramadan Bayram and first day of the Kurban Bayram; 4. Members of the Jewish community – first day of Yom Kippur.

Insert Your Q U E S T I O N N A I R E Photo

A. PERSONAL DETAILS

1. Family Name / Surname: (Name shown on passport)

2. Forenames: (All names other than your Family Name / Surname)

3. Nationality:

4. Gender:

5. Date and Place of Birth:

6. Married / Partner / Single:

7. Residence Address and Telephone

Number:

8. Private e-mail Address:

9. Religion:

10. Dietary Restrictions:

11. Hobbies and Interests: (If sporting, please give standard)

1/5 Serbian Ministry of Defence Centre for Liaison with Foreign Military Representatives

B. SERVICE / EDUCATION / OFFICE DETAILS

1. Service:

2. Rank or Grade:

3. Service or Department:

4. Academic / Professional

Qualifications:

5. Service Decorations:

6. Previous Diplomatic Duties:

7. Office Address:

8. Office Telephone Number:

9. Official Mobile Telephone:

10. Office Fax:

11. Official E-mail Address:

12. Level of Serbian Language:

13. Other languages spoken and read:

14. What branch do you represent:

15. Date of Appointment:

16. Date of Accreditation:

2/5 Serbian Ministry of Defence Centre for Liaison with Foreign Military Representatives

C. PASSPORT AND ID CARDS Diplomatic 1st Passport 2nd Passport DETAILS ID card

1. Number:

2. Date of Issue:

3. Date of Expiry:

4. Place of Issue:

D. VEHICLE Type Plates Color

1. Official No1

2. Official No2

3. Private No1

4. Private No2

3/5 Serbian Ministry of Defence Centre for Liaison with Foreign Military Representatives

E. FAMILY

1. Will your family be accompanying you in

Serbia?

2. Relationship to Spouse: (Husband/Wife/Partner)

3. Spouse Family Name / Surname: (Name shown on passport)

4. Spouse Forenames: (All names other than your family name / surname)

5. Passport number:

6. Diplomatic ID number:

7. Spouse Date and Place of Birth:

8. Dietary Restrictions:

9. Please give details below of all children who will be accompanying you in Serbia (Note: If you have more than four children accompanying you please continue on a separate sheet)

Child 1 Child 2 Child 3 Child 4

Surname:

Forename:

Date of Birth:

Gender:

Dietary Restrictions:

4/5 Serbian Ministry of Defence Centre for Liaison with Foreign Military Representatives

F. APPOINTMENTS HELD (please list your appointments for the last 10 years with the most recent first)

Dates Rank or Grade Title of Appointment (DD/MM/YYYY)

In Belgrade, Signature

______

5/5 Serbian Ministry of Defence Centre for Liaison with Foreign Military Representatives

List of forms and other documents needed:

1. For the Serbian Ministry of Defense building entry pass:

o MoD questionnaire (attached) o Request from the MLO (we will take care of that) o Your CV o Passport copy o 2 photos

2. For the diplomatic/service ID – issued by the Serbian Foreign Affairs Ministry:

o A letter from JFC Naples (NOTE VERBALE) – notifying about an appointment of a new member, or members (sent directly to the Serbian Ministry of the Foreign Affairs) o Request from the MLO o Serbian MFA ID form – 2 originals filled and signed (see the form attached) o Passport – original (which the MFA will return after a few days) o Passport copy o 3 photos o When applying for your spouse you will need to provide your marriage certificate – if your spouse has a different surname. However our advice is that you bring it in any case.

Size of the photo: 2,5cm

3cm

LAW ON FOREIGNERS

I. BASIC PROVISIONS

Subject of the Law

Article 1 This Law shall stipulate the conditions for entry, movement and stay of foreigners, as well as the competence and activities of the public administration bodies in the Republic of Serbia with respect to entry, movement and stay of foreigners in the territory of the Republic of Serbia.

Implementation of the Law

Article 2 This Law shall not apply for the foreigners who: 1) Have applied for asylum, or have been granted asylum in the Republic of Serbia, unless otherwise stipulated by the Law; 2) Enjoy privileges and immunities pursuant to the international law, as regards the provisions hereof which are excluded as a result of these privileges and immunities; 3) Have been granted the status of refugee. Stateless persons shall be the subject of the provisions of the Convention Relating to the Status of Stateless Persons, if this is more favourable to them.

Definition of terms

Article 3 Certain terms used for the purpose of this Law shall have the following meaning: 1) Foreigner shall mean any person who does not have the citizenship of the Republic of Serbia; 2) Competent authority shall mean a territorial unit of the Ministry of Interior (hereinafter referred to as: the Ministry), competent for the affairs related to foreigners; 3) Border police shall mean an organisational unit of the Ministry, directly responsible for the affairs of border control and other state border protection activities; 4) Entry into the Republic of Serbia shall mean the entry of foreigners into its territory, approved by the competent public authority, by crossing the state border, i.e. the state border crossing where border control is performed. The stay of foreigners in the transit area of airports or harbour and port anchorage through which international transport is conducted shall not, in the context of this Law, be regarded as entry into the Republic of Serbia; 5) Transit shall mean the crossing over the territory of the Republic of Serbia; - 2 -

6) Border control shall imply the inspection of persons and travel documents, means of transportation and goods, conducted at the border crossing point prior to the intended crossing of the state border, or immediately after having crossed the state border, as well as other control pursuant to the law; 7) Foreign travel document shall mean ordinary personal, family, collective, diplomatic or service passport, seaman's book containing a visa and other documents recognised by international treaties as travel documents, which can be used to reveal identity of its holder, the term of validity of which has not expired and which has been issued in accordance with the regulations of a foreign country or by a relevant act of an international organisation; 8) Foreigner travel document shall mean a refugee travel document, a stateless person’s travel documents and foreigner’s laissez-passer; 9) Foreigner identity card shall mean identification document issued to a foreigner permanently resident in Serbia, or a foreigner in temporary residence who does not have a valid travel document; 10) Carrier shall mean a natural person or a legal entity registered as provider of public passenger transportation services in air, road, waterway or railway traffic; 11) Detention centre for foreigners shall imply facilities for accommodation of foreigners who have been denied entry into the country, or on whom banishment or removal from the country has been imposed but it is not possible to dispatch them in this manner, and who have been ordered to stay under close police surveillance, according to the law.

Entry and stay of foreigners

Article 4 A foreigner may enter into and stay in the Republic of Serbia, under the conditions stipulated by this Law, using a valid travel document containing a visa, or a permission to stay, unless provided otherwise by the law or an international treaty.

Limitation or prohibition of movement

Article 5 Movement and stay in a specific territory in the Republic of Serbia shall be limited or prohibited to a foreigner if this is necessary due to reasons related to protection of public order or safety of the Republic of Serbia and its citizens, or pursuant to an international treaty.

Compliance with laws

Article 6 A foreigner shall be obliged to observe the regulations and decisions of the public authorities during his/her movement and stay in the Republic of Serbia. - 3 -

Application of legislation in the decision-making procedure regarding the rights and obligations of foreigners

Article 7 The provisions of the law regulating the general administrative procedure shall apply in the decision-making procedure regarding the rights and obligations of foreigners, unless otherwise stipulated by this law. As regards the procedure of registering the place of permanent or temporary residence or termination of permanent or temporary residence and changing the home address of a foreigner, the provisions of the law regulating the place of permanent and temporary residence of the citizens of the Republic of Serbia shall apply, unless otherwise provided for herein.

II. ENTRY OF FOREIGNERS INTO AND EXIT FROM THE REPUBLIC OF SERBIA

Border control

Article 8 A foreigner shall be obliged to undergo border control procedure on entry into or exit from the Republic of Serbia. Border control of foreigners shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable special law, and includes detection and prevention of illegal entry into the Republic of Serbia, denial of entry under the conditions stipulated in Article 11 hereof and/or denial of exit from the territory of the Republic of Serbia under the conditions established by Article 13, paragraph 2 of this Law.

Entry and exit using a collective travel document

Article 9 A foreigner listed in the travel document of another person may enter into and exit from the Republic of Serbia only if accompanied by the person in whose travel document he/she is listed. Foreigners using a collective travel document shall only be allowed to enter into and exit from the Republic of Serbia if they travel together. Foreigners listed in a collective travel document shall also be required to have a document with their personal photograph, which can be used to confirm their identity. The leader of the group shall have his/her ordinary personal travel document.

Illegal entry into the Republic of Serbia

Article 10 Entry into the Republic of Serbia shall be considered illegal if it is gained: 1) Out of the place or time prescribed for crossing the state border; 2) By avoiding the border control; 3) By using another person's, invalid, and/or forged travel or other document; 4) By providing incorrect information to the border police; - 4 -

5) During the period in which the protective measure of removal of foreigners from the Republic to Serbia, the security measure of banishing foreigners from the country, or the measure of cancellation of the permission to stay is in effect.

Denial of entry

Article 11 Entry into the Republic of Serbia shall be denied to a foreigner if: 1) He/she does not have a valid travel document, or a visa if required; 2) He/she does not have sufficient financial means to sustain him/her during the stay in the Republic of Serbia, to return to his/her country of origin or transit into the third country, and if he/she is not provided with means of livelihood in any other way during his/her stay in the Republic of Serbia; 3) He/she is in transit, but does not meet the requirements to enter the third country; 4) The protective measure of removal or the security measure of banishment is in effect, or if his/her permission to stay is cancelled, and/or other measures recognised in the domestic or international law, which include the prohibition of crossing the state border, are effective; this prohibition shall apply during the period in which the respective measure, or the cancellation of the permission to stay, is in force; 5) He/she does not have the certificate of vaccination or other proof of good health, when arriving from areas affected by an epidemic of infectious diseases; 6) Required so by reasons related to protection of the public order or the safety of the Republic of Serbia and its citizens; 7) He/she is registered as an international felon in the relevant records; 8) There is reasonable doubt that he/she will take advantage of the stay for purposes other than those declared. The denial of entry shall be denoted in the respective foreigner's travel document. The conditions referred to in paragraph 1, items 2), 5), 6) and 7) of this Law shall be prescribed more specifically by the Government.

Entry into and stay in the Republic of Serbia without a visa

Article 12 An international treaty or a Government decision may establish that citizens of particular countries may enter the Republic of Serbia without a visa, provided that obstacles referred to in Article 11 hereof do not exist. The Government shall be competent to decide that citizens of particular countries may also enter the Republic of Serbia using a valid personal identity card, and/or other document which can confirm their identity and citizenship, on condition that obstacles referred to in Article 11, paragraph 1, Items 2) to 8) of the Law do not exist. - 5 -

A foreigner who does not need a visa or a travel document to enter the Republic of Serbia may stay in the country for a maximum period of 90 days, within a timeframe of six months starting from the day of the first entry.

Exit

Article 13 A foreigner shall be free to exit the Republic of Serbia. As an exception to paragraph 1 of this Article, the border police shall temporarily deny exit from the Republic of Serbia to a foreigner if: 1) He/she is in possession of another person's, invalid, and/or forged travel or other document; 2) He/she does not have the visa required to enter the next country; 3) There is justified suspicion that, by exiting the Republic of Serbia, the person may escape legal prosecution with respect to a criminal act or misdemeanour, avoid serving the sentence of imprisonment, execution of a court order, being arrested or execution of a due liability imposed by a competent authority. After the reasons referred to in paragraph 2 hereof have ceased to exist, the foreigner shall be allowed to exit the Republic of Serbia.

III. VISAS

Visas, competence for issuing visas and consular cooperation

Article 14 Visa is a permission of entry, stay or transit obtained by a foreigner prior to entering the territory of the Republic of Serbia. A visa shall be issued to a foreigner with a valid travel document; the term of visa's validity shall be shorter than the term of validity of the respective travel document. A visa shall be issued by a diplomatic mission or consular office of the Republic of Serbia, unless otherwise stipulated in this Law. Before issuing a visa, the relevant diplomatic mission or consular office of the Republic of Serbia shall be obliged, when provided for in paragraph 5 of this Article, to obtain the prior consent of the Ministry. Having obtained the consent from the minister competent for interior affairs, the minister competent for foreign affairs shall establish the regulation stipulating the layout and content of the application form for visa, the request for obtaining the Ministry's consent, as well as the procedure for issuing visas in diplomatic missions or consular offices of the Republic of Serbia. Exceptionally, when there are serious humanitarian reasons or it is in the interest of the Republic of Serbia, the border police may, with consent of the Ministry, issue a transit visa (type B visa) for a single transit, or a visa for short stay (type C visa) for a single entry with the term of validity of up to 15 days, when a foreigner has had no opportunity to apply for a visa via a diplomatic mission or a consular office of - 6 - the Republic of Serbia, provided he/she presents adequate proof of urgency of the trip for which he/she needs the visa. The visa referred to in paragraph 6 hereof shall not be issued to a foreigner associated to obstacles referred to in Article 11 of the Law. Elaborated conditions and the procedure for issuing the visa referred to in paragraph 6 of this Article shall be prescribed by the minister competent for interior affairs. An international treaty with the countries in which the Republic of Serbia does not have a diplomatic mission or a consular office may establish mutual representation in the procedure for issuing visas.

Types of visas

Article 15 The types of visas shall be as follows: 1) Airport transit visa (type A visa); 2) Transit visa (type B visa); 3) Short stay visa (type C visa); 4) Temporary residence visa (type D visa). The layout of the visa form, its content and the modality of entering the visa referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article into a foreign travel document shall be prescribed by the minister competent for foreign affairs, with consent of the minister competent for interior affairs.

Airport transit visa (type A visa)

Article 16 A foreigner who does not leave the international transit area of airports or the aircraft during the intermediate stop between two legs of a flight or between connecting flights shall not need a visa. As an exception to the provision in paragraph 1 hereof, the Government may specify which foreigners in particular travel routes shall need the airport transit visa, if so required by the reasons referred to in Article 5 of the Law. At the personal request of a foreigner, an airport transit visa may be issued to him/her for a single or multiple transit through the international transit area of an airport, with which the foreigner is allowed to stay in this area up to 24 hours per one instance of transit.

Transit visa (type B visa)

Article 17 A transit visa shall be issued to a foreigner for a single, double or multiple transit through the territory of the Republic of Serbia. A transit visa shall be issued with the term of validity of up to six months, and the duration of stay in the country per one transit shall not exceed five days. A transit visa may be issued to a foreigner who is in possession of the visa for entry into the destination country or the country through which he/she is transiting if his/her obligation to have that visa is not abolished by an international treaty. - 7 -

A transit visa may also be issued to a group of travellers which had been established before the decision to travel was taken, when the travellers are to transit through the territory of the Republic of Serbia together. The visa referred to in paragraph 4 of this Article may be issued to a group of at least five and at most 50 persons, where the leader of the group shall be obliged to have a separate visa, if required.

Short stay visa (type C visa)

Article 18 A short stay visa shall be issued for the purpose of tourism, business and other travelling for a single, double or multiple entry into the Republic of Serbia. The duration of an uninterrupted stay, and/or the total duration of successive visits of a foreigner with a short stay visa shall not exceed 90 days within a period of six months which started on the day of the first entry. A short stay visa with the multiple entry option shall be issued with the term of validity of up to one year; however, it may also be issued with a longer term of validity to the staff of a foreign diplomatic mission or a consular office on condition of applied principle of reciprocity. A short stay visa with the term of validity of up to 30 days may also be issued to a group of at least five and at most 50 persons, which had been established before the decision to travel was taken, provided that the members of that group are entering the territory of the Republic of Serbia together, staying in it and exiting as a group, where the leader of the group shall be obliged to have a separate visa, if required.

Temporary residence visa (type D visa)

Article 19 A temporary residence visa shall imply permission for entry into and temporary residence of foreigners in the Republic of Serbia. A temporary residence visa shall be issued for the purposes, under the conditions and with the term of validity stipulated by this Law with respect to the permission for temporary residence. If a foreigner intends to stay more than 90 days in the Republic of Serbia, he/she shall be obliged to obtain the visa referred to in paragraph 1 hereof, or to obtain the permission for temporary residence from the competent authority during his/her stay in the Republic of Serbia.

Extension of the visa’s term of validity

Article 20 The visa’s term of validity shall not be extendable. As an exception to the provision in paragraph 1 of this Article, the visa’s term of validity shall be extendable if so required by the humanitarian, professional or personal reasons and force majeure. Elaborated conditions, the form of the application and the procedure for extension of the visa validity term in circumstances referred to in paragraph 2 hereof shall be prescribed by the minister competent for interior affairs. - 8 -

The application for extension of the visa’s term of validity shall be filed to the competent authority according to the place of foreigner's temporary residence.

Refusal of visa applications and visa cancellation

Article 21 The authority competent for issuing visas shall not issue a visa if: 1) The term of validity of a foreign travel document expires in less than ninety days; 2) Any of the obstacles referred to in Article 11 of the Law exists; 3) A foreigner fails to present himself/herself when summoned by a diplomatic mission or a consular office of the Republic of Serbia. As an exception to the provisions in paragraph 1 of this Article, a visa may be issued for humanitarian reasons, if this is in the interest of the Republic of Serbia, or if accepted international obligations so require. In the case referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article, the Ministry may prescribe that a foreigner shall only be allowed to enter the country at a particular border crossing. The authority competent for issuing visas or the border police will cancel any issued visa if it is afterwards established that some of the obstacles referred to in Article 11 of the Law do exist. There shall be no right of appeal against the decision to refuse one’s application for visa or the decision to cancel a visa. The decision referred to in Article 5 of this Law shall not require a statement of grounds.

Obligations of carriers

Article 22 A carrier may transport a foreigner to a border crossing only if none of the obstacles referred to in Article 11, paragraph 1, Item 1) of this Law exist. A carrier shall be obliged to provide transportation free of charge without delay or, if immediate transportation is not possible, to bear the costs of the stay and removal of the foreigner associated with the obstacles in Article 11, paragraph 1, Item 1) hereof. The provisions in paragraph 2 of this Article shall also apply for the carrier who brought a foreigner into the international transit area of an airport if another carrier has refused to transport the foreigner into the destination country, or if entry into the destination country is denied to the foreigner. An agency organising a tourism or business related travel shall be obliged to reimburse the incurred costs referred to in paragraph 2 hereof if these costs cannot be charged to the foreigner and if his/her illegal stay resulted from a fault on the part of the agency that organised the travel. - 9 -

Obligations of guarantors

Article 23 A legal entity or a natural person that provided a foreigner with a letter of guarantee whereby the guarantor accepts the responsibility to cover any costs of the foreigner’s stay and removal if these costs cannot be charged to the foreigner, shall be obliged to submit a certified copy of the letter of guarantee to the competent authority in accordance with the place of foreigner's temporary residence.

IV. THE STAY OF FOREIGNERS

The types of stay

Article 24 The types of stay of foreigners in terms of this Law shall be as follows: 1) Stay of up to 90 days; 2) Temporary residence; 3) Permanent residence.

Stay of up to 90 days

Article 25 Stay of up to 90 days shall mean the stay of a foreigner either without a visa or on the grounds of a visa, unless otherwise stipulated by this Law or an international treaty.

The purpose of temporary residence

Article 26 Temporary residence may be permitted to a foreigner whose intention is to stay in the Republic of Serbia longer than 90 days for the purposes of: 1) Work, employment, performance of economic or other professional activities; 2) Enrolling a school, university or advanced education course, scientific research, practical training, participation in the programmes of international exchange of pupils and students, and/or other scientific/education activities; 3) Family rejoining; 4) Other reasonable reasons in accordance with the law or an international treaty. A foreigner to whom temporary residence has been permitted due to the reasons referred to in paragraph 1 hereof shall be obliged to stay in the Republic of Serbia in accordance with the purpose for which the stay has been approved.

Applying for temporary residence and the pertinent competence

Article 27 A foreigner who is already resident in the Republic of Serbia on other grounds shall apply for temporary residence to the competent authority. - 10 -

In addition to the application for temporary residence, a foreigner shall also be obliged to submit a valid foreign travel document, as well as other proof justifying the reasons on account of which he/she is requesting the approval of temporary residence. The applicant in paragraph 1 of this Article may not alter the reason of stay during the course of the procedure. A foreigner shall file the application for extension of the temporary residence period to the competent authority at least 30 days prior to the expiry of the temporary residence period. The decision on the application referred to in paragraphs 1 and 4 hereof shall be taken by the competent authority with prior consent of the public authority competent to verify the justification of the reasons for temporary residence; the latter public authority shall be obliged to respond to the request for consent within 15 days.

Conditions for issuing permissions

Article 28 A foreigner may be granted the permission for temporary residence if he/she furnishes the proof that: 1) He/she has got sufficient financial means to sustain him/her; 2) He/she has got health insurance; 3) His/her reasons for temporary residence are justified and in compliance with the purpose of temporary residence referred to in Article 26, paragraph 1 of the Law. Fulfilment of the conditions stipulated in paragraph 1, Item 2) hereof shall be specified in more detail in a regulation by the minister competent for interior affairs, with consent from the minister competent for health. A foreigner shall be denied the permission for temporary residence if any obstacles referred to in Article 11, paragraph 1 of this Law exist. As an exception to the provisions in paragraphs 1 and 3 hereof, if it is in the interest of a court procedure regarding the criminal act of human trafficking, a foreigner who is the victim of such a criminal act shall be given the permission for temporary residence in the Republic of Serbia, except when obstacles referred to in Article 11, paragraph 1, Items 6) and 8) of this Law exist. During the temporary residence in the Republic of Serbia, the foreigner referred to in paragraph 5 hereof, who does not have sufficient financial means to sustain himself/herself, shall be provided with appropriate accommodation, meals and elementary living conditions.

Duration of temporary residence

Article 29 Temporary residence may be approved for a period of up to one year, and may be extended for the same period, unless otherwise provided in this Law or an international treaty. The staff of a diplomatic mission or a consular office may be given the permission for temporary residence with the term of validity longer than one year, provided that the principle of reciprocity is applied. - 11 -

The foreigner referred to in Article 28, paragraph 5 of this Law shall be given the permission for temporary residence with a term of validity corresponding the time necessary for his/her participation in the criminal procedure. The permission for temporary residence shall be entered into the travel document of a foreigner. The term of validity of a travel document shall exceed by at least six months the term of validity of the granted permission. Exceptionally, the permission for temporary residence of a foreigner who does not possess a valid travel document shall be granted and extended by means of a decision. The layout, content and the procedure of entering the permission for temporary residence into a foreign travel document shall be prescribed by the minister competent for interior affairs.

Temporary residence for the purpose of work, employment or performance of other activities

Article 30 Temporary residence for the purpose of work, employment, performance of economic or other professional activity may be permitted to a foreigner: 1) Who has been granted the right to work, or the permission for temporary residence is a precondition for exercising that right, in accordance with the regulations governing the work of foreigners in the Republic of Serbia; 2) Who intends to stay in the Republic of Serbia longer than 90 days, provided that he/she has fulfilled all other conditions stipulated by this Law, and does not require a work permit in terms of the regulations governing the work of foreigners in the Republic of Serbia. The temporary residence referred to in paragraph 1 hereof shall be permitted to a foreigner until the expiry of the term of approved labour contract in the Republic of Serbia, or with the term of validity referred to in Article 29, paragraph 1 of the Law, as appropriate.

Temporary residence for the purpose of enrolling a school or university

Article 31 In addition to the application for obtaining the permission for temporary residence for the purpose of enrolling a school, university or advanced education course, scientific research, practical training, participation in the programmes of international exchange of pupils or students, and/or other scientific/education activities, a foreigner shall be obliged to present the proof of fulfilment of the conditions referred to in Article 28, paragraph 1, Item 3) of the Law. The fulfilment of the conditions referred to in Article 28, paragraph 1, Item 3) of the Law, with respect to paragraph 1 hereof, shall be stipulated more specifically in a regulation by the minister competent for education and the minister competent for science. Temporary residence referred to in paragraph 1 hereof may be extended for the term of maximum two years after the expiry of the period prescribed for attending a school, university, advanced education or practical training course. - 12 -

Temporary residence for the purpose of rejoining the family

Article 32 The application for obtaining the permission for temporary residence for the purpose of rejoining the family shall be submitted by a foreigner – a nuclear family member of a citizen of the Republic of Serbia, or a nuclear family member of a foreigner who has been given the permission for permanent residence or temporary residence. For the purpose of this Law, the members of a nuclear family shall include: spouses, their underage children born in or out of wedlock, underage adopted children or underage stepchildren. Exceptionally, other cousins may also be considered as members of the nuclear family, provided that there are especially important personal or humanitarian reasons for family rejoining in the Republic of Serbia. The fulfilment of the conditions referred to in paragraphs 1 and 3 hereof shall be stipulated more specifically in a regulation by the minister competent for interior affairs, with consent of the minister competent for social policy.

Extension of temporary residence

Article 33 A foreigner, who is a member of the nuclear family of a citizen of the Republic of Serbia, may be granted extension of the temporary residence up to the period of three years, or until the fulfilment of the conditions for obtaining the permission for permanent residence. A foreigner, who is a member of the nuclear family of a citizen of the Republic of Serbia, may also be granted extension of the temporary residence in the case if the citizen of the Republic of Serbia is deceased, as well as in the case of divorced marriage with a citizen of the Republic of Serbia which lasted in the Republic of Serbia at least three years.

Temporary residence of an underage foreigner born in the territory of the Republic of Serbia

Article 34 An underage foreigner born in the territory of the Republic of Serbia shall be granted extension of the temporary residence for the period specified for the temporary residence of one of his/her parents or guardians.

Cancellation of the permission to stay and prohibition of entry into the Republic of Serbia

Article 35 The competent authority shall cancel the permissions issued to a foreigner in the Republic of Serbia who has been granted the permission for a short stay of up to 90 days and a foreigner who has been granted the permission for temporary residence in the Republic of Serbia if any of the obstacles referred to in Article 11 of this Law occur, or are detected at a later stage. In the process of cancellation, the competent authority shall prescribe a deadline of maximum 30 days within which the foreigner shall be obliged to leave the - 13 -

Republic of Serbia and the period during which the foreigner shall be prohibited to re- enter the Republic of Serbia. The cancellation of stay and the prohibition of entry shall be entered in the foreign travel document in the way stipulated by the minister competent for interior affairs.

Termination of stay

Article 36 A foreigner's stay shall terminate: 1) By expiry of the term of validity of the permission to stay; 2) By cancellation of the permission to stay; 3) If the protective measure of removal or the security measure of banishment is imposed on him/her.

Permanent residence

Article 37 Permanent residence may be permitted to a foreigner: 1) Who has stayed with no interruptions in the Republic of Serbia for at least five years on account of the permission for temporary residence before applying for permanent residence permit; 2) Who has been married to a citizen of the Republic of Serbia, or a foreigner with permanent residence, for at least three years; 3) Who is an underage person in temporary residence in the Republic of Serbia if one of his/her parents is a citizen of the Republic of Serbia or a foreigner with permanent residence, subject to the consent of the other parent; 4) Who has ancestral links to the territory of the Republic of Serbia. As an exception to the provisions of paragraph 1 hereof, permanent residence may also be granted to other foreigners who have been granted the permission for temporary residence, if required by the humanitarian reasons or if this is in the interest of the Republic of Serbia. With respect to the duration of uninterrupted stay in the Republic of Serbia required for eligibility for permanent residence referred to in paragraph 1, Item 1) hereof, only one half of the time spent in the Republic of Serbia by a foreigner, who has been granted the permission for temporary residence in the Republic of Serbia for the purposes referred to in Articles 30 and 31 of the Law, shall be recognised to this end. The uninterrupted stay, referred to in paragraph 1, Item 1) hereof, shall also mean the stay with multiple periods of absence from the Republic of Serbia, totalling to the maximum of ten months of absence, or a single period of absence of up to six months, over a period of five years. Marriage, in terms of paragraph 1, Item 2) hereof shall mean the matrimonial community for the purposes of living together in the territory of the Republic of Serbia. A parent, in terms of paragraph 1, Item 3) hereof shall also mean any person who is in legal terms equal to a parent. - 14 -

The time served in prison by a foreigner who has been granted the permission for temporary residence shall not be recognised as time accrued for eligibility for permanent residence. A foreigner who has been granted permanent residence shall be equal in terms of rights and obligations with the citizens of the Republic of Serbia, except regarding the rights and obligations from which he/she is exempt pursuant to the Constitution and the law. Further conditions for obtaining the permission for permanent residence shall be prescribed by the minister competent for interior affairs.

Competence

Article 38 The Ministry shall decide upon an application for permanent residence. Appeal against the decision on rejection of an application for permanent residence shall be decided upon by the Government. Permanent residence permit shall be entered into the travel document of a foreigner, if the foreigner possesses one; otherwise, it shall be entered into the foreigner identification card. The layout, content and the modality of entering the permanent residence permit into a travel document or foreigner identification card, as appropriate, shall be prescribed by the minister competent for interior affairs.

Rejection of an application

Article 39 Permanent residence shall not be granted to a foreigner: 1) Who fails to fulfil the requirements stipulated in Article 37 hereof; 2) Who has been convicted of a criminal offence for which the perpetrator is prosecuted ex officio or in case that proceedings have been instituted for such an offence; 3) Who does not have any means of subsistence; 4) Who does not have health insurance; 5) Who does not have place of residence; 6) For reasons of safeguarding public order or security of the Republic of Serbia and its citizens. A foreigner who has not been granted permanent residence owing to reasons referred to in paragraph 1, items 3–6 of this Article, shall receive cancellation of temporary residence as well.

Cancellation of permanent residence

Article 40 Stay in the Republic of Serbia shall be cancelled to a foreigner who has been granted permanent residence in the Republic of Serbia in the following cases: 1) Under the circumstances referred to in Article 39, paragraph 1, items 3–5 hereof; - 15 -

2) Upon release from prison, if he/she has received the final unconditional sentence to imprisonment of more than six months for a criminal offence for which perpetrators are prosecuted ex officio; 3) If the protective measure of removal or security measure of banishment has been imposed on him/her; 4) If this is required for reasons of safeguarding public order or security of the Republic of Serbia and its citizens; 5) If he/she has provided false data regarding his/her identity or has concealed circumstances relevant to issuing the permit. Cancellation of stay shall be subject to the provisions of Article 35, paragraphs 2 and 3 hereof, as appropriate. As an exception, time limit within which the foreigner referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article is obliged to leave the Republic of Serbia may be extended, out of humanitarian reasons, for up to six months.

Termination of the right to permanent residence

Article 41 A foreigner’s right to permanent residence shall be terminated if: 1) It has been ascertained that the foreigner has moved out of the Republic of Serbia or that he/she has stayed abroad in continuity for longer than one year and has failed to notify this fact to the competent authority; 2) His/her stay has been cancelled; 3) He/she has renounced the right to permanent residence. The form of the statement on renunciation of the right to permanent residence shall be prescribed by the minister competent for interior affairs.

V. UNLAWFUL stay

Obligation of a foreigner to leave the Republic of Serbia on the grounds of unlawful stay

Article 42 Stay on the territory of the Republic of Serbia without a visa, permission for temporary residence or other legal grounds shall be regarded as unlawful residence. A foreigner who unlawfully stays in the Republic of Serbia is obliged to leave its territory immediately or within a set time limit. A foreigner shall be considered to have left the Republic of Serbia when he/she enters another state which he/she is permitted to enter. A foreigner who has submitted an application for the extension of temporary residence or for asylum in a timely manner may remain in the Republic of Serbia until the final decision regarding the application has been issued.

Time limit for leaving the Republic of Serbia

Article 43 Time limit within which a foreigner who unlawfully stays in the Republic of Serbia is obliged to leave its territory shall be set by the decision issued by the - 16 - competent authority. If considered necessary, an exact border crossing point may be determined and obligation imposed on the foreigner to report to a police officer at the border crossing. Appeal against the decision referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall not suspend execution of the decision. When setting the time limit referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the competent authority shall take into account the time necessary for the foreigner to leave the territory of the Republic of Serbia; such time limit may not be longer than 30 days from the day of issuing the decision. The responsible authority may set a new time limit to a foreigner who has not left the Republic of Serbia within the set time limit for justifiable reasons. A foreigner on whom a protective measure of removal or a security measure of banishment has been imposed, as well as a foreigner who should be repatriated pursuant to an international agreement, shall be granted extension of time limit for leaving the state only if there are justifiable reasons for doing so.

Execution of protective measure of removal

Article 44 When imposing a protective measure of removing a foreigner from the territory of the Republic of Serbia, provisions of Article 35, paragraph 2 hereof shall apply as appropriate.

Obligation to report unlawful stay of a foreigner

Article 45 State authorities, legal entities and natural persons are obliged to notify the responsible authority, without delay, of a foreigner who unlawfully stays in the Republic of Serbia or of a foreigner who fulfils the requirements for cancellation of residence in the Republic of Serbia. The authority which has instituted criminal or petty offence proceedings against a foreigner is obliged to inform the competent authority, without delay, of unlawful residence of the foreigner.

VI. FORCED removal

Time limit for forced removal

Article 46 The responsible authority shall forcibly remove a foreigner if the foreigner unlawfully resides in the Republic of Serbia or in case the foreigner has failed to leave the Republic of Serbia within the set time limit. A foreigner on whom a protective measure of removal or a security measure of banishment has been imposed, as well as a foreigner who is to be repatriated pursuant to an international agreement, shall be forcibly removed immediately. - 17 -

Prohibition of forced removal

Article 47 A foreigner may not be forcibly removed to a territory where he/she would be under threat of persecution on the grounds of his/her race, sex, religion, nationality, citizenship, membership of a particular social group or his/her political views. Provision of paragraph 1 of this Article shall not apply to a foreigner who is, on reasonable grounds, regarded as a threat to security of the Republic of Serbia or to a foreigner finally convicted of a grave criminal offence, wherefore he/she represents a threat to public order. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2 of this Article, a foreigner may not be forcibly removed to a territory in which he/she would be under threat of torture, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment.

Detaining a foreigner

Article 48 As an exception, if required for reasons of security of forced removal, a foreigner may be detained on the premises of the competent authority, but not longer than 24 hours. Detention of a foreigner shall be subject to provisions of the Law on Police.

Ordering the stay in the immigration detention centre

Article 49 A foreigner who cannot be forcibly removed immediately or a foreigner whose identity has not been ascertained or who does not possess a travel document, as well as in other cases stipulated by law, shall be ordered to stay in the immigration detention centre of the Ministry (hereinafter: detention centre), under close police surveillance, pursuant to a decision to be issued by the competent authority. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1 of this Article, a foreigner with health-related or other special needs shall be assigned other appropriate accommodation. Appeal against the decision on ordering or extending the measure referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, shall be decided upon by a responsible district court. The procedure of resolving the appeal referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article shall be subject to the provisions of Article 53 of the Law on Police (Official Gazette RS, No. 101/05). Appeal against the decision on ordering the stay in the detention centre shall not suspend execution of the decision.

Duration of stay in the detention centre

Article 50 A foreigner shall stay in the detention centre until the time of his/her forced removal. Duration of residence in the Shelter shall not be longer than 90 days. Upon expiry of time limit referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, stay of a foreigner in the detention centre may be extended if: 1) Identity of the foreigner has not been ascertained; - 18 -

2) The foreigner intentionally obstructs forced removal; 3) The foreigner has filed an application for asylum during the forced removal procedure, with the aim of avoiding forced removal. Total duration of residence in the detention centre shall not exceed 180 days. A foreigner whose identity has been ascertained shall be discharged from the detention centre if it is expected, on reasonable grounds, that forced removal of the foreigner will not be possible. The time a foreigner has spent out of the detention centre, in prison or in confinement shall not count as time spent in the detention centre, with the exception of the case referred to in Article 48, paragraph 1 hereof.

House rules and rules of stay in the detention centre

Article 51 A foreigner is obliged to observe the house rules and rules of stay in the detention centre, which he/she may not leave without permission. House rules and rules of stay in the detention centre shall be prescribed by the minister responsible for interior affairs.

Placement of a minor in the detention centre

Article 52 An underage foreigner shall be placed in the detention centre together with a parent or other legal representative, as appropriate, unless the competent authority estimates that another type of accommodation is more suitable to the minor. An underage foreigner may not be returned to the country of origin or to a third country willing to receive him/her, until appropriate reception has been ensured.

Termination of stay in the detention centre

Article 53 Stay in the detention centre shall be terminated: 1) Upon foreigner’s departure from the Republic of Serbia; 2) Upon expiry of the set time limit for such stay; 3) Upon revocation of the decision on ordering or extending the stay in the detention centre; 4) Upon foreigner’s acquisition of the right to asylum; 5) By release from the Shelter pursuant to Article 50, paragraph 4 hereof.

Travel restriction order

Article 54 The competent authority may issue a decision on imposing a travel restriction order requiring the stay in a particular place (hereinafter: travel restriction order) on a foreigner whose identity is known, who has residence and means of subsistence and who cannot be forcibly removed immediately. - 19 -

A foreigner subject to travel restriction order is obliged to remain at a particular address and to regularly report to the nearest competent authority. When there are justifiable reasons, the foreigner may temporarily leave the place specified by the travel restriction order, only on condition that he/she is allowed to do so by decision of the competent authority. Duration of travel restriction order may not exceed 180 days. A foreigner may, through the competent authority, lodge an appeal with the Ministry against the decision referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article and against the decision referred to in paragraph 3 of this article ruling that he/she is not allowed to leave, within eight days from the day of receipt of the decision. Appeal against the decision shall not suspend its execution. The travel restriction order shall be entered into the foreigner’s travel document. A foreigner who does not possess a travel document shall be issued with a temporary identification card. The modality of entering travel restriction order into a travel document, as well as the layout of the temporary identification card shall be prescribed by the minister responsible for interior affairs. In accordance with Article 49 hereof, the competent authority shall order stay in the detention centre to a foreigner who, intending to prevent or obstruct forced removal, acts in contravention of the provisions of paragraphs 2 and 3 of this Article.

Termination of travel restriction order

Article 55 The travel restriction order shall be terminated: 1) Upon the foreigner’s departure from the Republic of Serbia; 2) Upon expiry of the time period for which the travel restriction order was imposed; 3) By declaring the decision void in the appeal procedure; 4) When the competent authority declares the decision void in case that grounds for imposing the travel restriction order have ceased; 5) In the case referred to in Article 50, paragraph 4 hereof.

Costs of escorting a foreigner

Article 56 The costs of escorting a foreigner to the diplomatic mission or consular office or detention centre, and/or to the state border, shall be borne by the foreigner in question. If the foreigner has no means of subsistence, the employer that has recruited the foreigner without the required permit and the person that has committed to bear the costs of the foreigner’s stay in the Republic of Serbia shall bear the costs referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article jointly and severally. The costs which cannot be recovered in the manner described in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article shall be charged to the budget of the Republic of Serbia. - 20 -

Temporary confiscation of documents and travel tickets

Article 57 In order to ensure the enforcement of the protective measure of removal, the foreigner’s travel or other documents and travel tickets may be temporarily confiscated. A certificate of confiscation of documents and tickets referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be issued.

Treatment of persons with special needs

Article 58 Throughout the removal procedure, the competent authority shall take into consideration the specific situation of a foreigner belonging to a group of persons with special needs, such as: minors, persons fully or partially deprived of their legal capacity, children separated from their parents or legal guardians, persons with disabilities, elderly persons, pregnant women, single parents with underage children and persons who have been subjected to torture, rape or other grave forms of psychological, physical or sexual violence. In the course of execution of official actions in respect of foreigners referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the competent authority is obliged to act in conformity with regulations governing the status of persons with special needs and with international treaties.

VII. FOREIGNER TRAVEL DOCUMENTS

Types of foreigner travel documents

Article 59 Foreigner travel documents, for the purposes of this Law, shall be refugee travel document, stateless person’s travel document and foreigner’s laissez-passer. A refugee travel document shall be issued in conformity with the applicable special law and international treaty.

Stateless person’s travel document

Article 60 A stateless person’s travel document shall be issued by the competent authority according to the place of permanent or temporary residence of the concerned stateless person, in conformity with the international treaty. The term of validity of stateless person’s travel document shall be up to two years.

Foreigner’s laissez-passer

Article 61 A foreigner’s laissez-passer shall be issued to a foreigner who does not possess a valid travel document: 1) If his/her citizenship of the Republic of Serbia has ceased – for the purposes of travelling abroad; - 21 -

2) If he/she has lost a foreign travel document or been deprived thereof in some other way, and the country whereof he/she is a citizen does not have a diplomatic mission or consular office in the Republic of Serbia, nor are its interests represented by another country – for the purposes of travelling abroad; 3) If, while in a foreign country, he/she has lost a foreigner’s travel document issued by a diplomatic mission or consular office of the Republic of Serbia or a competent authority or an authority competent pursuant to a special law – for the purposes of re-entry into the Republic of Serbia. A foreigner’s laissez-passer may also be issued to a foreigner in different circumstances if there are justifiable reasons for this.

Competence for issuing foreigner’s laissez-passer and prescription of the form of foreigner’s laissez-passer

Article 62 A foreigner’s laissez-passer shall be issued: 1) By the competent authority – in cases referred to in Article 61, paragraph 1, clauses 1) and 2) hereof; 2) By a diplomatic mission or consular office of the Republic of Serbia, subject to prior approval by the Ministry – in the case referred to in Article 61, paragraph 1, clause 3) hereof; 3) By the competent authority or diplomatic mission or consular office of the Republic of Serbia, subject to prior approval by the Ministry – in cases referred to in Article 61, paragraph 2 hereof. The form and contents of the foreigner’s laissez-passer shall be stipulated by the minister competent for interior affairs.

Rejection of the application for issuing foreigner travel document and confiscation thereof

Article 63 A foreigner travel document shall not be issued to a foreigner, i.e. travel document issued previously shall be confiscated from him/her in the following cases: 1) If criminal or petty offence proceedings have been instituted in relation to him/her, unless approval of the authority conducting the proceedings has been obtained; 2) If he/she has been sentenced to imprisonment or fine, until he/she completes the sentence or pays the fine, as appropriate; 3) If he/she has failed to settle a liability due for payment and imposed by final decision, at the request of the competent court; 4) If this is required for reasons of safeguarding public order or security of the Republic of Serbia; 5) If this is required by internationally accepted obligations of the Republic of Serbia. A certificate of temporary confiscation of the foreigner travel document shall be issued. - 22 -

The competent body shall return the temporarily confiscated foreigner travel document to the foreigner in question upon cessation of circumstances referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article.

VIII. IDENTITY DOCUMENTS

Types of identity documents

Article 64 A foreigner shall prove his/her identity in the Republic of Serbia by means of a foreign travel document, foreigner identity card, special identity card or other public document containing a photograph.

Usage of identity documents

Article 65 A foreigner shall be obliged to produce an identity document at the request of a police officer. A foreigner may not give his/her identity document to another person to use, or use an invalid identity document, or use another person’s identity document as his/her own.

Issuing a foreigner identity card

Article 66 A foreigner identity card shall be issued to a foreigner who has been granted permanent residence and to a foreigner who has been granted temporary residence and does not possess a valid travel document. A foreigner identity card shall also be issued to a foreigner who has been granted temporary residence and possesses a valid travel document, at his/her own request or request by a diplomatic mission or consular office of the country whereof he/she is a citizen. A special identity card shall be issued to a foreigner who is a member of a diplomatic mission or consular office of a foreign country or of another mission with the diplomatic status. The form, contents and method of issuing identity cards referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article shall be prescribed by the minister competent for interior affairs, and the form, contents and method of issuing the special identity card referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article shall be prescribed by the minister competent for foreign affairs.

Form and contents of foreigner identity card and special identity card

Article 67 A foreigner identity card and special identity card shall contain the following data on the foreigner: photograph, signature, name and surname, day, month and year of birth, place and country of birth, citizenship, place of permanent residence, home address and capacity in which the foreigner is staying in the Republic of Serbia. The minister competent for interior affairs shall issue a regulation governing more specifically the form, contents and method of issuing the foreigner identity card - 23 - referred to in Article 66, paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof, and the minister competent for foreign affairs shall issue a regulation governing more specifically the form, contents and method of issuing special identity card referred to in Article 66, paragraph 3 hereof.

Filing an application for issuing identity documents

Article 68 Foreigner referred to in Article 66, paragraph 1 hereof who has attained 16 years of age is obliged to file an application for issuing a foreigner identity card within 30 days of arrival in the place of permanent or temporary residence or within 15 days of attaining 16 years of age. At the parents’ request, a foreigner identity card may also be issued to an underage foreigner referred to in Article 66, paragraph 1 and 2 hereof who has attained ten years of age.

Competence

Article 69 The foreigner identity card referred to in Article 66, paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof shall be issued by the competent authority. The special foreigner identity card referred to in Article 66, paragraph 3 hereof shall be issued by the ministry competent for foreign affairs.

Term of validity

Article 70 The term of validity of a foreigner identity card issued to a foreigner who has been granted permanent residence shall be five years. The term of validity of a foreigner identity card issued to a foreigner who has been granted temporary residence shall be equal to the granted term of temporary residence. The validity period of a foreigner identity card issued to an underage foreigner who has been granted permanent residence shall be two years.

Replacement of foreigner identity card

Article 71 A foreigner identity card shall be replaced if it is damaged or worn out, if the photograph thereon no longer corresponds to the foreigner’s appearance, or when it cannot serve its purpose for other reasons. A foreigner is obliged to file an application with the competent authority for the replacement of the foreigner identity card within eight days of the occurrence of circumstances referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article.

Mandatory return of foreigner identity card

Article 72 A foreigner is obliged to return the foreigner identity card to the competent authority in the following cases: - 24 -

1) If he/she has acquired citizenship of the Republic of Serbia; 2) If he/she is relocating out of the Republic of Serbia; 3) If his/her temporary or permanent residence permit has been revoked.

Loss or disappearance of an identity document

Article 73 A foreigner is obliged to notify the competent authority or the nearest diplomatic mission or consular office of the Republic of Serbia of the disappearance or loss of an identity document issued by an authority in the Republic of Serbia, without delay. Authorities referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article are obliged to issue the foreigner with a certificate of disappearance or loss of the identity document. A notice of loss or disappearance of an identity document shall be published in the Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia at the foreigner’s expense. The competent authority is obliged to issue the foreigner with a new identity document in the place of the missing or lost document referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article.

IX. PLACES OF FOREIGNER’S TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT RESIDENCE AND PERSONAL DATA COLLECTION

The concept of place of permanent and temporary residence

Article 74 Place of temporary residence, for the purposes of this Law, shall be the settlement in which a foreigner granted a stay in the Republic of Serbia intends to stay for longer than 24 hours. Place of permanent residence, for the purposes of this Law, shall be the settlement in which a foreigner granted permanent residence intends to live permanently at a specific address.

Registration of temporary and permanent residence, change of address and termination of permanent residence

Article 75 Legal and natural persons providing accommodation services to foreigners for a fee, as well as persons receiving visits from foreigners, are obliged to notify the competent authority of the foreigners’ stay within 24 hours of the provision of service to the foreigner or of the moment of foreigner’s arrival for a visit, as appropriate. A foreigner who does not use accommodation services referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article is obliged to notify the competent authority of his/her stay and change of address within 24 hours of the arrival in the place of temporary residence, or of the day of change of address in the place of temporary residence, as appropriate. A foreigner who has been granted permanent residence is obliged to register in the place of permanent residence and to register a change of address in the place of permanent residence within eight days of arrival in the place of permanent residence or of the day of change of address, as appropriate. - 25 -

The minister competent for foreign affairs may, in agreement with the minister competent for interior affairs, rule that certain foreigners are not under an obligation to register their stay in the Republic of Serbia. Registration of a foreigner’s stay may also be conducted via e-mail. A foreigner is obliged to register termination of permanent residence prior to the day of leaving the place of permanent residence. The method of registration of temporary residence, permanent residence, change of address and termination of permanent residence for foreigners shall be regulated more specifically by a regulation issued by the minister competent for interior affairs.

Personal data collection

Article 76 The competent authority may collect personal data on foreigners from public administration bodies, companies and other legal entities, sole traders and citizens of the Republic of Serbia, as well as from the foreigner himself/herself, in the following cases: 1) When this is provided for in a law or international treaty; 2) When this is in the foreigner’s interest, and he/she does not object to it; 3) When this is necessary for the purposes of safeguarding public order and security of the Republic of Serbia. At the request of the competent authority, bodies, organisations and other persons referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article are obliged to provide the requested data. Personal data on foreigners shall be collected, processed and used in conformity with a special law governing personal data protection.

X. SPECIAL PROVISIONS ON THE MOVEMENT OF FOREIGNERS IN UNIFORMS

Requirements concerning wearing foreign military, police or customs service uniforms

Article 77 Foreigners may travel in the territory of the Republic of Serbia dressed in foreign military, police or customs service uniforms: 1) As members of a diplomatic mission or consular office of a foreign country or of another mission which has the diplomatic status in the Republic of Serbia, in their capacity as military, police or customs service representatives, for the duration of the mission; 2) As members of foreign military missions or foreign military, police or customs service delegations during official visits to the Republic of Serbia; 3) While studying at military, police or customs schools, if this is allowed by the rules of the school in question; 4) As participants in military exercises or military, police or customs training; - 26 -

5) As members of foreign military missions or foreign military, police or customs service delegations, bearing diplomatic or official documents, during transit through the territory of the Republic of Serbia; 6) In other cases provided for by an international treaty.

XI. REGISTERS AND CENTRAL DATABASE

Types of registers and competency for maintenance thereof

Article 78 The Ministry shall maintain registers of: 1) Foreigners who have been granted permanent residence; 2) International felons who are prohibited from entering the Republic of Serbia; 3) Foreigners who have been granted temporary residence; 4) Foreigners whose temporary residence has been revoked; 5) Prohibitions of foreigners’ entry into and exit from the country; 6) Foreigners in respect of whom a protective measure of removal or security measure of banishment is in force; 7) Foreigner travel documents and identity cards issued; 8) Foreigner travel and other documents reported lost and found, in conformity with this Law; 9) Travel documents temporarily confiscated; 10) Registrations of foreigners’ stays; 11) Registrations of foreigners’ permanent residence, terminations of permanent residence and changes of address; 12) Carriers and tour operators in respect of which a protective measure of prohibition of engagement in commercial activity referred to in Article 81, paragraph 4 hereof has been pronounced; 13) Legal entities and sole traders in respect of which a protective measure of prohibition of engagement in commercial activity referred to in Article 82, paragraph 3 hereof is in force; 14) Foreign travel documents used for entry into and exit from the Republic of Serbia; 15) Foreigners in transit through the territory of the Republic of Serbia; 16) Visas issued at border crossing and rejected applications for issuing visas at border crossing; The ministry competent for foreign affairs shall maintain registers of: 1) Issued special identity cards; 2) Issued visas; 3) Rejected visa applications; 4) Issued foreigner’s laissez-passers; - 27 -

5) Foreigner travel and other documents reported lost and found, in conformity with this Law. The method of keeping registers referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article and contents thereof shall be prescribed by the minister competent for interior affairs with the approval of the minister competent for foreign affairs, and the method of keeping registers referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article and contents thereof shall be prescribed by the minister competent for foreign affairs with the approval of the minister competent for interior affairs.

Central database

Article 79 Data from the registers referred to in Article 78 hereof shall be entered in the central database kept by the Ministry. The central database referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article may be used by authorized police officers in the Ministry and competent authority and by authorized civil servants of the ministry competent for foreign affairs and of diplomatic missions and consular offices of the Republic of Serbia, for the purposes of conducting activities falling within the competences stipulated by this Law. Subject to approval by the minister competent for interior affairs, the data from the central database may also be used by other public administration bodies when this is required for the purposes of conducting activities falling within their respective spheres of competence. The method of collection, entry and usage of data in the central database shall be regulated in more detail by a regulation issued by the minister competent for interior affairs with the approval of the minister competent for foreign affairs.

XII. SUPERVISION

Article 80 The implementation of this Law and of regulations passed pursuant thereto shall be supervised by the ministry competent for interior affairs and ministry competent for foreign affairs, within their respective spheres of competence as appropriate.

XIII. PENALTY PROVISIONS

Article 81 A legal entity or sole trader shall be fined 100,000 to 500,000 dinars for an infraction if: 1) They transport a foreigner into the territory of the Republic of Serbia or refuse to transport him/her therefrom in contravention of Article 22, paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof; 2) Through their fault in the organization of a tourist or business trip, a foreigner stays unlawfully in the territory of the Republic of Serbia (Article 22, paragraph 4 hereof); 3) They fail to provide a certified copy of the letter of guarantee to the competent body in the foreigner’s anticipated place of temporary residence, in contravention of Article 23 hereof. - 28 -

The responsible person in the legal entity shall also be fined 10,000 to 50,000 dinars for the infractions referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article. The natural person – guarantor shall be fined 10,000 to 50,000 dinars for the infraction referred to in paragraph 1, clause 3) of this Article. In addition to the fine for repeated infraction referred to in paragraph 1, clause 1) of this Article, the perpetrator shall also receive the protective measure of prohibition of engagement in commercial activity of international passenger transportation by air, road, water or rail, and for infraction referred to in paragraph 1, clause 2) of this Article – security measure of prohibition engagement in commercial activity of organizing international tourist or business trips.

Article 82 A legal entity or sole trader that fails to register a foreigner’s stay with the competent authority within 24 hours of providing accommodation service to the foreigner shall be fined 20,000 to 100,000 dinars (Article 75, paragraph 1 hereof). The responsible person in the legal entity shall also be fined 5,000 to 25,000 dinars for the infraction referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article. In addition to the fine for repeated infraction referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the perpetrator shall also receive the protective measure of prohibition of engagement in commercial activity of providing accommodation services to foreigners.

Article 83 A natural person that fails to register a foreigner’s stay with the competent authority within 24 hours of the moment of foreigner’s arrival for a visit shall be fined 5,000 to 25,000 dinars for an infraction (Article 75, paragraph 1 hereof).

Article 84 A foreigner shall be fined 10,000 to 50,000 dinars for an infraction if: 1) He/she enters the Republic of Serbia unlawfully (Article 10 hereof); 2) He/she fails to leave the Republic of Serbia within the set time limit (Article 35, paragraph 2 and Article 42, paragraph 2 hereof); 3) Leaves the detention centre without permission or fails to observe the house rules and rules of stay in the detention centre (Article 51, paragraph 1 hereof); 4) Leaves the place of stay ordered by the competent authority or fails to report regularly to the competent authority (Article 54, paragraph 2 hereof). In addition to the fine for infractions referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the foreigner may also receive the protective measure of removal from the territory of the Republic of Serbia.

Article 85 A foreigner shall be fined 6,000 to 30,000 dinars for an infraction if he/she: 1) Travels or stays in a particular area in contravention of the restriction or prohibition referred to in Article 5 hereof; - 29 -

2) Stays in the Republic of Serbia for purposes other than those for which he/she has been issued a visa or granted a stay (Article 18, paragraph 1 and Article 26, paragraph 2 hereof); 3) Stays in the Republic of Serbia unlawfully (Article 42, paragraph 1 hereof); 4) Refuses to present an identification document to a police officer from the competent authority (Article 65, paragraph 1 hereof); 5) Gives his/her identity document to another person to use, or uses an invalid identity document, or uses another’s identity document as his/her own (Article 65, paragraph 2 hereof). In addition to the fine for infractions referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the foreigner may also receive the protective measure of removal from the territory of the Republic of Serbia.

Article 86 A foreigner shall be fined 3,000 to 15,000 dinars for an infraction if he/she: 1) Fails to file an application for the extension of temporary residence within the prescribed time limit (Article 27, paragraph 4 hereof); 2) Fails to file an application with the competent authority for issuing a foreigner identity card within the prescribed time limit (Article 68, paragraph 1 hereof); 3) Fails to file an application with the competent authority for replacement of the foreigner identity card within the prescribed time limit (Article 71, paragraph 2 hereof); 4) Fails to return the identity card to the competent authority in cases stipulated by Article 72 hereof; 5) Fails to report the loss or disappearance of documents referred to in Article 73, paragraph 1 hereof to the competent authority; 6) Fails to register his/her stay or change of address with the competent authority within 24 hours of arrival in the place of temporary residence or of change of address in the place of temporary residence, as appropriate, in contravention of Article 75, paragraph 2 hereof; 7) Wears a foreign military, police or customs service uniform during his/her stay in the Republic of Serbia in contravention of Article 77 hereof.

XIV. TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS

Competences for passing regulations

Article 87 Within six months of the entry of this Law into force, the Government shall adopt an ordinance governing more specific conditions for refusal of a foreigner’s entry into the Republic of Serbia referred to in Article 11 hereof. Within six months of the entry of this Law into force, the minister competent for interior affairs shall issue regulations on: 1) More specific conditions for and procedure of issuing visas at the border crossing referred to in Article 14, paragraph 6 hereof; - 30 -

2) More specific conditions, application form and procedure of extending visa validity in cases referred to in Article 20, paragraph 3 hereof; 3) Fulfilment of requirements for granting temporary residence to a foreigner referred to in Article 28, paragraph 1, clause 2) hereof; 4) Form, contents and modality of entry of permission for temporary stay into the foreign travel document referred to in Article 29, paragraph 6 hereof; 5) Fulfilment of requirements referred to in Article 28, paragraph 1, clause 3) hereof with reference to Article 31, paragraph 1 hereof; 6) Fulfilment of requirements referred to in Article 32, paragraphs 1 and 3 hereof; 7) Modality of recording in a foreign travel document the cancellation of stay and prohibition of entry into the country referred to in Article 35 hereof; 8) Form, contents and modality of entry of permanent residence permit in a foreign travel document and foreigner identity card referred to in Article 38, paragraph 4 hereof; 9) Form of the statement on waiving the right to permanent residence referred to in Article 41, paragraph 2 hereof; 10) House rules and rules of stay in the detention centre referred to in Article 51, paragraph hereof; 11) Modality of entry of the travel restriction order in the travel document and form of temporary identity card referred to in Article 54, paragraph 7 hereof; 12) Form and contents of foreigner’s laissez-passer referred to in Article 62, paragraph 2 hereof; 13) Form, contents and modality of issuing the foreigner identity card referred to in Article 66, paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof; 14) Procedure of registration of foreigners’ place of temporary and permanent residence, change of address and termination of permanent residence referred to in Article 75 hereof; 15) Method of keeping registers referred to in Article 78, paragraph 1 hereof and contents thereof; 16) Method of collecting, entering and using data in the central database referred to in Article 79 hereof. Within six months of the entry of this Law into force, the minister competent for foreign affairs shall issue regulations on: 1) Layout and contents of visa application form, obtaining the approval of the Ministry and procedure of issuing visas in a diplomatic mission or consular office of the Republic of Serbia referred to in Article 14, paragraph 5 hereof; 2) Forms and contents of visas referred to in Article 15, paragraph 2 hereof and modality of entry thereof into foreign travel documents; 3) Form, contents and modality of issuing the special identity card referred to in Article 66, paragraph 3 hereof; 4) Method of keeping records referred to in Article 78, paragraph 2 and contents thereof. - 31 -

Conduct of commenced procedures and validity of documents

Article 88 Procedures commenced prior to the entry of this Law into force shall be finalised pursuant to provisions of the Law on the Movement and Stay of Foreigners (Official Journal of SFRY no. 56/80, 53/85, 30/89, 26/90 and 53/91, Official Journal of FRY no. 24/94, 28/96 and 68/02, Official Journal of S&MN no. 12/05 and Official Gazette of RS no. 101/05 and 109/07), except in the event that finalising the procedure pursuant to provisions hereof is more favourable to the foreigner. Documents issued by the day of entry of this Law into force shall be valid for one year following the entry of this Law into force.

Retaining the status of foreigner acquired pursuant to the previously applicable law

Article 89 Foreigners issued with permanent residence permit and temporary stay permit prior to the entry of this Law into force shall retain such status if they comply with the requirements stipulated by this Law.

Cessation of application of the Law on the Movement and Stay of Foreigners

Article 90 On the day of commencing the application of this Law, the Law on the Movement and Stay of Foreigners (Official Journal of SFRY no. 56/80, 53/85, 30/89, 26/90 and 53/91, Official Journal of FRY no. 24/94, 28/96 and 68/02, Official Journal of S&MN no. 12/05 and Official Gazette of RS no. 101/05 and 109/07) shall cease to be applicable, with the exception of Articles 67–75, which shall cease to be applicable on the day of commencing the application of the law governing citizens’ associations.

Application of regulations until the adoption of new regulations pursuant to this Law

Article 91 Regulations adopted pursuant to the Law on the Movement and Stay of Foreigners (Official Journal of SFRY no. 56/80, 53/85, 30/89, 26/90 and 53/91, Official Journal of FRY no. 24/94, 28/96 and 68/02, Official Journal of S&MN no. 12/05 and Official Gazette of RS no. 101/05 and 109/07) shall remain in force until the day of entry into force of regulations to be adopted by the Government, minister competent for interior affairs and minister competent for foreign affairs pursuant to this Law, unless the former are contrary to the provisions of this Law.

Entry of this Law into force

Article 92 This Law shall enter into force on the eighth day following its publication in the Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia, and its application shall commence on 1 April 2009. Date of the Name of the Educational Address Telephone accreditation and Study Programmes Founder school profiles document number 1. German School - Petra Čajkovskog 4 022-05-131/2005-03 Curriculum of the The Free Grades 1-8 The Association Belgrade June 17, 2005 State of Thuringia of German Educational July 11, 2013 Organizations

April 22, 2015 2. International Temišvarska 19 022-05-00263/2006-03 IB Primary Years Program, pre school - grade 8 The International School of School of Belgrade March 15, 2007 IB Middle Program Belgrade, Inc” Dover, Kent Years, Middle Delawere, USA Program Years, ID

Diploma program. 3. Britannica Užička 21 367-1557 022-05-00078/2009-03 (The UK National Michael Charles International dated April 16, 2010 Curriculum); Pre-School for Ball School Belgrade children aged 3-4 and 4-5; Primary school, first level for children aged 5-6 and 6-7 second level ages 7-8,8-9,9- 10 and 10-11; Secondary school, third level for ages 11-12, 12-13 and 13-14, fourth level for children aged 14-15, 15-16, and fifth for ages 16-17 and 17-18 years old. 4. „British Београд, ул. 022-05-00021/2012-03 Study Programme of the Од предшколског NEMZETKÖZI Internacional Сметанина бр. 12 dated September 04, Cambridge University first до FELSÖFOKÚ School” 2012 and second level (pre-school средњошколског ISKOLA B-D and elementary education) for нивоа Oktatási és students aged 4 to 12, for Szolgáltató Betéti third fourth and fifth level Társasaság 6720 (high school), for students Szeged, Palánk aged 12 -18 and the high utca 4, fszt.16, Hungary. Date of the Name of the Educational Address Telephone accreditation and Study Programmes Founder school profiles document number school programme of the State of Nebrasca (USA).

5. Chartwell Lackoviceva 6 011/3675-340; 022-05-00030/2012-07 British National Curiculum From pree school Nenad Internacional for Foundation and Key stage to high school Gazikalovic, School 3675-299 dated June 07, 2013 1 2, for students up to grade citizen of Bosnia 5 (ages 5 -10), as well as and Herzegovina reception- Cambridge study programme @chartwell.edu.rs for grades 7 - 13 ( aged 11 to 18) www.chartwell.edu.rs

6. Brook Hill Augusta Cesarca 2 022-05-102/2013-07 Study programme of the „Education International dated April 27, 2015 United Kingdom, for ages 3-4 International” and School and 4-5 (Preschool), first LTD company level for ages 5-6 and 6-7, from Podgorica, second level for ages 7-8, 8-9, Marka Miljanova 9-10 and 10-11 (Primary street 46, School), third level for ages Montenegro. 11-12, 12-13 and 13-14, fourth level for ages 14-15 and 15-16 (Secondary School), in accordance with Cambridge programme for pre -school, elementary school and high school in Belgrade 7. Savremena Šumatovačka 45 022-05-00036/2015-03 National curriculum Link Group International Dated March 14, 2016 Cambridge Secondary Education School 2/IGCSE, Advanced-levels, Services SRL, A I AS Levels, for students Biv. Mihail aged 14 to 19 Viteayu 30, 300222 Timisoara, Timis Romania

SAVREMENA INTERNATIONAL SCHOOL

INTERNATIONAL SCHOOL BELGRADE

BRITANNICA INTERNATIONAL SCHOOL THE GERMAN SCHOOL

CHARTWELL INTERNATIONAL SCHOOL

BROOK HILL INTERNATIONAL SCHOOL BRITISH INTERNATIONAL SCHOOL

Figure 1

1. Ime: 1.Name: 2. JMBG: Personal No.: Adresa: Address:

I I

Ime: Name: JMBG: Personal No.: Adresa: Address: Legally represented by Kao suvlasnici nepokretnosti As co-owners of the property U daljem tekstu Zakupodavac, Hereinafter called the Lessor, I And 3. Ime: Br. pasoša: 2. Name: Datum izdavanja:. Passport number: Važi do: Iss. date: Date of expiry:. u daljem tekstu Zakupac, Country: zaključuju u Beogradu, dana ... hereinafter called the Lessee,

on this .... in Belgrade, have both entered into a U G O V O R O Z A K U P U LEASE AGREEMENT sledeće sadržine: with the following content: Član 1. Predmet Ugovora Article 1. Subject of the Agreement 1.1. Zakupodavac daje u zakup Zakupcu nepokretnost – stan br., koji se nalazi u 1.1. The Lessor shall rent to the Lessee the property Beogradu, u ulici, ukupne površine 183 m2. Stan - apartment number, located at Street No. in ima pripadajuće garažno mesto. Belgrade, covering a total of 183 sqm. The apartment has associated garage space. 1.2. Zakupodavac je isključivi vlasnik nepokretnosti bliže opisane u članu 1.1. što dokazuje odgovarajućim vlasničkim 1.2. The Lessor guarantees that he is the rightful dokumentima u fotokopiji, koji čine Prilog broj owner of the real estate described in article 1.1., 1. ovog Ugovora i njegov sastavni deo. which is certified by the document for property possession, a copy of which is Attachment 1. and 1.3. Zakupodavac je saglasan da Zakupac inseparable part of the present Agreement. nepokretnost iz člana 1.1. koristi kao stambeni prostor. Zakupac neće koristiti stan u nezakonite 1.3. The Lessor leases to the Lessee the premises svrhe i poštovaće sve uredbe i pravila koja se tiču described in Article 1.1. to be used for living buke, sigurnosti, sanitarnih, protivpožarnih i purposes. The Lessee will not use or occupy the drugih merila. premises for any unlawful purpose, and will comply

with all present and future laws, ordinances and regulations regarding noise, safety, sanitation, fire 1.4. Zakupodavac ima pravo pristupa ovoj precaution and others. nekretnini za vreme trajanja ovog Ugovora, ukoliko ima valjani razlog, pod uslovom da 1.4. The Lessor has the right of access to the Zakupac bude obavešten o tome bar 48 sati property during the lease period whenever the unapred, sa opravdanim razlogom posete. Lessee considers it fit, on condition that the Lessee is notified at least forty-eight hours in advance, Član 2.Trajanje Ugovora justifying the visit.

2.1. Ovaj Ugovor o zakupu zaključen je na period Article 2. Lease term od 2(dve) godine, koji počinje 01.08.2016. i traje do 01.08.2018. 2.1. The present Lease Agreement is concluded for a period of 2(two) years, beginning on 01.08.2016. 2.2. Trajanje ovog Ugovora može se produžiti za and ending on 01.08.2018. dodatni period pod istim uslovima koji su ugovoreni u ovom ugovoru, isključivo ako se 2.2. This lease has an option for a further extension Zakupodavac i Zakupac pismeno slože najmanje period under the same conditions of this contract if jedan mesec pre isteka ovog Ugovora. the Lessor and the Lessee agree in writing no less than one month prior to the conclusion of this Član 3. Otkaz i raskid Ugovora Agreement.

3.1. Ugovor može biti raskinut pre isteka Article 3. Termination vremena na koji je zaključen otkazom od strane Zakupca ili Zakupodavca, uz obaveštenje druge 3.1. The Lessee and the Lessor have the right to strane jedan mesec ranije u pisanoj formi. terminate this lease before its final day of duration, with an obligation to notify the other side about termination one month prior in advance in written 3.2. Zakupac može raskinuti ugovor u bilo kom form. trenutku perioda zakupa u slučaju oštećenja zgrade u kojoj se nepokretnost nalazi, kako od 3.2. Lessee may terminate at once this Agreement in strane fizičke sile, tako i vremenskih nepogoda, the case of the damages caused on the leased ratnih dejstava, zemljotresa, požara ili bilo koje building by force major, or by storm, war, druge nepogode ili okolnosti, radi koje bi dalje earthquake, or fire, or by other calamity or neometano korišćenje nepokretnosti koja je circumstances, to the extent that further undisturbed predmet ovog ugovora bilo otežano ili nemoguće. use of the leased premises is not possible or difficult. Član 4. Zakupnina

4.1. Ugovorne strane su saglasne da iznos Article 4. Rental Payments zakupnine bude 1100 EUR mesečno. Plaćanje će se vršiti na račun Zakupodavca. Instrukcije za 4.1. The contract parties agree that the monthly rent plaćanje su Prilog broj 2. ovog Ugovora. is 1100 EUR. The payment will be made into the lessor's bank account. Payment instructions are 4.1.1. Zakupac se obavezuje da zakupninu plaća Attachment No. 2. of this Agreement. od prvog do petog dana na početku svakog meseca. 4.1.1. The Lessee shall pay the lease fee between the first and the fifth day of every month.

4.1.2. Zakupac će na dan zaključenja ugovora platiti zakupninu za prvi mesec zakupa u iznosu 4.1.2. On the day of the signing this contract the od 1100 EUR. Lessee shall pay to the Lessor the rent for the first month. in amount of 1100 EUR. 4.2. Zakupac će na dan zaključenja ugovora Zakupodavcu platiti depozit u iznosu od 1100 4.2. On the day of the signing this contract, the EUR. Depozit služi Zakupodavcu kao sredstvo Lessee shall pay to the Lessor the deposit in the obezbedjenja ukoliko Zakupac neblagovremeno amount of 1100 EUR. The deposit is the means of izvršava svoje obaveze preuzete ovim security in case the Lessee does not fulfill his Ugovorom. Ovaj depozit će se vratiti Zakupcu po obligations according to the requirements of this isteku ili raskidu ovog Ugovora o zakupu, osim u Agreement. The deposit is to be returned by the slučaju iz člana 5.5. ovog ugovora, prilikom Lessor except in case described in article 5.5 of this predaje ključeva kada će Zakupac predati i sve contract, after this Agreement has expired, keys are priznanice koje dokazuju da je sve račune iz surrendered and Lessee has presented receipts Člana 5.1. platio na vreme.. certifying that all bills have been duly paid according to Article 5.1. Član 5. Ostala plaćanja Article 5. Other Payments 5.1. Zakupac je dužan da pored zakupnine redovno plaća i sve račune po osnovu utrošene 5.1. The following fees and charges shall be paid by električne energije, gasa, infostana (voda, smeće, the Lessee in addition to the monthly rent: itd.) i kablovske TV/interneta i telefona. electricity, gas, infostan (water, garbage, etc.) and CATV/ internet and phone. 5.2. Ovi računi pomenuti u Članu 5.1. moraju se plaćati sve vreme trajanja ugovora i uključuju i 5.2. The fees and charges mentioned in article 5.1. račune koji dospeju po isteku Ugovora a koji are due for the whole period of the Agreement and obuhvataju taj vremenski period. include also payment under all invoices received after the term of this Agreement has expired but referred to it. 5.3. Zakupodavac se obavezuje da će plaćati: 5.3. The Lessor shall pay the: 5.3.1. Porez na imovinu u skladu sa zakonom o porezima na imovinu. 5.3.1. Property tax (porez na imovinu) according to the Law on taxes on real estate. 5.3.2. Sve druge takse i isplate koje su vezane za vlasnička prava nad nekretninom, zajedničkim 5.3.2. Any other fees associated with the ownership prostorijama zgrade ili pravom izgradnje nad rights over the real estate, the common parts of the samim zemljištem. building and the construction right on the land.

5.4. Zakupac je obavezan da plaća za štetu koja nastane usled njegove nepažnje odnosno za štetu 5.4. The Lessee shall pay for all damages caused koja mu se može pripisati u krivicu, osim one due to his negligence and damage, except those štete do koje dolazi uobičajenim korišćenjem caused by reasonable and ordinary wear and tear or stvari ili okolnostima koje nisu izazvane od by circumstances which are not caused by culpable strane samog Zakupca. action of the Lessee.

5.5. U slučaju navedenom u članu 5.4., te ako Zakupac ne izvrši potrebne popravke ili na drugi 5.5. In case described in article 5.4., if the Lessee način ne kompenzuje nastalu štetu, Zakupodavac does not provide repairs or otherwise compensate može zadržati deo ili ceo iznos depozita iz člana the Lessor for damages, the Lessor can keep a part

4.2. ugovora do realnog iznosa štete učinjene od or the whole amount of the deposit, from the article strane Zakupca. U slučaju da realni iznos 4.2. in the amount of the actual value of the damage pričinjene štete premašuje iznos položenog caused by the Lessee. In case that the real amount of depozita Zakupodavac ima pravo da od Zakupca damage exceeds the amount deposited the lessor has naplati iznos do stvarnog, realnog iznosa the right to charge the lessee in the real amount of pričinjene štete. the damage.

Član 6. Održavanje. Manje i veće popravke Article 6: Maintenance. Major and Minor 6.1. Zakupodavac je odgovoran za investiciono i Repairs tehničko održavanje nekretnine tokom perioda 6.1. The Lessor shall be responsible for investment zakupa. Ovo podrazumeva popravke koje se and technical maintenance of the said premises odnose na oštećenje konstrukcije zgrade, throughout the lease. This refers to all the repairs popravke i održavanje instalacija kao što su necessary for the removal of damages to the kanalizacione, vodovodne, struje, grejanja, structure of the building, repairs and maintenance of spoljnih odvoda. all installations like sewage system, water pipes and tanks, electrical wiring, heating system, external drains. 6.2. Popravke i održavanje pomenuti u Članu 6.1. izvodiće se od strane Zakupodavca 6.2. The repairs and maintenance work described in blagovremeno i uz najmanje neprijatnosti i Article 6.1. shall be carried out by the Lessor with uznemiravanja prema Zakupcu, u što kraćem reasonable diligence and minimal inconvenience to roku i to ne kasnije od sedam dana po the Lessee, within the shortest period of time after obaveštavanju. U hitnim slučajevima, popravke i being notified and not later than seven days održavanje opisano u Članu 6.1. Zakupodavac thereafter. Further on, in case of emergency the mora preduzeti odmah. repairs and maintenance works described in Article 6.1. have to be implemented by the Lessor immediately. 6.3. U slučaju da Zakupodavac ne ispuni ni jednu od obaveza opisanih u Članu 6.1. pod uslovima 6.3. In the event the Lessor fails to fulfill any of his naglašenim u članu 6.2. Ugovora i nakon što je obligations as described in Article 6.1. within the obavešten ili podsećan na te uslove, Zakupac je terms specified in Article 6.2. of this Agreement, ovlašćen da preduzme odgovarajuće mere o and after being notified or reminded of such trošku samog Zakupodavca. U tom slučaju, condition, the Lessee is entitled to take the Zakupodavac je obavezan da refundira ove appropriate measures at the expense of the Lessor. troškove na osnovu zvaničnih računa koje dobije Further on, the Lessee is allowed to deduct these od strane izvođača radova. expenses from the outstanding rents based on official receipts issued by the contractor. 6.4. Zakupac je svestan da su struja, hladna voda i kablovska TV/internet usluge koje pružaju 6.4. The Lessee understands that electricity, cold različite kompanije, tako da Zakupodavac nema water and CATV/ internet are supplied by the utility nikakve nadležnosti ako one ne obavljaju svoj companies and the Lessor has no responsibility posao. whatsoever if they are not available for reasons beyond his control. 6.5. Zakupac se obavezuje da se stara o nekretnini sa pažnjom dobrog domaćina, da je 6.5. The Lessee will look after the property with koristi shodno njenoj nameni i obavezuje se da good care, taking responsibility for its proper use neće oštetiti nekretninu ili promeniti joj namenu, and shall not damage or deface the premises, the zgradi čiji je ona deo, zajedničkoj ili susednoj building of which the premises forms a part, or any prostoriji i opremi. common areas, or immediately adjacent thereto.

6.6. Zakupac je odgovoran za manje popravke i održavanje. Obe ugovorne strane tumače manje 6.6. The Lessee shall be responsible for minor popravke kao one koje su neophodne da bi se repairs and maintenance. The Parties shall interpret otklonila šteta prouzrokovana svakodnevnim minor repairs as the repairs necessary for the korišćenjem, tipa prljavštine, oštećenja brava, removal of damages due to the ordinary usage, such zamene sijalica. as dirtiness, damages to the locks, change of light bulbs. 6.7. Zakupac ne može vršiti ispravke, poboljšanja, strukturalne ili neke druge promene 6.7. The Lessee cannot make improvements, u enterijeru ili eksterijeru nekretnine na koju se upgrades, structural or any other changes in the odnosi ovaj ugovor bez pismenog odobrenja interior or exterior of the aforementioned real estate Zakupodavca. without receiving the prior written consent of the Lessor. Član 7. Obaveštenja Article 7: Notices 7.1. Sve promene vezane za ovaj Ugovor su moguće i biće pravno valjane ukoliko su 7.1. Any changes, variations or modifications of the sačinjene u pismenoj formi i ukoliko su uredno terms of this lease shall not be valid unless made in potpisane od strane oba ugovarača. writing and signed by both Parties.

7.2. Sva obaveštenja koja su vezana za izvršenje odredbi ovog Ugovora treba da budu dostavljena 7.2. Any notice to be furnished to the Lessor or u pismenoj formi, preporučenom pošiljkom Lessee under the terms of this Agreement shall be drugoj ugovornoj strani, na sledeće adrese: sufficient in writing and sent by registered mail with return receipt requested or with acknowledgement of receipt, to the addresses set forth here-below: ZAKUPODAVAC: adresa: ... ZAKUPAC: adresa: ... LESSOR: address: …. LESSEE: address: …. 7.3. U slučaju da jedan od ugovarača promeni adresu prebivališta, dužan je da o tome pismeno 7.3. Each party shall be responsible for informing obavesti drugog ugovarača. the other party for any change in the addresses.

Član 8. Nadležnost u slučaju spora i završne odredbe Article 8: Governing Law and Settlement of Disputes 8.1. Ovaj Ugovor poništava sve druge ugovore koje su ugovorne strane prethodno sklopile (ako 8.1. This Agreement cancels all other agreements takvi postoje) a koji su u vezi sa gore pomenutom which the Parties may have previously entered into nekretninom. (if any) which relate in any way to the leased premises and constitutes the entire understanding of the Parties. 8.2. Za sve sporna pitanja koja nisu regulisana ovim ugovorom primenjivaće se pravila i 8.2. To all matters which are not regulated by this odredbe zakona Republike Srbije. Agreement shall be applied the applicable rules and regulations of the law of the Republic of Serbia. 8.3. Sve sporna pitanja ili neslaganja koja mogu da se pojave u vezi sa ovim Ugovorom a koja se 8.3. All disputes and disagreements, which may ne mogu rešiti sporazumno izmedju ugovornih arise in connection with this Agreement and which

strana, biće konačno rešena u parničnom cannot be settled amicably between the two Parties, postupku pred mesno nadležnim sudom u shall finally be decided in court in Belgrade. Beogradu.

Ovaj Ugovor sadrži 6(šest) stranica i napravljen je u dve verzije - engleskoj i srpskoj i dva This Agreement has 6(six) pages and has been identična primerka od kojih je po jedan za svaku drawn in two versions- English and Serbian and in od ugovornih strana. Srpska verzija ovog two identical copies- one for each of the contracting ugovora će se koristiti za interpretaciju. Parties. The Serbian version of this Lease Agreement is to be preferred for interpretation thereof. Potpisi ugovornih strana nalaze se na 6(šestoj) stranici ugovora. Signs of the contractors are on the 6(sixth) page of Kao znak dobre volje obe ugovorne strane the contract. stavljaju svoj potpis na ovaj Ugovor o zakupu. In witness whereof, the Parties hereto have subscribed their names and set their seals as of the date first above written.

ZAKUPODAVAC/ LESSOR: ZAKUPAC/LESSEE:

______Datum: Date:

6 Agent’s Code: 1526969 Place: Belgrade (Zemun) Date: August 5th 2016

Informative Proposal for Voluntary Health Insurance Number 3/2016

Dear Madam/Sir,

At your request, we would hereby like to provide you with a Voluntary Health Insurance Proposal.

Data on the Policyholder Policyholder: Petar Petrović

Premium Calculation (in EUR) Insurance Package Number of Annual Premium Total Premium Insurants Vital Elegant 1 1,163.76 1,163.76

Premium Analytics (in EUR) – Annual Premium Insurance Basic General Ophthalmological Dental Physical Total Package Coverage Medical Examination Care Therapy Check-up Services

Vital Elegant 736.08 72.00 125.04 152.88 77.76 1,163.76

The Table of Coverage (Annual limit in EUR) INSURANCE COVERAGE Vital Elegant BASIC COVERAGE - Limit 10,000.00 Examination by general practitioner  Examination by medical specialist  Diagnostics  Laboratory Analyses  Examination and Diagnostics during 1,000.00 pregnancy Surgical Interventions  Inpatient Treatment  Costs of Child Delivery 2,000.00 Medical and Technical Aids 500.00 SUPPLEMENTAL COVERAGE Annual General Health Check-Up 100.00 Ophthalmological Examination 300.00 Dental Care Services 300.00 Physical Therapy 600.00

Page 1 of 2 UNIQA neživotno osiguranje a.d.o. Phone:+381 11/20 24 100, Fax: +381/20 24 160 134g Milutin Milanković Street, 11070 Belgrade E-mail:[email protected] TIN: 104990662, CN:20289414 www.uniqa.rs

Voluntary Health Insurance can be contracted for any person covered by the mandatory health insurance, as well as for persons who are foreign citizens with permanent residence in the Republic of Serbia. The Insurant, at his/her option, can also include in the insurance his/her family members - his/her spouse and the children of up to 18 years of age, and/or up to 26 years of age provided they are full-time students.

INSURANCE COVERAGES:

The basic insurance coverage includes the following:

1. Outpatient treatment - includes the following medical services, not to exceed the maximum contracted sum insured: • Examinations by a general practitioner and a medical specialist • Diagnostic methods and procedures, laboratory analyses • Ambulance transportation in cases of emergency • Administration of therapies • Medical and technical aids

2. Inpatient treatment - includes the following medical services, not to exceed the maximum contracted sum insured: • Hospitalization in semi-private rooms • Reimbursement to licenced doctors of all specialist areas of the hospital where a treatment is being received • Diagnostic methods and procedures, laboratory analyses • Interventions in local anaesthesia, laparoscopic interventions • Costs of surgical interventions • Medicines and medical supplies prescribed to be used for the treatment duration

3. Pregnancy healthcare and childbirth – includes the following medical services, not to exceed the maximum agreed limit: • Check-ups, smears, laboratory analyses • Costs for foetal ultrasound scans • Expert ultrasound screening in case of high-risk pregnancy • Amniocentesis • Child delivery costs

PACKAGES:

Elegant package – Outpatient and Inpatient treatments 0 Basic insurance coverage - The health budget of up to EUR 10,000 of annual coverage

Note: The insurance proposal has been created based on the received data, has an informative character, is non- binding, and some segments of it are subject to change, following the changes in the market conditions, regulations of law, and the internal terms and conditions and the insurance premium tariffs of UNIQA NEŽIVOTNO OSIGURANJE a.d.o.

Contact person: Radovanović Aleksandra

Phone:

Cell phone: E-mail: [email protected]

Page 2 of 2 UNIQA neživotno osiguranje a.d.o. Phone:+381 11/20 24 100, Fax: +381/20 24 160 134g Milutin Milanković Street, 11070 Belgrade E-mail:[email protected] TIN: 104990662, CN:20289414 www.uniqa.rs

Kotež 43 Pančevo Vršac 108 Reva-Duboka Bara Borča 3 95 96 DNEVNE LINIJE Krnjača VIŠNJICA Zrenjaninski Put 32 32E DAY LINES 101 Padinska Skela Višnjička BEOGRAD TRG REPUBLIKE 104 Crvenka Veliko Selo 27 27E 32E 35 43 96 TAŠMAJDAN 105 Ovča-ž. st. 202 6 7L Pančevački Most 106 PKB Kovilovo-Jabučki Rit STUDENTSKI TRG Slanački Put LEŠĆE /GROBLJE/ www.belgrademaps.com - 08/2014. 19 21 22 28 29 31 41 35 35L 25P 74 ZELENI VENAC

95 15 52 53 56 56L 60 67 68 71 72 75 84 704 706 707 Mirijevski Bulevar 25P 32 32E 35 35L 74 43 96 Marijane Gregoran 25 Salvadora 16 Aljendea Ž. ST. "PANČEVAČKI MOST" MIRIJEVO 4 73 Batajnica Višnjička 23 33 37 48 58 Vojvode Micka Krstića KARABURMA 2 25P 27E 79 704 Zemun Polje 16 23 25 MIRIJEVO 3 705 13. Mart Ž. ST. "DUNAV" Koste Nađa DUNAV DORĆOL /SC "MILAN GALE MUŠKATIROVIĆ"/ DORĆOL Dragoslava Srejovića /DUNAVSKA/ 20 27 74 706 Batajnica 24 79 44 27E ZEMUN /KEJ OSLOBOÐENJA/ 26 Dunavska Samjuela Beketa 706E Aerodrom Batajnica Tadeuša Ðure Ðakovića OMLADINSKI STADION Košćuška 44 Volgina 79 ZEMUN /POŠTA/ 82 88 610 Bulevar Mirijevski 17 ZEMUN /GORNJI GRAD/ 37 95 Mirijevski Venac 707 Zemun Polje-Mala Pruga Cara Žorža Klemensoa 3 12 611 705 706E Dušana Venizelosova 25P 74 16 35L 101 ZVEZDARA 2 27 73 27E MIRIJEVO Mihaila Bulgakova Dž. Vašingtona 24 79 Bulevar Despota Stefana 65 27E 84 23 104 105 46

704 706 707 83 Čelara 33 48 33

Zdravka

Mije Kovačevića Jovanke Radaković Banatska Cara Dušana KALEMEGDAN 2 5 10 27E 32E 35 43 58 96 106 108 45 Cvijićeva 25 32 74 Nova Galenika Glavna /DONJI GRAD/ 84 28 40 202 Severni Bulevar 20 79 26 VELIKO RATNO OSTRVO 3 12 Mirijevski Venac 612 Nova Galenika 5 10 Francuska 27. Marta

27 ZVEZDARA 83 Ugrinovačka Pariska 79 65 Matice Srpske 2 28 41 Svetog Nikole 81 81 65 28 40 77 PRISTANIŠTE 77 Dimitrija Tucovića USTANIČKA Svetogorska 28 40 ZVEZDARA /PIJACA/ Rade Končara Bulevar Nikole Tesle 2 15 2437 Ruzveltova 77 79 5 6 7 14 612 4458 Batutova 309 Mite Ružića Mite

22. Oktobra Takovska 20 79 Ugrinovačka Bulevar Mihajla Pupina 50 610 74 19 21 22 29 VUKOV SPOMENIK 46 Kralja Milana 27 ZEMUN Brankov A. Dubčeka most 32 /BAČKA/ 26 5 6 7 14 79 78 81 NBGD 31 2 3 6 Bulevar Kralja Aleksandra Altina 18 83 73 55 ZVEZDARA VML 308 18 /POHORSKA/ 7 12 14 KONJARNIK 2 Karađorđeva 53 Prvomajska 7 12 Žička 81 81L 88 Bulevar Nikole Tesle 17 16 81 17 15 24 19 21 22 29 UČITELJSKO 21 20 Kaluđerica 309 Tošin Bunar Resavska Njegoševa Hercegovačka 82 83 NASELJE 81L 85 84 2 3 10 14 CRVENI KRST 19 Ustanička Stari Beogradska Cara Nikolaja II MML /crkva/ 310 ZEMUN 704 706 707 Savski Makenzijeva 45 612 Goce GO NOVI BEOGRAD most Nemanjina 31 /NOVI GRAD/ Delčeva Maksima 83 Vojislava Ilića Grocka-Begaljica 75 78 83 A1 83 Gorkog 302 67 68 71 Mis Irbijeve 15 45 78 76 77 16 72 77 Čuburska 46 55 65 2 3 9 25 Zaklopača 303 78 709 BEŽANIJSKA KOSA Pariske A1 A1 9 10 14 Gospodara Vučića Geteova /BOLNICA/ 45 Komune 71 72 77 78 83 Bulevar Mihajla Pupina 7 9 13 GLAVNA NEIMAR KRUŠEVAČKA Ritopek 304

708 6 KAPLARA 76 77 Ž. STANICA SLAVIJA 33 48 78 23 Krajiška 67 24 22 Boleč 305 Studentska Bulevar Zorana Ðinđića 26 46 51 91 30 39 Karađorđev Atanasija Pulje 76 74 68 68 31 Leštane- Brodarska Kneza Miloša Vojislava Ilića 52 park 92 511 551 42 47 ŠUMICE Bubanj Potok 306 3 12 13 Tošin Bunar Bul. Oslobođenja 51

37 53 58 74 58 53 37 POGON "KOSMAJ" Milentija Južni Bulevar Popovića 60 552 601 59 Ustanička Vinča 307 40 41 Zemun polje 72 82 BEOGRADSKA 56 38 71 88 74 Ž. ST. "ZEMUN" BG:VOZBG:VOZ Savska 31

Batajnica Borbe ARENA 38 Boraca FRANŠE D'EPEREA 30 29 Bulevar 308 Brigada most 68 85 Španskih SAVA CENTAR Ustanička Umetnosti "Gazela" MOSTAR

Omladinskih Antifašističke 46 76 310 20 Cvetanova Ćuprija Narodnih Heroja Narodnih Bulevar Arsenija Čarnojevića 17 17 611 601 601 74 55 Stefana Prvovenčanog Zemun Polje 18 18 30 708 Franše d'Eperea Medakovićeva 708 709 88 TRG OSLOBOÐENJA 708 Bulevar Milutina Milankovića Ž. ST. "BEOGRAD CENTAR" Peka Pavlovića 50 25 MEDAKOVIĆ 3 Autoput Beograd - Zagreb 71 67 94 95 (PROKOP) 34L MEDAKOVIĆ 2 Ž. ST. "TOŠIN 39 26 18 26L 29

Saobraćajnica T-6 74 612 708 30 BUNAR" Zaplanjska Ž. ST. "NOVI BEOGRAD" Vojvode Stepe

Dobanovci 75 NASELJE 611 Avijacije Partizanske BG:VOZ 55 72 82 67 "BRAĆE 612 85 89 711 Ugrinovci 65 Bulevar Kneza A. Kumodraška JERKOVIĆ" Ðorđa Stanojevića Karađorđevića 74 76 Nikole Dobrovića 85 SAJAM 18 26 A1 Aerodrom "Nikola Tesla" 89 44 Braće Jerković Veliki Mokri Lug 94 42 78 610 Ljutice Bogdana Ljutice 33 Marka Čelebonovića most na Adi Omladinskih Brigada 9 10 14 20 Putnika 25

Bul. Vojvode Bul. BOLNICA Tošin Bunar 76 94 48 Darvinova 82 "Dr DRAGIŠA MIŠOVIĆ" VOJVODE VLAHOVIĆA NOVO BEŽANIJSKO GROBLJE TOPLANA TOPČIDERSKO BRDO 47 Dr Huga Norveška Klajna 7 9 13 44 /SENJAK/ Bulevar Oslobođenja 26L Bul. Vojvode Mišića 34L 65 711 71 601 Neznanog Junaka 39 60 Kružni Put Ljubinke Bobić 59 Vojvode Stepe Gandijeva KUMODRAŽ 2 KUMODRAŽ 1 58 89 73 Jurija Gagarina 40 41 82 Oml. Brigada SAVA 56 Teodora Drajzera 25 39 68 MZ "KUMODRAŽ" 88 23 49 78 94 NBGD /BLOK 70 A/ 52 49 94 25P Aerodrom "Nikola Tesla" 42 72 72 74 67 76 708 33 89 GANDIJEVA Vojvode Stepe VOŽDOVAC KUMODRAŽ 601 Surčin 45 37 51 53 55 Crnotravska 33 BEŽANIJSKA KOSA Nedeljka Gvozdenovića Gandijeva 603 Ugrinovci ADA CIGANLIJA 82 12 13 42

95 Kneza A. Karađorđevića Bulevar 74 75 NBGD /BLOK 70/ 49 Mihajla Avramovića Jurija Gagarina 604 Preka Kaldrma Vojvođanska 7 9 13 VOJNO MEDICINSKA 68 AKADEMIJA (VMA) 605 Boljevci-Progar 3 Paunova BANJICA 610 Jakovo Nehruova

BEOVOZ 9 10 14 601 610 Kneza Višeslava Surčinska 94 610 37 49 51 53 57 58 85 87 NASELJE "GOLF" NBGD /BLOK 61/ NBGD /BLOK 44/ Obrenovački put LEDINE 89 45 82 602 57 Borska Požeška 59 71 603 605 92 5587 89 42 48 94 BANJICA 2 52 Ostružnica 50 Dr Ivana Ribara 40 41 23 47 Savska Magistrala BANOVO BRDO Borska Vinogradarska 49 78 12 13 602 SRC "Surčin" Radnička 49 50 57 85 NBGD /BLOK 45/ 512 531 532 533 42 977L 13 Kneza Višeslava 3 ČUK. PADINA Patrijarha Dimitrija 73 94 95 604 Blagoja Parovića Pere Velimirovića 56L 87 Borska Avala (sezonska linija) 400 56

23 54 Pinosava 401 Milorada Jovanovića 87 48 Miljakovačka Žarkovačka 53 57 Beli Potok 402 89 Ðorđa LEGENDA / LEGEND Ognjanovića MILJAKOVAC 1 Zuce 403 54 94 Glumčevo Brdo 405 Miloja Zakića Ž. St. Rakovica 57 MILJAKOVAC 3 406 48 504

37 57 89 Kneza Višeslava Ostružnica 91 Bela Reka 407 Autobus / Učestale linije A1 52 54 26 Stanica autobusa za aerodrom Ralja Sremčica 511 55 Ace Joksimovića 50 408 26 Airport shuttle bus station Ratka Mitrovića Bus / Frequent lines 58 Velika Moštanica 551 ŽARKOVO Miška Kranjca Resnik 503 51 /SPOMENIK/ Autobus / Ostale linije Umka 88 552 Trgovačka 43 PilotaPetrovića Mihaila

43 Prigradska okretnica Lasta 37 37 Bus / Other lines 59 Suburban terminal Lasta Trolejbus 47 29 Patrijarha Dimitrija 29 Jablanička Trolleybus Marička Požarevac Mate Beogradska Autobuska Stanica Jerković Tramvaj Belgrade Bus Station CERAK 9 Palisadska 9 VINOGRADI Vodovodska Tramway 53 89 KNEŽEVAC 42 52 534 3 BG:VOZ Železnička stanica Joanikija Patrijarha 37 Urban rail Railway station BELE VODE Ibarska Magistrala 51 VIDIKOVAC 56 Resnik Železnice Srbije 23 53 54 Resnik Serbian Railways 89 521 17. Oktobra 504 47 XI. Krajiške Divizije Kijevo

Sremčica /naselje Gorica/ 512 Orlovača /groblje/ 533 Oplenačka Ripanj MZ "Makiš" 54 Mladenovac Ripanj /centar/ 534 Valjevo Milorada Draškovića Železnik /Taraiš/ www.jugcerovic.com 521 54 Pančevo NOĆNE LINIJE KOTEŽ VIŠNJICA Zrenjaninski Put 32N BEOGRAD NIGHT LINES 101N 96N Pančevački Most PADINSKA SKELA BORČA 3 Slanački Put VELIKO SELO Mirijevski Bul. 202N www.belgrademaps.com - Januar 2014. TRG REPUBLIKE Višnjička

15N 27N 32N 33N 37N 47N 48N 202N KARABURMA 2 Marijane 51N 56N 68N 75N 96N 101N 202N Gregoran PANČEVAČKI 32N 301N 304N 511N 603N 704N 706N MOST Vojvode Micka Krstića Višnjička

DUNAV DORĆOL OMLADINSKI STADION MIRIJEVO 3 Koste Nađa 26N 401N 101N 27N 27N Dragoslava Srejovića Jovanke Radaković ZEMUN /POŠTA/ 96N STUDENTSKI TRG Mije Kovačevića 706N Cara Dušana 704N Bul. Despota Stefana BATAJNICA Cara Dušana 29N 31N Dž. Vašingtona Glavna Cvijićeva 706N Nova Galenika Mirijevski Venac 401N

27. Marta Bulevar Severni Ruzveltova 27N Svetog Nikole Svetogorska Batutova USTANIČKA ZEMUN POLJE Dimitrija Tucovića 32N 304N

A. Dubčeka 7N 704N 26N VUKOV SPOMENIK 202N Bul. M. Pupina 301N 301N 308N 15N Kralja Milana 7N Bulevar Kralja Aleksandra Tošin Bunar Karađorđeva Žička Brankova Beog. 308N Brankov most KONJARNIK ZEMUN Prvomajska A1 Makenzijeva Cara Nikolaja II 29N 706N A1 CRVENI KRST /NOVI GRAD/ Pariske Komune 704N 29N Vojislava Ilića 31N 15N 7N Maksima Gorkog 75N Nemanjina A1 603N 33N ŠUMICE VELIKI

15N Geteova 68N Bulevar Mihajla Pupina Stari Savski mostGLAVNA Ž.ST. 48N MOKRI LUG SLAVIJABul. Oslobođenja Karađorđev Krajiška GO NOVI BEOGRAD 601N park 26N Vojislava Ilića 308N 75N 47N 401N 56N

Sarajevska Ustanička Studentska Ustanička 31N Tošin Bunar Savska DUŠANOVAC Bulevar Arsenija 37N Batajnica Ž. st. "Zemun" Čarnojevića most Gazela Ž. ST. NOVI 51N FRANŠE 29N

Milentija Popovića Milentija Peka Pavlovića BEOGRAD D'EPEREA MEDAKOVIĆ 3 Kneza Miloša VINČA 511N Omladinskih Brigada TRG OSLOBOÐENJA Zaplanjska TOŠIN Ž. st. "Beograd KALUĐERICA

Partizanske Avijacije Partizanske BUNAR Centar" (Prokop) 601N Marka Vojvode Stepe LEŠTANE Čelebonovića 26N Neznanog Junaka Tošin Bunar NASELJE UGRINOVCI SAJAM Bogdana Ljutice Jurija Gagarina 33N "BRAĆE JERKOVIĆ" 601N 603N DEDINJE 7N 401N BOLEČ 48N 603N SAVA GROCKA 68N 47N VOŽDOVAC DOBANOVCI Bulevar Vojvode Mišića BEGALJICA RITOPEK 601N 301N VOJNO MEDICINSKA Crnotravska 304N

Nedeljka Gvozdenovića ADA CIGANLIJA AKADEMIJA (VMA) BEŽANIJSKA KOSA Vojvođanska Vojvode Stepe Jurija Gagarina

SURČIN 75N Požeška KUMODRAŽ

Surčinska 51N 33N

37N BEČMEN Dr Ivana Ribara 511N Borska 56N Borska JAKOVO KANAREVO BRDO Beli potok Radnička

BLOK 45 Blagoja Parovića

68N 7N Kneza Višeslava Borska PINOSAVA BANOVO BRDO 401N Lazarevački Drum MILJAKOVAC 2

LEGENDA / LEGEND 48N

ŽARKOVO Ž. ST. RAKOVICA Ratka Mitrovića Autobus A1 37N 47N 26 26 Stanica autobusa za aerodrom Ace Joksimovića Bus Airport shuttle bus station Miška Kranjca A1

Trgovačka Prigradska okretnica Lasta CERAK Suburban terminal Lasta AERODROM

Pilota Mihaila Jablanička Petrovića "NIKOLA TESLA" Beogradska Autobuska Stanica Belgrade Bus Station Fontana Mate Jerković KNEŽEVAC Palisadska Vodovodska 51N 37N Glavna ž. st.

Železnička stanica BELE VODE Joanikija Patrijarha Railway station Železnice Srbije VIDIKOVAC SLAVIJA Serbian Railways RESNIK

XI. Krajiške Divizije 47N KIJEVO © Jug Cerović NOVI ŽELEZNIK 56N PETLOVO BRDO ARCHITECTURE & MAPMAKING Ripanj Jug Cerović architecte dplg SREMČICA RUŠANJ Mladenovac Paris - France Valjevo www.jugcerovic.com 511N 56N RENT A CAR OFFER

AAA-1 Rent d.o.o Mr. Razza Žorža Klemansoa 19 11000 Beograd PIB:105627039 [email protected] Phone num. 011/ 328-7070

Offer date: 18.01.2016. 17.00% Prices valid 01.01.-31.12.2016. PRICE

CAR GROUPS CAR MODELS price per day NWR

14.40 MBMR Smart for two 12.00 500 16.80 ECMR Fiat Panda / Dacia Sandero 14.00 500 19.20 EDMR Renault Clio / VW Polo 16.00 500 21.60 EBMR Fiat 500 18.00 500 24.00 CDMR Fiat 500L / Renault Megane 20.00 700 28.80 CLMR VW Glof / Fiat 500X 24.00 700 31.20 CPMR Alfa Romeo Giulietta 26.00 700 36.00 IDMR Renault Fluence 30.00 700 38.40 IDAR Opel Astra automatic 32.00 700 42.00 IWMR Renault Megane Grand Tour 35.00 700 45.60 IVMR Renault Scenic 38.00 700 60.00 SDMR VW Passat 50.00 900 Skoda SuperB / BMW 316d 66.00 SDAR 900 automatic 55.00 50.40 FFMR Dacia Duster 4X4 42.00 900 66.00 IFMR Jeep Renegade 4X4 55.00 900 78.00 FVMR Renault Trafik 65.00 900

VAT: 20%, bold upper price includes VAT Currency: EURO (payment in RSD calculating the middle exchange rate of National Bank of Serbia on a day of payment) Payment: Credit card Deposit Credit card, amount indicated in the column "NWR" plus rental amount Insurance: Personal accident protection , theft protection ( excess amount in column "NWR"),collision damage waiver with excess (amount in column NWR) In case of damage/theft, police report is mandatory, otherwise, the client is responsible for total amount of the damage/theft The Airport tax: Included Winter package Included ( winter tyres + snow chains) Mileage: unlimited per day

Pick up locations: Belgrade Airport Mon-Sun 07:00-23:00 Belgrade Downtown, Dunavska 27a Mon-Friday 08:00-18:00 Saturday 08:00-16:00 Novi Sad,Hotel Park Mon-Friday 09:00-16:00 Saturday 09:00-14:00

At the moment of rental, our Rental Information and Terms & Conditions are applicable. Checklist for import private vehicle and registration with diplomatic plates:

IMPORTS

1. The traffic license if it is already registered somewhere or if is new, the invoice of the new one.

2. Technical checking - chassis and engine numbers

3. The act of protocol done and notarized from MFA, according to data from the technical inspection + ( LNPDV form)

4. The customs declaration

REGISTRATION

5. Technical Review

6. Compulsory insurance policies

7. The payments for the new document, label and registration plate

8. the copy of the diplomatic ID card

Prices vary depending on the type of the vehicle, price and horse power. THE LAW ON ROAD TRAFFIC SAFETY

(The Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia, № 41/09, 53/10)

The revised text, conclusive with Amendments from the Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia № 53/10, being implemented since 6th of August 2010.

(Amended Articles: 7, 45, 156, 243, 244, 296, 314a, 327, 328, 330, 331, 333, 334.)

I GENERAL PROVISIONS

Article 1

(1) This Law shall regulate the rules of traffic, the conduct of traffic participants, traffic restrictions, traffic signals, signs and instructions to which all traffic participants shall adhere, the conditions which drivers shall meet in order to drive a vehicle, driver’s education, passing driving tests, right to drive a vehicle, issuing of driving licenses, issuing of the labels for disabled persons’ vehicles, the demands vehicles shall meet, technical examinations, inspections and vehicle registration, special measures and powers applied to road traffic, as well as other issues related to road traffic safety (hereinafter: traffic safety). (2) This law shall regulate the basic prerequisites roads shall meet regarding the traffic safety.

Article 2

(1) The control and direct regulation of road traffic shall be conducted by the Ministry of Interior – Traffic Police Department and the district police departments. (2) Exceptionally, the control and direct regulation of the movement of military vehicles on roads can also be conducted by authorized bodies of the military. (3) Direct regulation of traffic within school zones may be conducted by school traffic patrols and the citizens’ traffic patrols. (4) Direct regulation of the traffic at portions of roads which are under construction may be conducted by persons authorized by this Law. (5) More precise directives on exercising control and direct regulation of road traffic shall be passed by the Minister of Interior. (6) More precise directives on exercising control and direct regulation of the road traffic of military vehicles shall be passed by the minister in charge of the issues of defence. (7) More precise directives on direct regulation of road traffic in school zones shall be passed by the Minister of Interior, after obtaining the opinion of the minister in charge of the issues of education. (8) More precise directives on direct regulation of traffic at portions of the road under construction shall be passed by the minister in charge of the issues of traffic.

II THE GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF ROAD TRAFFIC SAFETY

Article 3

(1) All participants in traffic shall behave in such manner as not to hinder, jeopardize or inflict injuries upon other participants, as well as take all precautions necessary to avoid and terminate dangerous situations caused by other participants in traffic, if it does not endanger themselves or others. (2) A participant in traffic shall aid any person that is incapable or partially capable of safely participating in traffic or a person in need of assistance, unless the participant thus exposes him/herself to danger.

Article 4

(1) Every legal entity or entrepreneur which operates in the areas of production, maintenance, trading, repairing or modification of vehicles, related devices, spare parts and vehicle equipment, shall conduct such business in accordance with regulation and the rules of trade so that the vehicles can safely participate in traffic. (2) A company, any other legal entity or an entrepreneur which conducts design, construction, maintenance or management of roads shall do so in a manner which enables safe traffic conduct. (3) Legal entities and entrepreneurs which are referred to in the Paragraph 1 of this Article may conduct aforementioned activities provided they are granted a license by the ministry in charge of trade and services.

Article 5

(1) Every legal entity or entrepreneur which is either in possession of a vehicle or utilizes one, shall ensure: 1) That their vehicles present in the road traffic are technically appropriate and that they fulfil other prescribed conditions, 2) That the drivers of their vehicles fulfil prescribed health regulations and other prerequisites for safe driving. (2) Every physical entity that owns or utilizes a vehicle shall ensure that their vehicles which participate in road traffic are technically appropriate.

Article 6

(1) The following parties shall be held responsible for the measures in traffic education for the purposes of acquiring knowledge, skills and habits necessary for safe participation in traffic, improving and confirming positive attitudes and behaviours of importance for the safe participation in traffic: 1) The family, for traffic education of children, 2) Bodies and organizations in charge of care for children, for passing the syllabus for traffic education of pre-school children and monitoring the implementation of such syllabus, 3) Bodies and organizations in charge of education, for passing the syllabus for traffic education in pre-school institutions and monitoring the implementation of such syllabus, 4) Bodies in charge of interior affairs, for the implementation of portions of the syllabus for the traffic education in pre-school institutions, primary and secondary schools, at the institutions’ request, and particularly for the operation of school traffic patrols and citizens’ traffic patrols, 5) Bodies in charge of traffic affairs, for improvement of traffic environment in school zones and other areas with an increased number of vulnerable traffic participants, as well as improvement of the behaviour of the traffic participants in these areas, 6) Bodies in charge of the affairs of health, for the education of citizens about health-related aspects of safe traffic conduct, 7) The Agency for Traffic Safety (Agencija za bezbednost saobraćaja), for the analysis, monitoring and improvement of traffic safety, 8) The bodies of the local self-government, for the support in the planning and execution of all measures and activities of traffic education at the local self-government level, as well as for undertaking special measures of protection of vulnerable traffic participants and safety in particular areas, 9) Pre-school institutions, primary and secondary schools, for the implementation of the traffic education syllabus to children, within their competencies, 10) Expert and scientific institutions in the field of traffic safety, for the improvement of the scientific basis of the traffic education system, 11) The media establishments, for informing citizens regarding safe participation in traffic and the consequences of unsafe traffic conduct, 12) Citizens’ associations dealing with traffic safety, child and youth protection, for partaking in traffic education in accordance with their area of work. (2) The syllabi of pre-school establishments, primary and secondary schools shall contain chapters referring to the safety of children and pupils in traffic. (3) More detailed provisions on the content of the syllabi covering the children and pupils safety in traffic shall be passed by the Minister in charge of the affairs of education. (4) Any legal entity which educates trainee drivers shall train them in such a way as to ensure that the candidate has the theoretical and practical knowledge and skills required for independent and safe driving of vehicles in road traffic.

Article 7

(1) The terms used in this Law shall have the following meaning: 1) The traffic is the movement of vehicles and persons on the road, conduct of which has been regulated with the aim of its safe and undisturbed realization, 2) A road is a constructed or a determined area which may be used as a traffic area by all or some traffic participants under conditions provided by laws or other regulations, 3) A public road is a road of overall importance used under same conditions by all or some traffic participants and registered as such by incumbent authorities, 4) An unclassified road is a road which may be used by a number of users under same conditions, 5) A motorway is a state road designated only for the traffic of motorcycles, passenger vehicles, freight vehicles and motorbuses, with or without trailers appended, with two physically separated roadways for opposite traffic directions, with at least two traffic lanes and one lay-by for each direction, with no crossroads or railway crossings, with complete access control, junctions separated by grade, and marked as a motorway by the stipulated traffic sign, 6) A road reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles is a state road designated exclusively for the traffic of motorcycles, passenger vehicles, freight vehicles and motorbuses, with or without trailers appended, and marked as such a road by the stipulated traffic sign, 7) A street is a public road situated in a residential area, providing traffic linkage between different parts of that area, 8) A fire way is a separately marked length-oriented portion of roads around residential areas, garages, sport and other business facilities where it is forbidden to stop or park vehicles, 9) An earth road is a road which has no firm roadway surface constructed upon it other than those constructed at junctions with other roads, 10) A roadway is the part of the road constructed primarily for the traffic of vehicles, 11) A roadway lane is a length-oriented part of the roadway for vehicle traffic moving in one direction, 12) A traffic lane is a marked horizontal part of the roadway intended for one line of vehicle traffic, 13) A cycle track is a traffic lane earmarked exclusively for the traffic of bicycles, mopeds, and light tricycles, 14) A slow traffic lane is a traffic lane intended for movement of slower vehicles, unless they hinder the movement of other vehicles, 15) A lay-by is a marked length-oriented part of the roadway exclusively intended for stopping of vehicles due to unpredictable conditions (a breakdown, a sudden incapacity of the driver to drive the vehicle etc.) 16) An entering lane is the traffic lane for vehicles which are in the process of entering a main road, 17) An exit lane is a traffic lane intended for vehicles which are in the process of exiting the main road, 18) A public transport lane is a traffic lane marked exclusively for the traffic of public transport vehicles, and trams if appropriately constructed, 19) An intersection is the part of the roadway where roads at the same level cross, connect or divide, 20) A tram area is a specifically constructed part of a road intended exclusively for the movement of trams, 21) A sidewalk is a specifically constructed part of the road adjacent to a roadway primarily intended to be used by pedestrians, 22) A parking area is the part of a road marked, constructed and designated primarily for vehicle parking, consisting of one or more parking places, 23) A parking place is the part of a parking area marked for the parking of only one vehicle, 24) A pedestrian crossing is a marked part of a roadway on which pedestrians cross the roadway, 25) A pedestrian path is a road intended for the pedestrian movement only, 26) A bicycle path is a road intended for movement of bicycles only, 27) A square is a specific plateau intended for movement and gathering of pedestrians, defined by urban planning authorities and declared as a square by the competent body of a local self-government, 28) A level crossing is a point in which a road crosses railroad or tram tracks at the same level, 29) A pedestrian island is a marked or elevated part of a roadway on which pedestrians may temporarily stay during their crossing of roadway, entering or exiting vehicles of public transport, 30) A residential area is a constructed functionally unified area which has living and working conditions provided for its residents and whose borders are marked with the appropriate traffic sign, 31) A vehicle is utility appropriate and adequate for road traffic regarding its construction, instruments, assemblies and equipment, 32) A bicycle is a human powered vehicle with two wheels, ridden by a passenger moving its pedals, 33) A motor vehicle is a vehicle whose motion is powered by its own engine, which is intended and adequate for passenger and freight transport, performance of works, or trailer towing regarding its construction, instruments, assembly and equipment, excluding rail borne vehicles, 34) A moped is a motor vehicle with two wheels whose maximum possible speed does not exceed 45 km/h regardless of the type of transmission, with the maximum engine operating capacity, if a vehicle has an internal combustion motor, of no more than 50 cm3, or with an engine whose maximum lasting nominal power does not exceed 4 kW if the vehicle is electric-powered. 35) A light tricycle is a three-wheeled motor vehicle whose maximum possible speed does not exceed 45 km/h regardless of the type of transmission, with the maximum operating capacity of no more than 50 cm3 for a petrol powered engine, with a maximum nominal power of the engine of no more than 4 kW for engines with other forms of internal combustion or with an engine whose maximum lasting nominal power does not exceed 4 kW if the vehicle is electric-powered. 36) A motorcycle is a motor vehicle with two or three asymmetrical wheels (with or without a side car, respectively) with the maximum possible speed of no more than 45 km/h, regardless of the type of transmission, with the maximum engine operating capacity, if a vehicle has an internal combustion motor, of no more than 50 cm3, or with an engine whose maximum lasting nominal power does not exceed 4 kW if the vehicle is electric-powered, 37) A heavy tricycle is a motor vehicle with three symmetrical wheels, with the maximum possible speed of no more than 45 km/h, regardless of the type of transmission, with the maximum engine operating capacity, if a vehicle has an internal combustion motor, of no more than 50 cm3, or with an engine whose maximum lasting nominal power does not exceed 4 kW if the vehicle is electric-powered, 38) A light quadricycle is a motor vehicle with four wheels whose maximum mass does not exceed 350 kg, excluding the electric battery mass, with the maximum design speed of no more than 45 km/h, regardless of the type of transmission, with the maximum engine operating capacity, if a vehicle has an internal combustion motor, of no more than 50 cm3, or with an engine whose maximum lasting nominal power does not exceed 4 kW if the vehicle is electric-powered, 39) A heavy quadricycle is a motor vehicle with for wheels, whose maximum vehicle mass does not exceed 400 kg, or 550 kg for freight vehicles, excluding electric battery mass, with the engine whose maximum lasting nominal power does not exceed 15 kW, 40) A vehicle for the transport of passengers, is a motor vehicle used primarily for the transport of persons, whose empty mass is over 400 kg and whose maximum nominal engine power is over 15 kW, 41) A passenger vehicle is a vehicle for the transport of passengers, with no more than nine seats, including the driver seat, 42) A motorbus is a vehicle for the transport of passengers with more than nine seats, including the driver seat, 43) A trolleybus is a bus that draws electric power from overhead wires with the use of trolley poles, 44) A freight vehicle is a motor vehicle with at least four wheels which used only for freight transport i.e. towing trailers with the mass of more than 550 kg, and the maximum nominal engine power of more than 15 kW, 45) A vehicle set is the set consisting of a powered and an non-powered vehicle, i.e. a towing vehicle and a trailer or trailers, participating in the traffic as a single unit, 46) A tourist train is an array of vehicles consisting of a powered vehicle and trailers, used for the transport of passengers in parks, hotels and tourist resorts and similar areas, moving on a traffic-free road or a road used for tourist purposes, with the maximum possible speed of no more than 25 km/h, 47) A working machine is a motor vehicle used primarily to perform certain tasks (such as combine harvesters, rollers, graders, lift trucks, trench diggers, bulldozers, fork-lift trucks etc.) with the maximum possible speed of no more than 45 km/h, 48) A tractor is a motor vehicle with at least two axes primarily used for hauling, pushing, carrying, towing and mounting of implements and trailers used for purposes of agricultural works, forestry and other works, 49) A motor cultivator is a motor vehicle which consists of one part intended for towing and control and another part for loading, that act like a single unit on the roadway, appropriate for hauling, pushing, carrying, towing and mounting of implements and trailers used for agricultural works in terms of construction, instruments, assembly and equipment, with the maximum possible speed of no more than 30 km/h and engine power of no more than 15 kW, 50) A trailer vehicle is a vehicle that is appropriate and adequate to be towed by another vehicle in terms of construction, instruments, assembly and equipment and used for passenger or freight transport or performance of works, 51) A tractor trailer is a trailer constructed to be towed exclusively by tractors, 52) Agricultural implements are tools used for agricultural works, forestry or other activities, towed by or mounted on a motor vehicle for this purpose, 53) An animal-drawn cart is a vehicle adequate to be safely pulled by harnessed animals, 54) A tram is a rail-borne vehicle constructed for the transport of passengers that moves on rails and is connected to an electric line in order to be electrically powered, 55) A military vehicle is any combat, non-combat and any other vehicle registered according to special regulations passed by the Ministry in charge of the issues of defence, as well as any other duly marked vehicle used by units and institutions of the Ministry in charge of the issues of defence and the Serbian Armed Forces, 56) A registered vehicle is a vehicle introduced into the unified vehicle registry having a registration card, registration plates and a registration label, 57) The vehicle mass is the mass of a vehicle while vacant, with full tanks and the compulsory equipment, 58) The bearing capacity is the maximum mass a vehicle may be loaded with, according to the manufacturer’s specification, along with the vertical bearing of the trailer, 59) The maximum permitted mass of a vehicle is the sum of the vehicle mass and its bearing capacity, 60) Total vehicle mass is the sum of the vehicle mass, the mass of persons on board and the mass of the vehicle’s load, 61) The maximum permitted mass of vehicles, or a set of vehicles is the maximum mass of a loaded vehicle or a set of vehicles prescribed by the competent state authority as maximum, 62) The maximum permitted mass of a set of vehicles is the sum of the maximum permitted masses of vehicles composing the set, minus the trailer vehicle load, 63) A total set of vehicles is the mass of a loaded set of vehicles (persons and cargo), 64) The axis forces is the part of the total vehicle mass horizontally burdening the roadway when not working, 65) Vehicle conversion is the change of design vehicle characteristics which alters the purpose or the type of the vehicle or declared vehicle’s technical characteristics or the declared characteristics of the vehicle’s instruments and assemblies, 66) Vehicle repair is a process of reparation of a broken vehicle, its instruments or assemblies, 67) A traffic participant is a person participating in the traffic, 68) A driver is a person driving a vehicle on a road, 69) A pedestrian is a person moving along a road, pulling or pushing a vehicle on their own, a handcart, a baby carrier, a wheelchair or a motor wheelchair, as well as persons riding skates, skis, sledges, rollers, skateboards etc., 70) Average vehicle speed on a certain portion of the road is the quotient between the length of that portion and the time needed to drive that length, 71) Vehicle stopping is every interruption in vehicle movement on the road lasting up to three minutes with the driver remaining in the vehicle, except for stopping due to a traffic sign or any rule of traffic, 72) Parking of a vehicle, is every interruption in the vehicle’s movement, except for the purpose of stopping due to a traffic sign or any rule of traffic, 73) Passing from opposite directions is passing of one traffic participant by another traffic participant coming from the different direction, 74) Overtaking is passing of a traffic participant beside another traffic participant moving in the same direction, 75) Passing by immobile objects id passing of a traffic participant beside another traffic participant that is immobile or beside an object or a barrier on the road, 76) Yielding is an action performed by a traffic participant in order to enable movement of another traffic participant who has the right-of-way, so that the vehicle with the right-of-way does not change its moving and so that the two vehicles do not collide, 77) A line of vehicles is a line of at least three vehicles which are immobile or moving behind each other in the same lane and the same direction, the movement of which is inter-conditioned and between which another vehicle cannot enter without hindering, 78) Visibility is the distance at which a traffic participant is able to see the roadway clearly, 79) The view is the distance at which a traffic participant can, taking into consideration physical barriers, under normal visibility conditions, clearly see other traffic participants and other possible barriers on the road, 80) Bad visibility is the occurrence of visibility being less than 200 m on roads outside of residential areas and 100 m on roads within residential areas, 81) A reflective safety vest is a vest which reflects light, 82) A traffic accident is an accident which either occurred on the road or began on a road with at least one operating vehicle participating and with at least one casualty, one injured person or some material damage inflicted, 83) The European Traffic Accident Report is the prescribed form participants in a traffic accident fill in after the accident which caused minor material damage, 84) A driving instructor is a motor vehicle driver authorised to implement practical training for trainee drivers, 85) An examiner is a member of a driving exam commission that certifies whether the trainee has acquired the necessary knowledge and skills in order to drive on the road safely and independently, 86) Distance is the shortest length-oriented distance between the two most prominent points on two vehicles, persons or objects, 87) Side distance is the shortest width-oriented distance between two most prominent points on two vehicles, persons or objects, 88) A vehicle of historical significance (an old-timer) is a motor vehicle or a trailer which represents a material monument for the technical culture, tradition and social heritage, 89) An abandoned vehicle is a vehicle on the road which is obviously neglected and not registered, 90) A car seat is a seat or a space without a seat with the required elements to build in a seat or a space without a seat with safety belts built in. 91) The traffic signals are a system of utilities, devices and signs for traffic regulation and management, 92) A traffic sign is a sign which uses graphic or light or numerical or letter symbols in order to warn other traffic participants about the dangers on the road, limitations, bans and obligations and provide information for the safe movement on the road, 93) A registration card is a public document which, along with the registration label, enables a person to drive a vehicle as long as the registration label is valid. 94) A registration plate is the sign on a vehicle which indicated that the vehicle has been entered into the unified registry of vehicles, 95) A registration label is a label which confirms that a vehicle is allowed to take part in the traffic for a certain time period, 96) A driving license is a public document issued by a competent authority which enables a person to drive a vehicle of a certain category on the road for a certain time period, 97) The license for an instructor, teacher or examiner is public document which enables a person to carry out driving lessons, lectures or examinations for a certain period of time, 98) A license for a technical inspection supervisor is a public document which enables a person to carry out technical inspections of vehicles for a certain time period, 99) A psychoactive substance is a narcotic or a drug which shall not be consumed before or during driving, as well as any other chemical substance which may impact the psychophysical abilities of a traffic participant, excluding alcohol. 100) the daily driving time is the total amount of time spent driving a vehicle between two daily rests or between a daily and a weekly rest.

101) A daily rest is an uninterrupted time period during which a driver manages their time freely and it may be a full daily rest when it lasts at least 11 hours or a shortened daily rest when it lasts at least 9 hours, but less than 11 hours,

102) a week is the time period between 00:00 hours on a Monday and 24:00 hours on Sunday,

103) A weekly rest is an uninterrupted time period during which the driver manages their time freely and it may be a full weekly rest when it lasts at least 45 hours or a shortened weekly rest when it lasts at least 24 hours, but less than 45 hours.

(2) A more precise classification of motor and trailer vehicles from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be prescribed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic. (3) The terms and expressions used in this Law which are not specified in the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall have the meaning which is specified in other regulations.

III THE BASIS OF THE TRAFFIC SAFETY SYSTEM

1. Road Traffic Safety Coordination Body

Article 8

(1) For the purpose of establishing cooperation and harmonised work efforts in order to improve road traffic safety, as well as initiation and monitoring of preventive or other activities related to road traffic safety, the Government shall form the Road Traffic Safety Coordination Body (hereinafter: the Coordination Body), as a coordination body of the Government composed of ministers in charge of the issues of traffic, interior affairs, health, labour, justice, education and trade and services, (2) Executive bodies of autonomous territorial units or local self-government units and municipal or city councils shall be allowed to establish a coordination body (a commission, council, etc.) aimed at harmonisation of road traffic safety activities within their respective units. (3) Establishment of expert work groups for the need of the Coordination Body, as well as organisation and work of the Coordination Body shall be regulated by the act of the Government or the competent executive bodies,

2. Traffic Safety Agency

Article 9

(1) The Government, at the proposal of the Ministry in charge of the issues of traffic, shall establish the Traffic Safety Agency as a public agency (hereinafter: the Agency). (2) The Agency shall: 1) Analyse, monitor and improve the traffic safety system (the development and application of a unified database essential for traffic safety), 2) Work on improvement of safety for drivers and other traffic participants as well as the enhancement of the traffic safety system from the perspective of vehicles, 3) Execute preventive and promotional activities in cooperation with centres for the promotion of public health and the Institute for Public Health, founded in accordance with regulations related to health protection, and shall conduct traffic safety campaigns, 4) Provide a database of motor vehicles’ and trailers’ characteristics which are of importance for the application of road traffic safety regulations, 5) Supervise tests, organise advanced seminars and knowledge tests for the theoretical instructors in driver training, 6) Organise advanced seminars and supervise knowledge tests for driving instructors and professional drivers, 7) Supervise tests for examiners, organise advanced seminars and knowledge tests for the examiners, 8) Organise training and organise and supervise tests for drivers of tourist trains, 9) Organise training and organise and supervise tests for tram drivers, 10) Organise training and organise and supervise tests for drivers deprived of their driving license due to unconscious driving, 11) Supervise tests for the supervisors of vehicle technical inspections and organise advanced seminars and knowledge tests for the supervisors of vehicle technical inspections, 12) Issue licenses and certificates in accordance with this Law, 13) Cooperate with regional and local bodies related to traffic safety, 14) Publish periodical analyses and publications containing records on the traffic and traffic accidents, 15) Organise and provide publishing of the textbooks for driver training, 16) Work on the application of digital tachograph, 17) Perform other tasks related to the enhancement of traffic safety defined by this Law and other regulations. (3) The Activities from the 2nd Paragraph of this Article shall be committed by the Agency as entrusted activities, (4) For the purpose of executing certain activities related to works described in the 2nd Paragraph of this Article, the Agency shall be allowed to hire legal entities which are financially and professionally apt to perform such activities.

Article 10

(1) The Agency shall be financed from: 1) The service fees paid by service users and special fees paid for the activities of the Agency, 2) Donations, contributions and other grants donated to the founder or the Agency, 3) Other sources. (2) The prices and fees from the Paragraph 2, Item 1 of this Article shall be determined by the Government at proposals made by the Agency, after consulting the Ministry in charge of the affairs of traffic and trade and services. (3) Assets needed for the founding and initiation of the Agency’s work shall be allocated from the budget of the Republic of Serbia. (4) The Government shall provide consent to pass the Act determining the number of the Agency’s employees and their salaries. (5) Expenditures of the Agency shall not be executed before the Government approves the financial plan.

3. The strategy on traffic safety

Article 11

(1) The Government shall pass the National Strategy on Road Traffic Safety (hereinafter: the National Strategy). (2) The National Strategy shall contain the most important properties of the current situation in road safety, long and short term objectives, guidelines, key areas of work, and the time limits for the adoption of the adequate National Plan. (3) The National Strategy shall be proposed by the Coordination Body for at least a five year period, until the end of June in the last year of the previous National Strategy’s validity.

Article 12

(1) The Government shall pass the National Plan on Road Traffic Safety (hereinafter: the National Plan) for at least one year period, in accordance with the National Strategy, at the proposal of the Coordination Body. (2) The National Plan shall primarily consist of: tasks, measures according to priorities, responsible entities, deadlines and financial assets for the key areas of work.

Article 13

(1) The assemblies of the territorial autonomy units and of local self government units shall pass their strategies on road traffic safety and annual plans for their respective units in accordance with the National Strategy and the National Plan.

4. The monitoring of traffic safety

Article 14

(1) The Government shall submit a report on road traffic safety to the National Parliament at least twice a year. (2) The competent executive bodies of territorial autonomy units and of local self government units, the municipal councils or city councils shall submit a report on traffic safety for their respective units to the National Parliament at least twice a year.

Article 15

(1) The Agency shall propose a unified system of registering and monitoring most important traffic safety properties for the purpose of continuous monitoring of the road traffic safety in the Republic of Serbia. (2) State bodies and other entities shall submit the prescribed data on the important characteristics of traffic safety to the Agency.

Article 16

Information on traffic safety characteristics from the unified database from the Article 9, Paragraph 2, Item 1 of this law shall be available publicly and under equal conditions, except when their issuance is forbidden by the Law.

5. Financing of traffic safety

Article 17

(1) The Republic, territorial autonomy unit and local self government units shall, within their rights and duties, shall earmark financial resources for the improvement of traffic safety. (2) The improvement of traffic safety shall be financed from the following sources: 1) The budgets of the Republic of Serbia, of the territorial autonomy unit and of the local self-government unit, 2) The fines collected for traffic offences prescribed by the regulations on road traffic safety, 3) Gifts or contributions granted to the Republic, territorial autonomy unit or the local self-government unit, 4) Other revenues.

Article 18

(1) The funding amassed from the fines due to Article 17, Paragraph 2, Item 2 of this Law shall belong 70% to the budget of the Republic of Serbia, and 30% to the budget of the unit of the local self-government on territory of which the infringement was committed. Of the 70 % of the funding that belong to the budget of the Republic, 75% shall be used to equip the traffic police units. Of the 30% of the funding that belong to the budget of the unit of the local self-government on territory of which the infringement was committed, 50% of the funding shall be used for mending of the traffic infrastructure in the unit of the local self- government on territory of which the infringement was committed. (2) The funding from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be used for financing improvement of the road traffic safety.

Article 19

(1) The funding from the Article 17 of this Law shall be used for: a. The operation of the Coordination Body, b. Improvement of traffic education, c. Preventive and promotional activities on traffic security issues, d. Scientific research on traffic security issues, e. Technical equipment of the units of traffic police which control and regulate the road traffic and of other bodies in charge of traffic safety issues. (2) The funding from the Article 17 of this Law shall be used in accordance with the program passed by the Government of the Republic, the competent executive body of the unit of the local territorial autonomy and the competent executive body of the unit of local self-government, at the proposal of the Coordination Body.

IV THE RULES OF TRAFFIC

1. General Provisions

Article 20

(1) The traffic participants shall act in accordance with the regulations referring to the rules of traffic, traffic signalization and the signs and orders issued by the officials of the competent body. (2) Traffic participants shall act in accordance with the traffic signalization even if such action contradicts the rules of traffic. The traffic participants shall act in accordance with the traffic signalization even when their meaning is different than that of roadway or sidewalk markings. (3) Traffic participants shall act according to traffic lights even if its meaning contradicts the meanings of other traffic signals and the rules of traffic. The right- of-way of traffic participants on a crossroad who are simultaneously given the right-of-way by traffic signals shall be regulated by the rules of traffic. (4) Traffic participants shall act in accordance with the signals and orders issued by the authorized individuals (hereafter: police officials) even when such act contradicts traffic lights, other traffic signals or the rules of traffic.

Article 21

A driver shall, considering the speed of the vehicle and other circumstances of traffic, keep the vehicle at such a distance from other vehicles and traffic participants that they do not jeopardize nor hinder other traffic participants.

Article 22

(1) An object or matter which can jeopardize or hinder the traffic safety shall not be situated on the road. (2) A traffic participant shall, with no delay, remove the object or matter which is situated on the road due to their action as well as the object or matter which originate from the vehicle they are driving. (3) If the traffic participant is capable and does not hinder the traffic safety, they shall, for the purpose of traffic safety, remove from the roadway all objects and obstacles that jeopardize the traffic security, and if they are not capable of doing that, they shall, with no delay, inform the police or the company that manages the road. (4) A traffic participant shall, with no delay, inform the police of all events or phenomena which may jeopardize or does jeopardize the traffic safety. (5) The owner or the user of a vehicle shall not leave a discarded vehicle on a road or a place where stopping or parking of vehicles is allowed.

Article 23

(1) The driver shall pay special attention to pedestrians on the roadway, moving on the roadway or about to step onto the roadway. (2) The driver shall adjust the speed when approaching a pedestrian crossing the street so that the vehicle may safely stop before reaching the pedestrian. (3) The driver shall be specially cautious when driving on a portion of the road frequented by children or are marked by traffic signs which indicate presence of children in traffic, so as to be able to spot the vehicle in due time.

Article 24

(1) Blind persons participating in the traffic independently as a pedestrian shall move with the assistance of a white stick and/or a trained guide dog. (2) A vehicle adjusted for a disabled person may, at the person’s request, be marked by a label whose form, contents, placement and issuing conditions shall be established by the Minister in charge of traffic issues. (3) The label from the 2nd Paragraph of this Article shall be issued by the competent local self-government authority.

Article 25

(1) The driver of the vehicle which is overtaking a public transport vehicle or a passenger motorbus at a stop shall drive the vehicle in a manner that does not jeopardise persons getting on or off the vehicle. (2) The person from the 1st Paragraph of this Article who is about to set their foot on the roadway while getting on or off the vehicle, shall firstly make sure that such action does not disturb nor jeopardise traffic safety. (3) The driver shall stop behind the vehicle from the 1st Paragraph of this Article if the persons getting on or off the vehicle shall cross the traffic lane or a cycle track or the lane the vehicle is in.

Article 26

(1) If a vehicle for organised transport of children stops so that children may get on or off, on a road with only one lane for each direction, the drivers of other vehicles shall stop while the children are getting on or off the vehicle. (2) The driver of such a vehicle shall turn on all four direction indicators while children are getting on or off the vehicle. (3) Vehicle used for organised transport of children shall be marked with a special label, as prescribed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic. (4) More precise regulations regarding the form and the position of the special sign marking the vehicles used for organised transport of children shall be passed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic.

Article 27

A driver shall yield to the motorbus entering the traffic in an ordinary manner from a stop in a residential area.

Article 28

(1) A driver shall not use a mobile telephone or any other communication device, unless they poses and use the hands-free telephone equipment while driving. (2) A driver shall not use any audio or video devices which prevent them from hearing sound signals of other traffic participants nor shall they take part in any other activities which distract them from their driving. (3) A person riding in a vehicle shall not disturb the driver while driving nor shall they influence the driver to drive in a way which jeopardises traffic. (4) Provisions from the 1st Paragraph of this Article regarding other communication devices shall not apply to the drivers of vehicles with the right-of-way, escorted vehicles and taxi drivers while performing their official duties.

Article 29

(1) Any equipment or devices which may detect or hinder the work of speed- measuring radars or any other devices used for offence detection and documenting shall not be used or present in a vehicle in road traffic. (2) It is forbidden to sell or advertise equipment and devices from the 1st Paragraph of this Article.

Article 30

(1) The driver and the passengers in a motor vehicle which has built-in seatbelts or has an area for building in seat belts shall fasten their seatbelts during the ride, in the manner prescribed by the vehicle’ manufacturer. (2) A passenger vehicle, freight vehicle or a motorbus participating in vehicular traffic shall have a reflective safety vest in it.

Article 31

(1) A child below the age of 12, a person under the influence of alcohol or psychoactive substances or incapable of controlling their behaviour for any other reason, shall not be transported in the front seat of a motor vehicle. (2) A child up to the age of 3 shall be transported in a secured infant seat or basket, except in the vehicles of public transport. (3) As an exception from the 1st Paragraph of this article, it is permissible to transport children up to the age of 3 in the front seat if they are transported in a secured infant seat or basket, facing opposite to the direction of the driving, in a vehicle which either has no airbag or the airbag is switched off. (4) More precise provisions on the manner in which children shall be transported and the conditions that the secured infant seat shall fulfil shall be determined by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic.

Article 32

(1) A driver shall not abruptly change the manner of their driving, except when avoiding immediate danger. (2) A driver attempting to steer the vehicle left or right, change the traffic lane, to overtake, pass, stop, take a right or left turn or a U-turn, reverse, realign etc. may begin to take such action only after making sure that it can be initiated in a safe manner. (3) After assuring that the desired action is feasible, the driver shall inform other traffic participants of it clearly and in due time, signalling either with direction indicators, or, if such do not exist, by the use of hand signals. The driver who uses direction indicators for signalling shall keep signalling during the entire time of the action and shall stop signalling once the action is completed.

2. Vehicles’ entering into traffic

Article 33

(1) A driver shall enter the road traffic from an area where the traffic is not conducted or a place where the vehicle had been stopped or parked only if certain that they will not hinder other traffic participants and if the other traffic participants are informed.

(2) When a driver enters the road traffic from a courtyard, a garage or another area with bad visibility conditions, they shall enter the traffic safely, aided by another person standing on a suitable position outside the vehicle and giving proper signals.

3. Movement of vehicles on the road

Article 34

(1) For the movement of a vehicle, the driver shall use an area intended for the transport of the type of vehicle they are driving, except in the cases provided by this Law. (2) The driver of the vehicle moving on the area not intended for the traffic of the respective type of vehicle, provided that it is allowed by this Law, shall drive it with particular caution.

Article 35

(1) Vehicles shall move on the right-hand side of the road, in the direction of movement. (2) The driver shall drive the vehicle as close as possible to the right-hand side edge of the roadway and at such distance that it does not jeopardize other traffic participants or the drivers themselves, considering the speed of the vehicle, the traffic conditions and the conditions and qualities of the road. (3) On a road in a residential area with at least two lanes for one direction, the driver may drive in lanes which are not closest to the right hand side, provided that they do not hinder the vehicles moving behind. (4) The provision from the 3rd Paragraph of this Article shall not apply to the drivers of freight vehicles with the maximum permitted mass of over 3 500 kg, the drivers of vehicles with the maximum driving speed on the flat road of 40 km/h or less, and the drivers of non-motor vehicles, except on the portion of the road before a crossroad or another place where the vehicle takes a left turn, or when the vehicle overtakes or passes another vehicle.

Article 36

(1) On a road intended for two-way traffic with four or more lanes, the driver shall not drive on or move on to the lane intended for the traffic moving in the opposite direction. (2) On a road intended for two-way traffic with three lanes, the driver shall not use the lane on the left-hand side of the roadway. (3) On a road where the sides of the roadway are physically separated, i.e. dual- carriageway, the driver shall not move on the side of the roadway intended for the vehicles from the opposite direction. (4) On a road intended for one way traffic, the driver shall not move in the direction that is forbidden. (5) If, on a road with multiple lanes intended for one direction of traffic, one of the lanes is unsuitable for driving or the lane is ending, the driver moving in the same direction in the adjacent lane shall enable one vehicle to enter the lane in which they are moving.

Article 37

(1) The driver shall not move the vehicle backwards. (2) Driving backwards is allowed only on a short portion of the road, on the side of the roadway on which the vehicle has been moving, provided that such conduct does not jeopardize nor hinder other traffic participants. (3) The backward movement of the vehicle is not allowed on a portion of the road where the view is hindered, in the case of reduced visibility, in tunnels, on the portion of the road where stopping is forbidden and on railway crossings.

Article 38

(1) The driver shall not abruptly reduce the speed of the vehicle, except when avoiding immediate danger. (2) The driver who significantly reduces the speed of the vehicle shall do so in a manner which will not jeopardize nor hinder drivers moving behind.

Article 39

The vehicles with the right-of-way and escorted vehicles shall be allowed to move on tram areas and on the traffic lane intended for public transport.

Article 40

If there is not a road or a lane specifically intended for bicycle riding in the area, the bicycles may be ridden on the roadway within the width of no more than one meter from the right hand side of the roadway.

4. Aggressive driving

Article 41

(1) Aggressive driving is constituted by such behaviour of a driver that severely infringes traffic regulations, during which the driver does not exercise concern for the safety of other traffic participants. (2) Aggressive driving is also constituted by the following: 1) When a driver fails to stop in spite of a traffic signal more than once, provided that no more than 10 minutes had passed between two consecutive infringements. 2) When a driver overtakes a line of vehicle, while passing over or moving over a solid line which separates roadway into two-way lanes.

5. Speed

Article 42

(1) Driver shall adjust the speed of their vehicle to the qualities an the condition of the road, visibility, clearness of view, weather, the state of the vehicle and its load, traffic density and other traffic conditions, so as to be able to stop the vehicle in due time in front of any obstacle which is either visible or expectable under given circumstances and to drive the vehicle in a manner that does not jeopardize the traffic safety. (2) If a driver drives the vehicle at a speed so low that it hinders the ordinary flow of traffic, shall enable another vehicle to overtake or pass them at the nearest suitable position. (3) All provisions of this Law which refer to speed are applied to both the currently measured speed and the average speed.

Article 43

(1) On a road in a residential area, the driver shall not drive the vehicle at a speed exceeding 50 km/h or the speed limit allowed by the traffic sign for the entire residential area or its respective portion. (2) Exceptionally, on a road in a residential area which meets specific technical requirements, a speed limit of 80 km/h may be allowed by a traffic signal.

Article 44

(1) On a road outside of a residential area, driver shall not drive a vehicle at the speed exceeding: a. 120 km/h on the motorways, b. 100 km/h on the roads reserved for motor traffic, c. 80 km/h on other roads. (2) On a road outside of a residential area, the driver shall not drive at the speed exceeding the one allowed by a traffic signal.

Article 45

(1) The speed limits on roads depending on the class of the vehicle shall be as follows: 1) 80 km/h - for motorbuses and motorbuses with trailers for cargo transport as well as for freight motor vehicles up to 7 500 kg, except on motorways, where the limit shall be 100 km/h, 2) 80 km/h - for motor vehicles pulling a caravan, 3) 70 km/h - for motorbuses for organised transport of children, for jointed motorbuses with no standing places, for freight motor vehicles of more than 7 500 kg and for freight motor vehicles with a trailer, except on motorways where the limit shall be 90 km/h, 4) 50 km/h – for motorbuses with a trailer for passenger transport, for city motorbuses and for buses with both sitting and standing places, 5) 40 km/h – for tractors, and 30 km/h when a trailer hauled by a tractor is used to transport one or more persons, 6) 20 km/h for tourist trains and working machines transporting persons, (2) Freight vehicles and vehicle sets with the maximum permitted mass of more than 3 500 kg and motorbuses shall have a functioning speed limiter built in them.

6. Turning

Article 46

(1) The driver of the vehicle turning right shall do this moving in the rightmost lane of the roadway, unless a traffic signal signals otherwise. (2) The driver of a vehicle turning left shall do this moving in the traffic lane closest to the central reservation or in the traffic lane along the left-hand side of the roadway on one way road, unless a traffic signal signals otherwise. (3) The driver of the vehicle turning right shall yield to the vehicles moving from their right in the traffic lane for the vehicles for the public transport of passengers.

7. Right-of-way

Article 47

(1) The driver shall yield to the vehicle coming from the right-hand side in an intersection and when facing the other vehicle. (2) The driver of the vehicle turning left in an intersection shall yield to the vehicle which, coming from the opposite direction, keeps moving in the same direction or turns right, unless a traffic sign signals otherwise. (3) As an exception from Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article, a tram shall have the right-of-way under all circumstances, unless a traffic signal signals otherwise. (4) A driver entering a right-of-way road shall yield to all vehicles moving on that road. (5) The driver shall yield to all vehicles moving on the road he/she is about to enter, even if the road is not designated as a right-of-way road, if the vehicle enters from an earth road to a modern coated road or from an area other than a public traffic roadway. (6) A driver crossing a cycle lane or a cycle track shall yield to all vehicles moving along the lane/track when turning.

8. Traffic in intersections

Article 48

(1) A driver approaching an intersection shall adjust the speed to the conditions of the traffic at the intersection and shall drive at such speed so as to be able to stop or yield to the vehicles with the right-of-way in the intersection. (2) The driver shall, at a safe distance before the intersection, realign the vehicle to the traffic lane prescribed for entering the intersection at the desired direction.

Article 49

The driver shall not enter an intersection, despite having the right-of-way or being permitted by a traffic light to do so, if the traffic density would cause them to stop on the intersection or a pedestrian crossing and thus hinder or disable the movement of vehicles and pedestrians.

9. U-turn

Article 50

A driver shall not make a U-turn in a tunnel, on a bridge, a viaduct, an underpass, overpass, under reduced visibility or with unclear view, and on a portion of the road too narrow for a U-turn.

10. Passing from opposite directions

Article 51

(1) When passing a vehicle coming from the opposite direction, the driver shall maintain a safe distance between the two vehicles on their left-hand side, and move the vehicle towards the right-hand side edge of the roadway if necessary. (2) When passing a pedestrian from the opposite direction, the driver, the driver shall keep a safe distance between the vehicle and the pedestrian. (3) If the driver is unable to act as ordered by the provision from the 1st Paragraph of this Article due to an obstacle on the road or other traffic participants, the driver shall slow down the vehicle and, if necessary, move backwards or in any other direction so as to enable passing to take place. (4) If passing from opposite directions is impossible due to a narrow road or an obstacle, the driver who can, given to the traffic-related circumstances and road characteristics, more easily stop and, if necessary move backwards or in any other directions to enable passing by, shall be the first to do so. (5) When vehicles in an intersection come from different directions and both turn left, a driver shall pass the other vehicle by yielding to it from the right-hand side.

Article 52

(1) On the portion of the road marked as a dangerous ascent or a dangerous descent by a traffic sign, where passing is impossible or substantially difficult, the driver of the vehicle moving down the slope shall stop and move the vehicle at an adequate place provided they had noticed the vehicle coming from the opposite direction. (2) As an exception from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, the driver moving up the slope shall stop the vehicle in case there is an adequate stopping place in front of him/her, enabling safe passing and if in case he/she does not do so passing would require reverse moving of one of the vehicles. (3) On the road from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, if one of the passing vehicles needs to move backwards, the following vehicles shall move backwards: 1) Any vehicle approached by a vehicle with a trailer, 2) A freight vehicle approached by a motorbus, 3) A vehicle approached by a vehicle of a higher class, 4) When the vehicles of the same categories pass each other, the vehicle moving down the slope shall move backwards unless that action would be less complicated for the vehicle moving up the slope, due to the circumstances and the positions of the vehicles in the road. (4) Regarding the Paragraph 3, Items 3 and 4 of this Article, vehicles shall be classified from lower to higher categories in the following way: motorcycles and mopeds, tricycles and quadricycles, passenger vehicles, tractors, working machines, freight vehicles, motorbuses, vehicle sets.

11. Overtaking and passing

Article 53

(1) The driver shall overtake or pass another vehicle from its left-hand side. (2) Te driver shall overtake another vehicle from its right-hand side if the vehicle’s position on the roadway and the driver signals indicate that the vehicle is about to turn left. (3) A tram moving on rails which are situated in the middle of a roadway shall be overtaken from the right-hand side alone, provided there is a traffic lane between the tram and the right-hand side edge of the roadway. (4) On a road with at least two traffic lanes for movement in the same direction, a vehicle moving faster in one lane than a vehicle in another lane shall not be considered overtaking. (5) On a road in a residential are with at least two traffic lanes for the movement in the same direction, a vehicle passing a vehicle which does not use the rightmost traffic from the right-hand side shall not be considered overtaking.

Article 54

(1) The driver who was signalled that they are about to be overtaken shall move their vehicle towards the right-hand side edge of the roadway. (2) The driver shall not increase the speed of their vehicle while being overtaken by another vehicle.

Article 55

(1) The driver shall overtake or pass another vehicle only if such action does not hinder normal movement of vehicles coming from the opposite direction and if there is enough space on the road to do so safely. (2) The driver shall not overtake nor pass another vehicle if such action can jeopardize other traffic participants. (3) The driver shall not begin to overtake or pass: A line of vehicles,

If the driver moving from behind has begun to overtake or pass,

If such action would jeopardize the safety of or would hinder the traffic from the opposite direction,

If upon passing or overtaking the driver would not be able to return to the traffic lane on which they were previously moving without hindering or jeopardizing other traffic participants,

Via a lay-by,

At the beginning of a band, on the band, before or during a blind curve, except on the roadway with at least two traffic lanes for the vehicles moving in the same direction.

In a tunnel, unless in a tunnel with at least two traffic lanes for the vehicles moving in the same direction,

A vehicle approaching or passing over a pedestrian crossing, A vehicle which has stopped or is in the process of stopping in order to make it possible for pedestrians to cross the road on a pedestrian crossing,

At a level crossing of train or tram tracks,

An escorted line of vehicles,

Via a lane for slower traffic,

In a place where the traffic signalization prohibits it,

In such a way that they cross the solid lane and use the lane intended for the vehicles coming from the opposite direction.

(4) Overtaking a stationary line of vehicles on the road shall be forbidden if the driver could not safely return to the lane intended for the traffic moving in the direction in which they are moving. (5) Exceptionally, the overtaking referred to in the Item 15 of the 3rd Paragraph of this Article shall be allowed under the conditions of the 1st Paragraph of this Article, (6) The driver passing another vehicle shall keep their vehicle at the necessary distance from the vehicle they are passing, so that other traffic participants are neither hindered nor jeopardized.

Article 56

After passing or overtaking, the driver shall, without hindering or jeopardizing other traffic participants, return to the traffic lane in which they were driving previously.

Article 57

(1) The driver shall not overtake another vehicle immediately before or on a crossroad, unless it is a roundabout. (2) Immediately before or on a crossroad, the driver moving on a road with the right- of-way may overtake: 1) A vehicle turning left, if it is overtaken from the right-hand side, 2) A vehicle turning left, if the driver overtaking does not move on to the part of the roadway intended for the traffic from the opposite direction, 3) A vehicle moving on the road with the right-of-way, 4) A vehicle moving on a crossroad on which the traffic is regulated by traffic lights or signs issued by a police official, 5) A bicycle, moped or a motorcycle.

Article 58

(1) If there is an area not intended for movement f vehicles, an object or a device in the middle of the roadway, vehicles shall pass it from the right-hand side. (2) Areas, objects or devices referred to in the 1st Paragraph of this Article which are situated in the middle of a one-way traffic road may be passed from both sides, unless the traffic signals state otherwise.

12. Sound and light warning signals

Article 59

(1) The driver shall use a sound warning signal when safety requires, particularly when: 1) On a road outside residential area in order to warn other traffic participants that the driver is about to overtake them or if it is to prevent a traffic accident taking place, 2) A child is next to the roadway not paying attention to the movement of the vehicles, 3) On the road outside residential area before entering a poorly visible narrow curve or arriving at a bend where passing vehicles from the opposite direction is hindered, 4) The driver shall use the sound warning signal as frequently as it is necessary to warn other traffic participants, 5) The driver shall not use a sound warning signal of a variable frequency, unless in cases stipulated by this Law.

Article 60

(1) A light warning signal shall be given by successive or alternating switching of high-beam lights, taking into account not to blind the drivers coming from the opposite direction. (2) A driver may use a light warning signal instead of a sound warning signal at night. This signal may also be used in a residential area while overtaking another vehicle. (3) A light warning signal may also be used during daylight if such warning is more suitable for the situation on the road.

Article 61

(1) The driver of a vehicle which is obligated to have four direction indicators, shall switch them on when: 1) The passengers get on or off, 2) The driver is warning other participants of a traffic danger, 3) The visibility is reduced (thick fog, smoke etc.) 4) The driver is in the last vehicle at a line of vehicles which are at halt on a road outside residential area, unless the line was halted due to a traffic sign or a traffic rule, 5) It moves backwards, 6) The driver stops on the roadway, except if parking on a marked parking place or acting in accordance with a traffic sign or a traffic rule.

13. Stopping and parking

Article 62

(1) The driver shall not stop nor park a vehicle at a place where this could jeopardise the safety of other traffic participants or hinder normal traffic flow and the movement of pedestrians. (2) The provisions from this Law which are related to stopping and parking shall not apply to police officers performing their regular duties if obeying provisions on stopping and parking would hinder successful performance of an official duty.

Article 63

(1) A driver which is forced to stop the vehicle on the roadway due to a malfunction, a traffic accident or any other justified cause, shall take measures from the Article 68 of this Law, unless they jeopardise other vehicles, and shall get the vehicle removed from the roadway as soon as possible. (2) If the driver is forced to stop the vehicle on rails due to a malfunction, traffic accident or any other justified cause, they shall instantly remove the vehicle from the rails. If this is not possible they shall take all necessary measures to warn the drivers of the rail-born vehicles of the danger in due time.

Article 64

(1) A driver stopping or parking a vehicle on a public road outside of residential area shall stop or park the vehicle away from the roadway whenever possible. (2) A driver stopping or parking a vehicle on a public road shall stop or park the vehicle next to the right-hand side edge of the roadway, and if on a one-way public road they may park next to either left-hand or the right-hand side of the roadway, (3) The driver shall not stop or park the vehicle if there are tram rails or any other type of rails next to the right-hand side edge of the roadway. (4) The driver shall stop or park the vehicle in the middle of a roadway only on the parking sides marked by a traffic sign.

Article 65

(1) When parking, the driver shall park the vehicle at one parking space intended for the parking of that class of vehicles. (2) Doors shall not be opened on a stopped or parked vehicle if this would hinder the movement of other traffic participants or jeopardise traffic safety.

Article 66

(1) The driver shall not stop nor park the vehicle: 1) On a pedestrian crossing and on a crossing of a bicycle track and a roadway nor at a distance less than five meters from these crossings, 2) On a level crossing with rail or tram tracks nor at a distance less than five meters away from the crossings, as well as near a railway or a tram rail it that disables the traffic of the rail-borne vehicles, 3) On an intersection and at a distance less than five meters away from the nearest curb of the intersecting road, 4) In a tunnel, in an underpass, in a gallery, on a bridge or on an overpass, 5) Near a bend top or a curve which either has an unclear view or is not safe for overtaking, 6) On the section of the road where the width of the space between the stopped or parked vehicle and the solid length-oriented roadway line, the opposite edge of the roadway or a road obstacle is less than three meters, 7) At a place where the vehicle blocks a traffic sign from being seen, 8) On a cycle lane or track, 9) On a stop of public transport vehicles, at a distance less than 15 meters in front of and behind an erected traffic sign which marks the stop, 10) On a road with physically separated roadway lanes, unless permitted by a traffic sign, 11) Above a unit of the water supply network and an entrance into sewage system or any other network of communal services, 12) At a place where it would block another vehicle from reaching a parking place or which would disable a parked vehicle from leaving the parking place, 13) On a pavement, unless allowed or regulated differently by traffic signals and if there is a free passageway, not adjacent to the roadway, at least 1.60 meters wide for the pedestrians. 14) On a pavement or its portion intended for the movement of persons with special needs, 15) At squares, pedestrian areas and fire ways, 16) At approaching lanes, driveways or passages between tenement blocks, 17) At paths outside of street parking areas which connect parking places and tenement blocks with other roads, 18) At driveways or building, yard and garage exits, 19) At an entering or exiting traffic lane, the by-way, the traffic lane for vehicles of public transport and a tram area, 20) At a parking place marked by an additional traffic sign or a road mark to be a parking place for a disabled person’s vehicle, unless the vehicle has the appropriate label, 21) At a parking place marked by an additional traffic sign to be a place reserved for vehicles belonging to certain users, unless the vehicle does belong to those users, 22) Within in an area where the vehicular traffic is forbidden by a traffic sign. (2) Exceptionally, a driver of a taxi vehicle may stop at the places referred to in Paragraph 1, Items 6, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 18 of this Article, as well as in a traffic lane for the vehicles of public transport which is not used by trams, for the period of time necessary for the passengers to get in or get out of the vehicle.

Article 67

(1) A driver shall mark a trailer or a motor vehicle other than a motorcycle without a sidecar or a moped which is stopped on the roadway with an emergency triangle if: 1) They are forced to stop the vehicle at a spot or a section of the road as stipulated by the Article 66, Paragraph 1 of this Law, except for the Item 21, 2) A vehicle has stopped at such a place that drivers of the vehicles moving in the same direction cannot see it or would hardly see it in due time, 3) Outside residential areas, as well as on a public road a night or under reduced visibility conditions when the point of stopping is insufficiently lit. (2) An emergency triangle shall be placed vertically on the roadway behind a stopped vehicle, at a distance no less than 50 meters on roads outside residential areas and 10 meters in residential areas, so that a driver coming from the same direction shall be able to stop the vehicle in due time or safely pass the stopped vehicle. (3) When a line of motor vehicles is stopped on a road, two signs shall be placed on the roadway adjacent to each other, in the manner described in the 2nd Paragraph of this Article. (4) On the vehicle from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, the driver shall also switch on all four direction indicators. (5) The driver shall wear a reflective safety vest while outside the vehicle.

Article 68

A driver who leaves their vehicle on a road shall, before leaving the vehicle, take all necessary precautions to prevent the vehicle from moving on its own from the position where it was left or parked and to take all necessary precautions to secure the vehicle from unauthorized use.

14. Vehicle towing

Article 69

(1) In road traffic, a motor vehicle shall have no more than two trailers for cargo transport or one trailer for the transport of individuals, and only one trailer on the motorways and roads reserved for motor traffic. (2) Exception from the 1st Paragraph of this Article applies to tourist trains which may have the maximum of three trailers. (3) A tractor may tow no more than one tractor trailer and other vehicles shall not tow tractor trailers. (4) A motor vehicle shall tow only the trailers which do not decrease its stability. (5) A trailer for the transport of passengers may be appended only to motorbuses in public transport in the city or suburban areas.

Article 70

(1) Towing of defective vehicles is not allowed on motorways and on roads reserved for traffic of motor vehicles. (2) If the vehicle becomes defective on a motorway or a road reserved for traffic of motor vehicles it shall be towed no further than the nearest exit.

Article 71

(1) One motor vehicle shall tow another only if the latter cannot move on its own due to being defective or due to lack of some parts. (2) A motor vehicle shall not tow a motorcycle, a moped, a light tricycle or a heavy tricycle.

Article 72

(1) A defective motor vehicle on a road shall be towed with the use of a towrope, a tow bar, by leaning or suspending the towed vehicle onto the towing vehicle. (2) The towrope shall not be used for towing motor vehicles without an operational steering device, breaking device, for freight vehicles or motorbuses. (3) Tow bar shall not be used to tow a motor vehicle without an operational steering device, nor a motor vehicle whose total mass exceeds the total mass of the towing vehicle and has defective breaks. (4) If a motor vehicle is being pilled by the use of a towrope or a tow bar, the person that drives the towed vehicle shall have the appropriate license for driving the category of vehicles which the towed vehicle belongs to.

Article 73

(1) During the towing of a defective vehicle, the towing vehicle shall have all four direction indicators switched on, and so shall the towed vehicle if its indicators are operational. Warning triangles shall be placed on both vehicles. (2) The towing motor vehicle shall have the warning triangle positioned on its front side, while the towed vehicle shall have it positioned on the rear side. (3) No persons shall be transported in the towed vehicle, apart from the driver.

Article 74

A motor vehicle shall be towed during night time or in daylight with reduced visibility only if the vehicle’s rear parking lights are switched on or if the towing vehicle uses a yellow rotating light while towing.

Article 75

(1) The distance between the towing and the towed vehicle shall be 3 to 5 meters if towed with a towrope and may be less than 3, but not more than 5 meters if towed with a tow bar. (2) A motor vehicle that tows a defective vehicle on a road shall not drive at the speed higher than 40 km/h.

Article 76

The towing of a loaded freight vehicle with or without a trailer or a tractor with a trailer shall be conducted only up to the nearest point suitable for cargo replacement and exceptionally to the nearest point where the defect on the vehicle may be amended.

15. The use of lights in traffic

Article 77

(1) During daylight, a motor vehicle in road traffic shall have its low beam or daytime running lights switched on. (2) During night time, a motor vehicle in road traffic shall have its high beam lights switched on. (3) The driver shall use the low beam lights instead of high beam lights in following cases:

1)When, during passing another vehicle, the driver estimates that the light of their vehicle is dazzling the driver of the vehicle coming from the opposite direction and always when the distance between the vehicles is less than 200 m,

2) If the light hiders the driver that is in front,

3) On a road illuminated by street lights,

4) In a tunnel,

5) If the light hinders the operator of a rail-born vehicle or a vessel,

6) During fog,

7) While the vehicle is stopped.

(4) The provisions of the 2nd and 3rd Paragraphs of this article shall not apply to the drivers of vehicles that are not obligated to have high beam lights.

Article 78

(1) Position lights shall be switched on all the time while the high beam, low beam or fog lights are on. (2) During night time, as well as daylight under conditions of reduced visibility, a vehicle on the road shall have its rear position lights switched on. (3) During the course of driving, the lights and catadiopters shall not be obscured or dirty to such extent that they are not visible to other traffic participants.

Article 79

(1) During an occurrence of fog, a motor vehicle shall have low beam lights, fog lights or both switched on. (2) Rear fog lights shall be used only during an occurrence of fog or in case of reduced visibility.

Article 80

(1) A vehicle which is stopped or parked on a roadway during night or during low visibility shall have position lights or parking lights switched on. (2) In a residential area it shall be sufficient for the vehicle referred to in the 1st Paragraph of this Article to have position lights or parking lights switched on the side of vehicle which faces the middle of the road. (3) The driver of the vehicle from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall not be obliged to have the lights switched on if it is situated on the portion of the road where the streetlights are such that the vehicle is sufficiently visible, on a specifically marked position.

Article 81

When moving during night or during reduced visibility conditions:

1) A pedestrian moving on a roadway of a public road outside of a residential area shall be either illuminated or marked with reflecting matter, 2) A pedestrian pulling or pushing a handcart on a roadway shall wear a reflective vest or shall have on the left side of the cart at least one white or yellow light visible from both front and rear switched on, unless the streetlight is such that both the pedestrian and the cart are sufficiently visible, 3) A person using a wheelchair shall have at its left side at least one white or yellow white light, visible from both front and rear, switched on, unless the streetlight is such that the pedestrian is sufficiently visible, 4) Pedestrians moving on a roadway in an organized line, other than funeral processions or approved processions, military or police forces, shall either wear reflective vests or hold at least one white or yellow light switched on at the front end and a red light at the rear end, 5) A bicycle shall have one white light switched on in the front and a red light in the rear, 6) An animal-drawn cart shall have at least one white light switched on at the front end and at least one red light at the rear end. These lights shall be positioned either along the longitudinal axis or at the left side of the vehicle, and if there is only one light on the vehicle, it shall be positioned on a visible place at the left side of the vehicle, 7) Persons leading animal herds, if moving on a roadway outside of residential area, shall wear a reflective vest.

16. The distance between vehicles

Article 82

A driver shall remain at a safe distance from the vehicle being driven in front of them, so as to be able to slow down or stop in due time should the vehicle in front of them slow down or stop.

Article 83

(1) When two motor vehicles with the maximum allowed weight of over 3 500 kg or with the length exceeding 7 meters move on a public road outside of residential area which has only one lane for the traffic in each direction, the driver of such vehicles shall, except when committing or commencing an overtake, maintain a distance which enables vehicles moving behind them to safely overtake. (2) The provision from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall not apply to the section of the road where overtaking is forbidden.

17. The traffic of trams and other rail-borne vehicles

The provision of this Law shall be accordingly apply to the traffic of trams and other rail- borne vehicles, except when it is impossible due to constructional properties of the vehicles or the manner in which they move.

18. Specific provisions on the traffic of tractors, working machines, motor cultivators and animal-drawn carts

Article 85

A tractor or a working machine shall have in road traffic only those working appendages that are due to their purpose and which are appropriately marked.

A working machine or a motor cultivator shall not tow their trailers in road traffic.

19. The traffic of animal-drawn carts and animals’ participation in traffic

Article 86

(1) The driver of an animal-drawn cart shall be at least 14 years of age and capable of controlling the drawing animals. (2) The driver of an animal-drawn cart shall in road traffic either drive the cart from the cart itself or lead the animals from the animals’ right-hand side. (3) An animal-drawn cart shall have breaking devices which shall enable safe stopping of the vehicle. (4) An animal-drawn cart moving behind another animal-drawn cart shall remain at a distance of at least 50 meters to allow faster vehicles to overtake. (5) One head of livestock may be tied to an animal-drawn cart moving on a road, at the right-hand side of the cart’s rear end. (6) An animal drawn cart shall not be left on a road without the supervision of the driver or another person capable of controlling the drawing animals.

Article 87

(1) Domestic animals shall be on a road only if accompanied by persons who shall lead them and secure them so that the animals do not jeopardize traffic safety. Animals shall not be led from a vehicle or off a vehicle. Animals shall not be allowed on a motorway, a road reserved for traffic of motor vehicles, state road of first order and a cycle track. (2) If the animals from the 1st Paragraph of this Article are being transported in a vehicle, the transport shall be conducted in such manner so as not to jeopardize nor hinder the driver or other traffic participants. (3) Animals shall be led as near as possible to the right hand side of the roadway in such a manner that other traffic participants are not jeopardized. (4) An owner of animals or the person leading the animals shall not feed, hold or gather animals on a road nor shall they leave them on a road unsupervised. A rider or another person leading an animal shall remove all matters that the animal has left on the road. (5) Riders may use the roadway for movement only if it is made possible by the traffic regime on that road. For the movement of riders on roadway, the provisions of this Law adhering to the movement of bicycles shall be applied accordingly.

20. Special provisions on the traffic of bicycles, mopeds, tricycles quadricycles and motorcycles

Article 88

(1) A child under the age of 12 shall not ride a bicycle on a public road. (2) As an exception, a child of at least nine years shall be allowed to ride a bicycle in pedestrian zone, slow traffic zone, zone “30”, school area and on an unclassified road, (3) As an exception, a child below the age of nine shall be allowed to ride a bicycle in a pedestrian zone and a slow traffic zone if it is accompanied by a person above the age of 16.

Article 89

(1) A person riding a bicycle shall ride it on a bicycle lane at the maximum speed of 35 km/h. (2) Riders of bicycles, mopeds and light tricycles shall move on the right-hand side of a bicycle lane if there is no one on the road. (3) At the bicycle tracks with lanes for two directions, the person riding a bike shall move on the right-hand side. (4) If two or more riders of bicycles, mopeds, tricycles or motorcycles move together, it shall be done in a line, one after the other.

Article 90

Persons riding a bicycle, moped, tricycle or a motorcycle shall operate the vehicle so as not to reduce the vehicle’s stability of the vehicle or hinder other traffic participants. They shall not:

1) Let go off the handlebar, 2) Keep their feet away from pedals, 3) Hold on to another vehicle, 4) Lead animals or tow or push other vehicles, apart from a bicycle trailer, 5) Allow their vehicle to be towed or pushed, 6) Carry objects that my distract them while riding, 7) Use both headphones to listen an audio device.

Article 91

(1) A passenger on a motorcycle, moped, tricycle or a quadricycle (2) More precise regulations on requirements which protective helmets, used by persons riding a motorcycle, moped, tricycle or a quadricycle, need to fulfil will be passed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic.

Article 92

A bicycle, moped and a motorcycle in vehicular traffic may have a trailer with two wheels used for transport of cargo connected to it in such a manner so that the stability of the vehicle is secured. No passengers shall be transported in the trailer. The trailer shall not be wider than one meter and shall either have a red parking light at the rear left-hand part, or a cadadioptric triangle if towed by a bicycle.

21. The movement of pedestrians

Article 93

(1) A pedestrian shall not move or stand on the roadway, except in cases defined by this Law, nor shall they suddenly step on a roadway, (2) If a pedestrian moves on a roadway outside residential area, they shall move as close to the edge on the right-hand side as possible in the direction of vehicles’ movement in such a way that does not hinder or obstruct vehicular traffic. (3) A pedestrian traffic participant who is in a wheelchair for the disabled, on rollers, skateboards etc. shall not hold on to a vehicle moving in the traffic. (4) On a road without a pavement or any other surface intended for the pedestrian movement, the pedestrians shall move along the roadway at the distance of no more than one meter from the edge of the roadway.

Article 94

(1) On a road that contains a sidewalk or another surface intended for pedestrian movement, or a surface adjacent to the roadway which is suitable for pedestrian movement, the pedestrian shall move on those surfaces. (2) When going around an obstacle on a sidewalk, the pedestrian shall, before stepping on the roadway, pay attention to the distance and the speed of the approaching vehicle and firstly confirm that stepping on the roadway does not jeopardize traffic safety.

Article 95

(1) A line of pedestrians which moves on a roadway led by a guide (an organized pedestrian line) shall move along the right hand side of the road in the direction of movement. (2) An organized pedestrian line shall not hinder the regular traffic conduct and shall not be longer than 100 meters. (3) If there is more than one organized pedestrian line moving on a roadway, the distance between the lines shall be no less than 30 meters.

Article 96

(1) The pedestrian shall move across a roadway or a cycle track with caution and by the shortest possible path, after confirming that it can be done safely. (2) While crossing the roadway, the pedestrian shall not use a mobile phone or headphones. (3) On a road which contains a pedestrian crossing, a footbridge or a pedestrian passage, the pedestrian shall use the crossing, footbridge or passage while crossing, if not at more than 100 meters of distance.

Article 97

(1) On a pedestrian crossing where the light signals regulate the movement of the pedestrians, the pedestrian shall move according to the signals. (2) On a pedestrian crossing where a police official regulates the movement of the pedestrians, the pedestrians shall cross the roadway only when it is signalled that they may do so.

Article 98

(1) A pedestrian shall not step on or move across the roadway of a motorway or a road reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles. (2) The prohibition from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall not apply to: 1) A police officer performing official duties, 2) A person investigating a traffic accident or taking part in the investigation, 3) A worker performing works on the road, 4) A person who is working on removing the consequences of a traffic accident or a malfunction of a vehicle or cargo, 5) A person delivering urgent medical assistance or the first aid, 6) Road inspectors conducting their official duties as well as other employees of road authorities, 7) The driver of a vehicle that was forced to stop. (3) Persons from the 2nd Paragraph of this Article and the site of their activities shall be marked in a manner that provides safety to all traffic participants.

2. The responsibilities of drivers towards pedestrians

Article 99

(1) If the traffic on a pedestrian crossing is regulated by traffic lights or signals from police officers, the driver shall stop the vehicle in front of the pedestrian crossing in accordance with the sign prohibiting the passing; the driver shall yield to the pedestrian who has already stepped on a pedestrian crossing or is about to do so even if the traffic light or the signals from the police officer allows them to drive on. (2) If the marked pedestrian crossing from the 1st Paragraph of this Article is located next to the entrance to a side road, the driver taking a turn to that road shall do that in a safe manner and yield to the pedestrian who has already stepped, is stepping or is about to step onto the pedestrian crossing, and stop the vehicle if necessary. (3) If the traffic on a marked pedestrian crossing is neither regulated by traffic lights nor by signs from a police officer, the driver shall adjust the speed in order to be able to stop the vehicle safely and at any time in front of the pedestrian crossing and yield to a pedestrian who has already stepped, is stepping or is about to step onto the pedestrian crossing. (4) A driver turning to a side road at whose entrance there is no marked pedestrian crossing shall yield to pedestrians who have already stepped or are stepping onto the roadway. (5) If in cases referred to in Paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 4 of this Article, pedestrians are children, elder people, or blind persons using a white cane and/or a guide dog, disabled persons using a wheelchair or any other prosthetic devices, the driver shall stop the vehicle and yield to them. (6) The driver shall not drive through an organised line of pedestrians moving on the roadway.

23. The traffic at the road and railway crossings

Article 100

(1) At a road and railway crossing, the driver shall yield to a rail-borne vehicle moving along a railway. (2) The driver approaching a road and railway crossing shall adjust the speed so as to be able to stop the vehicle in front of the crossing before reaching the rails, in front of the ramp or in front of the device signalling that a train is approaching.

Article 101

Traffic participants shall stop in front of a road and railway crossing if the ramp is down or if it starts to come down or if any light or sound signals are warning them that the ramp is about to be lowered or when a traffic light announcing that a train is about to approach the crossing forbids further passage.

24. The traffic on a motorway and a road reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles

Article 102

(1) Only motorcycles, passenger vehicles, freight vehicles and motorbuses with or without trailers shall be allowed on motorways and roads reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles. (2) The vehicles from the 1st Paragraph of this Article with the maximum speed less than 50 km/h shall not be allowed on motorways and roads reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles. (3) Provisions from Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article shall not apply to the police and military vehicles.

Article 103

(1) The driver shall enter or exit the motorway or the road reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles only at the junctions intended for entering or exiting the road, respectively. (2) The driver of a motor vehicle entering the traffic on a road reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles shall: 1) Use an entering traffic lane if there is one and enter the traffic by turning on appropriate direction indicators in a way that does not jeopardise the traffic of vehicles on the road, 2) Yield to vehicles moving on the road if there is not an entering traffic lane on the road. (3) The driver leaving a motorway or the road reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles shall in due time move to the rightmost lane and drive to a slow traffic exit lane if there is one,

Article 104

(1) On a motorway or a road reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles which has more than one lane for the same direction of traffic, the driver of a motor vehicle shall move on the rightmost traffic lane, except when it is occupied by a line of vehicles or when the driver is overtaking. (2) Movement of vehicles is not allowed on a lay-by. (3) As an exception from the 2nd Paragraph of this Article, escorted vehicles and vehicles with the right-of-way may move on the lay-by if the other lanes are busy. (4) On a motorway or a road reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles with three or more lanes for one direction of traffic, the drivers of freight vehicles with the maximum allowed mass of more than 3 500 kg and the drivers of vehicle sets longer than 7 meters shall use only the two rightmost lanes. (5) The driver of the vehicles referred to in the 4th Paragraph of this Article driving on a motorway or a road reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles with two lanes for one direction shall move on the rightmost lane, except while overtaking. (6) In the case of a gridlock on a motorway without a lay-by, the drivers shall leave an empty area on which escorted vehicles and vehicles with the right-of-way may move, by moving towards the rightmost edge of their lane for the drivers in the right traffic lane and towards the leftmost edge of their lane for the drivers in the left traffic lane, so that the area is wide enough for the vehicles to move uninterrupted.

Article 105

(1) The driver shall not stop nor park a motor vehicle on a motorway or on a road reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles, except at places specifically designed and marked as such. (2) U-turns and moving backwards shall always be prohibited on a motorway or a road reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles. (3) A driver who is forced to stop the vehicle on the roadway of a motorway or a road reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles due to a malfunction or any other reason shall do this on a lay-by and shall undertake the necessary measures to remove the vehicle from the roadway as soon as possible.

25. Escorted vehicles

Article 106

(1) An escorted vehicle is a vehicle which is being escorted by the vehicles of the Police, the Security-Information Agency (BIA), Serbian Army or the Military Security Agency (VBA) making special sound and light signals. The vehicles of the Police, the Serbian Army, Security-Information Agency and Military Security Agency shall also be considered escorted vehicles when making special sound and light signals. (2) The special sound and light signals for the escorted vehicles are red and blue blinking lights (hereinafter: red and blue light) and a sound signal of a variable frequency (hereinafter: the siren). (3) As an exception from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, an escorted vehicle shall only give the light signals without the siren if the vehicle is sufficiently visible and the safety of the traffic participants is sufficient, unless the escorted vehicle is moving at a higher speed than what is allowed on that portion of the road. (4) For the purpose of better visibility, an escorted vehicle may also, apart from the blinking lights, give a light warning signal from the Article 60 of this Law. (5) The devices which generate the light and sound signals from the Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article shall only be built into the vehicles from the 1st Paragraph of this Article for the purpose of escorting. (6) The devices which generate the special sound and light signals from the Paragraphs 1 and of this Article shall only be used in the vehicles from the 1st Paragraph of this Article while escorting. (7) Escorted vehicles shall have the right-of-way towards other vehicles, except the vehicles moving in an intersection where the traffic is regulated by traffic lights or signals from a police officer which are currently forbidding passing. Provisions of this Law which refer to speed limits, yielding to pedestrians, inability to interrupt a line of pedestrians, overtaking and passing shall not apply to escorted vehicles if they do not jeopardise the safety of other traffic participants. (8) The Minister in charge of interior affairs shall pass more specific provisions on the technical characteristics of devices, fitting and placement, and the usage of the special signals. (9) The Minister in charge of the issues of defence shall pass more detailed provisions on the technical characteristics of devices, fitting and placement, and the usage of the special signals on military vehicles.

Article 107

(1) A driver who approaches or is being approached by an escorted vehicle shall yield to them, enable them to pass or overtake and, if necessary, shall stop or remove the vehicle from the roadway, as well as obey orders issued by a person from the escort and shall continue driving only after all escorted vehicles pass. (2) Pedestrians shall not step on a roadway or shall get off the roadway to enable undisturbed movement of escorted vehicles. (3) The mutual right-of-way of more than one vehicle from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be subject to general provisions on the right-of-way from this Law.

26. Vehicles with the right-of-way

Article 108

(1) A vehicle with the right-of-way is a vehicle of the Police, Security Information Agency, Serbian Army, Military Security Agency, emergency medical service and fire engines while producing special sound and light signals. (2) Vehicles with the right-of-way shall also include the vehicles of the Ministry in charge of correctional institutions while transporting prisoners while making special sound and light signals. (3) Special sound and light signals produced by vehicles with the right-of-way shall include at least one blue blinking or rotating light (hereinafter: the blue light) and a sound of variable frequency (hereinafter: the siren). (4) As an exception from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, if the visibility of the vehicle with the right-of-way is sufficient and if traffic participants are sufficiently safe, the vehicle with the right-of-way shall produce only special light signals without a siren except when the vehicle with the right-of-way exceeds the speed limit for that portion of the road or if the use of a siren would disable or hinder the successful completion of an official task. (5) The devices which generate the special sound and light signals shall only be built into the vehicles from the Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article. (6) The devices which generate the special sound and light signals shall only be used in the vehicles from the Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article when that is indispensable for an efficient and safe completion of an official task which needs to be done with no delay. (7) The vehicles with the right-of-way shall have the right-of-way towards all other vehicles except the escorted vehicles and vehicles moving in an intersection where the traffic is regulated by traffic lights or signals from a police officer which are currently forbidding passing. Provisions of this Law which refer to speed limits, yielding to pedestrians, inability to interrupt a line of pedestrians, overtaking and passing shall not apply to the vehicles with the right-of-way if they do not jeopardise the safety of other traffic participants. (8) The Minister in charge of interior affairs shall pass more specific provisions on the technical characteristics of devices, fitting and placement, and the usage of the special signals. (9) The Minister in charge of the issues of defence shall pass more detailed provisions on the technical characteristics of devices, fitting and placement, and the usage of the special signals on military vehicles.

Article 109

(1) A driver who approaches or is being approached by a vehicle with the right of way shall yield to them, enable them to pass or overtake and, if necessary, shall stop or remove the vehicle from the roadway, as well as obey orders issued by a person from the escort and shall continue driving only after all escorted vehicles pass. (2) When the vehicles with the right-of-way makes way for a vehicle moving behind it, other traffic participants shall treat them as a vehicle with the right-of-way. (3) The person driving a vehicle with the right-of-way shall take care of the safety of other traffic participants. (4) Pedestrians shall not step on a roadway or shall get off the roadway to enable undisturbed movement to the vehicles with the right-of-way. (5) The mutual right-of-way of more than one vehicle from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be subject to general provisions on the right-of-way from this Law.

Article 110

(1) When a police vehicle with the right-of-way makes a light warning signal as described in the Article 60, the driver of the vehicle moving in front of it shall instantly stop their vehicle in a safe manner by the right-hand side edge of the roadway, and outside of the roadway if possible. (2) The driver of the vehicle moving behind a police vehicle making special sound and light signals shall observe the signals and orders of the police officer, follow the police vehicle to a suitable stopping place and safely stop behind the police vehicle.

27. Usage of yellow rotating or blinking lights

Article 111

(1) A vehicle used for conducting works and activities on the road, particularly construction, maintenance of roads, electric, postal and other devices and installations, road assistance, towing damaged and inoperable vehicles and illegally parked vehicles, as well as for the maintenance of public utilities, shall have a switched on yellow light, rotating or blinking, for as long as works and activities are occurring on or near a roadway. (2) In road traffic, the following participants shall have a switched on yellow rotating or blinking light: 1) A vehicle whose dimensions exceed regulations or whose load exceeds prescribed dimensions and the vehicle which is escorting such ride, if it is demanded in the special transport permit, 2) A tractor during night time, under reduced visibility conditions, and when it has trailers for conducting of works. The light shall be placed on the most protruding point of the tractor, 3) Working machines during night time or at reduced visibility, (3) A yellow blinking and rotating light may be used on a vehicle to warn of a forcedly stopped vehicle, a traffic accident, a public display or performance on the road or any other road obstacle. (4) A driver who approaches a vehicle with switched on yellow rotating or blanking lights shall increase caution and adjust both the speed and the way the vehicle is moving. (5) The yellow rotating or blinking lights shall only be used in cases prescribed by this Law.

28. Cargo transport on a vehicle

Article 112

(1) In road traffic, a vehicle shall not be loaded: 1) Over the load capacity which is entered in the registration book or over maximum axial burdening defined by the vehicle’s manufacturer, 2) Over the axial burdening prescribed by technical legal regulations on vehicles and the maximum permitted mass, 3) To such extent that the vehicle combined with the load would exceed maximum permitted dimensions for certain vehicle categories (length, width and height). (2) As an exception from the provisions in Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2 and 3 of this Article, the vehicle or the vehicle set is allowed to participate in road traffic with a special permit issued by a competent authority. (3) The cargo in the vehicle shall be stored and secured in order to remain in the same position during the driving as it was during the loading, so that it does not: 1) Affect other traffic participants’ safety and does not harm the road or the objects on the road, 2) Reduce the stability of the vehicle, hinder the driving of the vehicle, nor affect the functioning and use of assemblies and parts of the vehicle, 3) Reduce the driver’s view, 4) Fall from the vehicle, scatter or drag over the road, 5) Obscure lights, registration plates and other prescribed marks on the vehicle, 6) Pollute the environment. (4) Bulk cargo shall be covered, unless it is on a tractor trailer. (5) The legal entity, the entrepreneur or the physical entity that arranges or conducts loading shall be responsible for observing of the provisions from this Article. (6) If cargo was loaded abroad, for the needs of the receiver or the one who ordered the transport with the residence or the headquarters in the Republic of Serbia, the receiver of the cargo or the person who ordered the transport shall also be held responsible.

Article 113

(1) The cargo on a motor vehicle may surpass the furthest point to the front of the vehicle for no more than one meter. (2) The cargo on a vehicle shall not surpass the furthest point to the rear for more than 1/6 of its length, with the rest of the cargo shall lie in the cargo area. Exceptionally, a vehicle which has not been loaded in accordance with this Paragraph, may participate in the traffic if approved by the road management. (3) If the cargo on a vehicle surpasses the furthest point to the vehicles’ rear, it shall be marked by a prescribed board for freight vehicles and trailers and by a red cloth on other vehicles, and under reduced visibility conditions by a red light or a red reflective matter. (4) More precise provisions on loading, securing and marking of cargo shall be passed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic.

Article 114

(1) When the working vehicles which are not used for roadwork have dismountable working tools installed while in road traffic, they shall be appropriately marked. (2) The loading and the unloading of cargo which takes place on the road shall be done in such a way so as not to disturb nor jeopardise the other traffic participants.

29. Special transport

Article 115

(1) The movement on the road of a vehicle or a set of vehicles which do not meet the criteria for dimensions (length, width and height), maximum permitted mass or axis forces, or the movement of vehicles with loads exceeding maximum permitted dimensions (length, width and height) for certain classes of vehicles shall be considered special transport. (2) A special transport shall be carried out based on a permit issued by the road management. This permit may be used to specify special circumstances under which the transport will take place. (3) When the permit determines that a special transport shall be escorted by police officials, the consent for the transport should be given by the Ministry of the Interior. (4) Special transport shall be carried out in line with conditions stated in the special transport permit. (5) If the special permit determines that a special transport shall be escorted by the police, all related costs shall be covered by the shipper. (6) More precise requirements for the way in which the special transport is carried out and the vehicles used for it, will be passed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic.

30. Transport of persons by vehicles

Article 116

(1) In or on a motor vehicle and the trailer in road traffic the driver may transport as many persons as determined in the registration card and they shall be placed on positions which are intended for this purpose. (2) As an exception from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, a freight vehicle belonging to the Serbian Army or the Police shall be allowed to transport persons in the freight compartment. (3) On a trailer towed by a tractor in the road traffic, maximum of five persons shall be transported and in the loading compartment of a motor cultivator, maximum of three persons. (4) Persons from the 3rd Paragraph of this Article being transported in the loading compartment shall neither stand nor sit on the sides of the car body, sit on unstable objects or objects exceeding the height of the loading box. Persons under the age of 14 shall be transport only if accompanied by an adult.

Article 117

(1) No person shall be transported in a closed compartment of a vehicle which cannot be opened from the inside. (2) As an exception from the 1st Paragraph of this article persons may be transported in vehicles belonging to the police, military or correctional authorities only for official duties. (3) Persons shall not be transported in caravan trailers.

Article 118

(1) A bicycle rider above the age of 18 shall be allowed to transport a child under the age of eight if the bicycle has a special seat built in and adjusted to the child’s weight. (2) A child under the age of 12 shall not be transported on a moped, tricycle, motorcycle or a quadricycle. (3) A motorcycle may have a side seat for the transport of passengers.

Article 119

(1) While a vehicle is in motion, it shall forbidden to jump into or jump out of the vehicle, open the doors, lean outside, protrude body parts and ride on the outer parts of the vehicle or tractor implements. (2) The driver shall not operate the vehicle in a way which allows for jumping out of the vehicle, opening doors, leaning outside, riding on the external parts of the vehicle or tractor trailers. (3) As an exception from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, persons carrying out their work-related tasks may be transported on the external parts of the vehicle or the trailer (on fire engines, public utility vehicles, vehicles belonging to the electricity distribution company etc.) if the vehicle has a platform for standing with holders built in. (4) If a vehicle from the 3rd Paragraph of this Article transports persons, its speed limit shall be 30 km/h.

Article 120

(1) Vehicle doors shall not be open while the vehicle is moving, nor shall the driver start the vehicle unless the doors are closed. (2) The driver shall not start driving a vehicle until the passengers have safely gotten on or off the vehicle and the doors have been closed.

Article 121

(1) A tourist train shall only move along the route specified by the competent local self-government authority. When moving outside the specified route, the train shall have a special permit issued by the competent authority on traffic issues. (2) A tourist train shall only be driven by a driver which possesses a driving license for at least B category vehicles and a special license for driving a tourist train issued by the Agency. (3) The special license shall be issued for a five-year period. (4) More specific regulations on training, tests and records keeping shall be passed by the Minister of the Interior, at the proposal of the Agency. (5) More specific requirements regarding the usage and the technical characteristics of a tourist train shall be defined by The Minister in charge of the issues of traffic. (6) The Agency shall perform the tasks from the 2nd Paragraph of this Article as entrusted tasks.

31. Test drive

Article 122

(1) For a test drive during which, in order to test a manufactured or a repaired motor vehicle or a trailer, the driver shall depart from certain traffic rules or regulations, a permit is required. (2) A request for issuing a permit on fulfilment of conditions for a test drive shall contain: the data on the vehicle (class, make, type and the identification label), the purpose of the test, first and family name of the drivers or their driving license numbers, the data on the persons who will be inside the vehicle during the test drive, the name of the road and the test drive route, the time of the test drive and the list of traffic safety rules from which the drivers will depart during the test drive. (3) If the test drive may damage the road or any road objects, the permit for the test drive shall be issued with a prior consent of the road management. (4) The permit from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall define the contents and the manner of conducting the test drive, security and insurance measures that the organiser shall undertake and pay for, measures that shall be undertaken while testing newly manufactured motor vehicles and trailers, traffic safety rules from which the driver will depart during the test drive, the name of persons performing the testing during the test drive as well as the time limit for the test drive, which shall not be longer than one year. The permit may be issued for one or more vehicles which are to be tested. (5) A test drive shall be conducted only at the time and in the manner which are defined by the test drive permit. (6) The permit from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be issued by the organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior which is territorially competent for the area where the test drive begins. If the test drive is about to be performed on an area which spans territories of two or more organisational units, the permit shall be issued by the Ministry of Interior. (7) The motor vehicle which is tested, besides registration plates or test plates, shall be marked with special signs which read “PROBNA VOŽNJA” (“Test drive”) in the front and the rear. (8) A legal or a physical entity which initiates the test drive shall bear all costs related to the test drive which may incur to state bodies, bodies of local self-government units and the road management.

V SPORTS EVENTS AND OTHER PERFORMANCES ON ROADS

Article 123

(1) Holding sports events or other performances on a road shall be prohibited. (2) Exceptionally, a sports event or another performance may be held with a permit previously issued by the organizational unit of the Ministry of Interior which is territorially competent. (3) If the performance is about to be performed on the area which spans the territories of two or more organisational units, the permit shall be issued by the Ministry of Interior. (4) If it is necessary to stop the traffic on a road or to otherwise change the traffic regime in order to hold a sports event or any other performance, the permit shall be issued with a prior consent of the Ministry or the body of the local self- government unit in charge of the issues of traffic.

Article 124

(1) A permit for holding a sports event or any other performance on a road may be issued to the organisers which are legal entities with headquarters in the Republic of Serbia. (2) The request for the issuing of the permit shall be submitted no later than 15 days before holding the sports event or other performance on the road. (3) The request for the issuing of the permit shall contain: the business name of the event organiser, the first and the family name of the person responsible for the safety of the event, the road (the route and the place) where the performance will be held, the time and schedule of the performance and the measures to which the organiser is going to undertake to provide security to the participators and the spectators of the event, the programme of the performance, calendar and competition rules (a report). The letter of consent to performance given by the road management, identification data of persons securing the event and the registration numbers of vehicles escorting the performance participants shall be enclosed together with the request. (4) The Ministry in charge of the interior affairs shall issue a decision on permit issuing within 7 days after the request has been received. (5) Within the permit for holding a sports event or any other performance on a road shall be specified the time and venue, the measures that need to be taken for safe realisation of the performance and the costs incurred. (6) The organiser shall organise and carry out a sports event or any other performance on a road in a safe manner as defined by the permit. (7) All costs incurred upon state bodies, bodies of local self-government units or road management as a consequence of a sports event or any other performance on a road shall be covered by the legal entity organising the performance.

Article 125

(1) The organiser of a sports event or any other performance on a road shall inform the public of the measures of restriction or prohibition of traffic via public media, no later than 48 hours before the event begins. (2) The Ministry of Interior may prohibit or stop a sports event or any other performance on a road if they determine that the organisers did not take measures as defined by the permit or if such action is required by other safety concerns. (3) The decision to prohibit or stop a performance shall be made in a shortened procedure or delivered orally, in accordance with the provisions from the Law on General Administrative Procedure.

Article 126

The provisions of regulations regarding public gatherings of citizens and prevention of violence at sports events shall apply to sports events or any other performances on a road, unless otherwise defined by this Law.

Article 127

(1) The organiser of a sports event or any other performance on a road shall not commence the performance unless they have taken all the security measures defined by the permit. (2) The organiser shall stop the sports event or any other performance on a road if: 1) the participants or the spectators are jeopardized, 2) the public order and peace are seriously disturbed, 3) security measures are not taken as defined in the permit, 4) stopping is required by other safety concerns. (3) If the organiser does not provide the special security measures during the event, the body that has issued the permit may send the necessary number of police officials in order to take the measures. In this event, all costs incurred by the special measures shall be covered by the organiser.

Article 128

The competitors and other participants of the event shall only be accompanied by vehicles marked with a special label which is specified by the organiser.

If the performance takes place on an area which spans territories of two or more organisational units of the Ministry of the Interior, a copy of the label referred to in the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be submitted to the organisational units no later than 48 hours before the event begins.

Article 129

The persons in charge of the performance safety and are situated on the road or the section of the road where the performance is taking place, shall wear a reflective vest and identification labels for persons in charge of performance safety.

If the performance takes place on an area spanning territories of two or more organisational units of the Ministry of Interior, a copy of the identification labels from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be submitted to the organisational units by the organiser no later than 48 hours before the performance begins.

Article 130

(1) After a sports event or any other performance on a road has ended, the organisers shall immediately, no later than the time defined in the permit: 1) remove from the road traffic signs and other marks, devices, items or constructions placed there for the purpose of carrying out the performance and related activities, 2) place on the road all traffic signs and other marks, devices, items or constructions that were removed for the purpose of carrying out the performance and related activities, 3) repair and bring to their original state the road and the objects on the road if they were damaged during the carrying out of the performance and related activities. (2) If the organiser does not act in accordance with the Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2 and 3 of this Article, the road management shall take the appropriate measure to remove or return the traffic signs and other marks, devices, items or constructions at the expense of the organiser. (3) The costs caused by the removal and returning of the traffic signs and other marks, devices, items or constructions on the road, as well as by the repair of the portions of the road or objects situated on the road damaged during the carrying out of the performance and related activities shall be covered by the organiser.

VI SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF TRAFFIC

Article 131

(1) The Minister in charge of the issues of traffic shall prescribe the manner, time and usage of the winter equipment on the vehicle in road traffic. (2) The driver shall be in possession of winter equipment on the road and use it in the stipulated manner. (3) The Minister in charge of the management, maintenance and equipping of public ski grounds and rendering of service on public ski grounds shall define the conditions which motor sleds and motor sled drivers shall fulfil, as well as the way in which they are to be used on ski grounds, with the consent of the Minister of Interior.

VII TRAFFIC SIGNALISATION

1. General provisions

Article 132

The public roads shall be marked with prescribed traffic signs which warn traffic participants of dangers on roads or road sections, inform them on speed limits, prohibitions and responsibilities traffic participants are to abide and provide information necessary for safe and undisturbed traffic.

The traffic signs shall also be used to signalise temporary dangers, caused by a sudden damage or incapacitation of a road, as well as temporary restrictions or prohibitions in traffic, and such signs shall be removed once the causes of their placement have ended.

The traffic participants shall abide to restrictions, prohibitions and responsibilities stipulated by the positioned traffic signs and act in accordance with their meaning.

The traffic participants shall adjust their movement at places and portions of the road marked with signs of danger and adapt their movement to the dangers of which the signs warn.

The Minister in charge of the issues of traffic shall pass more precise regulations on traffic signs.

Article 133

(1) The traffic signalisation comprises traffic signs, signs on roadways or pavements, devices for giving light traffic signals (hereinafter: traffic lights), light or other markings on the road. (2) The traffic signs shall be positioned and maintained so that the traffic participants can see them easily and in due time, in daytime and at night and act in accordance with them in due time. (3) Traffic signs shall be removed, modified or replaced if their meaning is not in accordance with modified conditions of the traffic or traffic safety requirements. (4) The contents, shape, colour and size of the traffic signs shall remain the same in all weather conditions, during daylight or when lit by headlights. (5) The traffic signs shall be either illuminated or made of a reflecting material.

Article 134

It shall be forbidden to put anything on a traffic sign or its post which is not related to the meaning of the sign.

It shall be forbidden to commit unauthorised placement, removal, damaging or alteration of traffic signs or road equipment.

Boards, signs, lights, posts and similar objects shall not be placed if they would obscure or reduce the visibility of the posted traffic signs.

It shall be forbidden to place either the objects that imitate or resemble the traffic signalisation by shape, colour, form or the place where they are located or the objects that dazzle traffic participants or distract their attention to the extent that may be hazardous to traffic safety.

Article 135

Traffic signs may be signs of danger, signs of explicit orders and information signs. An additional board may accompany the sign as an integral part of that traffic sign, defining its meaning more precisely.

Signs of danger shall be used to warn the traffic participants of a danger threatening them at a certain place or a portion of the road and inform them of the kind of danger at hand.

Signs of explicit orders shall inform participants of prohibitions, restriction and responsibilities they shall abide.

Signs of information shall provide the traffic participants with the information on the road they are on and other information that may be of use to them.

If the traffic safety or the technical conditions require so, certain traffic signals and messages may be conveyed by signs which alter their meaning wholly or partially. On the signs with a changeable content, the message or the traffic signal may be activated constantly or when needed in line with conditions on the road.

The road manager empowered to manage the traffic shall conduct the change of a sign’s content.

3. Traffic lights

Article 136

(1) Traffic lights which emit light traffic signals shall also be used for regulation of the traffic and marking of road works and obstacles on the road. (2) Traffic lights are lights of red, yellow, green or white colour. (3) The device from the Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article may shine continuously or interruptedly. (4) The speed of a vehicle may be regulated by a traffic light for the regulation of vehicles’ speed.

Article 137

Traffic lights with three lights shall regulate the movement of vehicles.

As an exception from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, at a level railway crossing, the vehicles’ traffic shall be regulated only by red lights, and at places where vehicle access is regulated by red and green lights.

The movement of trams and vehicles of public transport on roads may also be regulated by white traffic lights.

The movement of pedestrians across a roadway shall be regulated by two-coloured lights, green and red.

Article 138

(1) On traffic lights with three-coloured lights, the lights shall be in the shape of a circle, with the symbols of one or more arrows. (2) A three-coloured traffic light with circle-shaped lights shall be used to regulate the movement of vehicles on the road or on an intersection (3) The three-coloured traffic light with the symbol of one or two arrows (a directional traffic light) shall be used to regulate the traffic at an intersection according to the vehicles’ directions of movement. (4) On a three-coloured traffic light with the symbol of one or two arrows, red and yellow lights shall be in the shape of a circle with the symbol of one or more black arrow, while the green light shall be in the shape of one or more arrows in a black circle.

Article 139

On the three-coloured traffic lights, the lights shall be aligned along the vertical axis, one below the other, in the following order: the red on top, the yellow in the middle and the green at the bottom. If the traffic light is placed above a traffic lane, the lights may be aligned along the horizontal axis, one next to the other, in the following order: the red on the left, the yellow in the middle and the green on the right.

Article 140

(1) Three-coloured traffic lights may be used to regulate the movement of bicycles and mopeds on cycle tracks and cycle lanes. (2) The lights on the traffic light from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be red, green and yellow in colour and aligned along the vertical axis, one below the other, in the following order: the red on top, the yellow in the middle and the green at the bottom. The red and the yellow light shall be in the shape of a circle with a black-coloured symbol of a bicycle and the green light shall have the symbol of a bicycle placed in a black circle. (3) On the crossing of the cycle track from the 1st Paragraph of this Article over a roadway, the devices for regulating the movement of pedestrians may be used if the track is adjacent to a marked pedestrian crossing.

Article 141

On the three-coloured traffic lights:

1) the red and the green light shall not be switched on simultaneously, 2) the yellow light may be switched on either as a continuous and sole light during the interval between switching off of the green light and turning on of the red one, simultaneously with the red light before switching on of the green light or as an interrupted light, 3) the green light may shine interruptedly.

Article 142

(1) The traffic lights from the Article 137, Paragraph 1 and Articles 138 and 140 of this Law shall have the following meanings: red light – passage forbidden,

yellow light – passage forbidden, unless the vehicle is unable to safely stop before this sign,

green light – passage permitted,

red and yellow lights switched on simultaneously – passage forbidden and indication that the green light is about to be switched on,

interrupted yellow light – all traffic participants should move more cautiously,

flashing green light – passage permitted and the indication that the passage is about to become forbidden by the switching on of yellow and then red light.

(2) The driver shall not pass by the light traffic signal referred to in the 1st Paragraph of this Article when such signal forbids them from passing.

Article 143

(1) A three-coloured traffic light may have an additional light traffic signal in the shape of a green arrow (conditional sign). (2) The signal from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall determine that the driver may pass the sign only in the direction marked by the arrow, even if the red or yellow light is switched on. They shall yield to all vehicles moving on the road they are about to enter, as well as pedestrians crossing the roadway.

Article 144

(1) Two-coloured traffic lights shall be used to regulate the vehicles’ access. The lights shall either be placed along the vertical axis, one below the other, in the following order: the red on top and green at the bottom; or along the horizontal axis, one next to the other with the red light on the left and the green on the right. (2) The lights from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall have the following meanings: red light – access prohibited; green light – access allowed. The two lights shall not be switched on simultaneously. (3) The driver shall not pass by the light traffic signal from the 1st Paragraph of this Article when such signs forbid the passage.

Article 145

To regulate the movement of vehicles in lanes on a roadway with more than two traffic lanes, traffic lights with red, green and yellow lights may be used.

A red light in the shape of crossed lines shall have the meaning of prohibition of vehicle movement along the traffic lane above which the sign is positioned.

A green light in the shape of a downwards arrow shall have the meaning that passage is allowed along the traffic lane above which the sign is positioned.

A yellow interrupted light in the shape of an arrow pointing downwards at an angle shall have the meaning that it is mandatory to move from the lane in which the sign is positioned and that the driver shall be obliged to move to the traffic lane which is indicated by the arrow.

The driver shall not be allowed to drive in traffic lanes in which movement is prohibited by a traffic light from this Article and the driver shall change the lane in which they are moving when it is indicated as defined in the 4th Paragraph of this Article.

Article 146

(1) Traffic lights with red and green coloured lights shall be used to regulate the movement of pedestrians. Lights shall either be aligned along the vertical axis, one below the other, with the red light on the top and green light at the bottom, or along the horizontal axis, one next the other, with red light on the left and green on the right. (2) The traffic lights from the 1st Paragraph of this article shall have the following meaning: red light – passage forbidden,

green light – passage permitted,

interrupted green light – passage permitted, with indication that the red light is about to be on.

(3) On the traffic light from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, sound devices which inform pedestrians that the green light is on and that passage is allowed may be added. (4) The lights from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall comprise either a red or green luminous surface with a dark outline of a pedestrian or a black surface with a reed or green outline of a pedestrian. (5) The lights from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall not be switched on at the same time. (6) A pedestrian or a bicycle rider referred to in the Article 140, Paragraph 3 of this Law shall not cross nor start crossing the roadway unless the traffic light regulating the movement of pedestrians allows them to do so.

Article 147

The movement of trams shall be regulated by white-coloured lights.

The white-coloured lights may be in the shape of a horizontal or a vertical line at an angle on a dark background.

The horizontal line shall mean that the tram traffic is forbidden and the vertical line or a line at an angle shall mean that the passage is allowed in the adequate direction.

When the public transport vehicles move on the traffic lane that is also used by trams, the traffic lights from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall apply to those vehicles. The drivers of vehicles moving in the traffic lane in which the traffic is regulated by the traffic lights from this Article shall not pass the light unless the passage is permitted by the light.

Article 148

(1) Traffic lights which show the numerical designation of the speed recommended in order to have permitted passage at the next traffic light shall be used to regulate the movement of vehicles at a certain speed. (2) The numerical marks on the traffic lights from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be white-coloured on a black background. (3) The traffic lights for the regulation of the movement of vehicles at a certain speed may use more than one light.

Article 149

(1) The traffic lights which are used to announce that a train is approaching a level crossing shall comprise two red alternating circle-shaped lights. (2) Sound devices which are used to inform the traffic participants that the light signal which announces a train’s arrival is on may be installed onto a traffic light from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, (3) The traffic light from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall signify that the traffic participants are obliged to stop.

Article 150

The traffic lights which are used for marking road works and obstacles on the road shall comprise interrupted circle-shaped orange lights and shall indicate the position on the road or the portion of the road where the road work is being done or where the obstacles appeared.

4. Light markings on the road

Article 151

The line of the road may be marked by using the light markings on the road (lights, reflecting glass or other reflecting materials) and the right-hand side of the roadway shall be marked with red coloured markings and the left-hand side with white.

The markings from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be used to mark the edges of the roadway at the section of the road which passes through a tunnel.

If a pedestrian island, island for traffic direction or any other object on a roadway is not sufficiently visible at night, it shall be marked by lights, technical devices for enhancement of visibility (markers, prisms etc) or yellow-coloured light markings.

The markings on the roadway and sidewalk

Article 152

(1) The roadway markings shall inform the traffic participants of the restrictions, bans and responsibilities of traffic participants and provide information and direction of the movement of the traffic participants. (2) The roadway markings shall be placed solely or along with other traffic signs, in which case their meaning shall be in mutual accordance. (3) The roadway markings shall comprise lines, arrows, captions and other markings. (4) The roadway markings may also have light reflecting properties. (5) On a public road outside residential area, with a modern roadway for traffic in both directions with only two traffic lanes, the lanes shall be divided with an appropriate dividing line on the roadway, and on a state road of the first order also shall be marked with edge lines. (6) The markings on sidewalks shall inform the traffic participants of restrictions, bans and responsibilities, and provide other information. These markings shall be placed solely or along with other traffic signs, in which case their meaning shall be in mutual accordance.

5. The marking of road and railway crossing

Article 153

A road and railway crossing shall be marked with the prescribed traffic signalisation.

On the crossing of a road with modern roadway coating (asphalt, concrete, cubes etc) with a railway, traffic lights which announce the arrival of a train shall be placed.

Barriers or semi-barriers shall be placed on the railway crossing and shall prohibit and prevent vehicles from moving across the railway, on which devices may be added for producing sound signals which warn of the lowering of the barrier or semi-barrier.

When there are barriers or semi-barriers positioned on a road and railway crossing with the operating device which is either out of order or not used, they shall be removed or appropriately covered. If the road section in question has no modern roadway coating, there shall be placed a light traffic signal which announces that a train is approaching.

More precise regulations regarding the type, appearance, technical characteristics, the way of installation and positions for the installation of barriers, the devices for emitting light and sound signals, and the way they are to be utilized, shall be passed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic.

The marking of obstacles on a road and road work sites

Article 154

The portion of the road where an obstacle or a damage which cannot be immediately removed or a road occurs or where road works are being conducted shall be marked with prescribed signalisation and the traffic participants shall be protected by placing a barrier.

For the installation of the temporary traffic signalisation from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, there shall be a traffic project drafted, except in the case of urgent works which do not last longer than 24 hours. The consent for the traffic project may be given by either the Ministry, or the competent body of a local self-government unit.

More precise regulations regarding temporary traffic signalisation, conducting of road works, appearance, technical characteristics, placement and utilisation of barriers and other devices used for securing the road work sites shall be passed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic.

The road management shall secure the positioning of temporary traffic signalisation on the portion of the road where there are damages or obstacles which cannot be immediately removed and provide safety for traffic participants.

The entity conducting the road works shall, before the commencing of road works, place temporary traffic signalisation and secure the site where the works are about to be done, keep the signalisation in the state as prescribed during the works, and remove it once the works are complete.

Article 155

(1) During the conducting of road works or other activities on roads, on the part of the road which is open for traffic, persons conducting the works and standing on the road shall wear a reflective vest. (2) A traffic participant shall not disturb a worker conducting works on or besides a road and shall remove their vehicle at the request of the entity which is conducting the road works. This request may also be issued in the form of a public request.

VIII ROADS

Article 156

(1) Roads shall be designed, constructed, reconstructed and maintained so as to enable the traffic on them to be safe and unhindered and shall fulfil the prescribed conditions. (2) A sidewalk shall be constructed at the portion of the state road which passes through a residential area. (3) When deciding on building a new road or reconstructing an existing one, the public road manager shall conduct the project of a strategic comparative analysis on the road’s influence on the safety of the traffic on the road network. (4) The public road management shall ensure that the project of traffic safety review is made for a public road project. The traffic safety review is an independent systematic inquiry of the road design from the aspect of traffic safety, for all the phases of design up until putting the road into use. The public road management shall provide the following independent safety inquiry projects: periodic inquiries for the five years period for all sections of state roads, targeted inquiries for the most jeopardized sections of state roads and both periodic and targeted inquiries for other roads, according to possibilities and needs. (5) The regular control of an exploited public road from the aspect of road traffic safety shall be conducted by a body in charge of traffic issues – the public roads inspector. The public road management shall ensure that, based on the findings of the public roads inspector, a project is made to define the measures necessary for the road traffic to be safe. (6) The road management shall monitor the safety situation of road traffic, undertake independent projects to identify dangerous places at least once a year, independent projects on risk mapping road sections and identification of the most dangerous sections, to conduct expert analyses of highly hazardous road sections (the black spots), design a specific project on alleviating highly hazardous sections and dangerous places and take measures to alleviate the highly hazardous road sections and dangerous places in accordance with that project. (7) In the event of a traffic accident with at least one person killed, the road management shall, within a month, determine the cause and the contribution of the public road to the occurrence and the consequences of the traffic accident based on an independent evaluation and take measures to improve the road safety. (8) The public road management shall inform the public, accurately and timely, about restrictions and bans on public roads, about emergency situations and special measures to be taken while on public roads, as well as driveability of public roads in the winter period and in case of natural disasters or any other emergencies which had caused a stop in the traffic or a significant hindrance in the traffic conditions. (9) The public road management shall, simultaneously with informing the public, deliver the information referred to in the 8th Paragraph of this Article to a subject who was, in accordance with the Law on Public Authority, given the authority to provide the citizens with information on the state and driveability of the public roads. (10) The public road management shall organise filming of the traffic and the other measurements of the traffic flow on public roads and deliver the results to the Ministry, the body of territorial autonomy or a local self-government unit in charge of the issues of traffic, as well as the Ministry of Interior and the Traffic Safety Agency. The Minister in charge of the issues of traffic shall prescribe the manner in which records are to be kept, at the proposal of the Agency, and the data shall be public. (11) On a public road and its surrounding safety area, it shall be prohibited to build monuments, place roadside tombstones or any other signs of commemoration, sell products or conduct any other activities which jeopardize the traffic safety. (12) More precise requirements shall be passed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic regarding the strategic comparative analysis of the influence of a new or reconstructed road on the traffic safety in the road network, the traffic safety review, the traffic safety inquiry, the regular inquiry of an exploited road, the monitoring of the state of traffic security, the analysis of the highly hazardous road sections, the analysis of the contribution of the road to an accident with fatalities, informing, filming of the traffic and the other measurements of the traffic flow, as well as the requirements which reviewers shall meet, the manner in which the reviewers’ training and examination shall take place and the requirements which road objects and other elements of a public road shall meet. (13) More precise requirements that tunnels shall meet regarding traffic safety shall be passed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic.

IX THE TECHNICAL REGULATION OF TRAFFIC

1. General provisions

Article 157

(1) The technical regulation of traffic shall be conducted by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic, and on municipal roads and the streets in residential areas, by the body of the local self-government units in charge of the issues of traffic. (2) On the section of the road where a state road makes contact with a municipal or a road in a residential area, the local self-government body shall, during the technical regulation of traffic within their competence, harmonise their decision with the method of the technical regulation of the traffic on a state road.

Article 158

The technical regulation of traffic shall mean all measures and actions with which the traffic regime is regulated under regular conditions and during road works, which shall especially apply to: traffic directing and management, managing velocities in terms of traffic flow density, speed limits in terms of the roadway and weather conditions, defining one-way roads and streets, determining the roads and streets closed for the traffic, in general or for some categories of vehicles, speed limits for all or some categories of vehicles, determining places for parking and stopping of vehicles, supply, direction and redirection of users, defining a safe and efficient manner of traffic regulation at intersections, locations of bus stops, the permitted axle force, environment protection etc.

The traffic technical measures in a residential area shall regulate the traffic regime under regular conditions and during road works, which shall especially apply the following: directing transit, freight, bicycle and pedestrian traffic, defining roads and streets intended for public passenger transport, the way in which the lanes for the public passenger transport are used, the speed limits for all or specific categories of vehicles, determining one-way streets, pedestrian zones, slow traffic zones, “30” zones, school zones, environment protection zones, the safe and efficient way of regulating traffic at the intersections, defining places for parking and stopping of vehicles, supply, direction and redirection of users etc.

For the realisation of the defined traffic regime, a traffic project shall be made and the traffic signalisation shall be posted according to the project. The competent authority from the Article 157, Paragraph 1 of this Law shall certify that the project has been made in accordance with the defined traffic regime.

Article 159

(1) The road management shall post the traffic sign marking a residential area on the road in the direct vicinity of a place where there are constructed rows or groups of residential or business facilities, at the place where a significant number of pedestrians who realise they needs in the residential area is expected. (2) The road manager shall post the traffic sign marking the end of a residential area on the road in the direct vicinity of the place where the section of the road which meets the requirements for the 1st Paragraph of this Article ends. (3) A driveway which leads into a building, a yard or a garage shall be marked with the prescribed traffic signalisation which prohibits stopping and parking on the driveway or the pavement.

2. Pedestrian zone

Article 160

(1) A pedestrian zone is the section of a road or a street or a part of a residential area where only pedestrian traffic is allowed. (2) The pedestrian zone shall be marked by the prescribed traffic signalisation. (3) In a pedestrian zone, within a certain time period, the competent body of the municipality or city authorities may allow movement of certain vehicles at the speed of the pedestrians, so that they do not jeopardise pedestrians.

3. Slow traffic zone

Article 161

(1) A slow traffic zone is a part of a road, street or residential area where the roadway may be used by both pedestrians and vehicles. (2) In a slow traffic zone, the driver shall drive so as not to hinder the movement of pedestrians and bicycles, at the pedestrians’ speed, up to 10 km/h. (3) The slow traffic zone shall be marked by the prescribed traffic signalisation.

4. Zone “30”

Article 162

(1) The zone “30” is a part of a road, street or residential area where the speed limit is 30 km/h. (2) The zone “30” shall be marked by the prescribed traffic signalisation.

5. School zone

Article 163

(1) A school zone is a part of a road or street in the close proximity of a school, and shall be marked as such by stipulated traffic signalisation. (2) The speed limit for vehicles within a school zone in a residential area is 30 km/h, 50 km/h outside residential areas, from 7:00 AM to 9 PM, unless a traffic sign notes another time. (3) In a school zone, the competent traffic body shall instruct the road management to apply special technical devices for the protection of children’s safety. (4) The road management shall apply the special technical devices. (5) More precise regulations regarding school zones shall be passed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic at the proposal of the Minister of education.

6. Environment protection

Article 164

(1) The traffic participants shall not conduct any activities that may cause a threat to the environment. (2) A vehicle in the traffic shall not make excessive noise. (3) The driver of a motor vehicle shall turn off the engine: 1) at the request of a policeman or any other authorised person, 2) when it is demanded by the traffic signalisation, 3) when the vehicle has stopped moving in a tunnel for more than a minute, 4) when the vehicle does not move for more than three minutes. (4) The traffic participant shall not emit or put matter, waste which puts life and health of humans, animals or plants into jeopardy or pollutes the environment. (5) The Ministry or the competent body of the municipality or the city for the issues of traffic may, after consulting the Ministry or the competent body of the municipality or the city for the environment, limit or prohibit the traffic of certain or all classes of motor vehicles on a certain section of the road, when the air pollution exceeds the prescribed norms.

7. The technical devices for slowing down of the traffic

Article 165

(1) The technical devices for slowing down of the traffic shall be used to physically limit the speed of a vehicle and to additionally warn the drivers that their current speed is not safe. (2) The technical devices for slowing down of the traffic shall include physical barriers, vibrating and rustling tapes. (3) The technical devices for slowing down of the traffic shall be marked by the prescribed traffic signalisation. (4) The physical barriers for slowing down of the traffic shall be placed only on municipal roads in a residential area. Exceptionally, the physical barriers for slowing down of the traffic may be placed on state roads in school zones, nursery zones and other facilities in whose vicinity there is an additional speed limit for the purpose of all traffic participants’ safety. (5) The technical devices for slowing down of the traffic shall be positioned in accordance with a project, approved by the Ministry in charge of traffic issues or the local self-government body in charge of the issues of traffic. (6) More precise regulations on the type, appearance, technical properties and the method of placing of the technical devices for slowing down of the traffic and special devices for the protection of children’s safety shall be passed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic.

8. Signals and orders made by authorised persons

Article 166

(1) The traffic participants shall act in accordance with the signs and orders given by a police officer or another person authorised by the Law to directly regulate and control the traffic. (2) The signals shall be given using arms or body posture of an authorised person, devices for light and sound signals, a traffic paddle or a flag, and the orders shall be given orally. (3) The signals and orders may also be given from a vehicle. (4) On the portion of the road where road works are going on or where an obstacle has occurred and cannot be immediately removed, the traffic may be regulated by at least two employees of the entity conducting the works or the road management. (5) The regulation of traffic in the case mentioned in the 4th Paragraph of this Article shall be conducted using red and green flags with the following meaning: 1) green flag up – passage allowed for the vehicles coming from the direction where the flag has been lifted, 2) red flag up – passage prohibited for the vehicles coming from the direction where the flag has been lifted. (6) The entity conducting works, road management and workers appointed to regulate the traffic shall be responsible for the regulation of traffic mentioned in the 4th Paragraph of this Article to be conducted in the prescribed manner. (7) The signs and orders shall be given in the prescribed manner and shall be clear, unambiguous, visible or audible and shall have priority over traffic signs and prescribed rules of traffic. (8) More precise regulations regarding the appearance of the signs and the way they are given by specific persons from the 4th Paragraph of this Article shall be passed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic. (9) The signs and orders given by police officers, their meaning and the way they are given shall be defined by the Minister of the Interior.

X THE PARTICIPANTS’ RESPONSIBILITY IN THE EVENT OF A TRAFFIC ACCIDENT

Article 167

The person who runs into or happens to be at a scene of a traffic accident in which there are injured persons shall immediately inform the police and/or emergency medical service and to administer aid to injured person, within the reach of their knowledge and if necessary transport them to the nearest health centre and take all measures possible to prevent the current consequences from worsening or the new ones from occurring.

Article 168

(1) The driver, or another participant in a traffic accident in which a person sustained bodily injuries or got killed, or a substantial material damage was inflicted, shall: 1) stop the vehicle, turn the engine off, turn on all four direction indicators, place an emergency triangle at a safe distance, inform the police and/or the emergency medical service, and take all other possible measures to warn other traffic participants of the accident, 2) warn all persons to leave the roadway so as not to get injured or destroy the accident trails, 3) inform the police and remain in the same place until the police arrives and conducts the investigation, 4) help the injured or administer first aid or medical aid, in accordance with their knowledge, skills and possibilities, 5) to take all necessary measures in their power to prevent the occurrence of new consequences or worsening of the existing, 6) to provide trails and objects of concern for the accident, if doing so does not jeopardise the traffic safety. (2) If the owner or the driver of the second vehicle which was involved in a traffic accident is not present at the scene of a traffic accident from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, the present driver-participant of the accident shall submit their first name, family name and address to the absent person or the owner of the second vehicle. (3) As an exception, the person from the 1st Paragraph of this Article may leave the scene of the accident if they need urgent medical assistance or if they are transporting the injured to the nearest health facility. (4) The person from the 3rd Paragraph of this Article shall return to the scene of the accident as soon as possible.

Article 169

(1) The police shall notify the emergency health service and get to the scene of the accident immediately after hearing about an n accident with injured or killed persons. (2) The health facility which has been informed of a traffic accident from any source or has admitted a person injured in a traffic accident for medical treatment shall immediately inform the competent internal affairs body. (3) If a person injured in a traffic accident dies of the inflicted injuries or if there is a justified suspicion that, due to injury, the driver’s psychological or physical ability to drive a motor vehicle or a tram is reduced, the health facility shall, with no delay, inform the competent body of the internal affairs.

Article 170

(1) The person authorised by the Law shall be obliged to come to the scene of an accident with injured or killed persons or with a substantial material as a consequence. (2) The person from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall compile the complete investigating documentation (the investigation minutes, the sketch of the scene of the accident, the situational plan, photographic record and other enclosures) in the case of an accident as described in the 1st Paragraph of this Article.

Article 171

(1) A police official shall be obliged to arrive at the scene of a traffic accident to conduct an investigation when minor material damage was inflicted, if demanded by one of the participants in the accident or a person who has suffered material damage in the accident. (2) If at least one of the participants in the accident or a person who has suffered material damage in the accident from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, demands immediately after the accident an investigation to be conducted, all other participants shall remain at the scene of the traffic accident until the investigation is over. (3) In the case referred to in the 1st Paragraph of this Article, the expenses of the investigation shall be covered by the insurance company of the driver who demanded an investigation.

Article 172

(1) A driver or a participant in a traffic accident in which only minor material damage has been inflicted shall: 1) warn the other traffic participants of the presence of vehicles or other obstacles on the road, if the driver can not remove them, 2) remove the vehicle or any other object from the roadway if they are hindering or jeopardising the traffic flow or if there is a threat of another traffic accident occurring, 3) fill in the European report on traffic accidents in the case when there is no official investigating the traffic accident, 4) warn all persons to move away from the roadway so as not to hinder the traffic, 5) submit their personal data and the vehicle data to the driver of the damaged vehicle, the owner of another object damaged in the accident, or the police officials, 6) take all measures of protection in their power to prevent new consequences of the accident from happening and the increase of the existing. (2) If a participant in the traffic accident in which only minor material damage has been inflicted to the other vehicle is unable to leave personal data and the vehicle insurance data due to the absence of the other vehicle’s driver, the participant shall inform the competent body of the interior of the accident and submit the personal data and the data on the damaged vehicle.

Article 173

(1) The insurance companies shall keep a record on traffic accidents which have a European traffic accident report filled in about them. (2) The data from the record referred to in the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be submitted by the legal entity in the business field of insurance to the Ministry of the Interior and the Traffic Safety Agency. (3) While issuing a mandatory car insurance policy, the insurance company shall also issue the European traffic accident report to the insured person.

Article 174

(1) A person who was involved in a traffic accident shall not consume any alcoholic and/or psychoactive substances until the investigation is over. (2) (3) An authorised person conducting the investigation of a traffic accident in which there are killed or injured persons, shall demand from the persons directly involved in the traffic accident to give a blood or a blood and urine sample in order to establish the content of alcohol in the blood, or the presence of psychoactive substances in the body. (4) An authorised person conducting the investigation of a traffic accident in which there are no killed or injured persons, shall conduct tests with appropriate devices (alcoholmeter, drug test etc.) on persons involved in a traffic accident.

Article 175

(1) If a vehicle which was involved in a traffic accident has safety assemblies and devices which are obviously inoperable or if the vehicle can not be driven, the authorised person shall exclude the vehicle from the traffic and revoke its registration plates. (2) The authorised person shall issue a certificate on temporarily revoked registration plates to the driver. (3) The exclusion of a vehicle from traffic shall last until the competent body receives the evidence that the vehicle is technically operable.

Article 176

(1) The body which conducts the investigation shall, during the investigation, among other data also collect those on the identity of the persons who were present when the traffic accident happened or have important information on the traffic accident. (2) A body of the interior affairs shall inform the family of a deceased traffic accident participant of the accident and its consequences. (3) An authorised person who conducts the investigation shall write down an inventory of the property which was left off a deceased person at the scene of the accident. (4) The objects and property from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall not be used nor administered until it is taken over.

Article 177

(1) After an investigation is concluded, the driver or the owner of the vehicle shall remove the vehicle, cargo, objects or other material scattered over the roadway with no delay. (2) If the driver or the owner does not act in the manner prescribed by the 1st Paragraph of this article, the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of the Interior shall order the road management to safely remove the vehicle, cargo, objects or other material scattered over the roadway at the owner’s expense. (3) The road management shall with no delay act in accordance with the order referred to in the 2nd Paragraph of this Article and ensure the usability of the road.

XI THE DRIVERS

1. Prerequisites for driving vehicles

Article 178

(1) A motor vehicle or a vehicle set may be driven independently by a driver meeting stipulated prerequisites and is in possession of a driving license for driving a vehicle of the adequate category. (2) The citizens of European Union member states temporarily staying in the Republic of Serbia or the citizens of the Republic of Serbia with temporary or permanent residence on the territory of the European Union shall be allowed to drive a motor vehicle on the territory of the Republic of Serbia based on a valid driving licence issued by a competent body of a European Union member state. (3) A foreigner temporarily staying in the Republic of Serbia or a citizen of the Republic of Serbia with residence in a foreign country and temporarily staying in the Republic of Serbia shall drive a vehicle based on a foreign driving licence or a valid international driving licence, under the condition of reciprocity, during their temporary stay. (4) A foreigner who has been allowed permanent residence in the Republic of Serbia, the staff of embassies and consulates, foreign missions, outposts of international organisations in the Republic of Serbia and of foreign commercial, transport, cultural and other organisations, and the staff of foreign correspondence offices as well as the citizens of the Republic of Serbia returning from abroad or coming to Serbia in order to permanently reside in it, may, based on a foreign driving licence, drive a motor vehicle or a vehicle set for a six months period from the day of entering the Republic of Serbia. (5) As an exception from the provisions of the Paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 4 of this Article, a driver shall not drive a vehicle in road traffic: 1) when the driver is prohibited from driving by a decision of a competent body, 2) when the driver is excluded from traffic. (6) The territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior shall keep the registry of the drivers who have driving licences issued to them.

Article 179

(1) A driving licence shall be issued to a person: 1) who meets the age requirements, 2) who meets the health requirements, 3) who has residence or an approved temporary sojourn for at least a 6 months period in the Republic of Serbia, 4) who passed the driving test for the driver of a specific category of motor vehicles or vehicle sets, 5) who passed the first aid test, 6) who is not prohibited from driving a motor vehicle or a set of vehicles. (2) As an exception from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, a driving licence for operating a tractor or a working machine (F category) or a motor cultivator (M category) shall be issued without providing the evidence from Paragraph 1, Item 5 of this Article. (3) The persons from the Article 178, Paragraphs 3 and 4 of this Law shall be issued a Serbian driving licence at their request without having to pass the driving test or the first aid test, based on their valid foreign driving licence (except for temporary, probation and similar types of driving licences), under the conditions from Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2, 3 and 6 of this Article. The staff of embassies, consulates, foreign missions and outposts of international organisations, under the condition of reciprocity, shall not be required to provide the evidence from Paragraph 1, Item 2 of this Article. A Serbian driving licence shall not be issued based on an international driving license. A Serbian driving licence shall be issued only if the applicant provides a document which states what types of vehicles the applicant may drive and has not expired. (4) More specific health requirements which drivers of certain categories of motor vehicles shall meet shall be prescribed by the Minister in charge of health issues.

2. Age requirements for obtaining a driving licence

Article 180

(1) A driving licence may be issued to a person who is at least: 1) 15 years old for the M category, 2) 16 years old for the F category, 3) 16 years old for the AM and A1 categories, 4) 18 years old for the A2 category, 5) 18 years old for the B, B1 and BE categories, 6) 18 years old for the C1 and C1E categories, 7) 21 years old for the C, CE, D1 and D1E categories, 8) 24 years old for the D and DE category, 9) 24 years old for the A category, except for persons who possess an A2 category licence for at least two years. (2) As an exception from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, a secondary school student being educated to become a driver of motor vehicles shall need to be at least 18 years old in order to obtain a driving licence for C and CE categories. (3) As an exception from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, a driving licence for C category may be issued to a person of 18 years of age and for D category to a person of 21 years of age if they operate fire fighting service vehicles, the vehicles for maintenance of public peace and order or defence vehicles.

Article 181

(1) A driving licence for the BE category may be issued only to drivers in possession of a driving licence for B category. (2) A driving licence for the C1E category may be issued only to drivers in possession of a driving licence for C1 category. (3) A driving licence for the CE category may be issued only to drivers in possession of a driving licence for C category. (4) A driving licence for the D1E category may be issued only to drivers in possession of a driving licence for D1 category. (5) A driving licence for the DE category may be issued only to drivers in possession of a driving licence for D category. (6) A driving licence for the C and C1E categories may be issued only to drivers in possession of a driving licence for B category. (7) A driving licence for the D category may be issued only to drivers in possession of a driving licence for C category for at least two years. (8) A driving licence for the D1 category may be issued only to drivers in possession of a driving licence for C1 category for at least two years.

3. Probation driving licence

Article 182

(1) A person who meets all the requirements for driving a B category vehicle, except being over 18 years of age, shall be issued a probation driving licence when they turn 17, with the validity period of one year. (2) The probation driving licence may be used only in the Republic of Serbia. (3) A driver in possession of a probation driving licence for B category shall not start driving or operate a vehicle without being accompanied in the vehicle by a person who has been in possession of a driving licence for the B category for at least 5 years. (4) A driver in possession of a probation driving licence shall not operate motor vehicles during the period between 11 PM and 5 AM nor use a telephone or other communication devices while driving. (5) A driver in possession of a probation driving licence shall not move at a speed greater than 90% of the speed limit for the respective section of the road. (6) The person accompanying the driver in possession of a probation driving licence shall ensure that the driver operates the vehicle in a manner which is safe and in accordance with regulations. (7) The motor vehicle operated by the driver in possession of a probation driving licence shall be marked with a special “P” label, which shall be positioned on visible places on the front and the rear of the vehicle. (8) A probation driving licence shall also be issued to an 18 year old person who has obtained the right to operate B category vehicles for the first time. This person shall be subject to provisions from the Paragraphs 2, 4, 5 and 7 of this Article. (9) The probation driving licence for the persons referred to in the 8th Paragraph of this Article shall be issued with a one year validity period. (10) The minister in charge of the issues of traffic shall prescribe special prerequisites on the appearance, technical characteristics and the manner of positioning the special label from the 9th Paragraphi of this Article.

4. Issuing of a driving licence

Article 183

(1) Driving licences and probation driving licences shall be issued by the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior in the area of which the driving licence applicant has residence, and by the unit in the area of which the applicant has temporary residence if the person is residing out of their permanent residence due to their employment, studying or other justified reasons, as well as to a foreigner with an approved sojourn for a period of more than three months. (2) No one shall simultaneously use two driving licences issued by different countries. (3) The driver may not use the driving licence document which was reported as lost to the competent authority. (4) The Minister of the Interior shall more precisely define the issuing procedure, the appearance, content and features of the driving licence document and the probation driving licence document and the way in which the drivers in possession of driving licences shall be entered into the registry. (5) The driver of a motor vehicle who changes their residence shall, within 30 days from the day of the residence change, inform the body of the interior affairs on whose territory the new residence is, in order to be entered into the registry of drivers.

Article 184

(1) The driver shall carry the driving licence or the probation driving licence when operating a motor vehicle or a vehicle set and shall allow an authorised person to inspect them if asked to do so. (2) The driver shall use all the aids listed in the driving or the probation licence while driving a vehicle on the road.

Article 185

(1) The driving licence for operating motor vehicles shall be issued for a period of ten years, no more than 5 years to the persons above the age of 65, in accordance with the findings and the opinion as stated in the certificate of the health capability. (2) The persons from the 1st Paragraph of this Article older than 55 at the time of the issuing shall be issued a driving licence valid until they are 65 years old. (3) As an exception from the Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article, a driving licence may be issued for a shorter time period, in accordance with the findings and the opinion stated in the certificate of driver’s health capability. (4) The persons whose driving licence has expired shall be issued a new driving licence, with a photo submitted no older than three months. (5) The persons who were issued a driving licence for a shorter period of time than stipulated in the 1st Paragraph of this Article due to the medical findings and the opinion and the persons above the age of 65 shall submit the certificate of health capability. (6) The findings and the opinion given in the certificate of driver’s health capability may determine that it is necessary that the driver uses certain aids while operating a vehicle. (7) The competent authority shall note the mandatory usage of aids from the 6th Paragraph of this Article in the driving licence or a probation driving licence.

Article 186

(1) A driver in possession of a driving licence for operating motor vehicles shall be issued an international driving licence at their request. (2) The international driving licence shall contain information on all valid restrictions and driving prohibition measures. (3) The international driving licence issued by the Republic of Serbia shall not be used for operating motor vehicles on the territory of the Republic of Serbia. (4) The international driving licence shall be issued by a legal entity entrusted to so by a special law. (5) The legal entity from the 4th Paragraph of this Article shall be obligated to conduct the operations of issuing international driving licence in a conscientious and prescribed manner. (6) More precise regulations on the procedure and the manner of issuing and keeping record of international driving licences shall be prescribed by the Minister of the Interior.

5. Psycho-physical requirements for vehicle driving

Article 187

(1) A driver who is either incapable of driving safely or tired, sick or mentally distressed to such extent that they are not capable of driving safely shall not operate a vehicle in traffic. (2) The driver shall not operate a vehicle in road traffic nor begin to operate it if under the influence of alcohol and/or psychoactive substances. (3) A driver shall be considered to be under the influence of alcohol if they are determined by a blood sample analysis to have the alcohol blood content of more than 0.3 mg/ml or if the presence of alcohol in body is established by the relevant equipment or devices for measuring blood alcohol content (e.g. alcoholmeter) to correspond to blood alcohol content of more than 0.30 mg/ml. (4) As an exception to the provisions of the 3rd Paragraph of this Article, when participating in traffic, the following persons shall not have in their system any psychoactive substances or alcohol nor show any signs of disturbance which are consequences of alcohol and/or psychoactive substances: 1) the driver of a motor vehicle registered for transport of more than eight persons other than the driver or a motor vehicle whose greatest permitted mass exceeds 3 500 kg, 2) the driver of a motor vehicle used for public transport of persons or objects, 3) the driver of an A1, A2 AM and A category vehicle, 4) a driving instructor, 5) a driving trainee during practical training and the practical part of the driving test, 6) the driver with a probation driving licence, 7) the person supervising the driver with a provisional licence, 8) an examiner in the practical part of a driving test, 9) the driver of a vehicle with the right-of-way or an escorted vehicle. (5) The degrees of intoxication for a driver, driving instructor or a driving trainee according to the established blood alcohol content shall be: 1) up to 0.30 mg/ml – mild intoxication 2) more than 0.30 mg/ml up to 0.50 mg/ml – moderate intoxication 3) more than 0.50 mg/ml up to 1.20 mg/ml – medium intoxication 4) more than 1.20 mg/ml up to 1.60 mg/ml – heavy intoxication 5) more than 1.60 mg/ml up to 2.00 mg/ml – very heavy intoxication 6) more than 2.00 mg/ml – total intoxication

(6) A person is considered to be under the influence of psychoactive substances if the presence of such substances in an organism is established by using the relevant equipment and methods (psychoactive substance presence tests etc). (7) A driver is incapable of safely driving the vehicle when it is established by an expert examination that they are tired, sick or mentally distressed to such extent or in such a psycho-physical state that they are not capable of driving safely. (8) The driver shall be considered to be operating a vehicle from the moment when they cause a vehicle to move from a position on a road. (9) The provisions from this Article shall also apply to tram drivers.

6. Medical examinations

Article 188

(1) The health capability of a driver of a motor vehicle or a vehicle set, driving instructor or a tram driver shall be determined by a medical examination which can be performed by a legal entity which meets the prescribed prerequisites and has an approval for performing drivers’ medical examinations issued by the Ministry in charge of the issues of health. (2) A certificate of health capability for a driver of motor vehicles, vehicle sets or trams or a driving instructor shall be issued by the legal entity referred to in the 1st Paragraph of this Article. (3) The legal entity from the 1st Paragraph of this Article which, in the course of a medical examination, establishes a driver’s health incapability shall inform the relevant organisational unit of the Ministry of the Interior at the territory where the person is having residence. (4) The medical institution from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall perform the medical examinations of a driver lawfully, in accordance with the rules of the profession and in a conscientious manner. (5) The prerequisites that the legal entity from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall meet in terms of personnel, premises and equipment as well as the manner in which medical examinations are to be conducted, the manner and the procedure for issuing the certificate and keeping records on performed examinations and issued certificates shall be prescribed by the Minister in chare of the issues of health.

Article 189

(1) The drivers who drive a vehicle or a set of vehicles which are used for public transportation, driving instructors and other drivers to whom driving is the basic profession shall undergo medical examinations in order to determine their psychophysical capabilities within a period of less than three years. (2) The medical certificate on the capability of drivers from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, within its findings and opinion, may state that the next medical examination will be done within a period of less than three years. (3) If it is determined on a medical examination that a person is not psycho- physically capable of being a driver of motor vehicle or a set of vehicle of a certain category or a driving instructor for a certain category, the medical institution which performed the medical examination shall immediately, within no more than 15 days, notify either the competent organisational unit of the Ministry of the Interior in whose territory the person is residing or the body that issued the driving instructor’s permit (licence). (4) The body which keeps record on the driver shall revoke the licence for driving vehicles of a certain category from the person from the 3rd Paragraph of this Article. (5) The body that has issued the permit (licence) fir a driving instructor shall suspend the permit (licence) from the person from the 3rd Paragraph of this Article.

Article 190

(1) Companies, other legal entities and entrepreneurs engaged in public transportation or transportation for own needs business shall enable their drivers and driving instructors to undergo medical examinations from the Article 189, Paragraph 1 of this Law. (2) Companies, other legal entities and entrepreneurs from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall not allow a vehicle or a set of vehicles to be operated by a driver who did not, within the prescribed period, undergo the medical examination or who was declared incapable to be a driver of a certain category. (3) Companies, other legal entities and entrepreneurs from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall not allow a driving instructor to conduct practical training without undergoing a medical examination within prescribed time or who was declared incapable of being a driving instructor for a certain category of vehicles at the medical examination. (4) The driving instructor who did not undergo the medical examination within the prescribed period of time or who was declared incapable of being a driving instructor for a certain category of vehicles shall not conduct practical training. (5) The driver from the Article 189, Paragraph 1 of this Law who operates the vehicle not owned or used by a legal entity shall keep the medical certificate in their possession and show it to an authorised person. (6) The expenses of a driver’s examination shall be covered by the company, other legal entity or the entrepreneur with whom the driver is employed.

Article 191

(1) A driver or a driving instructor who is suspected of not being capable of operating a vehicle safely due to psycho-physical disturbances or flaws shall be referred to a control medical examination. (2) The territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of the Interior which keeps the record on a driver or the body which has issued a permit (licence) for a driving instructor shall refer the driver or the driving instructor to a medical examination. (3) The request for a control medical examination may be submitted by the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of the Interior, road traffic inspector, public prosecutor, the body which carries out infraction procedures, the legal entity or the entrepreneur with whom the driver is employed or the Agency for Traffic Safety. (4) An appeal to a decision to refer to a control medical examination shall not postpone the execution of the decision. (5) The decision to refer to a control medical examination shall state the medical institution which will carry out the medical examination and the time limit to complete it. (6) The control medical examination shall be carried out by an authorised medical institution.

Article 192

(1) The territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior and the body issuing the permit (licence) for a driving instructor shall take away the driving licence or the permit (licence) for a driving instructor from the person who does not undergo the control medical examination within the prescribed period. (2) The territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior and the body issuing the permit (licence) for a driving instructor shall take away the driving licence or the permit (licence) for a driving instructor from the person who proves to be incapable of being a driver of a certain category of vehicles at the control medical examination. (3) The driver or the driving instructor who has the right to operate different categories of vehicle and is deprived of such right for certain categories due to the reasons defined in this Article shall be issued the driving licence or the permit (licence) for a driving instructor for the categories for which this right has not been revoked.

Article 193

(1) If, during an examination or treatment of a person who possesses a driving licence, reasonable doubt occurs that the person is not capable of operating any vehicles or vehicles of a certain category, the medical institution, other health services, a chosen or any other physician who conducted the examination or treatment of the person who possesses a driving licence shall immediately, no more than 15 days later, inform of this the competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior at whose territory the person has residence. (2) The territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior shall refer the person from the 1st Paragraph of this Article to a control medical examination. (3) The expenses of the control medical examination where psycho-physical incapacity was declared shall be covered by the person who was referred while the expenses of the control medical examination where the person was found to be capable shall be covered by the body or the person who requested the medical examination.

Article 194

(1) If there are two or more medical findings with dissenting opinions on the health capacity of a driver or a driving instructor, a driver or a driving instructor shall be considered incapable of driving until the final findings are made and an opinion is given by a second instance medical commission formed by the Ministry in charge of health issues. (2) In the case as referred to in the 1st Paragraph of this Article, the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior shall revoke the driving licence from the driver or the Agency shall deprive the diving instructor of the permit (licence) until the final conclusion of the second instance medical commission. (3) If there are two or more medical findings with dissenting opinions on the health capacity of a driver or a driving instructor, a driver or a driving instructor shall be deprived of the existing driving licence or the permit (licence) and shall be issued a driving licence or a permit (licence) in accordance with the medical findings which specify the lesser degree of health capability until the final findings and the opinion is given by a second instance medical commission formed by the Ministry in charge of health issues. (4) The provisions of the 3rd Paragraph of this Article shall also be applied to the person who was not issued a driving licence or a permit (licence), who has submitted a request for issuing of a licence to a competent body. (5) The roster, the way of working and the procedure used by the commission of second instance shall be prescribed by the Minister in charge of the issues of health.

7. Driving licences for categories of motor vehicles

Article 195

(1) A driving licence shall be issued for operating the motor vehicles or vehicle sets of the following categories: 1) AM – Mopeds, light tricycles and light quadricycles, 2) A1 – Motorcycles whose engine volume is no greater than 125 cm3 and whose engine power is no greater than 11kW and whose engine power/vehicle mass ratio is no greater than 0.1 kW/kg and heavy tricycles whose engine power is no greater than 15 kW, 3) A2 – The motorcycles with an engine power no greater than 35 kW and whose engine power/vehicle mass ratio is no greater than 0.2 kW/kg, 4) A – Motorcycles and heavy tricycle with the engine power not exceeding 15 kW/kg, 5) B1 – Heavy quadricycles, 6) B – Motor vehicles whose greatest permitted mass is no greater than 3 500 kg, with no more than eight seats other than the driver’s seat, other than those in A, A1, A2, AM, F and M categories, 7) BE – A set of vehicles pulled by a vehicle of B category with the maximum mass of the trailer greater than 750 kg but lesser than 3 500 kg. 8) C1 – Motor vehicles whose maximum permitted mass is above 3 500 kg but not exceeding 7 500 kg, other than those in A, A1, A2, AM, F, M, B, D and D1 categories, 9) C1E – A set of vehicles pulled by a vehicle of the C1 category and whose maximum permitted mass of a trailer is over 750 kg, without the set exceeding 12 000 kg, as well as a set of vehicle pulled by a B category vehicle whose maximum permitted trailer mass is above 3 500 kg, without the set exceeding 12 000 kg, 10) C – A motor vehicle whose maximum permitted mass is above 3 500 kg, other than those in A1, A2, AM, F, M, B, D and D1 categories, 11) CE – A set of vehicles pulled by a vehicle belonging to the C category with maximum permitted trailer mass of more than 750 kg, 12) D1 – Motor vehicles for the transport of persons which, besides the driver’s seat, have more than 8 and up to 16 seats and whose maximum permitted length does not exceed eight meters, 13) D1E – A set of vehicles pulled by a vehicle belonging in the D1 category and with the maximum permitted mass of trailer is more than 750 kg, 14) D – Motor vehicles for passenger transport which have more than eight seats, besides the driver’s seat, 15) DE – A set of vehicles pulled by a D category vehicle with maximum allowed trailer mass of more than 750 kg, 16) F - Tractors without trailers and working machines, 17) M – Motor cultivator. (2) The driver of the vehicles of C1E, CE, D1E and DE categories may drive a set of vehicles of the BE category. (3) The driver of a vehicle of CE category may drive a set of vehicles of DE category if in possession of a licence for D category. (4) The driver of the vehicles of CE category may drive a set of vehicles of BE category. (5) The driver of the vehicles of B category may drive light tricycles and light quadricycles, heavy tricycles whose engine power does not exceed 15 kW and, after turning 21, heavy quadricycles or heavy tricycles whose engine power exceeds 15 kW. (6) The driver of the vehicles of B1 category may drive light tricycles, heavy tricycles whose engine power does not exceed 15 kW, light and heavy quadricycles. (7) A tractor and a work machine may only be driven by a driver in possession of an F category licence. (8) The driver of the vehicles of A2 category may drive the vehicles of A1 category. (9) The driver of the vehicles of A category may drive the vehicles of A1, A2 and AM categories, the driver of the vehicles of C category may drive the vehicles of C1 category, the driver of the vehicles of B category may drive the vehicles of B1 category and the driver of the vehicles of D category may drive the vehicles of D1 category. (10) The drivers of the vehicles of B, C, C1, D category may drive those vehicles with a trailer attached if maximum allowed mass is no greater than 759 kg. (11) A motor cultivator may be driven by a driver in possession of a driving licence for any category of vehicles.

Article 196

(1) The persons who have gained the right to drive motor vehicles or vehicle sets of a certain category, tractors, working machines, motor cultivators, engine powered bicycles and trams before this law comes to power shall be issued, upon their request, a driving licence for driving a motor vehicle or a set of vehicles of the following categories: 1) A category – the driving licence for operating motor vehicles of A, A1, A2 F, AM and M categories, 2) B category – the driving licence for operating motor vehicles of B, B1, BE F, AM and M categories, 3) C category – the driving licence for operating motor vehicles of C, C1, B, B1, BE, F, AM and M categories, 4) D category – the driving licence for operating motor vehicles of D, D1, C, C1, B, B1, BE, F, AM and M categories, 5) certificate of knowledge of traffic regulations – F, M and AM, 6) C, D and E categories – the driving licence for operating motor vehicles of BE, CE, C1E, DE and D1E categories, 7) C and E categories – the driving licence for operating motor vehicles of BE, CE, and C1E categories, 8) B and E categories – the driving licence for operating motor vehicles of the BE category, 9) licence for tractor drives – the driving licence for operating motor vehicles of F, M and AM categories.

9. Revoking of a driving licence

Article 197

(1) The driver shall drive the vehicle in a conscientiously and in the prescribed manner. (2) Territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior which keeps the records on the driver shall revoke the driving licence from the driver who does not drive the vehicle conscientiously and in the prescribed manner. (3) It is considered that a driver does not operate a vehicle conscientiously and in the prescribed manner if at least one of the following conditions is true: 1) the driver has 18 or more penalty points, 2) if the driver was sentenced for a criminal offence against the safety of public traffic which resulted in a death of a person, 3) if the driver was sentenced more than once for a criminal offence against the safety of public traffic which resulted in grave bodily injuries more than once in a five year period, 4) if the driver was sentenced more than once for a criminal offence against the safety of public traffic which resulted in bodily injuries or property damage more than once in a five year period. (4) As an exception to the Paragraph 3, Item 1 of this Article, a driver who possesses a probation driving licence shall be considered to not drive conscientiously and in the prescribed manner upon accumulating 9 or more penalty points. (5) The penalty points that the driver has accumulated while on possession of a probation driving licence shall remain upon acquiring a driving licence until they are erased in accordance with the provisions of this Law. (6) The appeal against the decision from the 2nd Paragraph of this Article shall not postpone the execution. (7) The body in charge of the infraction proceedings (hereinafter: the infraction body) which makes the valid decision on penalty points shall submit the decision to the party that submitted the request immediately, no later than within 15 days. (8) The Minister of Interior shall prescribe more precisely the way in which the records of a driver’s penalty points are kept and the driving licences are revoked.

Article 198

(1) The driver who commits an offence defined in this Law shall be given, by the decision with which he was punished, penalty points in accordance with this Law, (2) The record of penalty points shall be kept by the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior which keeps the driver’s records based on valid penalty decisions. (3) The penalty points shall be erased after 24 months have passed from the date that the decision on the offence has become valid. (4) While the driver is serving a prison sentence for offences referred to in this law, as well as for criminal acts referred to by the Article 197, Paragraph 3, Items 2, 3 and 4 of this Law, as well as during a measure of protection, a security measure or a driving prohibition is valid, the passing of the time prescribed for erasing penalty points from the 3rd Paragraph of this Article shall be suspended. (5) The records of the penalty points shall be available only to the police officials who are in charge of revoking licences in the events referred to in the Article 197 of this Law. (6) After submitting a written demand, the driver shall be informed of the number of penalty points the driver has accumulated at the moment of the submission of the demand within no more than 7 days. (7) The expenses of the issuing of information shall be covered by the driver who submitted a request.

Article 199

(1) The person whose driving licence has been revoked for not driving conscientiously and in the prescribed manner in road traffic may again be issued a driving licence upon their request if: 1) it was concluded at a special medical examination that the driver is capable of driving a certain category of motor vehicles or vehicle sets, 2) the driver had attended the mandatory seminar for the improvement of traffic safety knowledge, 3) the driver has passed the test on traffic safety knowledge improvement, 4) the driver has paid the mandatory fine for the infractions for which the penalty points are given, the driver has paid the fine for the criminal offences due to which the licence was removed, or if the driver has served the sentence of imprisonment for the aforementioned infractions or criminal offences, 5) all measures of motor vehicle driving prohibition have expired. (2) The person from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall not attend the seminar for the improvement of traffic safety knowledge and take the test on traffic safety knowledge improvement from the Paragraph 1, Item 3 of this Article before submitting the evidence of health capability from Paragraph 1, Item 1 of this Article. (3) The person from the 1st Paragraph of this Article may attend the seminar for the improvement of traffic safety knowledge and take the test on traffic safety knowledge improvement from the Paragraph 1, Item 3 of this Article 90 days after they have fulfilled the conditions stated in Paragraph 1, Items 4 and 5 of this Article. (4) The medical requirements that shall be met by the driver in the event referred to in Paragraph 1, Item 1 of this Article, the manner and the procedure for carrying out these medical examinations and keeping records on these medical examinations shall be prescribed by the Minister in charge of health issues. (5) The Agency shall organise and conduct tests on traffic safety knowledge improvement, issue the certificate of seminar completion and the certificate of test passing and keep the records on organised seminars and tests as prescribed. The Agency may, with the consent of the Ministry in charge of transport authorise a company to organise and conduct seminars on improvement of traffic safety knowledge. (6) The curriculum and the program of the seminars on traffic safety knowledge improvement, the manner in which they are to be organised and conducted, the contents of the tests on traffic safety knowledge improvement and the manner in which they are to be conducted, the contents of the certificates, the manner and the procedure of their issuing as well as the manner in which records are to be kept shall be prescribed by the Agency with the consent of the Ministry of Interior and the Ministry in charge of the issues of traffic. (7) At least one of the examiners at the tests on traffic safety knowledge improvement shall meet the following requirements: 1) to be a graduate of a Faculty of Traffic or a Faculty of Law and have at least three years of working experience in the are of traffic safety, 2) to possess a driving licence for vehicles of B category for at least five years, 3) that in the past four years they were not sentenced for following criminal offences: felonies against public traffic safety, offences against life and body or offences against the professional duty, as well as that no investigation nor a criminal charge has been raised against them for any of these offences. (8) The expenses incurred by meeting the requirements from Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2 and 3 shall be covered by the driver. (9) The Agency shall carry out the actions described in the 5th Paragraph of this article as entrusted.

Article 200

The drivers whose driving licence has been revoked due to non conscientious and irregular driving shall have their remaining points erased from the records and their highest allowed number of penalty points decreased by three points for each new issuing of the driving licence, up to nine points.

9. The execution of driving prohibition measures

Article 201

(1) The protective, i.e. safety measure is executed by the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior which keeps the record on the driver or the on in whose territory a driver who was not entered into the registry has residence. (2) The measure from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be executed upon a person in possession of a foreign driving licence by the organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior which is territorially competent in the area where the body or the court that decided to impose the measure is located.

Article 202

(1) The validity period of the protective, i.e. safety measure of driving prohibition shall begin from the day when the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior executed it. (2) The time spent serving a prison sentence shall not be calculated into the validity period of the measure from the 1st Paragraph of this Article. (3) The protective, i.e. safety measure of the driving prohibition of motor vehicles shall be considered to be executed when the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior, based on a valid decision of the body or the court which decides on the measure, informs the driver of the measure in a written form and enters this information into the registry of drivers or the registry of foreign drivers to whom the protective, i.e. safety measure has been sentenced. (4) The protective, i.e. safety measure begins from the day when the driver is informed of it. (5) As an exception, if there are justified reasons, the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Interior may decide that this measure, applied against a driver for no more than six months, shall begin 30 days or less from the day of informing the driver. (6) The Minister of Interior shall prescribe the manner and the procedure for executing these measures and keeping the records, as well as the appearance of the form, by which the driver is informed in writing of the validity period of the sentenced measure. (7) The Ministry of Interior shall, with no delay, inform the country whose body issued the foreign driving licence about the executed measures as referred to in this Article being applied to a person with a foreign driving licence.

10. The persons to whom driving vehicles is the basic profession, or who conduct public transport – Professional drivers

Article 203

(1) The driver if a motor vehicle or a set of vehicles to whom driving the vehicle is their basic job, or the driver who conducts public transport shall be obliged to have a licence for acting as a professional driver (the Certificate of Professional competence, hereinafter: CPC) in order to carry out the job. (2) The licence from the 1st Paragraph of this Article may be national, valid on the territory of the Republic of Serbia or international, valid in international transportation. (3) The provisions from the 1st Paragraph of this Article apply to the drivers who operate the vehicles of the C, C1, D, D1, CE, C1E, DE and D1E categories. (4) The licence from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be issued by the Agency, which shall also keep the records on the issued licences. (5) The licence from the 1st Paragraph of this Article may be issued to the driver who meets the following requirements: 1) has a driving licence for driving the vehicles of the categories mentioned in the 2nd Paragraph of this Article, 2) has completed the prescribed training, 3) has passed the professional knowledge test. (6) As an exception to the 5th Paragraph of this Article, the persons who performed or had the right to perform the job of a professional driver before the day when this Law comes into force, may perform the job of a professional driver (CPC) without the licence for no more than five years. To the driver from this Paragraph who submits a request for a licence within the stated period, the licence shall be issued provided that the driver meets the criteria from Paragraph 5, Items 1 and 3 of this Article. (7) The licence from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be valid for a period of five years. (8) The licence from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be renewed for the driver, provided that they attended the mandatory knowledge improvement seminars. (9) A company, another legal entity or an entrepreneur shall make sure that the jobs of drivers who drive vehicles of the categories mentioned in the 2nd Paragraph of this Article as their primary profession or carry out public transport are conducted by drivers who possess a licence for a professional driver (CPC). (10) The way to ascertain that the requirements for issuing a licence for a professional driver (CPC) in cases from the 6th Paragraph of this Article shall be prescribed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic, at the Agency’s proposal. (11) The Agency shall carry out the activities from the 4th Paragraph of this Article as entrusted.

Article 204

(1) The training for acquiring a licence for a professional driver (CPC), the organisation and execution of knowledge improvement seminars and testing the knowledge acquired during the seminar shall be conducted by a legal entity which has a permit issued by the Ministry in chare of the issues of traffic. The professional test for acquiring a licence for professional driving (CPC) and the issuing of the certificate of a passed professional test shall be conducted by the Agency. (2) The certificate of a passed test on knowledge acquired during the seminar shall be issued by the legal entity with whom the test was passed. (3) The legal entity from the Article 203, Paragraph 1 of this Law shall conduct the training, seminars and testing of the knowledge acquired at a seminar shall keep records in a prescribed manner. (4) More precise requirements that a legal entity from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall meet, the requirements regarding the program of training and the seminar for knowledge improvement, the manner in which the professional test and the test of knowledge acquired at a seminar are to be conducted, as well as the appearance and the content of the document which represents the licence for professional driving (CPC) shall be prescribed by the Minister in charge of the issues of traffic at the Agency’s suggestion and with obtained opinions from the trade associations of transporters. (5) The secondary vocational schools which are educating persons for the profession of a motor vehicle driver shall be obliged to meet the requirements from the 4th Paragraph of this Article and introduce into their curricula at least the contents of the 4th Paragraph of this Article.

11. Tram drivers

Article 205

(1) A tram may be operated by a driver in possession of a driving licence for the B category vehicles and has a special licence for operating a tram which is issued by the Agency. (2) The licence for operating a tram may be acquired by a person who is at least 21 years old, has passed the test for tram operating and who was not prohibited from driving a motor vehicle by an authorised body. (3) When operating a tram, the driver shall carry along the special permit for operating a tram and the driving licence and shall be obliged to show it to an authorised person. (4) The Agency shall organise the training and testing for tram drivers. (5) More precise regulations on training, the way in which the tests are to be carried out and the records are to be kept shall be passed by the Minister of Interior at the Agency’s suggestion. (6) A tram driver who changes the place of residence shall report to the Agency within 30 days from changing place of residence in order to change the data. (7) The Agency shall carry out the activities from the 1st Paragraph of this Article as entrusted. (8) A tram shall not be operated by a tram driver who is subject to the protective measure or the safety measure of prohibition of operating motor vehicles, while the measure is in effect.

XII THE TRAINING OF DRIVING CANDIDATES

1. General provisions

Article 206

(1) The training of driving candidates is an activity of general interest whose purpose is that a candidate acquires the theoretical and practical knowledge and skills necessary for independent and safe vehicle driving in the road traffic. (2) The training of driving candidates shall comprise: theoretical training, practical training in vehicle driving and the driving test.

Article 207

(1) The training of driving candidates may be carried out by a company or by a secondary vocational school within its organisational unit, which meet the stipulated requirements and which are granted are permit to do so. (2) The permit from the 1st Paragraph of this article may state that the legal entity from the 1st Paragraph of this Article may only train driving candidates of only some vehicle categories. (3) The permit from the 1st Paragraph of this article shall be issued by the Ministry of Interior. (4) If a company performs activities other than training driving candidate or performs that activity outside of its premises, it shall found a branch of the company which shall deal exclusively with the training of driving candidates which shall be entered into the Register of Companies in accordance with regulations. (5) The permit from the 1st Paragraph of this Article may not be issued to a legal entity which is in the process of bankruptcy proceedings. (6) If a legal entity which carries out the training of driving candidates had its permit revoked more than twice within 10 years before the date of submitting the request for issuing a permit, the permit shall not be issued. (7) The education of persons for the job of a professional driver of motor vehicles as well as pupils who are training to be drivers within the regular curriculum is carried out by secondary vocational schools in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Minister in charge of education. The program for educating these persons shall at least comprise the contents of the program stipulated in accordance with this Law. (8) The program for training the personnel of the Ministry in charge of the issues of defence for the motor vehicle drivers which carried out by the Serbian Army shall at least include the contents of the program stipulated in accordance with this Law. More precise regulations on educating and training military personnel for motor vehicle drivers shall be prescribed by the Minister in charge of the issues of defence. (9) The Ministry of Interior shall keep the registry of companies, their branches and secondary schools to who were issued licences. The registry shall contain at least: the number of registry entries, the business name of the company or its branch, the seat of the company or branch, the categories for which it provides training, the date of permit issuing and the date of permit revoking. (10) The Minister in charge of the internal affairs shall prescribed more precise regulations on the manner in which the registry from the 9th Paragraph of this Article is to be kept.

Article 208

(1) The legal entity from the Article 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law or the company branch from Article 204, Paragraph 4 of this Law shall be obliged to possess: 1) at least one appropriately equipped classroom for the theoretical learning and testing for at least 10 candidates which belongs to the company, the secondary school or is rented. The classroom may be rented only for the needs of one legal entity or company branch, 2) business premises for administrative affairs, belonging to the company or rented, 3) stipulated teaching aids, 4) at least three B category vehicles and at least one vehicle of other vehicle categories for which the legal entity or company branch trains driving candidates, either registered by the legal entity or acquired by leasing, 5) arranged training grounds for the beginner practical training of drivers, enabling the driver to manipulate the vehicle as prescribed in the curriculum, either owned by the legal entity or rented.

Article 209

(1) The legal entity from the Article 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law or the company branch from Article 204, Paragraph 4 of this Law shall hire, for a definite or indefinite period: 1) at least three B category driving instructors and at least one for each of the categories for which training is conducted with full time employment, 2) at least one instructor for theoretical learning, 3) at least one examiner for each of the vehicle categories for which the legal entity conducts training.

Article 210

(1) The Minister of Interior shall prescribe more precise regulations on the requirements which the legal entity from the Article 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law shall meet. (2) The legal entity shall provide fulfilment of all prescribed requirements for the training of driving candidates. (3) The legal entity shall temporarily cease the practical training of driving candidates when it no longer meets the requirements: 1) from the Article 208, Paragraph 1, Item 1 or 2) from the Article 209, Paragraph 1, Item 2 of this Law. (4) The legal entity shall temporarily cease the practical training of driving candidates when it no longer meets the requirements: 1) from the Article 208, Paragraph 1, Item 4 or 2) from the Article 208, Paragraph 1, Item 5 or 3) from the Article 209, Paragraph 1, Item 1 or (5) The legal entity shall temporarily cease the practical training of driving candidates when it no longer meets the requirements: 1) from the Article 208, Paragraph 1, Item 1 or 2) from the Article 208, Paragraph 1, Item 4 or 3) from the Article 208, Paragraph 1, Item 5 or 4) from the Article 209, Paragraph 1, Item 3 or (6) If temporarily ceasing to work, the legal entity shall inform the supervising body no later than the first ensuing work day. During the temporary work cessation, the legal entity shall not conduct candidate training in accordance with the provisions of this Article. (7) A temporary work cessation may last no longer than three months. (8) The legal entity shall inform the supervising body that the temporary work cessation is about to end at least one day before continuing to work.

Article 211

(1) The legal entity from the Article 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law or the company branch from the Article 207, Paragraph 4 of this Law shall keep, in a prescribed, accurate and organised manner, records comprising: 1) the registry of driving candidates, 2) a log on theoretical training, 3) the registry of driving test attempts, 4) the registry of issued certificates of passing the theoretical part of the test, 5) the registry of issued certificates of passing the driving test, 6) the books on practical training for driving instructors, 7) a booklet of driving candidates’ training, 8) reports on the completed trainings of driving candidates, (2) More precise regulations regarding the content, the manner of keeping and the duration of records keeping for the records from the 1st Paragraph of this Article shall be prescribed by the Minister of Interior.

Article 212

(1) The training of a driving candidate may begin no earlier than 12 months before the candidate reaches the required age from the Articles 180 and 182, Paragraph 1 of this Law. (2) The candidate may not begin training nor undergo a driving test neither while a protective or a safety measure of prohibition of motor vehicle driving is in force nor while their driving licence is revoked due to non conscientious behaviour.

2. Theoretical training

Article 213

(1) The theoretical training for operating vehicles shall be conducted in accordance with the prescribed training curriculum. (2) The theoretical training for operating vehicles shall have elements which will enable the candidate to, after completing the training, acquire necessary knowledge and skills to independently and safely operate a vehicle in the road traffic. (3) The curriculum for the theoretical training of driving candidates shall be prescribed by the Minister of Interior.

Article 214

(1) The theoretical training shall comprise at least the following matters: 1) the traffic regulations and signalization – the notion and the importance of traffic regulations, application of regulations, the notion and the meaning of traffic signs signals issued by authorized officials, 2) the driver – the significance and the influence of the driver on traffic safety, the properties and actions of the driver which have an impact on traffic safety, sociological factors which influence the driver’s behaviour, the importance of traffic situation assessment and how to make decisions, the driver’s orientation in time and space, psychological factors which influence assessment, making and implementing decisions while driving, the reaction time, the driver’s attention and fatigue, changes occurring with the driver due to the use of alcohol and/or other psycho active substances which are prohibited to use before or during driving, 3) the road – the notion of a road, road properties important to the traffic safety, influence of weather on both the road conditions and safe traffic and conditions while driving at night, 4) the vehicle – the notion and properties of a vehicle which influence traffic safety, the importance and influence of technical soundness of the vehicle on traffic safety, the importance and influence of the cargo and the way in which cargo is loaded on traffic safety, the basic assemblies and parts of the vehicle and their influence on traffic safety on the road, the most common malfunctions of a vehicle and the ways for the driver to remove them with the available equipment and means, 5) vehicle passive safety – the notion and importance, influence of particular parts and assemblies of the vehicle on passive safety and the parts, assemblies and devices whose basic purpose is to provide passive safety, 6) other traffic participants – the notion and their characteristics which influence traffic safety, the traffic behaviour characteristics, elderly, persons with special needs, pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists and other persons, the notion, characteristics and influence of rail borne vehicles on traffic safety, the possible influence of animals on road traffic safety, 7) general provisions – regulations regarding the right to operate vehicle in road traffic, the right to have a certain vehicle participating in road traffic, the periods of vehicle driving in road traffic and driver’s rests, procedure in the case of a traffic accident and special safety measures, 8) measures of precaution when leaving a vehicle, 9) the basics of economic driving and the influence of traffic on the environment and its endangering, 10) dangers occurring due to disrespect of regulations relative to traffic safety, possible damaging consequences of disrespecting regulations and penalty measures for those violating stipulations and regulations regarding traffic safety (imprisonment, fine, safety measures and protective measures), 11) Theoretical explanation of the operations with a vehicle in road traffic and driver’s activities in road traffic- basic operations with the vehicle: starting, forward driving, reverse driving, change of driving direction, and stopping the vehicle, entering the vehicle into road traffic, selection of vehicle speed depending on the traffic situation and road and weather conditions, turning, rounding, passing by, outrunning, changing the traffic lane, U-turn, stopping and sudden breaking, giving right of priority pass, the driver’s behaviour while approaching and passing through a crossroad in which traffic is regulated by the rule of right side, traffic sign, traffic lights and signs and orders issued by authorized person, behaviour of the driver when approaching pedestrian crossing, road crossing over rail and tram tracks and driving through tunnel, driving under precipitations, low visibility, during night and on the road where works are done. (2) More precise regulations on the way of carrying out theoretical training of the driving candidates shall be prescribed by the Minister of Interior. (3) Legal entity from the Article 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law shall carry out the theoretical training of the driving candidates in a prescribed manner.

3. Practical training

Article 215

(1) Practical training involves leaning of skills in operating vehicles in road traffic regarding: 1) checking and preparing vehicles for participating safely in road traffic, 2) use of vehicle’s controls and devices, 3) performing prescribed operations with the vehicle on the training ground, 4) performing operations with the vehicle in road traffic from Article 214, Paragraph 1, point 11 of this Law, 5) operating vehicle in road traffic in settlement, with poor, medium and strong traffic intensity, 6) operating vehicle in road traffic outside settlement, with poor, medium and strong traffic intensity, 7) operating vehicle on the road in and out of residential area during night, 8) training operations with the vehicle and driver’s acting in various traffic situations, 9) building attitude of trust and respect in regard to other participants in traffic, building habit of helping other participants in traffic and undertaking measures to prevent traffic accident. (2) More precise regulations on the way of carrying out the practical training of the driving candidates shall be prescribed by the Minister of Interior. (3) The legal entity from the Article 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law shall carry out practical training of the driving candidates in a prescribed manner.

Article 216

(1) The driving candidate may start the practical training only after passing the theoretical part of the test and acquiring the certificate of passing the theoretical part of the test. (2) Legal entity from the Article 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law shall not begin with the candidate’s practical training if he/she does not have certificate on medical fitness for the category of vehicles for which he/she is trained, i.e. shall not start or carry out practical training if more than one year passed since this certificate has been issued.

Article 217

(1) Driving candidate who does the practical part of the training can operate the vehicle of the category for which he/she is trained only under supervision of the instructor (2) As an exception to the Paragraph 1 of this Article, a driving candidate can operate vehicles of the categories АМ, А1, А2, А, B1 and F without the instructor’s supervision save for the initial practical training in the arranged training ground.

4. The rights and obligations of driving candidates

Article 218

(1) The Government decides on the lowest price of theoretical and practical training based on the proposal made by the Ministry of Interior and upon obtaining the opinion of the Ministry in charge of trade and services. (2) Legal entity cannot decide on the lower price of training than the price defined in a manner from Paragraph 1 or this Article. (3) The total price of theoretical and practical training includes also issuance of all certificates relative to mentioned trainings.

Article 219

(4) Legal entity from the Paragraph 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law and driving candidate are obliged to make a contract, before the beginning of training, on the conditions under which the training will be carried out and whose stipulations shall be in harmony with this Law. (5) This contract shall specifically define mutual relations in case of cessation of training with that legal entity. (6) The legal entity cannot start training of a driving candidate before the contract from Paragraph 1 hereof is made.

Article 220

(1) Legal entity from Article 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law issues certificates on completed theoretical and practical training and certificates on the number of hours of theoretical and practical training which the candidate had in case he/she has ceased training with that legal entity. (2) The certificates shall be issued upon completion of theoretical and practical training i.e. in case of interruption of the mentioned trainings within three days from the day the request is submitted.

5. The theoretical training lecturer

Article 221

(1) The lecturer of theoretical training shall meet prescribed prerequisites and shall have the licence for the lecturer of theoretical training. (2) The theoretical training lecturer shall meet the following prerequisites: 1) be higher education graduate in transport – department of road traffic or have faculty degree of other profession and at least five years of working experience in the area of traffic safety. 2) have driving licence for the vehicles of B category for at least three years. 3) passed the state exam required for the lecturers (3) The permit (licence) from Paragraph 1 hereof is issued by the Agency. (4) The permit (licence) for the theoretical training lecturer shall be valid for five years. (5) The permit (licence) from the Paragraph 1 hereof shall be renewed if the theoretical training lecturer: 1) attended the obligatory seminars for knowledge improvement 2) passed the test (6) The Agency will conduct the activities from the Paragraph 3 of this Article as entrusted.

Article 222

(1) The curriculum for attending professional exam for a theoretical training lecturer shall include the following areas: 1) Traffic ethics, 2) Safety of road traffic, 3) Traffic safety regulations, drivers’ training and undergoing driving tests, 4) Theories of operating vehicle in the road traffic, 5) Methodology of conducting theoretical training.

6. The driving instructor

Article 223

(1) Driving instructor is educated in the secondary schools system. (2) A driver may undergo the exam for a driving instructor if 21 years of age and having a driving licence for at least three years for the vehicles of the category for which he/she undergoes the exam for driving instructor. (3) More precise regulations regarding the curriculum, the conditions and the method of education and examination for a driving instructor shall be prescribed by the Minister in charge of education affairs.

Article 224

(1) Practical training can be carried out by the driving instructor who meets the prescribed prerequisites and has a permit (licence) for a driving instructor. (2) Driving instructor shall meet the following prerequisites: 1) has passed the exam for a driving instructor or has acquired (public school certificate) school diploma for a driving instructor of a particular category. 2) is medically fit, 3) in the past four years he/she was not sentenced for the following criminal offences: grave offences against public transport safety, against life and body, against official duty and no investigation is carried out against him/her for these criminal offences and no charges have been filed for these criminal offences. (3) The permit (licence) from the Paragraph 1 hereof is issued by the Agency. (4) The permit (licence) for the driving instructor shall be valid for five years (5) The permit (licence) from the Paragraph 1 hereof shall be renewed if the instructor: 1) Attended the obligatory advanced seminar, 2) Passed the exam and 3) If he/she is medically fit. (6) The Agency will conduct the activities from the Paragraph 3 of this Article as entrusted.

Article 225

(1) Agency organizes advanced seminars, knowledge testing, prescribes and keeps register of issued permits (licences) for driving instructors. (2) Program of obligatory advanced seminars, way of undergoing exams, and terms for carrying out seminars and outlook and contents of the permit (licence) form shall be prescribed by the Minister in charge of transport issues following Agency proposal. (3) The Agency shall conduct the activities from the Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article as entrusted.

Article 226

(1) Driving instructor can carry out practical training only with the driving candidates that are trained with the legal entity from Article 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law with whom he is employed pursuant to the stipulations from the Article 209 of this Law. (2) While carrying out practical training, driving instructor shall have with him/herself a permit (licence) for driving instructor. (3) While carrying out practical training, driving instructor shall have with him/herself driving instructor’s book of practical training and candidate’s training booklet and shall show them to the authorized representative of the Ministry of Interior.

Article 227

(1) Driving instructor may have at the most eight hours of the practical training of the driving candidates in one working day. (2) In between two working days driving instructor shall have break in doing his job which shall last at least 11 hours. (3) Driving instructor shall have at least one free day per week.

Article 228

(1) During practical training only driving instructor, driving candidate and supervisor may be in the vehicle. (2) While having practical training driving candidate shall have with him/herself and shall present certificate on medical fitness for a driver, certificate on passed theoretical test, identity card i.e. other document with photo if due to his/her age he/she does not meet prerequisites for issuance of identity card. (3) The practical training period cannot start until driving instructor is convinced that the conditions from Paragraph 1 and 2 hereof are met.

7. Vehicles for driver training

Article 229

(1) Vehicle for training drivers of B category shall have dual commands, save for speed up command, and vehicles of C and D category instead of dual commands may have built in command of auxiliary-parking break within instructor’s reach. (2) Vehicle for training candidates for B category cannot have automatic gear box. (3) Motor vehicle of B, C1, C, D1 and D category shall have built in tachometer.

Article 230

(1) Motor vehicle and trailer for training of the candidates when participating in traffic and when used for training shall be marked in a prescribed manner. (2) More precise regulations on the way of marking vehicles from the Paragraph 1 hereof shall be prescribed by the Minister of Interior.

Article 231

Practical training of the driving candidates with handicaps can be done in the vehicle produced or accommodated pursuant to his/her needs even if it is not registered by the legal entity from Article 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law i.e. if it is not leased by it.

8. The driving test

Article 232

(1) Driving test establishes if the candidate has acquired theoretical and practical knowledge and skills necessary for independent and safe operating of vehicle in road traffic. (2) Driving test is carried out in Serbian language i.e. languages of national minorities pursuant to the law. (3) Driving test consists of two parts: theoretical and practical test (4) Legal entity from Article 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law shall issue certificate on the passed theoretical part at the latest three days from the day on which a candidate passed theoretical test. (5) Legal entity from Article 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law shall issue certificate on the passed driving test to the driving candidate at the latest three days from the day when he/she has passed driving test. (6) More precise regulations on organizing, conducting and way of undergoing driving test, keeping records, time of their storing and prerequisites which the vehicle used for training and for testing shall meet shall be prescribed by the Minister of Interior.

Article 233

(1) Theoretical exam involves test whose questions cover the contents of the curriculum from the Article 214 of this Law. (2) Practical test involves operating vehicle in the training ground and in traffic on the public road and on that occasion it is established if the candidate has knowledge, skill and if he/she knows procedures pursuant to the stipulations from Article 215 of this Law.

Article 234

(1) Questions for theoretical test are public and they are defined by the Ministry of Interior. (2) Combinations of the questions in the test are official secret and they are defined by the Ministry of Interior.

Article 235 a. Driving candidate who has been issued certificate on the completed theoretical training for a driver of a certain category can undergo theoretical exam. b. Practical test can be attended by the driving candidate if: 1) he/she is medically fit for a driver of a particular category. 2) he/she meets age prerequisite for operating vehicle of relevant category 3) he/she has been issued certificate on passed theoretical test and when from the day of passing theoretical exam did not passed more than a year. 4) he/she has been issued certificate on completed practical training for a certain category 5) he/she has been issued certificate on passed first aid test c. After completing training the driving candidate shall submit request for attending theoretical, i.e. practical test. d. Driving candidate shall enclose to the request proofs on meeting conditions from Paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof and Article 237, Paragraph 6, of this Law. e. Legal entity who carries out training of drivers shall establish facts on fulfilment of conditions for undergoing test from Paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof. f. Ministry of Interior shall annul theoretical test or practical test or driving test if the conditions were not met as follows: i. theoretical exam within one year from the day of passing it ii. practical test if the conditions from Paragraph 2, item 1 or item 3 or item 4 hereof were not met within one year from the day of passing it iii. driving test if the conditions from Paragraph 2, item 2 hereof were not met until age prescribed for being issued driving licence of a certain category is reached.

Article 236

(1) Driving test is organized and carried out by the legal entity from Article 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law (2) Driving test is undergone before examining commission consisting of two members, one being police officer and another examiner being employee of the legal entity. (3) Police examiner shall be appointed by the relevant superior pursuant to the stipulations from Article 238 of this Law while legal entity examiner shall be appointed by the responsible person from the legal entity. (4) The commission shall make minutes on the undergoing of the test in two copies one of which shall be kept by the legal entity and another with the organizational unit of the Ministry of Interior on the territory. (5) Legal entity from Article 207, Paragraph 1 of this Law shall organize and carry out driving test in a prescribed manner. (6) Candidate has passed driving test if both examiners gave positive assessment for theoretical and practical test.

Article 237

(1) Driving test expenses are borne by the driving candidate (2) Price of the driving test consists of the part the candidate pays to the legal entity and part the candidate pays to the Ministry of Interior to cover the cost of examiner’s participation in examining commission. (3) The Government decides on the lowest price of driving test, i.e. parts of the price from Paragraph 1 hereof pursuant to the Ministry of Interior’s proposal and upon acquiring opinion of the Ministry in charge of trade and services. (4) Legal entity cannot decide on the price of driving test lower than the price determined in a manner described in Paragraph 3 hereof. (5) Total price of the driving test covers also issuance of certificate on passed theoretical test and certificate on passed driving test. (6) Driving candidate cannot undergo driving test before meeting all obligations in regard to the Ministry of Interior as mentioned in Paragraph 1 hereof.

9. The examiner

Article 238

(1) The examiner shall meet prescribed conditions and shall have a permit (licence) for the examiner. (2) The examiner shall meet the following prerequisites: 1) shall have a permit (licence) for the driving instructor of a particular category, 2) shall be at least 23 years of age, 3) shall be at least higher education graduate in transport – road traffic, i.e. shall have faculty degree for other profession and at least five years of working experience in the area of traffic safety i.e. persons who carry out this job on the day of this Law coming in force shall have at least two years of working experience as driving instructors or examiners, 4) shall have passed state professional exam for examiner, 5) shall not be sentenced to protective measure of prohibiting of driving vehicle in the past two years 6) in the past four years he/she was not sentenced for the criminal offence; grave offence against public traffic safety, offence against life and body, against official duty and that no investigation is conducted against him/her nor any charge filed against him/her for such criminal offences. (3) For the theoretical test the examiner shall have licence for the B category and in practical part licence for the category of vehicles for which driving candidate is undergoing test. (4) Permit (licence) from Paragraph 1 hereof is issued by the Agency. (5) Examiner’s permit (licence) shall be valid for five years. (6) The examiner shall be renewed permit (licence) from Paragraph 1 hereof if he attended obligatory advanced seminars and passed the test. (7) Examiner’s permit (licence) for a certain category is valid only in time when his/her permit (licence) for a driving instructor and his driving licence of that category is valid. (8) In case driving instructor has been deprived of permit (licence) more than twice in the past 10 years till the date of submitting request for being issued driving instructor permit, it shall not be issued. (9) The Agency shall conduct the activities from the Paragraph 4 hereof as entrusted.

Article 239

(1) Curriculum for state professional exam for the examiner includes the contents from the following areas: 1) traffic ethics, 2) traffic psychology, 3) pedagogy and andragogy, 4) road traffic safety, 5) regulations on traffic safety, drivers’ training and driving tests, 6) vehicles, 7) theories of operating vehicle in road traffic. (2) Curriculum of state professional exam for the examiners, program of the obligatory advanced seminars, way of undergoing professional exam and testing knowledge, terms for conducting seminars and outlook and contents of the permit (licence) shall be prescribed by the Minister in charge of traffic following the proposal of the Agency. (3) The Agency carries out the professional exam for the examiners, organizes advanced seminars, tests the knowledge, proscribes and keeps the register of the issued permits (licences) for the examiners. (4) The Agency shall conduct the activities from the Paragraph 3 of this Article as entrusted.

10. The traffic conditions for conducting the practical part of the test

Article 240

(1) Settlement in which the practical test is carried out shall meet prescribed conditions enabling examining commission to establish if the candidate is having necessary knowledge and skill for independent and safe operating of the particular category of vehicle in the road traffic (2) More precise regulations from the Paragraph 1 hereof and records from Paragraph 4 hereof shall be defined by the Minister of Interior based on the proposal of the Agency. (3) Decision on fulfilment of the conditions is made by the Ministry of Interior based on the proposal of the local self-management body from Article 157, Paragraph 1 of this Law. (4) Records on places that meet prescribed conditions are kept by the Ministry of Interior.

XIII FIRST AID TRAINING

Article 241

(1) First aid training, organizing and carrying out tests shall be conducted by the Serbian Red Cross or a medical institution which meets prescribed conditions and which is issued relevant permit (authorization) (2) Particular conditions which legal entity from Paragraph 1 hereof shall meet relative to premises, equipment and professional personnel, as well as training curriculum and way of organizing and conducting tests and issuing certificates on passed test, contents, outlook, way of issuing and keeping prescribed records are defined by the Minister in charge of health issues.

Article 242

(1) First aid training and test may be carried out only by the persons meeting prescribed prerequisites and possessing relevant permit (licence) for instructor- examiner which is issued by the Ministry in charge of health issues. Permit (licence) is issued for the period of five years. (2) Particular conditions which instructor-examiner shall meet, way of acquiring the permit (licence), contents and outlook of the instructor-examiner’s permit (licence) shall be prescribed by the Minister in charge of health issues. (3) Legal entities from Paragraph 1 hereof and instructors-examiners from Paragraph 1 hereof are obliged to do the first aid training and the test in a prescribed manner.

XIV THE DURATION OF DRIVING OF A MOTOR VEHICLE OR A VEHICLE SET Article 243

(1) The driver who operates a freight vehicle or a set of vehicles whose largest permitted mass exceeds 3,500 kg or a motorbus shall not operate the vehicle for longer than 9 hours within a 24 hours period and up to 10 hours twice a week. (2) The driver of the vehicle, i.e. a combination of vehicles from Paragraph 1 of this Article shall make a break after 4 hours and 30 min of driving (interruption of driving to make a break) for minimum 45 min. (3) The driver from Paragraph 1 of this Article may use a break from Paragraph 2 of this Article by making several breaks of minimum 15 min during the driving so that driving cannot last longer than 4 hours and 30 minutes. (4) The total time of driving the vehicle shall not exceed 90 hours within two subsequent weeks. (5) By way of exemption from Paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this Article, the driver of the bus, trolleybus and tram in public transportation is allowed to drive the vehicle for eight hours maximum under the condition to make a minimum five minute break at starting bus stops. (6) Specific regulations on duration of driving the military vehicle shall be passed by the Minister of Defence.

Article 244

(1) The driver shall use a daily rest within 24 hours since the end of the last daily or weekly rest. (2) As an exception from the 1st Paragraph of this Article, if at least two drivers take turns in operating the vehicle, each of them shall take a daily rest lasting at least 9 hours, no later than 30 hours after the end of the previous daily or weekly rest. (3) The driver shall take the rest from Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article outside of the vehicle or in the vehicle when it is moving. (4) The drive shall begin using the weekly rest no later than after six 24-hours periods passed since the end of the last weekly rest. (5) The rest and driving period of the drivers of the motor vehicles registered abroad as well as the vehicles registered in the Republic of Serbia when doing the international transportation, as well as the use of digital tachographs shall be regulated by the Government. (6) More specific regulations on duration, driving and rest of drivers shall be passed by the Minister responsible for traffic affairs with the approval of the Ministry of Interior.

Article 245

(1) Motor vehicles which have to be equipped with the tachograph shall have a tachograph in working order with correctly inserted prescribed data-registering gadget (a tachograph sheet or another method for data memorizing) where the prescribed data are entered. (2) The device from Paragraph 1 of this Article shall be used in a useful and prescribed way. (3) The driver of the vehicle from Paragraph 1 of this Article shall have on him the key of the tachograph and earlier used discs from tachographs installed in all vehicles driven in the past 6 days, i.e. until the last weekly rest, that show driver’s activities, i.e. on the driver’s smart card in case of digital tachograph. (4) The company, legal entity or an entrepreneur shall be obliged to keep record on issued and used record charts with the prescribed data and to keep them minimum two years and to make the data available to the person who is authorized by this law to do the monitoring. (5) More specific regulations on the manner of use and utilization of the device from Paragraph 1 of this Article shall be passed by the minister responsible for the traffic issues.

XV VEHICLES

1. General provisions

Article 246

(1) The vehicle on the road has to meet prescribed technical requirements, technical regulations and to be in a good technical condition. (2) The vehicle is in a good technical condition if it has all prescribed devices and equipment in a good state and if it meets all vehicle technical norms. (3) Vehicles in traffic on the road cannot have devices, assemblies and equipment whose use may threaten, obstruct or confuse the other traffic participants. (4) Vehicles shall not have on their front side devices or material that emit, i.e. reflect red light, and on the rear those that reflect or reject white light, except for the device and substances envisaged by the regulations from Paragraph 6 of this Article, including the blinker that has not been envisaged by the provisions of this Law. (5) Devices that emit, or reflect light visible to the traffic participants in colours that are not envisaged by the regulations from Paragraph 6 of this Article cannot be used on the vehicle. (6) The Minister of Traffic shall pass specific regulations on requirements that vehicles in the traffic on the road shall meet with regard to the dimension, technical conditions and devices, assemblies and equipment and technical norms. (7) The transportation vehicle that has not been specified by this law as a vehicle shall not participate in the traffic.

Article 247

(1) The owner or the user of the vehicle is obliged to provide to the police officer, at his/her request, the data on the identity of the person to whom he/she gave the vehicle to drive or use. (2) The natural person, the owner or the user of the vehicle shall not give the vehicle to be driven by a person abusing alcohol or psychoactive substances or being so tired, sick or in such a psychophysical condition that he is not capable of safe driving, has no driver’s license of the adequate category or with the expired driver’s license.

Article 248

(1) Vehicles registered abroad may be driven at the territory of the Republic of Serbia if they have assemblies, devices and equipment, prescribed by the valid international Convention on road traffic, and if they are in a good condition. (2) Vehicles from Paragraph 1 of this Article have to meet requirements prescribed for the vehicle in the Republic of Serbia with regard to dimension, the total allowable maximum weight and axle load. (3) Vehicles from Paragraph 1 of this Article shall be insured according to the regulations of the Republic of Serbia on mandatory vehicle insurance.

2. Vehicle inspection

Article 249

(1) Motor vehicles and trailers as well as their devices, assemblies and equipment, produced individually or serially or repaired, shall be harmonized with the uniform technical requirements of the homologation regulations. (2) Before using, i.e. putting the vehicles from Paragraph 1 of this Article into traffic, it has to be found out if the vehicles meet the requirements prescribed by this law. (3) Certificate on fulfilment of conditions from Paragraph 2 of this Article is issued by the Agency. (4) A copy of the certificate from Paragraph 3 of this Article for individually manufactured or repaired vehicle has to be in the vehicle when the vehicle is on the road and the driver is obliged to show it to the authorized person at his request. (5) Specific conditions on the procedure and manner of vehicle inspection, certificate issuance and record keeping on inspections performed shall be passed by the Minister of Traffic and at the request of the Agency. (6) Activities from the 3rd Paragraph of this Article shall be entrusted to the Agency.

Article 250

(1) In the procedure of issuing certificate from the Article 249, Paragraph 3 of this Law for the serial produced vehicle and with the issued certificate on harmonization with the regulation on homologation, the Agency shall determine whether the vehicle meets requirements from Article 249, Paragraph 2 of this Law. (2) In the procedure of issuing certificate from Article 249, Paragraph 3 of this Law for the individually produced/tailored vehicle without having issued certificate on harmonization with the regulation on homologation, the Agency shall determine whether devices or assemblies of the vehicle meet requirements on homologation regulation and whether the vehicle overall meets requirements from Article 249, Paragraph 2 of this Law. (3) Overhaul/repair of the vehicle, except in case of fitting the device for driving at alternative fuels, has to be made in line with the guidelines defined by the vehicle manufacturer or in a manner confirmed by the manufacturer that can be done on the vehicle. (4) Before the overhaul/repair of the vehicle technical documentation on overhaul has to be produced and approved by the Agency. (5) Upon looking through the documents the Agency may approve it even without meeting the conditions from Paragraph 3 of this Article, particularly in cases when the overhaul can improve vehicle safety, technical culture and invention, i.e. enable carrying out specific activities that the vehicle is not manufactured specifically for. At the request of the company, other legal entity or entrepreneur that meets the requirements from article 4, Paragraph 3 of this Law the Agency may approve the technical documentation for fitting the device at alternative drive in a vehicle of a certain make and type, with the identical way of preparing fuel and the blend. In that case the authorization of the technical documents for specific vehicle of that make and type is not necessary under condition that the fitting was made by the person to whom the technical documentation was approved. (6) The overhaul, i.e. individual manufacturing of vehicles may be made by the company, i.e. other legal entity or an entrepreneur from Article 4, Paragraph 3 of this Law. (7) The Agency may also allow a citizen to make the overhaul of the vehicle according to the approved technical documentation, only if he/she does it for his/her own needs, when the overhaul improves the safety of the vehicle, technical culture and entrepreneurship, i.e. enable carrying out specific activities that the vehicle is not manufactured specifically for. (8) In the procedure of establishing whether individually and serially produced and overhauled motor vehicles and trailers meet prescribed requirements from Article 249, Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Law, the Agency may, upon seeing technical documentation, entrust certain inspection of vehicles, i.e. devices on the vehicle including gauging, to a specific company or other legal entity that is materially and professionally capable of performing the inspections, i.e. measurements. (9) In case of Paragraph 8 of this Article, the Agency shall clearly define in the request for inspection, what specific inspections and measurements shall be carried out. (10) The certificate from Article 249, Paragraph 3 of this Law for the vehicles that have been overhauled may be issued only when inspection confirms that they are in a good technical condition. (11) Activities stated in Paragraphs 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8 and 9 of this Article, the Agency performs as entrusted ones.

Article 251

(1) When the non-compliance of data recorded in the vehicle license with the Data base on motor vehicles and trailers ( provided by the Agency) have been established at the technical inspection of the vehicles registered in the Republic of Serbia or vehicles being imported to the Republic of Serbia or in some other way, it will be checked, before the issuance of vehicle license, i.e. registration sticker, if the vehicle meets prescribed requirements from this Law and establish the real facts on disputable technical characteristics. (2) Procedure of establishing fulfilment of conditions from Paragraph1 of this Article is conducted by the Agency or other professional organization identified by the Agency. (3) Activities stated in Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article shall be carried out as entrusted by the Agency.

Article 252

(1) Gas fuelled devices fitted in the motor vehicles shall be subject to periodic inspection by the legal entity authorized by the Agency. (2) The timeline for inspections from Paragraph1 of this Article may not exceed five years. (3) The legal entity from Paragraph1 of this Article issues a certificate on good condition of this device. (4) The legal entities from Paragraph 1 of this Article are obliged to carry out inspection properly/as prescribed by the law and with due care. (5) A vehicle with the gas fuelled device shall not participate in road traffic until the device is proved to be in a good condition at the inspection as per Paragraph 2 of this Article. (6) The driver of the vehicle with fitted gas drive shall have with him a certificate from Paragraph 5 of this Article and give it to the authorized person for inspection. (7) Activities from Paragraph 1 of this Article shall be entrusted to the Agency.

3. Vehicle identification designation

Article 253

(1) Vehicle identification number, designated by the manufacturer, identifies each and every vehicle uniformly. (2) Vehicles without identification number which had been produced or put into traffic before the regulation on mandatory VIP came into force, or vehicles which are not obliged to have VIP by the regulations, shall have their chassis number stamped on the vehicle considered as an identification number. (3) When the VIP on the vehicle is damaged, the authorized person from the Ministry of Interior may, after finding out in a reliable way what specific vehicle it was, allow stamping of the VIP on the vehicle and define its looks and content. (4) Stamping of the VIP, in cases of Paragraph 3 of this Article, shall be performed by the legal entity that complies with all prescribed requirements and possesses a license to carry out such activities. If by the date of filing request for obtaining license for VIP stamping the driver’s license has been taken away from the legal entity more than twice in the past 10 years, the license shall not be reissued. (5) The legal entity from Paragraph 4 of this Article is obliged to have VIP stamped properly, as prescribed by the law and with due care. (6) More specific requirements that authorized legal entities which stamp the VIP shall meet, including the manner and the procedure of stamping, shall be prescribed by the Minister of Interior. (7) Ministry of Interior shall give authorization for stamping VIP to legal entities.

XVI TECHNICAL INSPECTION OF MOTOR VEHICLES AND TRAILERS

1. General provisions

Article 254

(1) Technical inspection is carried out to establish technical status of motor vehicles and trailers. (2) Technical inspection shall establish whether the motor vehicle, i.e. trailer is in a good condition and if it meets other technical regulations and requirements to participate in traffic. (3) Теchnical inspections of the vehicles from Paragraph 1 of this Article may be regular, extraordinary and control ones. (4) The Minister of Interior shall pass regulations on vehicle technical inspection.

Article 255

(1) Vehicle technical inspection is an activity of general interest that can be performed only by the l company that meets prescribed requirements and is authorized for that. (2) If the company performs other activities in addition to vehicle technical inspection, i.e. it carries out that activity outside of its main office, it founds a branch of its company dealing exclusively with the vehicle technical inspection and which is to be registered in the company register according to the regulations. (3) The company may perform vehicle technical inspection in several facilities, whereby a special branch shall be founded and an authorization granted for every facility. (4) The authorization from Paragraph 1 of this Article shall be issued by the Ministry of Interior. (5) The Authorization from Paragraph 1 of this Article may be provided only for technical inspection of certain types of vehicles depending on the technical characteristics of the facility for technical inspection of vehicles or devices or equipment. (6) The permit/license from Paragraph 1 of this Article shall not be given to the legal entity undergoing bankruptcy procedure. (7) If by the date of filing request for getting authorization, the authorization had been taken away from the company that carries out vehicle technical inspection more than twice in the past 10 years, the authorization shall not be issued to it. (8) Ministry of Interior keeps Company Registry, i.e. Registry of their branches for which they issued authorizations. The minimum content of registry includes: entry number – identification number, business name of the company, i.e. its branch/subsidiary, type of vehicle that undergoes the technical inspection, date of issuing permit/license and the date of taking away the permit. (9) Minister of Interior shall pass specific regulations on the manner of keeping registry from the previous Paragraph. (10) Minister of Interior shall pass specific regulations on requirements that shall be met by the companies that perform vehicle technical inspection.

Article 256

(1) Minister of Interior shall pass specific regulations on requirements that shall be met by the companies that perform vehicle technical inspection. (2) The company authorized to perform vehicle technical inspection is obliged to ensure fulfilment of prescribed requirements for performing motor vehicle technical inspection. (3) The company shall temporarily interrupt vehicle technical inspection when it ceases meeting prescribed requirements of performing vehicle technical inspection and it shall inform the supervision company about it no later than the next working day. During the temporary interruption the authorized company shall not perform vehicle technical inspection. (4) The temporary interruption may last no longer than three months. (5) The company is obliged to inform the supervision company about the end of temporary interruption no later than a day before resuming operations.

Article 257

(1) The company for vehicle technical inspection shall meet prescribed requirements with regard to: 1) Facility with access and exit roads, 2) devices and equipment for performing technical inspection, 3) professional staff. (2) The facility from the Paragraph 1, Item 1 of this Article shall be owned by the company that performs technical inspection or a lease agreement shall be signed for its use.

Article 258

(1) The company authorized to perform vehicle technical inspection is obliged to ensure ongoing good condition of the devices and equipment used for vehicle inspection. (2) Gauging devices used for vehicle technical inspection shall meet all requirements defined by the metrological regulations. (3) The company is obliged to stop its operations immediately in case the devices or equipment used for vehicle technical inspection are out of order or if the company stops meeting other prescribed requirements for vehicle technical inspection and to inform the supervision company the first working day the latest. During the temporary interruption the authorized company shall not perform vehicle technical inspection. (4) Temporary interruption may last no longer than three months. (5) The company is obliged to inform the supervision company about the temporary interruption no later than a day before they resume the operation.

Article 259

(1) The company authorized to perform technical inspection shall have minimum two inspection controllers. (2) Inspection controllers shall be full-time employee, employed for a definite or indefinite period of time in the company from Paragraph 1 of this Article.

Article 260

(1) The facility for vehicle technical inspection shall be used only for activities related to the vehicle technical inspection and checking of vehicle technical characteristics in accordance with the provisions of this Law. (2) The company shall not perform technical inspection of vehicles registered in its name, or if they leased them or repaired in the past 12 months. (3) By way of exception, the trolleybus technical inspection may be performed by the company under whose name they have been registered or leased.

Article 261

(1) The company performs vehicle technical inspection during the working hours that have to be put visibly in the facility and before that shall be reported to the supervision company. (2) The minimum working hours of every work day are eight hours. (3) The company shall ensure technical inspection to be performed during entire working time. (4) The company shall perform technical inspection of all vehicles except for the vehicle from article 260, Paragraph 2 of this Law. (5) By way of exception, the company is obliged to work outside working hours if needed, at the request of the Ministry of Interior.

Article 262

(1) Vehicle technical inspection shall be performed with due care, as prescribed by the Law and in accordance with the rules of the profession. (2) The company is obliged to ensure vehicle technical inspection to be performed with due care, as prescribed by the Law and in accordance with the rules of the profession. (3) The company authorized to perform vehicle technical inspection verifies the good condition of the vehicle in a good operating condition. (4) The company authorized to perform vehicle technical inspection shall not verify inspection done for the vehicles which are not in a good condition.

2. Controllers of vehicle technical inspection

Article 263

(1) Vehicle technical inspection may be performed only by the inspection controller who fulfils prescribed requirements and holds a valid license. (2) The license for the inspection controller is issued by the Agency. (3) The inspection controller shall meet the following requirements: 1) To have minimum four or three year high school education in the field of mechanical engineering regarding the motors and vehicles and in the field of transportation regarding the road transport , 2) To have a driver’s license for a motor vehicle of the same category as the vehicle he inspects, 3) To have completed training for technical inspection controller, 4) To have passed a professional exam for the inspection controller, 5) That he has not been convicted in the past four years for crimes against the life and body, crimes against official duty, as well as that an criminal investigation has not been conducted against him, i.e. he has not be indicted for these crimes. (4) More specific regulations on training program for the inspection controllers, manner of organizing and running the professional exam for the inspection controller, knowledge advancement program and skills of inspection controller and manner of organizing and implementing examinations to check knowledge and skills of an inspection controller, content and form of the license for the inspection controller, manner of recording issued licenses, shall be passed by the minister of Interior at the request of the Agency. (5) The license is valid for three years. (6) License for the inspection controller may be renewed if the controller: 1) Attended the seminar on knowledge and skills improvement, 2) Passed the knowledge check test. (7) The Agency shall organize and implement training for the inspection controllers, professional exam for the inspection controllers, improvement of knowledge and skills for the controllers and organize, implement the examination to check the knowledge and skills of the controllers and keep records on issued licenses. (8) Inspection controller cannot carry out the following activities outside his working hours: maintenance, repair, insurance and vehicle registration. (9) If by the date of filling the request for the license, the license had been taken away from the inspection controller more than twice in the past 10 years, the license shall not be issued to him. (10) The Agency shall be entrusted with the activities from Paragraph 2 and 7 of this Article.

3. Regular technical inspections

Article 264

(1) Regular technical safety inspections can be annual or biannual. (2) A vehicle shall undergo technical safety inspection before the vehicle license, and/or registration sticker is issued. This technical safety inspection can take place within 30 days before the submittal of the application for registration, and/or the expiry of the validity of vehicle license. (3) By way of exception from the provisions of Paragraph 2 of this Article, upon being registered, a newly-produced vehicle shall undergo the next regular technical safety inspection after two years. (4) Regular biannual technical safety inspection shall take place before expiry of six-month period after commencement of the validity of vehicle license, and/or registration sticker. Regular biannual technical safety inspections cannot take place earlier than 15 days before the expiry of above time limit. (5) The following shall undergo regular biannual technical safety inspection: 1) Motor vehicles or trailing vehicles used for public transportation, 2) Buses, 3) Motor vehicles or trailing vehicles for transportation of dangerous matter, 4) Motor vehicles or trailing vehicles used in training of learner drivers, 5) Motor vehicles with inbuilt devices for emanation of special light and audio signals or used as vehicles referred to in Articles 106 and 108 of this Law (escorted vehicles and vehicles with priority passage), 6) Motor vehicles or trailing vehicles whose maximum allowable payload exceeds 3,500 kg, 7) Motor, and/or trailing vehicle for rental without a driver (rent-а-car), 8) Motor vehicle whose age exceeds 15 years (age of the vehicle is determined based on its year of production). (6) Vehicle referred to in Paragraph 5 of this Article shall not participate in traffic on the road before it is determined that it is in good working order at the regular biannual inspection, within the time line referred to in Paragraph 4 of this Article. (7) The Government shall determine the lowest price for regular technical safety inspection of vehicles, upon the proposal of the ministry responsible for trade and services. (8) Legal persons may not determine a price for performance of regular technical safety inspection of vehicle that is lower than the lowest price determined in the context of Paragraph 7 of this Article.

3. Extraordinary technical inspections of vehicles

Article 265

(1) Extraordinary technical safety inspection shall take place after repairing and before releasing into traffic a vehicle whose vital assemblies and devices that are essential for its safe participation in traffic were damaged in a traffic accident or otherwise, and/or which is not rendered roadworthy by such repairs, as well as a vehicle which is excluded from traffic due to a technical flaw determined at the control technical safety inspection. (2) Costs of extraordinary technical safety inspection shall be borne by vehicle owner, and/or operator. (3) The Government shall determine the lowest price of the extraordinary technical safety inspection of vehicle, upon the proposal of the ministry responsible for trade and services. (4) Legal person may not set a price for performance of extraordinary technical safety inspection that is lower than the price determined in the context of Paragraph 3 of this Article.

5. Control technical inspections of vehicles

Article 266

(1) Control technical safety inspection shall be performed upon the instructions of the Ministry of Internal Affairs, and/or inspector for road traffic, with the aim to control whether vehicles are in good working order. (2) Only a roadworthy vehicle, and/or a vehicle suffering road accident without any mechanical damage to the devices and assemblies of importance for safe operation of vehicle can be referred for control technical safety inspection.

Article 267

(1) In the case when it is determined at the control technical safety inspection that the vehicle is out of order, the costs of the control technical safety inspection shall be borne by vehicle owner or vehicle operator, and in the case when it is determined at the control technical safety inspection that the vehicle is in good working order, they shall be borne by the authority whose official ordered the control technical safety inspection. (2) Owner, and/or operator, who failed to settle the costs of the control technical safety inspection on site, shall do that within eight days after the day on which the control technical safety inspection was performed. (3) If vehicle owner, and/or operator, fails to settle the costs of control technical safety inspection on site, the costs will be settled by enforcement. (4) The Government shall determine the price of control technical safety inspection of vehicles, upon the proposal of the ministry responsible for trade and services. (5) Legal person may not set a price for performance of control technical safety inspection of vehicles that is higher than the lowest price determined in the context of Paragraph 4 of this Article.

XVII THE REGISTRATION OF MOTOR VEHICLES AND TRAILERS 1. General provisions

Article 268

(1) Vehicle license, registration plates and registration sticker shall be issued for registered vehicles. Only the motor vehicles or trailing vehicles for whom the vehicle license, registration plates and registration sticker were issued may participate in traffic on the road. A motor vehicle or trailing vehicle may not participate in traffic after the validity of its registration sticker has expired. (2) By way of an exception from Paragraph 1 of this Article, the following shall not liable for registration:

1) reconstructed or repaired motor vehicles or trailing vehicles used for test drive that is carried out to evaluate their performance or condition, 2) newly-produced vehicles that are on their way from the producer’s to the warehouse, 3) vehicles that are on their way from the place at which they were taken over as unregistered to the place at which they will undergo the registration procedure, 4) for the purposes of implementing the statutory customs procedure. (3) For vehicles referred to in Paragraph 2 of this Article, temporary marking plates and certificate of their use shall be issued and their validity may not exceed 15 days. (4) Entry in the integrated register of vehicles, issuance of vehicle license, registration plates and registration stickers shall be carried out by the territorially competent organisation unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs, in accordance with the place of residence, and/or registered office of the owner of vehicle. (5) On vehicles in traffic on the road, statutory registration plates and registration stickers shall be placed as required by law. (6) Registration sticker may likewise be issued by legal person authorised to perform technical safety inspection of vehicles, provided it obtains the license for performance of those tasks from the Ministry of Internal Affairs. If, before the submittal date of the application for registration stickers, a legal person was seized the authorisation to issue registration stickers, or was seized the authorisation to issue the registration stickers more than two times in the last 10 years, the authorisation shall not be issued. (7) The ministry responsible for defence shall carry out the registration of motor vehicles, and/or trailing vehicles and issue the registration plates for the registered vehicles. (8) Registration sticker shall be issued for a validity period of one year. (9) By way of exception from the provisions of Paragraph 8 of this Article, at the request of owner or operator, the registration sticker shall be issued for a shorter time period but not for less than one month, for: 1) vehicles of historical value (old-timers), and 2) motor vehicles or trailing vehicles which are primarily intended for participation in traffic. (10) The Minister of Internal Affairs shall specify in more detail the content and manner of keeping the integrated register of vehicles, the requirements for entry of vehicles in the register, the manner and requirements for the issuance of vehicle license, registration plates and registration stickers, and the content, appearance, and technical characteristics of the vehicle license, registration plates, and registration sticker, the manner of placing the registration plates, registration stickers, and, for the vehicles of the Serbian Army, those shall be specified in more detail by the minister responsible for defence. (11) When operating a vehicle, the driver shall always have on him/her the vehicle license and shall be under obligation to present it at the request of authorised staff. (12) The vehicles which were excluded from traffic in accordance with the provisions hereof may not participate In traffic on the road. (13) More detailed requirements to be met by a legal person issuing the registration stickers shall be prescribed by the Minister of Internal Affairs. (14) Legal person issuing registration stickers shall carry out this task in good faith and as required by law.

Article 269

(1) By way of an exception, a registered vehicle may participate in traffic on the road after the registration sticker has expired, if for the purpose of going to a technical safety inspection, repairs, and/or examination, provided it is marked with temporary marking plates and provided it was issued a certificate of their use. (2) Temporary marking plates and certificate of their use shall be issued by the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs, and/or legal person which obtains the authorisation from the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs. If, before the submittal date of the application for the authorisation to issue the temporary marking plates and certificates of their use, a legal person was seized such authorisation more than two times in the preceding period of 10 years, the authorisation shall not be issued. (3) The Minister of Internal Affairs shall specify in more detail the content and the manner in which records of the issued temporary marking plates and certificates of their use shall be kept, the manner and requirements for issuance of the content, appearance, technical characteristics, the manner in which temporary marking plates shall be placed, and the requirements to be met by legal person referred to in Paragraph 2 of this Article. (4) Legal person issuing the temporary marking plates and certificates of their use shall perform this task as required by law. (5) The driver who was issued the temporary registration plates and certificate of their use shall mark the vehicle with such plates as required by law and shall have on him the certificate which he shall be under obligation to present at the request of authorised staff, and he shall move towards the destination, at the time indicated in the certificate.

Article 270

(1) Motor vehicles and/or trailing vehicles shall be entered in the integrated register of vehicles and vehicle license and registration plates shall be issued at the request of owner, provided the following requirements have been met: 1) written evidence of vehicle origin and ownership is available, and likewise is the evidence that the costs specified in the law for registration of vehicles were settled, as well as the tax and customs liabilities for such vehicle, 2) it was determined at the technical safety inspection that the vehicle is in good working order, and/or that the testing certificate for individually constructed or reconstituted vehicle was issued to certify that the vehicle meets the requirements specified in the law. (2) For a motor and trailing vehicle that was entered in the integrated register of vehicles, at the request of vehicle owner, and/or operator, the registration sticker shall be issued provided the following requirements have been met:

1) it was determined in the technical safety inspection that the vehicle is in good technical order, and/or that the testing certificate for individually constructed or reconstituted vehicle was issued to certify that the vehicle meets the requirements specified in the law, 2) the evidence about mandatory vehicle insurance was enclosed, 3) that the costs specified in the law for issuance of the registration sticker have been settled. (3) Territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs shall not register a vehicle, and/or issue the registration sticker if it is aware that natural person (with the exception of entrepreneurs), applicant for registration, and/or issuance of registration sticker, did not settle its monetary liability arising from the committed offence, and/or criminal offences specified herein, or from the infringement to the provisions of local regulations pertaining to traffic issues. (4) A legal person authorised by the Ministry of Internal Affairs to issue registration stickers shall not issue the registration stickers if it is aware that the natural person (with the exception of entrepreneurs), applicant for registration, and/or issuance of registration sticker has not settled all monetary liabilities arising from the committed minor offences, and/or criminal offences specified herein.

Article 271

(1) Vehicle shall be registered to the owner. (2) If it is owned by several persons, a vehicle shall be registered to one of the owners, as agreed between them. (3) If a vehicle is under a financial leasing contract, and/or lease, in addition to the data about the owner, the vehicle license shall indicate the data about the leasing beneficiary and/or lessee.

Article 272

(1) Motor vehicles or trailing vehicles of diplomatic-consular representative offices and missions of foreign countries and representative offices of international organisations in the Republic of Serbia and foreign nationals working in them, may participate in traffic only if they are registered in the Republic of Serbia. (2) Vehicles of foreign representative offices in the Republic of Serbia, and foreign nationals working in them, foreign nationals who were issued permit for temporary residence of more than six months, or permanent residence, as well as motor vehicles or trailing vehicles of the citizens of the Republic of Serbia returning from abroad to permanently reside in the Republic of Serbia, may be involved in traffic only if they are registered in the Republic of Serbia. (3) By way of exception from Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article, these vehicles may participate in traffic even if they are registered abroad, but for maximum three months after the date of vehicle entry in the Republic of Serbia. The time limit for the vehicles owned by foreign nationals who were issued a temporary residence permit for longer than six months or for permanent residence, shall commence after the above status is acquired.

Article 273

(1) A vehicle registered abroad may not be operated on the roads in the Republic of Serbia by persons with permanent residence in the Republic of Serbia. (2) By way of exception from Paragraph 1 of this Article, these vehicles may be operated by persons with permanent residence in the Republic of Serbia, provided they were approved a temporary residence abroad for up to six months, as well as members of their immediate families or person operating “rent-а-car“ vehicles.

Article 274

(1) If failing to apply for a new registration sticker within 30 days after the expiry date of the registration sticker, the owner, and/or operator of registered vehicle shall return the registration plates to the issuing authority. (2) Vehicle owner, and/or operator shall be under obligation to, within 15 days, cancel the registration of a vehicle if it is destroyed or written-off, or to report any change to the data entered in the vehicle license. (3) Legal person, entrepreneur, and/or natural person who is not the owner of vehicle, may not use on the road a vehicle that is under financial leasing, and/or lease, before the data about use is entered in the vehicle license in accordance with the provisions of the Article 271, Paragraph 3 of this Law.

2. Registration plates

Article 275

(1) Vehicles liable for registration shall be issued one of the following types of registration plates:

1) registration plates for motor vehicles, except for motorcycles, mopeds, light and heavy tricycles, light quadricycles, tractors, working machines and motor cultivators, 2) registration plates for motorcycles, heavy tricycles, 3) registration plates for mopeds, light tricycles, and light quadricycles, 4) registration plates for motor cultivators, 5) registration plates for tractors and working machines, 6) registration plates for trailing vehicles, 7) registration plates for tractor trailing vehicles, 8) registration plates for motor vehicles and trailing vehicle of diplomatic- consular representative offices and missions of foreign countries and representative offices of international organisations in Serbia and their staff, 9) registration plates for motor vehicles or trailing vehicles of the Serbian Army, 10) registration plates for temporary registered motor vehicles or trailing vehicles, 11) temporary registration plates for vehicles leaving the Republic of Serbia, 12) registration plates for the motor vehicles or trailing vehicles of police authorities, 13) registration plates for the motor vehicles or trailing vehicles not complying with the requirements prescribed with regard to size (length, width, height), and/or whose maximum allowed weight exceeds the allowed value, and/or whose own axle load exceeds the allowed load. (2) All types of registration plates referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article are uniform in the entire territory of the Republic of Serbia.

Article 276

(1) In the event the registration plates, and/or registration sticker get lost or disappear, the owner and/or driver shall immediately notify the closest organisational unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs. (2) In the event the registration plates, and/or registration sticker get lost or disappear outside the place in which the vehicle was registered, at the request of vehicle owner, and/or operator, the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs shall issue a certificate about lost registration plates and temporary marking plates and certificate of use which shall indicate the itinerary in force before arrival to the place in which the vehicle is registered. (3) In the event the registration plates for a vehicle registered abroad get lost, at the request of vehicle owner, and/or operator, the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs shall issue a certificate about lost registration plates, temporary registration plates for vehicles leaving the Republic of Serbia and the certificate of temporary registration of vehicles leaving the Republic of Serbia entitling a person to use a vehicle on the road and having a validity of not more than 15 days. (4) The temporary marking plates and the certificate of their use shall be valid solely in the territory of the Republic of Serbia, they cannot be obtained two or more times in a row unless they are lost or have disappeared within the period for which they have been issued, and they shall be surrendered to the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs which keeps records of the vehicle, not later than seven days after the expiry of the validity of the certificate of use.

3. Temporary registration

Article 277

(1) Liable for temporary registration shall be motor vehicles or trailing vehicles temporarily imported from abroad or obtained in the Republic of Serbia to be exported abroad, motor vehicles or trailing vehicles that are used based on the contract on business cooperation or lease contract concluded between a local and an international carrier, and motor vehicles or trailing vehicles intended to appear at trade fairs and sports competitions. (2) No vehicle with foreign registration plates that has designations and numbers not complying with the provisions of ratified international treaties may be involved in traffic on the roads of the Republic of Serbia, and such vehicles shall be temporarily registered and marked with registration plates for vehicles leaving the Republic of Serbia. (3) Temporary registration of vehicles shall be performed for a period of one year, according to the competent customs authority’s approval of temporary importation, provided the requirements for entry of vehicles in the integrated register of vehicles are met and the registration sticker is issued. (4) For temporarily registered vehicles, the registration plates for temporarily registered motor vehicles or trailing vehicles and certificate of temporary registration with the validity period referred to in Paragraph 3 of this Article shall be issued. (5) Legal person, entrepreneur, and/or natural person may not use in the traffic on the road a vehicle registered abroad before the vehicle is temporarily registered in accordance with Paragraph 1 of this Article.

XVIII SPECIAL MEASURES AND AUTHORITIES

1. General provisions

Article 278

(1) Specific measures and authorisations shall be taken to prevent any prejudice to the safety of traffic participants, and/or to facilitate the traffic. (2) Specific measures and/or authorisation referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article are the following: 1) exclude the driver from traffic, 2) detain the driver, 3) refer the driver to medical screening, 4) determine the content of alcohol and/or psychoactive substances in traffic participants, 5) stop and/or refer the vehicle to stop at a safe place or join the road for that particular type or category of vehicle, 6) exclude the vehicle from traffic, 7) order measures to remove, and/or prevent any hazards on the road, 8) screen the traffic and traffic participants using suitable means, and document the minor offences and other traffic offences, 9) temporarily seize the article under offence, 10) seize the foreign driving license form when a driver has more than one driving license, 11) refer to the control technical inspection of vehicles, 12) remove, and/or relocate the vehicle, and install devices to prevent moving of vehicle, 13) measure the vehicle axle load and total weight of vehicle. (3) The measures and authorisations referred to in Paragraph 2, Items 1, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11 and 12 of this Article shall be ordered and taken by the police officer when controlling traffic, measures and authorisations referred to in Paragraph 2, Items 2, 3, 7 and 8 of this Article shall be ordered and taken by the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs or other authority authorised herein. Measures referred to in Paragraph 2, Item 13 of this Article shall be ordered and taken by the police officer within the traffic control, and/or authorised person from the ministry responsible for traffic. (4) By way of exception, measures and authorisations referred to in Paragraph 2, Item 12 of this Article may be entrusted to the authorised legal person or entrepreneur who has been, by an act issued by the competent public authority, entrusted the activity of organising the operation, management and maintenance of public parking spaces. (5) Specific measures and authorisations referred to in this Chapter, pertaining to the driver, shall accordingly apply to the driving instructor, the person supervising the driver with provisional driving license, and the examiner at the practical part of the driving test. (6) The Minister of Internal Affairs shall specify the manner, the procedure and the means for implementation, as well as the keeping of mandatory records about the application of specific measures and authorisations. (7) More detailed regulations about specific measures for safety of military traffic participants shall be issued by the minister responsible for defence.

2. The exclusion of a driver from traffic

Article 279

(1) Police officer shall temporarily exclude the driver from traffic: 1) if, due to physical, and/or mental condition, his capability to operate the vehicle is significantly reduced (fatigue, illness, injuries, etc), 2) if under the influence of alcohol disallowed herein, 3) if under the influence of psychoactive substances, 4) if refusing to undergo the examination, and/or professional inspection, 5) if the driver demands the blood, and/or urine test in the context hereof, 6) if not complying with the restrictions he was ordered or determined, 7) if exceeding the allowed 24-hour time limit for vehicle operating, 8) if acting aggressively in traffic (aggressive driving), 9) who does not have a driving license for the category of vehicle he operates, and/or if operating a vehicle after the expiry date of the validity of driving license, and/or provisional license, 10) who uses a foreign driving license the content of which does not reveal whether the driver is entitled to operate the vehicle concerned, 11) who operates a vehicle within the duration of the protection measure or safety measure, 12) the driver who has been found to operate a vehicle in the traffic while being excluded. (2) In the events of exclusion referred to in Paragraph 1 items 1), 2), 3), 4), 5), 6) and 8) of this Article, the duration of exclusion shall be 24 hours, and in other events the duration shall subsist until the reasons for which the driver was excluded are still present. In the event of excluding the driver as referred to in Paragraph 1 item 7) of this Article, exclusion shall subsist for as long as the reasons for it are still present and for not longer than 24 hours. (3) By way of exception from the provisions of Paragraph 2 of this Article, exclusion of the driver who is slightly, and/or moderately under influence of alcohol shall subsist for 12 hours. (4) Exclusion of driver shall be implemented based on the order of the authorised police officer.

3. Determining the presence of alcohol and/or psychoactive substances within traffic participants

Article 280

(1) To determine the presence of alcohol and/or psychoactive substances in his body, the police officer may subject the driver to a test that is performed using suitable devices (Alco meter, drug test, etc). (2) To determine the presence of alcohol, and/or psychoactive substances in his body, the police officer may subject the pedestrian who is directly compromising traffic safety to a test using suitable devices (Alco meter, drug test, etc). (3) The driver, and/or pedestrian shall be under obligation to comply without delay with the order received from the authorised officer and allow the performance of test using suitable devices referred to in Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article. (4) If, for clearly justifiable reasons, the examination prescribed in Paragraphs 1 or 2 of this Article is not practicable, the police officer may take the person to be professionally examined in appropriate health institution. Traffic participants shall be under obligation to undergo such examination. (5) If, after the completion of the test using suitable devices (Alco meter, drug test, etc), he disputes the obtained results, traffic participant referred to in Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article may request to have a blood test, and/or blood and urine test or other bodily matter, in the appropriate institution, at his own expense. The request shall be submitted in writing, on site, to the records indicating the results of test. (6) More detailed regulations related to charging the costs referred to in this Article shall be passed by the Government upon the proposal of the ministry responsible for health. (7) If, in the procedure implemented according to the provisions of this Article, it is found that he is under the influence of alcohol and/or psychoactive substances, the costs of implementing the procedure shall be borne by the traffic participant referred to in Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article. (8) The tests of blood, urine and/or other bodily matter aimed to determine the body content of alcohol and/or psychoactive substances may be performed solely by the health institution which obtains the relevant authorisation from the ministry responsible for health issues. (9) Health institution referred to in Paragraph 8 of this Article shall be under obligation to perform blood tests, and/or tests of blood and urine or other bodily matter lawfully and according to the rules of the profession and in good faith. (10) The minister responsible for health shall specify the requirements with regard to professional staff, equipment and other requirements to be met by the health institutions performing the tests of blood, urine and/or other bodily matter to determine body content of alcohol and/or other psychoactive substances forbidden for use before and when driving, and the manner of collecting the above samples, in accordance with the rules of the profession.

Article 281

(1) Professional inspection of traffic participants for the purposes hereof is the inspection intended to determine the signs of deviate conduct which may cause unsafe conduct in traffic. (2) Health institution, and/or laboratory shall produce written findings about the results of the analysis performed as referred to in Paragraph 2 of this Article not later than three days after the receipt of sample. (3) Health institution is under obligation to provide without delay to the police officer and person over which the inspection was performed written findings and opinion about the completed professional inspection, (4) If a health institution is not capable to perform complete analysis, professionally collected bodily matter will be delivered through dedicated courier service to the nearest authorised health institution, and/or laboratory capable of performing further analysis. (5) If it was found in the professional inspection implemented according to the provisions of this Article that there are some signs of deviate conduct which can cause unsafe conduct in traffic, the costs of inspection shall be borne by the traffic participant.

4. Relocation of a vehicle

Article 282

(1) Police officer may relocate the vehicle, and/or order that the vehicle which was operated by the driver excluded from the traffic, and/or vehicle excluded from the traffic, be relocated, provided such vehicle prevents unimpaired and safe traffic. (2) In the event referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article, the police officer may contract an economic operator capable of performing these tasks to relocate the vehicle at the expense of the driver, owner or operator. (3) Owner or operator of the vehicle shall be under obligation to compensate the costs of vehicle relocation, warehousing and safeguarding and to take over the vehicle immediately after the cessation of reasons for relocation and not later than within 24 hours. (4) The level of the compensations for vehicle relocation shall be determined by the Government.

5. Detainment of drivers who were excluded due to their psychophysical condition

Article 283

(1) The driver who is heavily, very heavily, or completely under influence of alcohol and/or psychoactive substances shall be detained upon the order of the police officer pending his sobering and not for longer than 12 hours. (2) The measure referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article may be applied to a driver under influence of alcohol even if he was found a smaller blood content of alcohol if he expressed the intention, and/or if there is a danger that he will continue to operate the vehicle after he has been excluded from traffic. (3) Likewise, detainment is mandatory for the driver who refuses to undergo the test for presence of alcohol and/or other psychoactive substances. (4) More detailed regulations about the requirements to be met by the detainment premises shall be prescribed by the minister responsible for health issues upon the agreement with the Ministry of Internal Affairs.

6. The detainment of the driver who has an intention to continue committing offences and the measures for ensuring the presence of the driver who can avoid the liability for an offence

Article 284

(1) The driver who is found to be committing an offence and expressing intention to continue committing the offence and/or who has continued to commit such offence shall be brought to the offence authority. (2) If the action referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article cannot be taken immediately, the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs shall detain the driver for maximum 24 hours. (3) In order to ensure that the sentence or protection measure, and/or safety measure is served, and to ensure the presence in the offence proceedings for the offences specified herein, police officer may temporarily seize the travel document or other document for crossing the country border to a person without a domicile or permanent residence in the Republic of Serbia, and/or to a person who, by leaving the country for a longer period, would evade the liability specified herein. (4) Document referred to in Paragraph 3 of this Article may be retained pending the cessation of reasons for its detaining and not for longer than five days.

7. Seizure of a foreign driving license document

Article 285

(1) If, within traffic control, a driver is found to possess, besides the Serbian driving license, a foreign driving license, police officer will seize the foreign driving license on site. (2) If, within traffic control, a driver is found to possess two or more foreign driving licenses, police officer shall seize the driving license that was issued at the later date. (3) Seized driving license will be delivered to the ministry responsible for foreign affairs so that it can be returned to the authority which issued the driving license.

8. Recording the traffic and traffic participants using the appropriate devices

Article 286

(1) The authority responsible for traffic issues and the authority responsible for police issues are authorised to screen traffic, for the purpose of documenting traffic offences, conduct of traffic participants, traffic safety and flow. (2) The authority responsible for traffic issues may, after previously obtaining the consent from the authority responsible for police issues, authorise the road manager, public enterprise and institution for traffic screening for the purposes referred to in previous Paragraph. (3) With the aim to discover and prove the offence, police officers may use vehicles with or without external police emblems, with inbuilt devices for discovery of offence in traffic (the vehicle - interceptor). (4) Provisions hereof related to the restriction of the speed of movement shall not apply to the vehicle - interceptor in the course of the determination of offence or other wrongdoings and their documenting, provided it does not compromise traffic safety. (5) Vehicle - interceptor is a vehicle with the right of priority passage which emanates special light and audio signals, at least one blue blinking or rotational light and an audio signal of variable frequency. Signals are given after the offence is discovered and documented, with the aim to stop and to further process the committer of offence, and/or other wrongdoing. (6) More detailed regulations about the manner in which devices for screening are used and their technical characteristics shall be specified by the minister responsible for traffic issues upon the agreement with the Ministry of Internal Affairs.

9. Referring a vehicle to a control technical inspection, measuring the axle load, or measuring the total mass

Article 287

(1) If having suspicions with regard to the good working order of a vehicle, police officer may refer such vehicle to control technical inspection. (2) Police officer shall determine the place at which the control technical inspection shall be performed, taking into account the type of vehicle and the authorisation to perform technical safety inspection held by the economic operator, and particularly the distance of the technical safety inspection facility. (3) The driver shall without delay act as instructed by the authorised person and allow the control technical safety inspection to be performed. (4) Police officer shall be present at the control technical safety inspection in order to take suitable measures and actions should it be found at such inspection that the vehicle is out of order. (5) Economic operator authorised to perform technical safety inspection of vehicles shall be under obligation to notify the results of control technical safety inspection, without delay, to the authority whose staff has referred the vehicle to the control technical safety inspection. (6) A vehicle may be referred to the control technical safety inspection by the authorised staff of the authority responsible for traffic issues.

Article 288

(1) The police officer suspecting that a vehicle does not meet the statutory requirements in respect of axle load and total weight of vehicle shall perform the measuring of these characteristics of vehicle, and/or order that they be performed. (2) The police officer shall determine the place of performing the measurements, taking into account the measuring scope of measuring devices and expected measurement values. (3) The driver shall be under obligation to comply without delay with the order given by the authorised person and allow the performance of measuring. (4) Police officer shall be present at the measuring so as to be able to take appropriate measures and actions in the event the measuring shows that the vehicle does not meet the statutory requirements referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article. (5) Authorised staff of the authority responsible for traffic may refer a vehicle for measuring. (6) The costs of measuring, in the event the measuring shows that the vehicle does not comply with the statutory requirements referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article, shall be borne by the owner, and/or operator of vehicle, and, in the event the measuring shows that the vehicle is compliant, by the authority whose authorised staff has ordered the measuring.

Article 289

(1) Police officer shall exclude from traffic a vehicle: 1) whose steering device or stopping device is out of order, and/or whose other devices and equipment are out of order to such an extent that they can prejudice traffic safety and living environment, 2) whose cargo is improperly placed, marked, or fixed, 3) whose load exceeds its payload by more than 5%, 4) if not performing the extraordinary transport in conformity with the requirements specified in the extraordinary transport approval, 5) if used for a test drive contrary to the requirements specified in the permit, 6) which is being towed improperly, 7) if not conforming with the requirements pertaining to the size, maximum allowed total weight or axle load, and/or which, together with the load, exceeds maximum allowable size (length, width, and height) for specific types of vehicles, and/or if not holding appropriate special permit, 8) the vehicle which, contrary to the provisions hereof, has inbuilt devices for emanation of special light and audio signals, while the driver fails to remove such devices within the time limit specified in the order given by the police officer, 9) which is not entered into the integrated register of vehicles or the validity of whose registration sticker, and/or certificate of the use of temporary marking plates has expired, 10) which, instead of being marked with registration plates, is marked with improper plates, 11) which is used for a test drive without a permit, 12) which is registered abroad and is not covered by insurance in accordance with the Republic of Serbia regulations on mandatory insurance of vehicles, 13) which has not undergone the control technical safety inspection to which it was referred, 14) which has not undergone the axle load, and/or total weight measurement to which it was referred, 15) which was individually constructed or reconstituted without the testing being performed or certificate of testing being issued, 16) which was previously excluded from traffic while the exclusion was still ongoing. (2) The costs of accommodating the passengers and securing the vehicle shall be borne by the owner, and/or operator of the vehicle excluded from traffic. (3) The police officer shall exclude from traffic a conveyance vehicle which is not herein defined as vehicle but nevertheless moves on the road.

Article 290

(1) If a driver moves on the road on which moving of his type of vehicle, and/or vehicle is forbidden, the police officer shall order such driver to leave that road without delay by the shortest possible route. (2) The driver shall comply with the order referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article. (3) If the driver fails to comply with the order referred to in Paragraph 2 of this Article, the police officer shall exclude the vehicle from traffic. (4) If the vehicle threatens or impairs traffic safety, and/or in the event exceptional emergency measures are taken to ensure public peace and order or remove immediate danger to property, and/or living environment, the police officer shall take steps to remove the vehicle at the expense of the owner, and/or operator.

Article 291

(1) If a driver moving on the road or a part of the road on which the use of winter equipment, and/or snow chains is mandatory, is not using them and thus compromises or may compromise unimpaired and safe traffic, the police officer shall order the driver to use them. (2) The driver shall comply with the order referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article. (3) If the driver fails to comply with the order referred to in Paragraph 2 of this Article, the police officer will exclude the vehicle from traffic, and/or, if possible, refer it to a road where the use of winter equipment is not required.

Article 292

(1) Exclusion of vehicle, and/or removal of reasons for exclusion shall be performed at such place and in such manner so that traffic is not impaired, and/or traffic safety is not threatened. (2) If the reason for exclusion appeared at the part of the road in which it is impossible to comply with requirements referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article, the police officer will order the driver to drive the vehicle to the nearest place in which such compliance is possible, under supervision of a police officer. (3) Exclusion of vehicle shall subsist pending the cessation of reasons for exclusion. (4) When a vehicle is excluded from traffic due to being found out of order at the control technical safety inspection, as a rule, extraordinary technical inspection will take place in the economic operator in which control technical inspection was performed. By way of exception, the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs may allow that extraordinary technical safety inspection be performed in other economic operator authorised to perform technical safety inspection, when this is required, and/or justified by the circumstances. (5) The police officer excluding the vehicle will seize the registration plates, and the driver is under obligation to surrender them to him. The police officer, upon the consent of the driver, may remove the registration plates. (6) If the driver fails to comply with the order referred to in Paragraph 5 of this Article, the police officer shall bring the driver to the competent offence authority and contract a professional to remove the registration plates at the expense of the driver. (7) If the action referred to in Paragraph 6 of this Article cannot be taken right away, the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs will detain such person for maximum 24 hours. (8) Territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs shall be under obligation to keep records of the vehicles excluded from traffic and the seized registration plates. (9) The police officer who seized the registration plates due to the vehicle exclusion shall be under obligation to issue to the driver a certification about seizure of the registration plates. (10) Territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs whose police officer seized the registration plates shall be under obligation to return the registration plates to the vehicle owner, and/or operator as soon as it finds that the reasons for which the vehicle was excluded have ceased. (11) If vehicle driver, and/or owner fails to remove the reasons and do not request that the registration plates be returned, the police authority whose police officer seized the registration plates shall, after the expiry of the period of 30 days following the expiry of the validity of registration sticker, return the seized registration plates to the authority with which the records about the vehicle are kept. (12) If the excluded vehicle compromises or impairs the traffic safety, and/or in the event the exceptional emergency measures are taken to ensure public peace and order and safety or to remove an immediate danger to human life or health or to the property, and/or living environment, and the driver refuses or is not able to remove the vehicle, the police officer shall take steps to have the vehicle removed at the expense of the owner, and/or operator.

Article 293

(1) The police officer may, for a reasonable time and not for longer than 30 minutes, temporarily forbid the movement of a vehicle or a group of vehicle, behind which, because of the slow movement, a line of vehicles has formed. (2) The driver referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article shall be under obligation to comply with the order of the police officer referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article. (3) Vehicles referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article shall be stopped at a place in which they do not compromise or impair the traffic on the road, and, as a rule, not on the driving lane.

11. Removing and preventing hazards on the road

Article 294

(1) When it is found within the traffic control that there is an immediate threat to traffic participants, the competent police authority shall order the road manager to take steps to remove the immediate threat to traffic participants on the road, immediately after becoming aware of the presence of such threat, and shall duly notify the authority responsible for overseeing the condition of roads. (2) The authority performing the oversight of the roads shall be under obligation to take care of removing any threats on the road in accordance with its responsibilities. (3) The road manager shall be under obligation to comply with the order referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article without delay and to take steps to remove any danger, and, when it is not possible to promptly remove the danger, to take steps to prevent the development of danger for traffic participants. (4) The road manager shall notify the authority who issued the order about the steps it undertook and actions it performed.

12. Temporary seizure of objects and the evidence of an offence

Article 295

(1) In the traffic control, and/or while performing control, the police officer may, for the purposes of documenting and proving the offence and other wrongdoings, temporarily and for maximum 24 hours, seize from the committer of offence, and/or other wrongdoing the document suitable for proving the unlawful conduct. (2) After expiry of the time limit referred to in Paragraph 2 of this Article, the territorially competent organisational unit of the Ministry of Internal Affairs shall deliver the seized document referred to in Paragraph 1 of this Article, without delay, to legal person, and/or natural person from whom it was seized, in accordance with the regulations applicable for delivery in person.

13. The removal of irregularly stopped or parked vehicles

Article 296

(1) In case during control of traffic a police office encounters a vehicle that has been parked or stopped contrary to provisions of this Law, the police officer shall order the driver, if the driver was present on the site, to remove the vehicle without delay, under the threat of enforcement. (2) If a driver is not present on the site from Paragraph 1 hereof, the police officer shall issue a decision in writing to order that the vehicle be removed within the period that may not be shorter than three minutes. The copy of the decision ordering the removal of the vehicle shall be placed at a prominent place on the vehicle and will be thereafter considered delivered to the driver. Any subsequent removal or destruction of the decision will not affect validity of its delivery. (3) If a police officer or the competent inspection authority in charge of control of traffic by establishes, via video supervision or photo recording, that a vehicle has been parked or stopped contrary to provisions of this Law, the police officer and competent inspection authority will issue a decision in the electronic form to order that the vehicle be removed within a period not shorter than three minutes. The electronic form decision ordering a vehicle’s removal shall be submitted to a person in charge of removing vehicles, who will place it at a prominent place on the vehicle, whereby the decision will be considered delivered to the driver. (4) If the driver fails to remove the vehicle within the time period from the decision stated in Paragraph 2 hereof, the police officer will remove the vehicle to a place designated for such purpose, at the expense of the driver or the owner, that is, of the operator of the vehicle. (5) A police officer or an employee with the local government unit in charge of traffic shall also act in the manner provided for in previous Paragraphs of this Article in cases when during control of traffic on the road, or at a place where no stopping and parking of vehicles has been permitted, the police officer, or the employee finds an abandoned vehicle. (6) The local government unit may delegate the work of removing the vehicle from Paragraph 1 hereof to a legal entity or an entrepreneur meeting conditions stipulated for the work. (7) The legal entity that is entrepreneur from Paragraph 6 hereof shall be held responsible for all incurred damages from the moment the removal of the vehicle started until the take over of the vehicle by the driver, owner, or operator of the vehicle. (8) Removing of the vehicle shall be stopped in case the driver will appear on the spot and accept to remove the vehicle. (9) In the case from Paragraph 8 hereof, the driver will bear the costs of all previously performed actions. (10) All detailed regulations governing requirements that need to be met by a legal person in charge of removing the vehicles from this article, and those stipulating the method of removing and keeping the vehicles, keeping records on removed vehicles and on the steps taken to have the vehicles removed shall be passed by a minister in charge of traffic with the approval of the Ministry of Interior. (11) The government will define the amount of compensation for the removal of vehicles, pursuant to recommendations of the ministry in charge of trade and services. (12) No local government may issue its decision to define higher compensation for the removal of vehicles than the one stipulated by the government decision. (13) A person in charge of removal or relocation of vehicles may not set out higher compensation for removing of vehicles than the one stipulated by the government decision.

XIX ORGANIZATION OF TRAFFIC SAFETY ACTIVITIES WITHIN COMPANIES, OTHER LEGAL ENTITIES, GOVERNMENT BODIES, LOCAL GOVERNMENT UNITS AND WITH ENTREPRENEURS

Article 297

(1) A company or any other legal entity, government body and local government unit and entrepreneur providing services of road transport shall have to organize and perform control of compliance of conditions governing the participation of their vehicles and drivers in road traffic, and in particular of those conditions stipulated by other regulations that are of vital importance for the safety of traffic, and shall have to keep stipulated records and secure that the above conditions will be met. (2) More specific regulations on the contents and manner of keeping records on fulfilment of the conditions on participation of vehicles and drivers from Paragraph 1 hereof in traffic, and the conditions regarding the time of driving and rest periods, as well as conditions stipulated by other conditions of vital importance for the safety of traffic shall be prescribed by the minister of interior.

XX SUPERVISION

Article 298

In performing control, the competent ministries acting within their competences propose and undertake measures aimed at achieving and protecting public interest, the rights and obligations of companies and other legal entities and citizens in the field of road traffic safety; they cooperate with other government bodies and local government units, international organizations and bodies of other states, professional organizations from the field of road traffic, citizens’ associations and the citizens and take into consideration their initiatives for solving road traffic safety issues.

Article 299

The supervision over implementation of this Law and of regulations that are adopted pursuant to this Law shall be vested with the ministry in charge of traffic and the Ministry of Interior unless otherwise provided for by this Law.

Article 300

The Ministry in charge of traffic shall supervise the implementation of this Law and of other regulations governing: the road condition in terms of conditions for safe performance of traffic, technical regulation of traffic, traffic management, road safety in the process of designing, construction, reconstruction and maintenance, compliance with regulations governing licences for professional drivers (СРС), training and examinations for professional qualifications of drivers and other inspection jobs vested with it by the Law.

Article 301

(1) In discharging supervisory inspection duties, the authorized person of the body in charge of traffic is empowered to and shall:

1) prohibit an authorized person, body or organization to manage traffic that is performed contrary to law and other provisions, technical norms and standards, and standards of quality and of the use of materials, 2) issue orders for remedying of deficiencies within a stipulated term if he/she finds that during production and use of material in production, placing and using of traffic signalizations no technical regulations, technical norms and standards and quality standards are observed, and if those deficiencies are not remedied within the stipulated time period, to prohibit or to stop further usage and placing of traffic signalization, 3) exclude drivers from traffic due to non-observance of regulations regarding the licences for professional drivers (СРС), 4) conduct control of tachographs and exclude drivers from traffic because of their failure to observe regulations during driving. (2) The ministry in charge of traffic may revoke the transport licence of a company due to its failure to observe the regulations governing licences for the jobs of professional drivers (СРС).

Article 302

(1) The supervision over the work of the Traffic Safety Agency shall be vested with the ministries in charge of traffic, health and education, and the Ministry of Interior, pursuant to their respective competences. (2) The Ministries from Paragraph 1 hereof shall resolve the appeals against decisions of the Agency.

Article 303

(1) The ministry in charge of health shall supervise the work of: legal entities in charge of conducting training and examinations in first aid, health institutions certified for health examination of drivers, health institutions certified to perform test of blood, urine and/or other body material and substances to determine the contents of alcohol and/ or psychoactive substances in human body , in terms of control of legal nature of their operation and respective documents and control of quality of professional work in compliance with regulations governing health protection, and to perform other tasks pursuant to this Law. (2) If during the control of work of the legal entity from Paragraph 1 hereof it becomes evident that the entity is no longer fulfilling stipulated conditions for its operation, or that the stated work is not discharged professionally and in line with the law, the body from Paragraph 1 hereof may revoke the licence of the legal entity. (3) In cases it is established during the control that the teacher/examining teacher in first aid is no longer meeting stipulated conditions, or that the stated teacher in not discharging teaching and examiner’s duties with due care and in the stipulated way, the body from Paragraph 1 hereof may revoke the lice of the teacher - examiner.

Article 304

The ministry in charge of trade and services shall engage in control of enforcement of this Law in terms of those stipulations relating to the price of services and compensations charged by the Agency and of other compensations in connection with this law.

Article 305

Control of traffic on the roads, immediate control, regulation of traffic and taking special and other measures to maintain traffic safety, control of participants and of vehicles in traffic, control of provisional traffic signalization at places where works are carried out or obstructions are created and are hindering undisturbed and safe carrying out of traffic, and other matters relative to the observance of this Law and of regulations adopted pursuant to this Law, shall be vested, as a rule, with the Ministry of Interior.

Article 306

(1) A police officer shall render adequate assistance to traffic participants on roads in conformity with his capacity and powers, given conditions and circumstances and in a manner that will not put his own safety and that of other traffic participants into jeopardy. (2) During controls and regulations of traffic, a police officer may stop a vehicle, make stipulated signs, issue directions to the traffic participants and apply special measures and authorities stipulated by this Law in a manner that will not jeopardize the traffic safety. (3) During controls, a driver and passengers shall not leave a vehicle unless allowed by a police officer to do so. (4) A driver shall resume driving only when directed by a police officer to do so.

Article 307

(1) The Ministry of Interior shall supervise the compliance of regulations from the field of training candidates to become drivers. (2) If during the supervision it is established that a person fails to meet stipulated regulations, the territorial competent organizational unit of the Ministry of Interior shall issue an order for remedying of defects, determine the term and provisionally ban the training of drivers pursuant to the provisions specifying that a legal entity shall only temporarily stop with work, pursuant to the provisions of Article 210, Paragraph 3, 4 and 5 of this Law. (3) The appeal against the decision from Paragraph 2 hereof shall not postpone its enforcement. (4) The legal entity whose operation has been temporarily stopped may resume with operations only if the body issuing the order has completed inspection and found that deficiencies have been remedied. (5) If it has been established that stipulated conditions have not been remedied within the stipulated term, the body that issued the licence shall revoke the licence. (6) The body from Paragraph 1 hereof may revoke the licence if it finds out during control that the legal entity engaged in training of driving candidates is not discharging its duties with due care and in a proper way, that stipulated records are not maintained accurately and in a stipulated way, or that driving tests are not organized and carried out with due care and attention, the body from Paragraph 1 hereof may revoke the licence. (7) The body from Paragraph 1 hereof shall revoke the licence of a legal entity engaged in training and education of driving candidates in cases when the entity has notified in writing that is has stopped with training and education of driving candidates, and when it is established during control that the training and education of drivers in not conducted throughout a continuous period of six month, or when it is established during control that the legal entity has not fulfilled stipulated conditions even upon expiration of a temporary interruption of operation. (8) The body from Paragraph 1 hereof shall revoke the licence of a legal entity engaged in training and education of driving candidates if and when it is established that a bankruptcy procedure was initiated against the stated legal entity. (9) The body from Paragraph 1 hereof may make the driver’s exam or any parts thereof null and void if and when established during the supervision and control that the driver’s test, or its parts, have not been conducted properly and in a stipulated way and may significantly affect decision taking of the driving test commission, or ability of the driving test commission to establish whether a candidate has necessary knowledge and skills for operating a vehicle on the road. (10) The decision from Paragraph 9 hereof may be adopted within two years from the date of driving test taking. As an exception, this decision may be taken even upon expiration of the stated term, if the taking of the driving test was a consequence of a committed criminal offence. (11) The decision from Paragraph 9 hereof may be adopted even at the request of a driving candidate that has to be submitted within 30 days from the date of driving test taking at the latest. If it is established on that occasion that the driving candidate has passed the driving test, and that the driving test commission has failed to verify the fact, a decision will be issued to instruct the legal entity to issue a confirmation, that is, certificate. (12) If the body from Paragraph 1 hereof finds out by means of inspection that the driving instructor or driving examiner are discharging their duties in a manner that is not proper or stipulated, the body will file a proposal to the Agency to revoke the licence, and the Agency make revoke the licence of the instructor or examiner in question. (13) The appeal against the decision on the recall of a permit (licence) from Paragraph 12 hereof may not postpone enforcement of the decision.

Article 308

(1) The control of operation of a company in possession of licences to engage in technical inspections of vehicles shall be performed by the Ministry of Interior. (2) If during any such control it is established that the company no longer meets the stipulated conditions, that the devices and equipment used for technical inspections of vehicles are incorrect or fail to meet other stipulated conditions, or if technical inspections are not carried out with due care and in a stipulated manner, the Ministry of Interior may revoke the company’s licence to carry out technical inspections of the vehicles. (3) The body from Paragraph 1 hereof shall revoke the licence of a company with licence to carry out technical inspections of vehicles if it will establish that a bankruptcy procedure was initiated against the stated company. (4) The Ministry of Interior shall revoke the licence of the company licensed to carry out technical inspections of vehicles if it has been notified in writing that the company stopped with technical inspections of vehicles, if during inspection it is established that technical inspections were not carried out for a continuous period of three months, or that upon expiration of a temporary interruption of operations from Articles and 256 and 258 of this Law the company has not fulfilled stipulated conditions. (5) If during control it is established that the technical inspection controller is carrying out technical inspection of a vehicle in an incorrect or without due care, the evidence thereon will be delivered to the Agency that may revoke the licence of the respective controller. (6) The appeal against decision on recall of the licence from Paragraph 5 shall not postpone enforcement of the decision.

Article 309

(1) The Control of observance of regulations on traffic safety by companies, other legal entities, government authorities, local government units and entrepreneurs engaged in providing transport services in road traffic shall be vested with the Ministry of Interior. (2) During control of operation of legal entities from Paragraph 1 hereof, any non- observance of provisions of this Law shall be established by control of specific records.

Article 310

(1) The Ministry of Interior shall supervise the implementation of regulations on test drives, issuing of registration stickers, issuing of plates for temporary marking and impressing of identifications marks of a vehicle. (2) If during inspection it is established that a legal entity is not carrying out the work of issuing registration stickers with due care and in the stipulated way, the Ministry of Interior may revoke the licence. (3) If during inspection it is established that the legal entity is not carrying out the work of issuing plates for temporary marking of vehicles with due care and in the stipulated way, the Ministry of Interior may revoke the licence. (4) If during inspection it is established that the legal entity is not carrying out test drives in the stipulated way and pursuant to the licence for operation, the Ministry of Interior may prohibit further test drives. (5) If during inspection it is established that the legal entity is not carrying out the work of impressing identification marks of a vehicle with due care and in the stipulated way, the Ministry of Interior may revoke the licence. (6) The Ministry of Interior shall supervise the operation of a legal entity in charge of issuing international driving licences.

Article 311

(1) An entity in charge of conducting controls pursuant to the provisions of this Law shall make the minutes on completed control and deliver a copy of the minutes to a legal entity or authority, entrepreneur, or a physical person where any such control has been carried out. (2) The companies, other legal entities, authorities in charge of control from Paragraph 1 hereof, and entrepreneurs shall enable the authorized person to carry out control, and shall place at his/her disposal all corresponding documents and files and provide him/her with all necessary data, documents and information.

XXI PENAL PROVISIONS

1. Special competences in infraction proceedings

Article 312

A first instance proceeding for the offence committed by legal entities and entrepreneurs that are punishable only by a pecuniary fine for breaches of those provisions whose enforcement falls under the competence of the Ministry of Interior shall be organized before the body of the state administration in charge of enforcement of this Law.

Article 313

(1) For those offences for which this Law prescribes a fixed pecuniary penalty, the penalty shall be collected from the offender who will have to pay the stipulated amount in favour of the account stipulated for payment of public revenues within eight days from the date of the payment order. (2) The police officer shall deliver the order for payment of the penalty to the offender together with the information that in case the penalty will not be paid within the stipulated time period that a proceeding for the offence shall be launched against him/her before the body of the state administration that is in charge of enforcement of this Law.

Article 314

(1) If an authentic document from Article 322 hereof is used as a proof of offence punishable by a pecuniary penalty in a fixed amount, or if the offence was directly detected and evidenced by a police officer or by another person directly in charge of traffic regulations, the competent body shall summon the owner, or the operator of the vehicle to provide identity data of a person who drove the vehicle, and the owner, or the operator of a vehicle will have to provide the requested information. (2) After collecting data from Paragraph 1 hereof, the competent territorial organizational unit of the Ministry of Interior shall proceed to collect the penalty in the manner provided for in Article 313 of this Law.

Article 314a

Competent organizational unit of the Ministry may choose not to file the request for initiation of infraction proceeding to the body in charge – if the infraction is committed because the traffic participant was acting with the aim of protection of safety, i.e. protection and guarding of lives, health and property while making the infraction.

Article 315

On condition of reciprocity, against the driver with residence in the Republic of Serbia who committed traffic offence in a foreign country, according to the regulations of that country, the proceeding for the offence shall be initiated in the Republic of Serbia, if so requested by the competent foreign authority, and the driver may be sentenced according to domestic regulations if he was not sentenced for the same offence in the country in which the offence was committed.

Article 316

(1) If a motor vehicle or a trailer vehicle is subject of a financial leasing, lease contract, or business and technical cooperation arrangement, and the respective information has been recorded in the registration card, the provisions of the tortuous liability of the owner of a vehicle stipulated by this Law shall be congruently applied to a person operating a vehicle under the above stated conditions. (2) In case the data on financial leasing, lease agreement, business and technical cooperation arrangements have not been registered in the registration card, a physical person, or legal entity that is registered in the registration card as an owner, or operator of the vehicle shall be held responsible pursuant to provisions of this Law, accordingly.

Article 317

For breaches of the European Agreement concerning the work of crews of vehicles engaged in international road transport (AETR) by domestic physical and legal entities engaged in international road transport outside the territory of the Republic of Serbia, the stated entities shall be held responsible as if they have committed the breaches in the territory of the Republic of Serbia.

Article 318

(1) If a child commits an offence of the road traffic safety regulations, the parent, adopting parent or guardian shall be punished by a pecuniary punishment stipulated for the offence committed as if he himself has committed the offence, if the offence was committed due to the lack of due supervision over the child. (2) The punishment shall not be imposed if pronouncing of a protective measure or penalty points is stipulated for a specific offence to a parent, adopting parent, or guardian. (3) For an offence provided for by this law that was committed by a minor (a 14 year old, but not an adult) the parent, adopting parent or guardian of the child will be also punished if the committed offence was a consequence of a lack of due supervision over the minor, in cases when the parent, adopting parent, or guardian were in a position to exercise such supervision. (4) If pronouncing of a protective measure (endorsement) or of penalty points is stipulated for a specific offence against the parent, adopting parent, they shall not be pronounced.

Article 319

(1) A driving instructor under whose supervision a driving candidate is instructed to drive a motor vehicle on the road, that is, a person overseeing the driver while driving a vehicle based on a probation driving licence shall be punished for an offence committed by the driving candidate, unless he/she himself was capable of preventing the offence. (2) If pronouncing of a protective measure of endorsement or of penalty points is stipulated for a specific offence against the driving instructor, or the person overseeing the driver who is driving a vehicle based on a probation driving licence, they shall not be pronounced unless in cases when the driving instructor, or the person overseeing the driver with the probation driving licence was under the influence of drugs and/or other psychoactive substances.

Article 320

(1) If by means of devices for detection of traffic offences or when directly detected by a police officer, or some other person in charge of direct regulation of traffic pursuant to this law an offence stipulated by this law is documents, or observed, when the driver of the respective vehicle is not identified, the owner, that is, the operator of the vehicle shall be held responsible to making possible to commit the offence by his/her vehicle. (2) With the exception of provisions of Paragraph 1 hereof, the owner, that is, the operator of the vehicle shall not be held responsible in case of unauthorized use of the vehicle.

3. The obligations of the bodies which decide on the breaches of provisions of this Law

Article 321

(1) The body pronouncing a penalty, or an endorsement (protective measure), shall notify the body filing the request for initiation of the proceedings. (2) The court that issued a valid sentence for criminal offences against traffic safety committed by drivers of motor vehicles shall notify the competent territorial unit of the Ministry of Interior on whose territory is the residence of the convicted during validity of the sentence. (3) When the court pronounces a measure of prohibition to drive motor vehicle to a person holding a foreign driving licence, the court shall accordingly notify the competent territorial organizational unit of the Ministry of Interior on whose territory the criminal offence was committed. (4) The data about sentences, endorsements and safety measures may be used by judicial organs, the bodies in charge of offence proceedings, the Ministry of Interior bodies, the ministry in charge of traffic, health institutions, bodies and organizations dealing with traffic safety matters, and bodies and organizations engaged in public transport or transport for their own needs, with respect to those drivers who are employed by the stated bodies or organizations.

4. The authentic document of offence

Article 322

Within the meaning of this Law, an authentic document evidencing a committed offence shall be:

1) video or photo recording on which the following can be clearly seen: a vehicle by which the offence was committed, registration plate of the vehicle, essential characteristics of the offence, 2) tachographic sheet or other tachographic recording, 3) minutes on performed control of traffic participants made pursuant to the Law on General Administrative Procedure, 4) minutes on investigation of the accident, that is, documents relating to an accident scene, 5) minutes on the control that was carried out pursuant to this Law, 6) minutes on completed vehicle’s technical inspection, 7) minutes on completed weighing and measuring of the axle load, 8) minutes on blood test and/or test of other body fluids with regard to the contents of alcohol and/or other psychoactive substances in them.

5. Penalty points

Article 323

(1) A driver with driving licence, or probation driving licence issued in the Republic of Serbia shall be punished by penalty points for the offences specified by this Law. (2) Depending on the nature and extent of offences, the penalty points ranging from 1 to 18 will be allocated to specific offences.

Article 324

In case of joining of offences, the penalty points shall be determined for each offence individually and only one sentence representing the sum of individually pronounced penalty points shall be pronounced.

6. Corporate offences

Article 325

(1) A legal entity shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 300,000 to RSD 2,500,000 if it breached any of below stated Articles of this Law: 1) Article 4,Error! Reference source not found. Paragraph 3, 2) Article 29, Paragraph 2, 3) Article 112, Paragraph 1, Item 2, when axle load stipulated by technical standards for vehicles and maximum allowed total weight are exceeded by more than 5.0% and Item 3, 4) Article 123, Paragraph 1, 5) Article 156, Paragraphs 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 10, 6) Article 165, Paragraphs 4 and 5, 7) Article 188, Paragraph 1, 8) Article 204, Paragraph 1, 9) Article 207, Paragraph 1, 10) Article 218, Paragraph 2, 11) Article 232, Paragraph 5, if it issued the certificate to a person who did not pass the theoretical exam, and Paragraph 6, 12) Article 237, Paragraph 4, 13) Article 241, Paragraph 1, 14) Article 249, Paragraph 2, if it has put the vehicle into circulation, 15) Article 250, Paragraph 6, 16) Article 252, Paragraph 1, if it had no authorization of the Agency to perform control of these devices, 17) Article 253, Paragraph 4, 18) Article 255, Paragraphs 1, 3 and 5, 19) Article 264, Paragraph 8, 20) Article 268, Paragraph 4, 21) Article 267, Paragraph 5, 22) Article 268, Paragraph 6, 23) Article 269, Paragraph 2, 24) Article 296, Paragraph 13 (2) A responsible person of a legal entity shall be punished for corporate crime from Paragraph 1 with a fine ranging from RSD 20,000 to RSD 200,000.

7. Fines for legal entities

Article 326

(1) A legal entity shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 100,000 to RSD 800,000 if it breached any of below stated Articles of this Law: 1) Article 4, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 2) Article 45, Paragraph 2, 3) Article 106, Paragraph 5, 4) Article 108, Paragraph 5, 5) Article 111, Paragraph 2 , item 1, 6) Article 112, Paragraph 1, Item 1 and Paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof, when the vehicle load or the axle load of specific axles specified by the vehicle manufacturer exceeds the carrying capacity of a vehicle by more than 20,0%, 7) Article 112, Paragraph 1, item 1, 8) Article 112, Paragraph 3 , items 1 and 4, 9) Article 115, Paragraph 4, 10) Article 116, Paragraph 1, 11) Article 121, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 12) Article 122, Paragraph 1, 13) Article 124, Paragraph 6, 14) Article 127, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 15) Article 130, Paragraph 1, 16) Article 132, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 17) Article 133, Paragraphs 2, 3, 4 and 5. 18) Article 134, Paragraphs 1and 2, 19) Article 153, Paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 4, 20) Article 154, Paragraphs 1, 4 and 5, 21) Article 156, Paragraphs 1, 2 and 9, 22) Article 159, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 23) Article 163, Paragraph 4, 24) Article 165, Paragraph 3, 25) Article 173, Paragraph 1, 26) Article 177, Paragraph 3, 27) Article 178, Paragraph 1, except in cases of expiration of the driving licence validity term, 28) Article 186, Paragraph 5, 29) Article 187, Paragraph 2, if a driver is fairly, very or completely drunk and/or is under the influence of psychoactive substances, 30) Article 188, Paragraph 4, 31) Article 190, Paragraphs 2 and 3, if it allows a vehicle to participate in traffic upon expiry of more than 30 days from the expiry date from Article 189, 32) Article 203, Paragraph 9, 33) Article 204, Paragraph 3, 34) Article 205, Paragraph 1, if a tram is driven by a driver without a driving licence and special licence for operating trams, except in cases when validity of a driving licence or a licence for operating trams has expired, 35) Article 209, 36) Article 211, Paragraph 1, if the files and records and not correct and true, 37) Article 212, Paragraph 1, 38) Article 214, Paragraph 3, 39) Article 215, Paragraph 3, 40) Article 216, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 41) Article 217, Paragraph 1, 42) Article 218, Paragraph 3, 43) Article 219, Paragraph 3, 44) Article 220, Paragraph 2, 45) Article 221, Paragraph 1, 46) Article 224, Paragraph 1, 47) Article 224, Paragraph 6, except in cases of expiration of the driving licence validity term, 48) Article 226, Paragraph 1, 49) Article 227, Paragraphs 1, 2 and 4, 50) Article 229, 51) Article 235, Paragraph 5, 52) Article 236, Paragraph 5, 53) Article 237, Paragraphs 5. and 6, 54) Article 238, Paragraphs 3 and 7, during practical driving test, 55) Article 242, Paragraph 1, 56) Article 245, 57) Article 246, Paragraph 1, for a vehicle that is technically out of order with regard to the stopping and driving devices, pneumatics and device for connecting a towing vehicle and a trailer, 58) Article 246, Paragraphs 3 and 7, 59) Article 246, Paragraphs 4 and 5, if it has installed devices and is using them, 60) Article 247, Paragraph 1, 61) Article 249, Paragraph 2, if a vehicle is participating in traffic, 62) Article 252, Paragraph 4, 63) Article 253, Paragraph 5, 64) Article 256, Paragraph 2, 65) Article 258, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 66) Article 261, Paragraphs 3 and 4, 67) Article 262, Paragraphs 2 and 4, 68) Article 263, Paragraph 1, 69) Article 268, Paragraph 1, if a vehicle is not entered in the register of vehicles, 70) Article 268, Paragraph 12, 71) Article 268, Paragraph 14, 72) Article 269, Paragraph 4, 73) Article 270, Paragraph 4, 74) Article 274, Paragraph 3, 75) Article 277, Paragraph 5, 76) Article 280, Paragraph 8, 77) Article 294, Paragraph 3, 78) Article 297, Paragraph 1, 79) Article 311, Paragraph 2. (2) For the offence from Paragraph 1 hereof a responsible person of a legal entity shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 6,000 to RSD 50,000. (3) For the offence from Paragraph 1 hereof a responsible person of the government body or local government unit shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 6,000 to RSD 50,000.

Article 327

(1) A legal entity shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 60,000 to RSD 600,000 if it acted contrary to provisions of the following Articles of this Law:

1) Article 22, Paragraph 5, 2) Article 26, Paragraph 3, 3) Article 30, Paragraph 2, 4) Article 45, Paragraph 3. 5) Article 69, Paragraphs 1, 3, 4 and 5, 6) Article 70, Paragraph 1, 7) Article 71, Paragraph 1, 8) Article 72, 9) Article 85, 10) Article 87, Paragraph 2, 11) Article 111, Paragraphs 1 and 5, 12) Article 112, Paragraph 1, item 1 and Paragraphs 5 and 6 of this article, when the vehicle load, that is, the axle load of specific axles specified by the vehicle manufacturer exceeds the carrying capacity of a vehicle by 5% to 20,0%, 13) Article 112, Paragraph 3, items 2, 3, 5 and 6 and Paragraph 4, 14) Article 113, Paragraphs 1, 2 and 3, 15) Article 114, 16) Article 117, Paragraph 1, 17) Article 122, Paragraphs 5 and 7, 18) Article 125, Paragraph 1, 19) Article 128, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 20) Article 129, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 21) Article 134, Paragraphs 3 and 4, 22) Article 151, Paragraphs 2 and 3, 23) Article 154, Paragraph 2, 24) Article 155, Paragraph 1, 25) Article 156, Paragraph 11, 26) Article 160, Paragraph 2, 27) Article 161, Paragraph 3, 28) Article 162, Paragraph 2, 29) Article 163, Paragraph 1, 30) Article 166, Paragraph 6, 31) Article 169, Paragraphs 2 and 3, 32) Article 173, Paragraph 2, 33) Article 173, Paragraph 3, 34) Article 177, Paragraph 1, 35) Article 178, Paragraph 1, when the driving licence validity term has expired, 36) Article 187, Paragraph 1, 37) Article 187, Paragraph 2, if a driver is moderately or fairly drunk, or a driver from Paragraph 4, is slightly, moderately of fairly drunk, 38) Article 188, Paragraph 3, 39) Article 189, Paragraph 3, 40) Article 193, Paragraph 1, 41) Article 205, Paragraph 1, if the tram is driven by a driver without a driving licence and the special permit for tram driving, in the case when the driving licence or the special permit has expired. 42) Article 208, Paragraph 1 43) Article 210, Paragraphs 6 and 8, 44) Article 211, Paragraph 1, if records are not kept in stipulated way and correctly, 45) Article 217, Paragraph 2, 46) Article 226, Paragraph 3, 47) Article 227, Paragraph 3, 48) Article 228, Paragraphs 1 and 3, 49) Article 230, Paragraph 1, 50) Article 232, Paragraph 5, if it issues the certificate after the stipulated time period, and Paragraph 6, 51) Article 235, Paragraph 4, 52) Article 238, Paragraph 3, at the theoretical driving test, 53) Article 242, Paragraph 3, 54) Article 243, Paragraphs 1, 2, 4 and 5, 55) Article 244, Paragraphs 1, 2 and 4, 56) Article 246, Paragraph 1, other than with respect to the stopping, steering devices, pneumatics, device for connecting a towing vehicle and trailer, tachograph and speed limit device, 57) Article 246, Paragraphs 4 and 5, if it has these devices installed but they are not being used, 58) Article 252, Paragraph 5, 59) Article 256, Paragraphs 3 and 5, 60) Article 258, Paragraphs 3 and 5, 61) Article 259, Paragraph 2, 62) Article 260, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 63) Article 261, Paragraphs 1, 2 and 5, 64) Article 262, Paragraph 3, 65) Article 264, Paragraph 6, if it allows the vehicle to participate in traffic upon expiry of 15 days from expiry of the date from Article 264, Paragraph 4, 66) Article 268, Paragraph 1, if the registration sticker validity term has expired, 67) Article 268, Paragraph 5, if it is without stipulated registration plates, 68) Article 274, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 69) Article 276, Paragraph 1, 70) Article 281, Paragraphs 3 and 4, 71) Article 287, Paragraph 5, 72) Article 294, Paragraph 4, (2) A responsible person of a legal entity shall be punished for the offence from Paragraph 1 hereof with a fine ranging from RSD 3,000 to RSD 30,000. (3) For the offence from Paragraph 1 hereof a responsible person of the government body or of the local government body shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 3,000 to RSD 30,000.

8. Infraction penalties for entrepreneurs

Article 328

(1) An entrepreneur shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 100,000 to RSD 600,000 if it acted contrary to provisions of the following Articles of this Law: 1) Article 4, Paragraph 3, 2) Article 29, Paragraph 2, 3) Article 112, Paragraph 1, item 2), when the axle load stipulated by technical norms for vehicles and total maximum weight are exceeded by 5% and item 3), 4) Article 123, Paragraph 1, 5) Article 204, Paragraph 1, 6) Article 259, Paragraph 2, if it has put the vehicle into circulation, 7) Article 250, Paragraph 6, 8) Article 255, Paragraph 1, 9) Article 296, Paragraph 13. (2) An entrepreneur shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 50,000 to 200,000 if it acted contrary to provisions of the following Articles of this Law: 1) Article 4, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 2) Article 45, Paragraph 2, 3) Article 106, Paragraph 5, 4) Article 108, Paragraph 5, 5) Article 111, Paragraph 2, item 1), 6) Article 112, Paragraph 1, item 1) and Paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof, when the vehicle load, that is, axle load of specific axles specified by the vehicle manufacturer exceeds the carrying capacity of a vehicle by more than 20,0%, 7) Article 112, Paragraph 3, items 1) and 4), 8) Article 115, Paragraph 4, 9) Article 116, Paragraph 1, 10) Article 121, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 11) Article 122, Paragraphs 1, 12) Article 132, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 13) Article 133, Paragraphs 2, 3, 4 and 5, 14) Article 134, Paragraph 1 and 2, 15) Article 153, Paragraphs 1, 3 and 4, 16) Article 154 ,Paragraphs 1, 4 and 5, 17) Article 156, Paragraphs 1, 2 and 11, 18) Article 159, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 19) Article 163, Paragraph 4, 20) Article 165, Paragraph 3, 21) Article 177, Paragraph 3, 22) Article 178, Paragraph 1, other than in cases when the driving licence validity term has expired, 23) Article 187, Paragraph 2, if a driver is fairly, very or completely drunk and/or is under the influence of psychoactive substances, 24) Article 190, Paragraph 2, if it drives the vehicle upon expiration of more than 30 days from expiration of the time period from the Article 189, 25) Article 203, Paragraph 9, 26) Article 205, Paragraph 1, if a tram is driven by a driver with driving licence and special licence for operating of trams, unless validity of the driving licence, or special licence has expired, 27) Article 243, Paragraphs 1, 2, and 5, 28) Article 244, Paragraphs 1 and 4, 29) Article 245, 30) Article 246, Paragraph 1, for a vehicle that is technically out of order with regard to the stopping and driving devices, pneumatics and device for connecting a towing vehicle and a trailer, 31) Article 246, Paragraphs 3 and 7, 32) Article 246, Paragraphs 4 and 5, if it has built in devices and is using them, 33) Article 247, Paragraph 1, 34) Article 249, Paragraph 2, if the vehicle participates in traffic, 35) Article 268, Paragraph 1, if a vehicle is not entered in the register of vehicles, and Paragraph 12, 36) Article 274, Paragraph 3, 37) Article 276, Paragraph 1, 38) Article 277, Paragraph 5, 39) Article 280, Paragraph 8, 40) Article 294, Paragraph 3, 41) Article 297, Paragraph 1, 42) Article 311, Paragraph 2. (3) An entrepreneur shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 10,000 to RSD 50,000 if he or she acted contrary to provisions of the following Articles of this Law: 1) Article 22, Paragraph 5, 2) Article 26, Paragraph 3, 3) Article 30, Paragraph 2, 4) Article 45, Paragraph 3, 5) Article 69, Paragraphs 1, 3 and 5. 6) Article 70, Paragraph 1, 7) Article 71, Paragraph 1, 8) Article 72, 9) Article 85, 10) Article 87, Paragraph 2, 11) Article 111, Paragraphs 1 and 5, 12) Article 112, Paragraph 1, Item 1 and Paragraphs 5 and 6 of that Article, when the vehicle cargo or the axle load of specific axles specified by the vehicle manufacturer exceeds the carrying capacity of a vehicle by between 5,0 and 20,0%, 13) Article 112, Paragraph 3. Items 2, 3, 5 and 6 and Paragraph 4, 14) Article 113, Paragraphs 1, 2 and 3, 15) Article 114, 16) Article 117, Paragraph 1, 17) Article 122, Paragraphs 5 and 7, 18) Article 134, Paragraphs 3 and 4, 19) Article 151, Paragraphs 2 and 3, 20) Article 154, Paragraph 2, 21) Article 155, Paragraph 1, 22) Article160, Paragraph 2, 23) Article 161, Paragraph 3, 24) Article 162, Paragraph 2, 25) Article 163, Paragraph 1, 26) Article 166, Paragraph 6, 27) Article 177, Paragraph 1, 28) Article 178, Paragraph 1, when the driving licence validity term has expired, 29) Article 187, Paragraph 1, 30) Article 187, Paragraph 2, if a driver is slightly or moderately drunk, and the driver from Paragraph 4 is slightly, moderately or fairly drunk, 31) Article 193, Paragraph 1, 32) Article 205, Paragraph 1, if a tram is driven by a driver without a driving licence and special licence for operating trams, in cases when validity of a driving licence or a special licence for operating trams has expired, 33) Article 243, Paragraph 4, 34) Article 246, Paragraph 1, other than with respect to the stopping and steering devices, pneumatics, devices for connecting a towing vehicles and trailer, tachograph and speed limit device, 35) Article 252, Paragraph 5, 36) Article 268, Paragraph 1, if the registration sticker validity term has expired, 37) Article 268, Paragraph 5, if it is without stipulated registration plates, 38) Article 274, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 39) Article 294, Paragraph 4.

9. Infraction penalties for a natural person

Article 329

(1) A driver who grossly violates traffic rules and has no consideration for other participants in the traffic (violent driving) shall be punished by imprisonment ranging from 30 to 60 days plus 15 penalty points. (2) If a driver while driving violently has caused a traffic accident, the driver will be punished by imprisonment from 45 to 60 days and 17 penalty points. (3) A protective measure of prohibition to drive motor vehicle for at least nine months shall be imposed against a driver from Paragraph 1 hereof, and in the case from Paragraph 2 hereof a protective measure of prohibition to drive motor vehicle for at least 10 months shall be pronounced.

Article 330

(1) A sentence of imprisonment of at least 15 days or a fine ranging between 100 000 and 120 000 RSD and 14 penalty points shall be imposed for the offence of a driver who:

1) operates a vehicle without a driving licence for the vehicle category he is driving, unless the driving licence has expired, 2) drives a tourist train without a driving licence and special licence for operating a tourist train, unless the driving licence or the special licence has expired, 3) drives a tram without a driving licence and a special licence for operating a tram, unless the driving licence or special licence has expired, 4) drives a vehicle under the influence of more than 2.00 mg/ml of alcohol, and a driving instructor, a person supervising a driver with probation driving licence and an examiner in the practical part of the driving test while driving, 5) refuses to be tested for alcohol and/or psychoactive substances by adequate devices (alcohol meter, drug test, etc.), by way of professional examination from Article 280, Paragraph 4 hereof, and a driving instructor, a person supervising a driver with probation driving licence and an examiner in the practical part of the driving test while driving, 6) has been suspended and was found driving a vehicle during the period of such suspension, 7) drives a vehicle during the period of suspension of the vehicle from traffic, 8) drives a motor vehicle, or tram during the period of a protective measure, or a safety measure of prohibition to drive the motor vehicle, 9) drives through a residential area at a speed 70 km/h higher than the speed limit, 10) drives along the road outside an residential area at a speed 80 km/h higher than the speed limit, and the driver from Article 4, Paragraph 1, Item 4 hereof, who drives along the road outside the residential area at a speed over 70 km/h higher than the speed limit, 11) drives in a slow traffic zone at a speed that is over 50 km/h higher than the speed limit, 12) drives in a "30“ and "school zone“ at a speed that is over 60 km/h higher than the speed limit, 13) during night drives a vehicle along a part of the road that is in need of lighting without either vehicle lights or stopping lights on, 14) fails to stop the vehicle in front of a pedestrian crossing with at least one pedestrian on it , when the driver is prohibited to pass either by a traffic light or by a sign of an authorized official person, 15) fails to stop in front of a railway level crossing if a device for stopping the traffic is already lowered or started lowering, or if light or sound signals are emitted to warn that the barrier will start lowering, meaning that the train is coming to the road and railway crossing, in cases when a child below 12 years is in the vehicles, or when the driver drives a bus with passengers or some other vehicle that is used for transport of passengers in public transport, 16) as a participant in the accident in which a person was killed or suffered bodily injuries the driver fails to stop the vehicle, that is, inform the police and stay at the place of accident until arrival of the police and completion of investigation, 17) as a driving instructor who is conducting practical training of driving candidates during the term of the protective measure, or safety measure of prohibition to drive a vehicle, that is, as a person who no longer had the right to drive a motor vehicle of a specific category, or as a person whose driving licence was revoked. (2) If during the committing the offence from Paragraph 1 hereof the driver has caused a traffic accident, he shall be sentenced to imprisonment of at least 45 days or a fine ranging between 120 000 and 150 000 RSD and 15 penalty points. (3) The driver from Paragraph 1 hereof shall be sentenced with a protective measure of prohibition to drive a motor vehicle for at least eight months, that is, minimum ten months for the cases from Paragraph 2 hereof.

Article 331

(1) A physical person shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 15,000 to RSD 30,000 or a fine of imprisonment for 30 days if acting contrary to provisions of the following Articles of this Law: 1) Article 29, Paragraph 1, if the device is used, 2) Article 29, Paragraph 2, for a person/entity other than an entrepreneur, 3) Article 31, a driver or a person sitting in the front seat and holding a minor of less than 12 years of age, 4) Article 35, Paragraph 1, 5) Article 36,Paragraphs 1, 2 and 3, 6) Article 43, Paragraph 1 and Article 45, Paragraph 1, items 1, 2 and 3, who drives through a residential area at a speed 51 km/h to 70 km/h higher than the speed limit, 7) Article 44 and Article 45, Paragraph 1, items 1, 2 and 3, a driver who drives outside a residential area at a speed that is 61 km/h to 80 km/h higher than the speed limit, 8) Article 45, Paragraph 1, item 4, a driver who drives through, that is, out side a residential area at a speed that is 51 km/h to 70 km/h higher than the speed limit, 9) Article 53, Paragraphs 1, 2 and 3, 10) Article 55, Paragraphs 1 and 3, items 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14 and 15, 11) Article 72, Paragraph 4, 12) Article 74, 13) Article 77, Paragraph 2, a driver who is operating a vehicle at night on a lit portion of the road without switching on road lights or position lights, as well as when a driver is operating a vehicle at night on a lit portion of the road with only position lights switched on. 14) Article 78, Paragraph 2, 15) Article 89, Paragraph 2, 16) Article 95, Paragraphs 1 and 2, a guide shall be punished if a line is consisting mostly of children below 12 years of age, 17) Article 97, Paragraphs 1 and 2, if he/she takes with himself/herself a child below 12 years of age, 18) Article 98, if he takes with himself a child below 12 years of age, 19) Article 99, Paragraphs 1, 5 and 6, 20) Article 100, Paragraph 1, if a child below 12 years of age is in the vehicle, or if he drives a bus with passengers or any other vehicle that is used for transport of passengers, 21) Article 101, a driver shall be punished, 22) Article 101, a pedestrian taking with him/her a child below 12 years of age shall be punished, 23) Article 102, if a vehicle is driving along a highway, 24) Article 103, Paragraph 1, 25) Article 105, Paragraph 1, if a vehicle has been stopped in a traffic lane, 26) Article 105, Paragraph 2, if a driver makes a U-turn, 27) Article 106, Paragraph 5, the owner, or the driver shall be punished, 28) Article 107, Paragraph 1, 29) Article 108, Paragraph 5, the owner, or the driver shall be punished, 30) Article 109. Paragraphs 1 and 2, 31) Article 110, 32) Article 112, Paragraph 1, Item 1 and Paragraphs 5 and 6 of that Article when the vehicle load , or the axle load of specific axles specified by the vehicle manufactures exceeds the carrying capacity of the vehicle by more than 20,0%, 33) Article 112, Paragraph 1, item 2 when the axle load stipulated by technical standards for vehicles and maximum allowed weight are exceeded by more than 5% and item 3, 34) Article 118, Paragraph 2, 35) Article 120, Paragraph 2, in cases when passengers are children below 12 years of age, 36) Article 121, Paragraph 2, a driver whose driving licence, or special licence has been expired for more than six months, 37) Article 123, Paragraph 1, 38) Article 134, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 39) Article 142, Paragraph 2, 40) Article 145, Paragraph 5, 41) Article 146, Paragraph 6, a pedestrian, or cyclist shall be punished if he/she takes with himself/herself a child below 12 years of age, 42) Article 147, Paragraph 5, 43) Article 156, Paragraph 11, 44) Article 161, Paragraph 2, a driver driving at a speed that is 31 km/h to 50 km/h higher than the speed limit shall be punished, 45) Article 162, Paragraph 1, a driver driving at a speed that is 51 km/h to 60 km/h higher than the speed limit shall be punished, 46) Article 163, Paragraph 2, a driver driving at a speed that is 51 km/h to 60 km/h higher than the speed limit shall be punished, 47) Article 166, Paragraph 1, 48) Article 171, Paragraph 2, 49) Article 174, Paragraph 1, 50) Article 178, Paragraph 1, a driver whose driving licence has been expired for more than 6 months shall be punished, 51) Article 182, Paragraph 3, 52) Article 183, Paragraphs 2 and 3, 53) Article 187, Paragraph 1, 54) Article 187. Paragraphs 2 and 4, a person under the influence of psychoactive substances shall be punished, 55) Article 187, Paragraphs 2 and 4, the persons who are very drunk and completely drunk shall be punished, 56) Article 203, Paragraph 1, 57) Article 205, Paragraph 1, when the driving licence, or special licence has been expired by more than six months, 58) Article 207, Paragraph 1, 59) Article 211, Paragraph 1, a driving instructor who does not keep proper and correct records shall be punished, 60) Article 212, Paragraph 1, a driving instructor shall be punished, 61) Article 212, Paragraph 2, a driver candidate shall be punished, 62) Article 215, Paragraph 3, a driving instructor shall be punished, 63) Article 216. Paragraphs 1 and 2, 64) Article 217, Paragraph 1, 65) Article 221, Paragraph 1, 66) Article 224, Paragraph 1, 67) Article 224, Paragraph 6, except when the driving licence has expired, 68) Article 226, Paragraph 1, 69) Article 227. Paragraphs 1, 2 and 4, 70) Article 238. Paragraphs 3 and 7, the examiner shall be punished, 71) Article 242, Paragraph 1, 72) Article 245, Paragraph 3, 73) Article 246. Paragraphs 4 and 5, if it has installed devices and is using them, 74) Article 246, Paragraph 7, 75) Article 247, 76) Article 248, Paragraph 3, 77) Article 250, Paragraph 6, 78) Article 262, Paragraphs 1 and 4, 79) Article 263, Paragraph 1, 80) Article 268, Paragraph 1, if the vehicle is not entered in the register of vehicles, 81) Article 268, Paragraph 5, if it is without stipulated registration plates, 82) Article 273, Paragraph 1, 83) Article 274, Paragraph 3, 84) Article 277, Paragraph 5, 85) Article 280, Paragraphs 3 and 4, a pedestrian shall be punished, 86) Article 287, Paragraph 3, 87) Article 288, Paragraph 3, 88) Article 290, Paragraph 2, 89) Article 293, Paragraph 2, 90) Article 306, Paragraph 4, 91) Article 243, Paragraphs 1, 2, 4 and 5, 92) Article 244. (2) If by committing the offence from Paragraph 1 hereof a physical person has caused immediate danger to another participant in traffic or caused an accident, or gained illegal benefit for himself/herself or for somebody else, the physical person shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 30,000 to RSD 50,000 or a 60 days imprisonment.

Article 332

(1) A physical person shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 6,000 to RSD 20,000 if he/she acted contrary to provisions of the following Articles of this Law: 1) Article 22, Paragraphs 2 and 5, 2) Article 25, Paragraph 3, 3) Article 26, Paragraph 1, 4) Article 29, Paragraph 1, if the device is located in the vehicle, 5) Article 33, Paragraph 1, 6) Article 36, Paragraph 4, 7) Article 42, Paragraph 1, 8) Article 43, Paragraph 1 and Article 45, Paragraph 1, items 1, 2 and 3, who drives in a residential area at a speed 21 km/h to 50 km/h higher than the speed limit, 9) Article 44 and Article 45, Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2 and 3, a driver who drives outside a residential area at a speed 41 km/h to 60 km/h higher than the speed limit, 10) Article 45, Paragraph 1, item 4, a driver who drives through, or outside a residential area at a speed 21 km/h to 50 km/h higher than the speed limit, 11) Article 47, 12) Article 50, 13) Article 51, Paragraph 5, 14) Article 54, Paragraph 2, 15) Article 55, Paragraph 2, 16) Article 55, Paragraph 3, items 1), 2), 6) and 12), 17) Article 55, Paragraph 4, 18) Article 57, Paragraph 1, 19) Article 58, Paragraph 1, 20) Article 61, Paragraph 1, item 3), 21) Article 66, Paragraph 1, items 4) and 5), 22) Article 67, Paragraph 1, Item 3, 23) Article 69, Paragraph 1, 24) Article 71, Paragraph 1, 25) Article 72, Paragraphs 1, 2 and 3, 26) Article 75, Paragraph 2, 27) Article 79, Paragraph 1, a driver who does not turn on fog lights while driving in foggy weather, 28) Article 80, Paragraph 1, 29) Article 81, Paragraph 1, Item 4, if a line of pedestrian is composed mostly of children below 12 years of age, 30) Article 81, Paragraph 1, Item 5, if a cyclist is riding along a road outside an residential area, 31) Article 81, Paragraph 1, Item 6, 32) Article 85, 33) Article 86, Paragraph 1, 34) Article 88, 35) Article 90, Paragraph 1, Item 1, for the driver of a motor vehicle, 36) Article 91, Paragraph 2, for the driver of a motor vehicle, 37) Article 94, Paragraphs 1, 2 and 4, if he/she takes with himself/herself a child below 12 years of age, 38) Article 94, if he/she takes with himself/herself a child below 12 years of age, 39) Article 95, Paragraph 2, a person heading the line shall be punished, 40) Article 96, Paragraphs 1 and 3, if he/she takes with himself/herself a child below 12 years of age, 41) Article 97, Paragraph 3, if he/she takes with himself/herself a child below 12 years of age, 42) Article 98, 43) Article 99, Paragraphs 2 and 3, 44) Article 99, Paragraph 4, if the pedestrians are children below 12 years of age, 45) Article 100, Paragraph 1, 46) Article 102, if the vehicle is moving along the motorway, 47) Article 103, Paragraph 2, Item 2, 48) Article 105, Paragraph 1, if the vehicle has been stopped in the stopping lane, 49) Article 105, Paragraph 2, if the driver is driving the car backwards, 50) Article 111, Paragraph 1, 51) Article 111, Paragraph 2, Item 1, 52) Article 111, Paragraphs 4 and 5, 53) Article 112, Paragraph 1, Item 1 and Paragraphs 5 and 6 of that Article, when the vehicle load or axle load of specific axles specified by the vehicle manufactures exceed the carrying capacity of a vehicle by 5,0 to 20,0%, 54) Article 112, Paragraph 3, Items 1 and 4, 55) Article 113, Paragraph 2, 56) Article 115, Paragraph 4, 57) Article 116, Paragraph 1, 58) Article 117, Paragraph 1, 59) Article 120, Paragraph 2, 60) Article, 121 Paragraph 2, a driver whose driving licence, that is special licence has been expired less than six months ago, 61) Article 134, Paragraphs 3 and 4, 62) Article 143, Paragraph 2, 63) Article 144, Paragraph 3, 64) Article 160, Paragraph 1, 65) Article 161, Paragraph 2, a driver who is driving at a speed between 11 km/h and 30 km/h higher than the speed limit shall be punished, 66) Article 162, Paragraph 1, a driver who is driving at a speed 31 km/h to 50 km/h higher than the speed limit shall be punished, 67) Article 163, Paragraph 2, a driver who is driving at a speed 31 km/h to 50 km/h higher than the speed limit shall be punished, 68) Article 167, 69) Article 168, Paragraph 1, items 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 and Paragraphs 2 and 4, 70) Article 172, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 71) Article 177, Paragraph 1, 72) Article 178, Paragraph 1, a driver whose driving licence has been expired maximum six months ago and a driver who has not been issued a driving licence upon expiration of the probation licence, 73) Article 178, Paragraph 3, 74) Article , 182 Paragraph 4, shall be punished in case of driving at night, 75) Article 182, Paragraph 6, 76) Article 183, Paragraph 5, 77) Article 187, Paragraphs 2 and 4, a fairly drunk person shall be punished, 78) Article 190, Paragraph 4, 79) Article 193, Paragraph 1, 80) Article 205, Paragraph 1, a tram driver whose driving licence, or the special licence for tram driving has expired less than six months ago, 81) Article 205, Paragraph 6, 82) Article 211, Paragraph 1, a driver instructor who fails to keep records in a stipulated way and properly shall be punished, 83) Article 214, Paragraph 3, 84) Article 217, Paragraph 2, 85) Article 224, Paragraph 6, if the driving licence validity period has expired, 86) Article 226, Paragraph 3, 87) Article 227, Paragraph 3, 88) Article 230, Paragraph 1, 89) Article 242, Paragraph 3, 90) Article 245, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 91) Article 246, Paragraph 1, the driver who is driving a vehicle that is technically defective regarding stopping and steering devices, pneumatics, and the device for connecting a towing vehicle and a trailer, 92) Article 246, Paragraph 1, the owner of a vehicle that is technically defective in terms of stopping and steering devices, pneumatics, and the device for connecting a towing vehicle and a trailer shall be punished, unless the driver of the vehicle in question is a person who lives with the owner in a marital or extramarital union, is a blood relative in the direct line of descent, brother, sister, adopting parent or adopted child, 93) Article 246, Paragraph 3, 94) Article 246, Paragraphs 4 and 5, if the devices are installed but are not used, 95) Article 249, Paragraph 2, 96) Article 252, Paragraph 5, 97) Article 259, Paragraph 2, 98) Article 263, Paragraph 8, 99) Article 264, Paragraph 6, 100) Article 268, Paragraph 1, if the registration sticker validity has expired, 101) Article 269, Paragraph 5, 102) Article 274, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 103) Article 276, 104) Article 277, Paragraph 2, 105) Article 291, Paragraph 2, 106) Article 320, Paragraph 1. (2) If by committing the offence from Paragraph 1 of this Article a physical person has caused immediate danger to another participant in traffic, or caused an accident, or gained illegal benefit for himself/herself or anybody else, the physical person shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 10,000 to RSD 40,000 or 45 days imprisonment.

Article 333

(1) A physical person shall be punished with a fine in the amount of RSD 5,000 if he/she acted contrary to provisions of the following Articles of this Law: 1) Article 21, 2) Article 22, Paragraph 4, 3) Article 25, Paragraphs 1 and 2, 4) Article 26, Paragraphs 2 and 3, the driver shall be punished, 5) Article 27, 6) Article 28, Paragraphs 1 and 3, 7) Article 30, Paragraph 1, 8) Article 31, 9) Article 32, Paragraphs 1, 2 and 3, 10) Article 33, Paragraph 2, 11) Article 34, 12) Article 37, Paragraph 3, 13) Article 38, 14) Article 42, Paragraph 2, 15) Article 43, Paragraph 1 and Article 45, Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2 and 3, a driver who is driving through a residential area at a speed that is 11 km/h to 20 km/h higher than the speed limit, 16) Article 44 and Article 45, Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2 and 3, a driver who is driving outside a residential area at a speed that is 21 km/h to 40 km/h higher than the speed limit, 17) Article 45, Paragraph 1, item 4, a driver who is driving through, outside of residential area at a speed that is 11 km/h to 20 km/h higher than the speed limit, 18) Article 45, Paragraphs 2 and 3 the driver shall be punished, 19) Article 46, 20) Article 48, 21) Article 49, 22) Article 51, Paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 4, 23) Article 55, Paragraph 3, Items 3, 9, 11 and 13 and Paragraph 6, 24) Article 56, 25) Article 59, Paragraph 1, Item 2 and Paragraphs 2 and 3, 26) Article 62, 27) Article 63, 28) Article 64, 29) Article 66, Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22, 30) Article 67, Paragraph 1, items 1 and 2, 31) Article 68, 32) Article 69, Paragraphs 3, 4 and 5, 33) Article 70, Paragraph 1, 34) Article 71, Paragraph 2, 35) Article 73, 36) Article 76, 37) Article 77, Paragraph 2, a driver who is using low beam headlights instead of high beam headlights, 38) Article 77, Paragraph 3, 39) Article 79, Paragraph 1, a driver who is using high beam headlights instead of low beam headlights or fog lights while driving in foggy weather, 40) Article 80, Paragraph 2, 41) Article 81, Paragraph 1, Item 1, if a pedestrian is taking with him a child below 12 years of age, 42) Article 81, Paragraph 1, Item 7, 43) Article 82, 44) Article 83, Paragraph 1, 45) Article 86, Paragraph 2, 46) Article 89, Paragraphs 3 and 4, 47) Article 90, Paragraph 1, items 3), 4), 5) and 6), for motor vehicle drivers, 48) Article 91, Paragraph 1, 49) Article 91, Paragraph 2, for a cyclist, 50) Article 92, 51) Article 93, Paragraphs 1 and 5, 52) Article 94, 53) Article 95, Paragraphs 1 and 3, the guide of the line shall be punished, 54) Article 96, Paragraphs 1 and 3, 55) Article 97, 56) Article 99, Paragraph 4, 57) Article 100, Paragraph 2, 58) Article 101, the pedestrian shall be punished, 59) Article 101, Paragraph 2, Item 1 and Paragraph 3, 60) Article 103, Paragraphs 1, 2, 4, and 5, 61) Article 104, Paragraph 2, if the driver is driving backwards along the lay- by, 62) Article 105, Paragraph 3, 63) Article 106, Paragraph 6, 64) Article 107, Paragraph 2, 65) Article 108, Paragraph 6, 66) Article 109, Paragraph 4, 67) Article 111, Paragraph 2, Items 2 and 3, 68) Article 112, Paragraph 3, Items 2, 3, 5 and 6 and Paragraph 4, 69) Article 113, Paragraphs 1 and 3, 70) Article 114, 71) Article 116, Paragraph 3, a tractor driver shall be punished, 72) Article 118, Paragraph 1, 73) Article 119, Paragraphs 1 , 2 and 4, 74) Article 120, Paragraph 1, 75) Article 121, Paragraph 1, 76) Article 122, Paragraphs 1 and 5, 77) Article 131, Paragraph 2, a driver who is not using winter equipment in the prescribed way shall be punished, 78) Article 132, Paragraph 3, unless otherwise regulated by this Law (traffic signals, speed limit signs, prohibitions of overtaking, crossing over broken line where traffic passes from the opposite direction for the purpose of overtaking, etc.), 79) Article 146, Paragraph 6, 80) Article 155, Paragraph 2, 81) Article 160, Paragraph 3, a driver who is not complying with provisions of the licence shall be punished, 82) Article 161, Paragraph 2, a driver who is obstructing moving of pedestrians and cyclists in the slow traffic zone shall be punished, 83) Article 161, Paragraph 2, a driver who is moving at a speed up to 10 km/h higher than the speed limit shall be punished, 84) Article 162, Paragraph 1, a driver who is moving at a speed from 11 km/h to 30 km/h higher than the speed limit shall be punished, 85) Article 163, Paragraph 2, a driver who is moving at a speed from 11 km/h to 30 km/h higher than the speed limit shall be punished, 86) Article 164. Paragraphs 1 and 4, 87) Article 166, Paragraph 6, 88) Article 182, Paragraph 4, a driver using a telephone or other communication device shall be punished, 89) Article 184, Paragraph 2, 90) Article 187, Paragraph 2, a driver who is moderately drunk shall be punished, 91) Article 187, Paragraph 4, a person who is mildly and moderately drunk shall be punished, 92) Article 190, Paragraph 5, 93) Article 228, Paragraphs 1 and 3, 94) Article 228, Paragraph 2, a driving candidate shall be punished, 95) Article 246, Paragraph 1, other than stopping and steering devices, pneumatics, and the device for connecting a towing vehicle and a trailer, the tachograph and the speed limit device, 96) Article 249, Paragraph 4, 97) Article 252, Paragraph 6, 98) Article 272, Paragraph 3, 99) Article 306, Paragraph 3. (2) If by committing the offence from Paragraph 1 hereof a physical person has caused immediate danger to another participant in traffic, or caused an accident, the physical person shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 6,000 to RSD 18,000.

Article 334

(1) A person shall be punished with a fine in the amount of RSD 3,000 if he/she acts contrary to provisions of the following Articles of this Law: 1) Article 22, Paragraph 3, 2) Article 28, Paragraph 2, 3) Article 30, Paragraph 2, 4) Article 35. Paragraphs 2, 3 and 4, 5) Article 36, Paragraph 5, 6) Article 37, Paragraph 2, 7) Article 40, 8) Article 43, Paragraph 1, and Article 45, Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2 and 3, a driver who is driving through a residential area at a speed that is up to 10 km/h higher than the speed limit, 9) Article 44 and Article 45, Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2 and 3, a driver who is driving outside a residential area at a speed up to 20 km/h higher than the speed limit, 10) Article 45, Paragraph 1, Item 4, a driver who is driving through, that is, outside a residential area at a speed up to 10 km/h higher than the speed limit, 11) Article 45, Paragraph 1, Items 5 and 6, a driving who is driving through, that is, outside a residential area at a speed that is higher than the speed limit, 12) Article 52, 13) Article 54, Paragraph 1, 14) Article 59, Paragraph 1, Items 1 and 3, 15) Article 61, Paragraph 1, items 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6, 16) Article 65, Paragraph 1, 17) Article 67, Paragraph 2, 18) Article 67, Paragraphs 2, 3, 4 and 5, 19) Article 75, Paragraph 1, 20) Article 77, Paragraph 1, 21) Article 78, Paragraph 3, 22) Article 79, Paragraph 2, 23) Article 81, Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2, 3 and 4, 24) Article 81, Paragraph 1, Item 5, when a cyclist is riding along a road in a residential area with street lights, 25) Article 86, Paragraph 3, 26) Article 87, 27) Article 89, Paragraph 1, 28) Article 90, Paragraph 1, Item 7, for the driver of a motor vehicle, 29) Article 90, for the cyclist, 30) Article 93, Paragraphs 2, 3, 4 and 7, 31) Article 96, Paragraph 2, 32) Article 104, Paragraph 6, 33) Article 116, Paragraph 3, the driver of the motor cultivator shall be punished, 34) Article 116, Paragraph 4, 35) Article 117, Paragraph 3, 36) Article 122, Paragraph 7, 37) Article 128, Paragraph 1, 38) Article 129, 39) Article 131, Paragraph 2, a driver who has no winter equipment shall be punished, 40) Article 155, Paragraph 1, 41) Article 162, Paragraph 1, a driver who is driving at a speed that is up to 10 km/h higher than the speed limit shall be punished, 42) Article 163, Paragraph 2, a driver who is driving at a speed that is up to 10 km/h higher than the speed limit shall be punished, 43) Article 164, Paragraphs 2 and 3, 44) Article 182, Paragraph 7, a driver and a person supervising him shall be punished, 45) Article 184, Paragraph 1, 46) Article 205, Paragraph 3, 47) Article 226, Paragraph 2, 48) Article 268, Paragraph 5, if registration plates or the registration sticker are not placed in the prescribed way or are illegible, 49) Article 268, Paragraph 11. (2) If by committing the offence from Paragraph 1 hereof the person has caused immediate danger to another participant in traffic, or caused an accident, the person shall be punished with a fine ranging from RSD 5,000 to RSD 15,000.

Article 335

(1) For breaches of the following Articles of this Law cumulative penalty points shall be also adjudged: 1) Article 25, Paragraph 3 - 2 penalty points, 2) Article 26, Paragraph 1 - 2 penalty points, 3) Article 29, Paragraph 1 - 3 penalty points if the device is in the vehicle, 4) Article 29, Paragraph 1 - 6 penalty points if the device is used, 5) Article 31 - 6 penalty points to a driver or a person sitting in the front seat and holding in his/her lap a minor below 12 years of age, 6) Article 35, Paragraph 1 - 6 penalty points, 7) Article 36. Paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 - 6 penalty points, 8) Article 36, Paragraph 4 - 2 penalty points, 9) Article 43, Paragraph 1, and Article 45, Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2 and 3 - 4 penalty points to a driver who is driving through a residential area at a speed that is between 21 km/h and 50 km/h higher than the speed limit, 10) Article 43, Paragraph 1, and Article 45, Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2 and 3 - 7 penalty points to a driver who is driving through a residential area at a speed that is between 51 km/h and 70 km/h higher than the speed limit, 11) Article 43 and Article 45, Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2 and 3 - 3 penalty points to a driver who is driving outside a residential area at a speed that is between 41 km/h and 60 km/h higher than the speed limit, 12) Article 44 and Article 45, Paragraph 1, items 1, 2 and 3 - 6 penalty points to a driver who is driving outside a residential area at a speed that is between 61 km/h and 80 km/h higher than the speed limit, 13) Article 45, Paragraph 1, item 4 - 7 penalty points to a driver who is driving through or outside a residential area at a speed that is between 51 km/h and 70 km/h higher than the speed limit, 14) Article 45, Paragraph 1, item 4 - 4 penalty points to a driver who is driving through or outside a residential area at a speed that is between 21 km/h and 50 km/h higher than the speed limit, 15) Article 47- 3 penalty points, 16) Article 50 - 2 penalty points, 17) Article 53, Paragraph 1 - 6 penalty points, 18) Article 53. Paragraphs 2 and 3 - 5 penalty points, 19) Article 54, Paragraph 2 - 4 penalty points, 20) Article 55, Paragraphs 1 and 3, Items 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14 and 15 - 6 penalty points, 21) Article 55, Paragraphs 2 and 3, Items 1, 2, 6 and 12 and Paragraph 4 - 2 penalty points, 22) Article 57, Paragraph 1 - 2 penalty points, 23) Article 58, Paragraph 1 - 3 penalty points, 24) Article 61, Paragraph 1, Item 3 - 2 penalty points, 25) Article 66, Paragraph 1, items 4 and 5 - 2 penalty points, 26) Article 67, Paragraph 1, item 3 - 2 penalty points, 27) Article 71, Paragraph 1 - 2 penalty points, 28) Article 72, Paragraph 4 - 4 penalty points, 29) Article 74 - 6 penalty points, 30) Article 77, Paragraph 2 - 6 penalty points to a driver who is not using either high or low beam highlights, and is using only stopping lights, 31) Article 78, Paragraph 2 - 6 penalty points, 32) Article 79, Paragraph 1 - 4 penalty points, 33) Article 80, Paragraph 1 - 2 penalty points, 34) Article 85- 2 penalty points, 35) Article 89, Paragraph 2 - 6 penalty points, other than a cyclist, 36) Article 91, Paragraph 2 - 2 penalty points to a motor vehicle driver, 37) Article 99, Paragraph 1 - 6 penalty points, 38) Article 99, Paragraph 2 - 3 penalty points, 39) Article 99, Paragraph 3 - 3 penalty points, 40) Article 99, Paragraph 5 - 4 penalty points, 41) Article 99, Paragraph 6 - 4 penalty points, 42) Article 100, Paragraph 1 - 4 penalty points, 43) Article 100, Paragraph 1 - 6 penalty points if children below 12 years of age are in the vehicle, or if he operated a bus with passengers or some other vehicle that is used for public transport of passengers, 44) Article 101- 6 penalty points to a driver, 45) Article 102- 3 penalty points if a vehicle is moving along the motorway, and 2 penalty points if the vehicle is moving along the road reserved for the traffic of motor vehicles, 46) Article 103, Paragraph 1 - 6 penalty points, 47) Article 103, Paragraph 2, item 2 - 3 penalty points, 48) Article 105, Paragraph 2 - 6 penalty points if the driver is making a U- turn, 49) Article 105, Paragraph 2 - 3 penalty points if a driver is driving backwards along a traffic lane, 50) Article 107 Error! Reference source not found., Paragraph 1 - 6 penalty points, 51) Article109, Paragraph 1 and 2 - 6 penalty points, 52) Article 110. - 8 penalty points, 53) Article 112, Paragraph 1, Item 3 - 4 penalty points, 54) Article 112, Paragraph 3, Items 1 and 4 - 2 penalty points, 55) Article 116, Paragraph 1 - 3 penalty points, 56) Article 117, Paragraph 1 - 2 penalty points, 57) Article 118, Paragraph 2 - 6 penalty points, 58) Article 120, Paragraph 2 - 4 penalty points if the passengers are children below 12 years of age, 59) Article 120, Paragraph 2 - 2 penalty points, 60) Article 121, Paragraph 2 - 2 penalty points to a driver whose driving licence or special licence, has expired not more than six months ago, 61) Article 121, Paragraph 2 - 5 penalty points to a driver whose driving licence or special licence, has expired for more than six months ago, 62) Article 142, Paragraph 2 - 6 penalty points, 63) Article143, Paragraph 2 - 2 penalty points, 64) Article 144, Paragraph 3 - 2 penalty points, 65) Article 145. Paragraph 5 - 7 penalty points, 66) Article 147, Paragraph 5 - 6 penalty points, 67) Article160, Paragraph 1 - 2 penalty points, 68) Article 161, Paragraph 2 - 4 penalty points to a driver who is driving at a speed that is between 31 km/h and 50 km/h higher than the speed limit, 69) Article 161, Paragraph 2 - 2 penalty points to a driver who is driving at a speed that is between 11 km/h and 30 km/h higher than the speed limit, 70) Article 162, Paragraph 1 - 4 penalty points to a driver who is driving at a speed that is between 31 km/h and 50 km/h higher than the speed limit, 71) Article 162, Paragraph 1 - 6 penalty points to a driver who is driving at a speed that is between 51 km/h and 60 km/h higher than the speed limit, 72) Article 163, Paragraph 2 - 4 penalty points to a driver who is driving at a speed that is between 31 km/h and 50 km/h higher than the speed limit, 73) Article 163, Paragraph 2 - 6 penalty points to a driver who is driving at a speed that is between 51 km/h and 60 km/h higher than the speed limit, 74) Article 166, Paragraph 1 - 6 penalty points, 75) Article 171, Paragraph 2 - 2 penalty points, 76) Article 172 Error! Reference source not found., Paragraph 1and 2 - 2 penalty points, 77) Article 174, Paragraph 1 - 10 penalty points, 78) Article 178, Paragraph 1 - 2 penalty points to a driver whose driving licence has expired not more than six months ago, 79) Article 178, Paragraph 1 - 5 penalty points to a driver whose driving licence has expired more than six months ago and to a driver who was not issued driving licence upon the expiration of the probation licence, 80) Article 182, Paragraph 3 - 5 penalty points, 81) Article 182, Paragraph 4 - 2 penalty points in cases of night drive, 82) Article 183, Paragraph 3 - 3 penalty points, 83) Article 187, Paragraph 1 - 2 penalty points, 84) Article 187, Paragraph 2 - 8 penalty points to a driver who is under the influence of psychoactive substances, 85) Article 187. Paragraphs 2 and 4 - 6 penalty points to a person who is fairly drunk, 86) Article 187. Paragraphs 2 and 4 - 10 penalty points to a person who is very drunk, 87) Article 187, Paragraphs 2 and 4 - 12 penalty points to a person who is completely drunk, 88) Article 190, Paragraph 4 - 2 penalty points, 89) Article 205, Paragraph 1 - 2 penalty points to a tram driver whose driving licence, or the special licence for operating a tram has expired not more than six months ago, 90) Article 205 Error! Reference source not found., Paragraph 1. - 5 penalty points to a tram driver whose driving licence or the special licence for driving a tram has expired more than six months ago, 91) Article 243 Error! Reference source not found.. Paragraphs 1, 2 and 5 - 2 penalty points, 92) Article 245, Paragraph 3 - 2 penalty points, 93) Article 264, Paragraph 6 - 2 penalty points, 94) Article 268, Paragraph 1 - 6 penalty points, if a vehicle is not entered in the register of vehicles, 95) Article 268, Paragraph 1 - 2 penalty points, if the validity term of the registration sticker has expired, 96) Article 268, Paragraph 5 - 2 penalty points, to a driver who is without prescribed registration plates, 97) Article 269, Paragraph 5 - 2 penalty points, 98) Article 276. Paragraphs 1and 2 - 2 penalty points, 99) Article 287, Paragraph 3 - 6 penalty points, 100) Article 288, Paragraph 3 - 6 penalty points, 101) Article 290, Paragraph 2 - 6 penalty points, 102) Article 291, Paragraph 2 - 2 penalty points, 103) Article 293, Paragraph 2 - 6 penalty points, 104) Article 306, Paragraph 4 - 5 penalty points.

Article 336

(1) If penalty points are to be adjudged for the offence from the Article Error! Reference source not found. 331 of this Law, in the case when a traffic accident was caused by the stated offence, the number of penalty points to be adjudged shall always be increased by 3. (2) If penalty points are to be adjudged for the offence from Article 332 of this Law, in the case when a traffic accident was caused by the stated offence, the number of penalty points to be adjudged shall always be increased by 1. (3) If a traffic accident was caused by committing an offence, and no penalty points are to be adjudged for the basic form of the concerned offence, in resolving on the liability of offender at least 2 penalty points shall be adjudged. (4) If a child below 12 years of age was in the vehicle of the offender at the time he/she committed the offence for which penalty points have to be adjudged, other than in a bus used for organized transport of children, and in the case of committing an offence from the section „Liabilities of a driver to pedestrians“, the offender shall be adjudged the prescribed number of penalty points increased by 2. (5) If a driver, while committing an offence, was under the influence of alcohol as fairly, very drunk or completely drunk and was operating a bus with passengers, a vehicle used for public transport of passengers or of hazardous substances, or performing a special drive, that is, operating a vehicle with the right-of-way or an escorted vehicle, in addition to the prescribed penalty points the driver shall be adjudged an additional 2 penalty points.

Article 337

If provisions of this Law for committing of specific offences provide for obligatory sentencing by penalty points, and a judge in this case pronounces a warning, those prescribed penalty points shall have to be adjudged.

Article 338

(1) The protective measure of prohibition to operate a motor vehicle shall be cumulatively pronounced to a driver for breaches of provision of the following Articles of this Law: 1) Article 29, Paragraph 1 – for a minimum period of three months, if the device is used, 2) Article 31– for a minimum period of three months to a driver who is holding a minor below 12 years of age in his/her lap, 3) Article 35, Paragraph 1 – for a minimum period of three months, 4) Article 36, Paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 – for a minimum period of three months, 5) Article 43, Paragraph 1 and Article 45Error! Reference source not found., Paragraph 1, items 1, 2 and 3 – for a minimum period of 30 days if it was moving through a residential area at a speed that is between 21 km/h and 50 km/h higher than the speed limit, 6) Article 43, Paragraph 1 and Article 45, Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2 and 3 - for a minimum period of four months, if it is moving through a residential area at a speed that is between 51 km/h and 70 km/h higher than the speed limit, 7) Article 44 and Article 45, Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2 and 3 – for a minimum period of 30 days, to a driver who is driving outside a residential area at a speed that is between 41 km/h and 60 km/h higher than the speed limit, 8) Article 44 and Article 45, Paragraph 1, Items 1, 2 and 3 – for a minimum period of three months, if it is moving outside a residential area at a speed that is between 61 km/h and 80 km/h higher than the speed limit, 9) Article 45, Paragraph 1, Item 4 – for a minimum period of four months if it is moving outside a residential area at a speed that is between 51 km/h and 70 km/h higher than the speed limit, 10) Article 45, Paragraph 1, Item 4 – for a minimum period of 30 days to a driver who is driving outside a residential area at a speed between km/h and 50 km/h higher than the speed limit, 11) Article 53, Paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 – for a minimum period of three months, 12) Article 54, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of 30 days, 13) Article 55. Paragraphs 1 and 3, Items 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14 и 15 - for a minimum period of three months, 14) Article 55, Paragraphs 2 and 3, Items 1 и 2 - for a minimum period of 30 days, 15) Article 57, Paragraph 1 - for a minimum period of 30 days, 16) Article 58, Paragraph 1 - for a minimum period of 30 days, 17) Article 74- for a minimum period of three months, 18) Article 77, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of three months to a driver who is not using either high nor low bean headlights and is using instead only stopping lights, 19) Article 78, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of three months, 20) Article79, Paragraph 1 - for a minimum period of 30 days, 21) Article 89, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of three months, 22) Article 99, Paragraph 1- for a minimum period of three months, 23) Article 99, Paragraphs 5 and 6 - for a minimum period of two months, 24) Article 100, Paragraph 1. - for a minimum period of three months if children below 12 years of age are in the vehicle or he operates a bus with passengers, or another vehicle used for public transport of passengers, 25) Article 101- for a minimum period of three months, 26) Article 102- for a minimum period of 30 days if a vehicle is moving along a highway, 27) Article 103, Paragraph 1 - for a minimum period of three months, 28) Article 105, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of three months if a driver is making a U-turn, 29) Article 105, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of 30 days if it is moving backward along the traffic lane, 30) Article 107, Paragraph 1 - for a minimum period of three months, 31) Article 109, Paragraphs 1 and 2 - for a minimum period of three months, 32) Article 110 - for a minimum period of six months, 33) Article 112, Paragraph 1, item 3 - for a minimum period of three months, 34) Article 118, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of three months, 35) Article 120, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of 30 days, if the passengers are children below 12 years of age, 36) Article 121, Paragraph 2 – for a minimum period of three months shall be sentence a driver whose driving licence, that is, special licence, has been expired for more than six months, 37) Article 142, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of three months, 38) Article 143, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of 30 days, 39) Article 144, Paragraph 3 - for a minimum period of 30 days, 40) Article 145, Paragraph 5 – for a minimum period of four months, 41) Article 147, Paragraph 5 - for a minimum period of three months, 42) Article 161, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of three months, to a driver who is driving at a speed that is between 31 km/h and 50 km/h higher than the speed limit, 43) Article 162, Paragraph 1 - for a minimum period of two months to a driver who is driving at a speed that is between 31 km/h and 50 km/h higher than the speed limit, 44) Article162, Paragraph 1 - for a minimum period of five months to a driver who is driving at a speed that is between 51 km/h and 60 km/h higher than the speed limit, 45) Article 163, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of two months to a driver who is driving at a speed that is between 31 km/h and 50 km/h higher than the speed limit, 46) Article 163, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of five months to a driver who is driving at a speed that is between 51 km/h and 60 km/h higher than the speed limit, 47) Article 166, Paragraph 1 - for a minimum period of three months, 48) Article 171, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of three months, 49) Article 174, Paragraph 1 - for a minimum period of six months, 50) Article 178, Paragraph 1 - for a minimum period of three months to a driver whose driving licence has expired more than six months ago, to a driver who has not been issued new driving licence upon the expiration of validity of the probation licence, 51) Article 182, Paragraph 3 - for a minimum period of 30 days, 52) Article 182, Paragraph 4 - for a minimum period of 30 days in cases of night driving, 53) Article 183, Paragraph 3 - for a minimum period of 30 days, 54) Article 187, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of six months for a driver under the influence of psychoactive substances, 55) Article 187, Paragraphs 2 and 4 – for a minimum period of three months shall be punished a person that is fairly drunk, 56) Article 187, Paragraphs 2 and 4 - for a minimum period of six months for persons who are very drunk, 57) Article 187, Paragraphs 2 and 4 - for a minim period of eight months for a person who is completely drunk, 58) Article 205, Paragraph 1 - for a minimum period of three months for a tram driver whose driving licence or the special licence for operating a tram has expired more than six months ago, 59) Article 268, Paragraph 1 - for a minimum period of three months, if a vehicle was not entered into the register of vehicles, 60) Article 287, Paragraph 3 - for a minimum period of three months, 61) Article 288, Paragraph 3 - for a minimum period of three months, 62) Article 290, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of three months, 63) Article 293, Paragraph 2 - for a minimum period of three months. (2) A protective measure of driving prohibition may be adjudged also for other offences for which the proceedings are held before the body in charge of the offence proceedings. (3) If, through committing an offence, a traffic accident was caused, and provisions of this Law stipulate pronouncing a protective measure of driving prohibition for a motor vehicle for the basic form of the stated offence, the term of such protective measure shall be prolonged by two months and up to maximum 12 months. (4) If a child below 12 years of age was in the vehicle of an offender at the time when he/she committed the offence for which obligatory prohibition to drive motor vehicle is prescribed, other than in a bus used for organized transport of children, and in the case of committing a crime from section „Liabilities of a driver to pedestrians“, the offender shall be adjudged a stipulated protective measure increased by two months. (5) If a driver while committing an offence was under the influence of alcohol as fairly, very drunk or completely drunk and was operating a bus with passengers, a vehicle used for public transport of passengers or of hazardous substances, or performing a special drive, that is, was operating a vehicle with the right-of-way or an escorted vehicle, in addition to prohibition to drive motor vehicle the driver shall be adjudged an additional 2 month penalty.

XXII TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS

Article 339

The Government shall establish the Body for the coordination of road traffic safety and nominate the members of the Body within three months from the effective date of this Law.

Article 340

(1) The Government shall establish the Agency for Traffic Safety within three months from the effective date of this Law at the latest. (2) The Agency shall within two months proceed to propose to the competent ministry the following bylaws: 1) based on Article 121 of this Law, on the training, method of conducting examination and the method of keeping records for a driver of a tourist train, 2) based on Article 203 of this Law, on the verification of fulfilment of conditions for issuing a licence for the job of a professional driver (СРС – The Driver Certificate of Professional Competence), 3) based on Article 204 of this Law, on conditions which shall be met by a legal entity engaged in education and testing knowledge for the licence of a professional driver (СРС), and on training, the method of carrying out the examination and on keeping records, 4) based on the article 205 of this Law, on training, method of carrying out tests and on the methods of keeping records for tram drivers, 5) based on Article 222 of this Law, the program for taking a professional exam for the teacher of theoretical training, the programs of obligatory seminars for improvement of knowledge, the method of taking a professional exam and the method of taking tests, terms for the organization of seminars and the form and contents of the permit/licence and method of keeping records on issued permits and licences, 6) based on the article 225 of this Law, on seminars to improve knowledge, carrying out tests, the method of taking tests, terms for organization of seminars and on the form and contents of the permit (licence) and the method of keeping records on issued permits and licences, 7) based on the article 239 of this Law, on the program for taking professional exams for examiners, the program of obligatory seminars on improving knowledge, and the form and contents of the permit(licence), 8) based on Article 240 of this Law, on conditions which should be met by a residential area where taking of a practical part of the driver exam is to be conducted, 9) based on Article 249 of this Law, on the procedure and the method of testing the vehicles, issuing certificates and on keeping records on the test that were carried out, 10) based on Article 263 of this Law, on the teaching program for the training of controllers in charge of technical inspection, method of organizing and carrying out of professional test for the controllers of technical inspections, the program for improving knowledge and skills of the technical controller and on methods of organizing and carrying out the tests of knowledge and skills of a technical controller, on the contents and form of the permit (licence) of the controller in charge of technical inspection and on the method of keeping records on issued permits(licences).

Article 341

(1) More precise regulations regarding the implementation of this Law shall be passed by the minister of interior within six months : 1) based on the article 2 of this Law, on the method of carrying out control and direct regulation of traffic on the roads, 2) based on the article 2 of this Law, on the methods of direct regulation of road traffic within school zones and zones of operation of school traffic patrols and traffic patrols of citizens with the obtained opinion of the minister in charge of education, 3) based on the article 121 of this Law, on training, the method of carrying out tests and on keeping records, 4) based on the article 166 of this Law, on signs and ordered issued by a police official, on their meaning and the way they are issued, 5) based on the article 183 of this Law, on the procedure of issuing, the form of, contents and characteristics of the driving licence form and probation licence form, and on the method of keeping records on drivers who have been issued those licences, 6) based on the article 186 of this Law, on the procedure and methods of issuing and keeping records of issued international driving licences, 7) based on the article 197 of this Law, on the method of recording penalty points and the records on penalty points of drivers and on cancelled driving licences, 8) based on the article 202 of this Law, on the method and procedure of carrying out protective measures, that is, safety measures, keeping records and the form by which a driver is notified about the term of the pronounced measure, 9) based on the article 205 of this Law, on training, method of carrying out exams and keeping records, at the proposal of the Agency, 10) based on the Articles 207 and 210 of this Law, on keeping the registry of companies, that is, the register of their branches or the registry of secondary vocational schools, 11) based on the article 211 of this Law, on the contents, the method of keeping and the time period for keeping the records on candidates who have been trainer for drivers, 12) based on the Articles 213, 214 and 215 of this Law, on the program for theoretical and practical education for drivers, and the methods of implementing the programs, 13) based on the article 230 of this Law, on the markings of a motor vehicle and a trailer for the training of driving candidates, 14) based on the article 232 of this Law, on organizing, implementing and the method of taking driver tests, on keeping records, the periods of keeping records and on conditions prescribed for a vehicle that is used for training and carrying out driving tests, 15) based on the article 240 of this Law, on the conditions which have to be met by a residential area in which practical tests are carried out and on keeping records of the places that are meeting those prescribed conditions, 16) based on the article 253 of this Law, on conditions which have to be met by authorized legal entities in charge of impressing identification marking, the method and procedure of impressing them on a vehicle, 17) based on the article 254 of this Law, on technical inspection of a vehicle, 18) based on the article 255 of this Law, on the method of keeping the registry of companies authorized to carry out technical inspection, 19) based on the article 256 of this Law, on requirements which nee to be met by companies in charge of conducting technical inspection of vehicles, 20) based on the article 263 of this Law, on the teaching program for training a technical inspections controller, on the method of organizing and carrying out exams for technical inspections controllers, on the methods of improving the knowledge and skills of a technical inspections controller, and on the method of organizing and carrying out tests for the technical inspection controller, on the contents and the form of the permit (licence) for the technical inspection controller, and on method of keeping records on issued permits (licences), at the proposal of the Agency, 21) based on the article 268 of this Law, on the contents and the method of keeping the registry of vehicles, on conditions for making entries in the registry of vehicles, on the methods and conditions for issuing a traffic licence and registration plates and on the contents, form and the technical characteristics of a traffic licence and registration plates, on the method of placing registration plates, 22) based on the article 278 of this Law, on the method, procedure and the means of implementation and on keeping obligatory records on the implementation of special measures and authorities, 23) based on the article 297of this Law, on the contents and methods of keeping records on meeting requirements for taking part in traffic for the vehicles and drivers from Article 297, Paragraph 1 of this Law, on conditions regarding the time of operation and periods of rest of a driver and on other conditions affecting traffic safety that are stipulated by other regulations.

Article 342

(1) More precise regulations for implementation of this Law shall be passed by the Minister of transport within six months: 1) based on the article 2 of this Law, on the method of carrying out direct regulation of traffic on roads and in particular on those road sections on which works are carried out, 2) based on the article 7 of this Law, on classification of motor vehicles and trailers, 3) based on the article 26 of this Law, on marking of vehicles used for organized transport of children, and on the appearance and method of placing a special sign, 4) based on the article 31 of this Law, on transport of children and on conditions which have to be met by a safety car baby seat - basket, 5) based on the article 113 of this Law, on the method of placing cargo, its fastening and marking, 6) based on the article 115 of this Law, on the method of carrying out special transport and on vehicles used for that kind of transport, 7) based on the article 121 of this Law, on conditions on the usage and technical characteristics of a tourist train, 8) based on the article 131 of this Law, on the manner, time of carrying and using winter equipment in a vehicles participating in road traffic, 9) based on the article 132 of this Law, on traffic signals, 10) based on the article 153 of this Law, with regard to the type, appearance, technical characteristics, methods of placing and on places at which guard rails or semi guard rails of the devices for light and sound singles have to be placed, and on the manner of their usage, 11) based on the article 154 of this Law, on provisional traffic signals, on the method of carrying works on the road, on the appearance, technical characteristics, method of placing and use of guard rails and other devices to secure places at which works are carried out, 12) based on the article 156 of this Law, on strategic comparative analysis of the effects of a new or reconstructed road on the traffic safety within the road network, periodical control of the road that is being used, follow up of the traffic safety status, analysis of high risk sections, analysis of the extent at which the road itself contributes to accidents with lethal outcome, on notifying, recording of traffic and other aspects of the traffic flow, on conditions that from the view point of traffic safety have to be met by road structures and other road elements, 13) based on the article 156 of this Law, on conditions that tunnels have to meet in terms of traffic safety, 14) based on the article 165 of this Law, on the type, appearance, technical characteristics and method of placing technical devices for slowing down of traffic on roads and special technical devices for protection and safety of children, 15) based on the article 166 of this Law, on appearance, method of giving signs by the persons who are carrying out works at places at which barriers have been created that can not be removed instantly, 16) based on the article 182 of this Law, on appearance, technical characteristics and method of placing special sings on vehicles operated by a person with a probation driving licence, 17) based on the article 203, Paragraph 6 of this Law, on the method of ascertaining fulfilment of conditions for issuing licences for the job of a professional driver (СРС), at the proposal of the Agency, 18) based on the article 204 of this Law, on the program of training and seminars on knowledge improvements, method of taking exams, form and contents of the licence for professional drivers (СРС), and certificates on successful testing of knowledge needed for discharging duties of a driver, at the proposal of the Agency, 19) based on the Articles 222 and 225 of this Law, on the program for taking professional exams designed for the teacher of theoretical training, program on obligatory tests on improving knowledge, method of taking professional exam and taking tests, time periods set for seminars and the form and contents of the permit/licence, 20) based on the article 239 of this Law, on the program for taking professional exam for an examiner, program of obligatory seminars on improving knowledge, method of taking professional exam and taking test, time periods set for seminars and the form and contents of the permit/licence, 21) based on the article 244 of this Law, on duration, management and resting periods for the drivers, with the approval of the Ministry of Interior, 22) based on the article 245 of this Law, on the method of using tachographs, 23) based on the article 246 of this Law, on conditions which have to be met by vehicles that are taking part in the road traffic in terms of dimension, technical conditions and devices, assemblies, equipment and technical standards, 24) based on the article 286 of this Law, on the method of use of recording devices and their technical characteristics – with the approval of the Ministry of Interior, 25) based on the article 296 of this Law, on requirements which have to be met by a legal person in charge of removing vehicles, and on the manner of removing and keeping vehicles, on prescribed records of removed vehicles and the actions taken to have the vehicles removed - with the approval of the Ministry of Interior.

Article 343

(1) More precise regulations for implementation of this Law shall be passed by the minister of health within six months: 1) based on the article 179 of this Law, on health regulations that need to be fulfilled by drivers of specific categories of motor vehicles, 2) based on the article 188 of this Law, on conditions which need to be met by a legal entity in charge of carrying out medical examination in terms of personnel, premises and equipment and on the methods of carrying out medical examinations, method and procedure of issuing certificates and keeping records on carried out examinations and on the issued certificates, 3) based on the article 194 of this Law, on the composition, method of work and the procedure before the second instance commission, 4) based on the article 199 of this Law, on health conditions which have to be fulfilled by a driver who has been deprived of a driving licence due to lack of due care, on the method and procedure of carrying out those medical examinations and on keeping records on the medical examinations that have been carried out, 5) based on the article 241 of this Law, on requirements which need to be fulfilled by a legal entity in charge of training in first aid in terms of premises, equipment and professional staff, and on program of training and the method of organizing and carrying out tests and issuing certificates on the passed exams and test, on the contents, form and method of its issuing and on keeping of prescribed records, 6) based on the article 242 of this Law, on requirements which need to be fulfilled by a lecturing teacher – examiner in the field of first aid, on the method of acquiring permits/licences, and on the form and contents of the permit/licence of a lecturing teacher – examiner, 7) based on the article 280 of this Law, on the requirements that, in terms of professional staff, equipment and other conditions, need to be fulfilled by the health institutions carrying out the blood, urine and/or other body fluids tests with the view of establishing the presence of alcohol and/or psychoactive substances in a body, and which are prohibited for use prior and during driving, and methods of their taking, 8) based on the article 283 of this Law, on conditions which have to be met by detention premises - with the approval of the Ministry of Interior.

Article 344

(1) More precise regulations for implementation of this Law shall be passed by the defence minister within six months: 1) based on the article 2 of this Law, on the manner of carrying out control and the direct regulation of traffic of military vehicles on the roads, 2) based on the article 106 of this Law, on the devices for marking the military vehicles that are being escorted, 3) based on the article 108 of this Law, on the devices for marking of military vehicles with the right-of-way, 4) based on the article 207 of this Law, on the education and teaching of military personnel to discharge duties of motor vehicle drivers, 5) based on the article 243 of this Law, on the duration of the driving of military vehicles and on the rest periods for drivers of military vehicles, 6) based on the article 268 of this Law, on the registration of vehicles of the Army of Serbia, 7) based on the article 278 of this Law, on special safety measures of military participants in traffic.

Article 345

(1) More precise regulations on the contents of teaching plans and programs relating to the safety of children and students in traffic, pursuant to Article 6, Paragraph 3 of this Law shall be passed by the minister in charge of education within six months. (2) More precise regulations about the program, conditions and methods of education and testing of a driver instruction pursuant to Article 223 of this law shall be passed by the minister in charge of education within six months. (3) More precise regulations on requirements that need to be met by motor sledges and operators of motor sledges, and on the method of their usage on the skiing grounds based on Article 131, Paragraph 3 of this Law shall be passed by the Minister in charge of organization, maintenance and equipping of public skiing grounds and providing services on skiing grounds, with the approval of the minister of interior, within six months.

Article 346

(1) Within six months from the effective date of this law, the Government shall pass the acts to determine: 1) the share to be allocated to the Agency from the amount of collected pecuniary fines for the offences committed against traffic safety, 2) the extent of special compensations for the work done by the Agency, and compensations for issuing of permits/licences and for other work on improvement of traffic safety that falls under the competence of the Agency, 3) the lowest cost of theoretical and practical training, at the proposal of the ministry in charge of trade and services, 4) the lowest cost of taking driving exam, at the proposal of the ministry in charge of trade and services and the Ministry of Interior, 5) the lowest cost of regular and extraordinary technical inspection of a vehicle, at the proposal of the ministry in charge of trade and services, 6) the cost of a control technical inspection of a vehicle, 7) the amount of compensation for health services from the Article 280 of this Law, 8) the amount of compensation for removing vehicles, 9) the amount of compensation for removing incorrectly parked vehicles, at the proposal of the ministry in charge of trade and services.

Article 347

The regulations adopted pursuant to the Law on the Principles of Road Traffic Safety („Official Gazette of the SFRY“, no. 50/88, 63/88, 80/89, 29/90 and 11/91, „Official Gazette of the FRY“, no. 34/92, 13/93, 24/94, 41/94, 28/96 and 3/2002) and the Law on Road Traffic Safety („Official Gazette of the SRS“, no. 53/82, 15/84, 5/86 and 21/90, „Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia“, no. 28/91, 53/93, 67/93, 48/94 and 25/97) shall be applied until new bylaws will be adopted, unless they are in contravention with the provisions of this Law.

Article 348

(1) On the date of commencement of application of this Law, the Law on the Principles of Road Traffic Safety shall cease to be effective (“Official Gazette of the SFRY”, no 50/88, 63/88, 80/89, 29/90 and 11/91, „ Official Gazette of the FRY “, no. 34/92, 13/93, 24/94, 41/94, 28/96 and 3/02), except regarding the following Articles (which shall be applied until adoption of bylaws from Articles 341, 342, 343, 344 and 345 of this Law): 1) Articles 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205 and 206, 2) Articles 207 and 208 3) Articles 165, 167, 168 and 169, 4) Articles 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180m 181 and 182, 5) Article 194, as well as regarding penal provisions related to breaches of provisions from Items 1 to 5 of this Paragraph.

(2) On the date of commencement of application of this Law, the Law on Road Traffic Safety (“Official Gazette of the SRS” no. 53/82, 15/84, 5/86 and 21/90, „ Official Gazette of the RS“, no. 28/91, 53/93, 67/93, 48/94 and 25/97), except regarding the following Articles (which shall be applied until adoption of bylaws from the Articles 341, 342, 343, 344 and 345 of this Law): 1) Articles 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141 and 142, 2) Articles 143, 144, 145, 146 and 147 3) Articles 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109 and 110 4) Articles 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119 and 120 5) Articles 130 and 131 as well as regarding the penal provision related to breaches of provisions from Items 1 to 5 of this Paragraph.

(3) Until the conditions are fulfilled for functioning and discharging of duties of the Agency from the Article 9, Paragraph 2 of this Law, the provisions of the Law on Principles on Road Traffic Safety shall be applied (“Official Gazette of the SFRY”, no. 50/88, 63/88, 80/89, 29/90 and 11/91, " Official Gazette of the FRY", no. 34/92, 13/93, 24/94, 41/94, 28/96 and 3/02) and the Law on the Road Traffic Safety (“Official Gazette of the SRS” no. 53/82, 15/84, 5/86 and 21/90, " Official Gazette of the RS, no. 28/91, 53/93, 67/93, 48/94 and 25/97).

(4) The provisions of Article 273 of this Law shall become effective as of 25 July 2009.

Article 349

The provisions of this Law concerning penalty points shall become effective as of the date when the regulations on offences regulating pronouncing of penalty points come into force.

Article 350

(1) The provisions of this Law relating to the requirements which need to be fulfilled by a teacher of theoretical education and examiner with regard to the holding of a permit (licence) and taking a state licence exam shall become effective only upon expiration of one year from creating conditions for functioning and work of the Agency from Article 9, Paragraph 2 of this Law. (2) The provisions of this Law relating to the requirements which need to be fulfilled by a driving instructor with regard to the holding a permit (licence) shall become effective only upon expiration of one year from creating conditions for functioning and work of the Agency from Article 9, Paragraph 2 of this Law. (3) The provisions of this Law relating to the conditions those have to be fulfilled by an examiner with regard to the holding a permit (licence) for the driving instruction of a respective category shall become effective only upon expiration o of one year from creating conditions for functioning and work of the Agency from Article 9, Paragraph 2 of this Law. The examiner shall have to fulfil a condition that by the effective date of this Law he/she shall have received the licence of driving instructor of a respective category. (4) The provisions of this Law relating to the requirements which need to be fulfilled by a technical inspection controller of vehicles with regard to the holding a permit (licence), taking a state licence exam and completing education qualifying for the technical inspection controller shall become effective only upon expiration o of one year from creating conditions for function and work of the Agency from the Article 9, Paragraph 2 of this Law. (5) The provisions of this Law relating to the requirements which need to be fulfilled by a tram driver with regard to the holding a permit for operating trams shall become effective only upon expiration of one year from creating conditions for functioning and work of the Agency from the Article 9, Paragraph 2 of this Law. Until then and in addition to holding a driving licence for operative V category vehicles, the tram driver shall have to meet the conditions from the Article 192 of the Law on Road Traffic Safety (“Official Gazette of the SRS”, no. 53/82, 15/84, 5/86 and 21/90, "Official Gazette of the RS'', no. 28/91, 53/93, 67/93, 48/94 and 25/97). (6) The provisions of this Law relating to the requirements which need to be fulfilled by a tourist train driver with regard to the holding a special licence for operating a tourist train shall become effective only upon expiration of one year from creating conditions for functioning and work of the Agency from Article 9, Paragraph 2 of this Law.

Article 351

(1) The resolutions whereby companies in charge of technical inspection are allowed to engage in their activity shall terminate upon expiration of one year from the effective date of a bylaw that will regulate the matter of carrying out technical inspections pursuant to this Law. (2) The resolutions whereby fulfilment of conditions for the operation of driver training centres shall terminate upon expiration of one year from the effective date of a bylaw that will regulate the matter of education and training pursuant to this Law. (3) The resolutions on authorisation to engage in testing of vehicles shall terminate upon expiration of one year from creating conditions for functioning and work of the Agency from Article 9, Paragraph 2 of this Law. (4) The existing driving licences shall be valid until the expiration ate indicated in the driving licence and up to five years from the effective date of this Law, at the latest. (5) The existing certificate of knowledge of traffic regulations shall terminate upon expiration of one year from the effective date of a bylaw that will regulate the matter of issuing driving licences. (6) The existing traffic licences, that is, certificates of temporary registration of vehicles, that is, certificates of registration of tractors that will not be used for works in the agricultural industry shall terminate upon expiration of one year from the effective date of a bylaw that will regulate the matter of issuing driving licences. (7) The existing traffic licences, certificates of temporary registration of vehicles and certificates of registration of tractors that will not be used for works in the agricultural industry and a trailer/attachment towed by the tractor shall be valid until expiration date indicated in the traffic licence, that is in the certificate. (8) The certificates of registration of motor vehicles issued for a working machine, a motor cultivator, bicycle with a motor and the certificate of registration of tractors that will be used in the agricultural industry and the trailers drawn by these tractors shall terminate upon expiration of one year from the effective date of a bylaw that will regulate the matter of carrying out technical inspections pursuant to this Law. (9) A driving candidate who completed the training for operating vehicles of specific categories, until the effective date of bylaws that will regulate the matter of education of driving candidates, shall be allowed to take his driving test for the respective category of vehicles once he/she completes additional theoretical and practical training of at least three classes/hours, in the manner provided for in the Articles 232- 237 of this Law, provided that the driving candidate has met the age criteria for getting the driving licence, as stipulated in the Article180 of this Law.

(10) A driving candidate who started but has not completed his/her training for operating vehicles of specific categories, until the effective date of bylaws that will regulate the matter of education of driving candidates, shall be allowed, if he/she completes the commenced training within the next three months and additional theoretical and practical training of at least three classes, to take his/her driving test for the respective category in the manner provided for in Articles 232- 237 of this Law, provided that the driving candidate has met the age criteria for getting the driving licence, as stipulated in the Article180 of this Law. (11) A driving candidate who passed the theoretical part of the exam for a specific category, until the effective date of bylaws that will regulate the matter of education of driving candidates, shall be allowed to take the practical part of the exam for the respective category within 12 months from the date of taking the theoretical part of the exam, if he/she completes an additional theoretical and practical training of at least three hours/classes, in the manner provided for in Articles 232- 237 of this Law, provided that the driving candidate has met the age criteria for getting the driving licence, as stipulated in Article180 of this Law. These candidates shall not have to pass any first aid exam.

Article 352

(1) The infractions and corporate offences committed prior to the effective date of this Law shall be treated pursuant to the provisions of those laws that were effective at the time when the infraction or the corporate offence was committed if breaching those provisions is also punishable under this Law. (2) The initiated offence proceedings that will not be completed by the effective date of this Law shall continue pursuant to the provisions of those laws that were effective at the time the infraction or the corporate offence was committed, that is, at the time when the request for initiating the proceeding was filed, if breaching those provisions is also punishable under this Law. (3) The proceedings dealing with breaches of provisions of the Law on Principles of Road Traffic Safety („Official Gazette of the SFRY“, no. 50/88, 63/88, 80/89, 29/90 and 11/91) committed before the effective date of this Law, which are by their nature corporate offences and which are also punishable under this Law, shall continue as offence proceedings pursuant to the competences provided for by this Law, taking into account the period of prescription for an offence litigation.

Article 353

This Law shall become effective on the eight day from its publishing in the „Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia“, and shall be implemented upon expiration of six months from its effective date, except for Article 273, whose effective date shall be 25th July 2009.

i Presumably a technical error, the words “9th Paragraph” should probably be replaced with “7th Paragraph”.